Modern Creator
ken tjandra · YouTube

How to Make Viral Reels (Full Course)

A fifteen-hour personal-brand course given away free in one unbroken upload, walking a solo creator from blank identity to viral short-form publishing across seven phases: brand, consume, ideas, script, film, edit, and reps.

Posted
7 months ago
Duration
Format
Tutorial
sincere
Views
95.6K
7.4K likes
Big Idea

The argument in one line.

A viral personal brand is built by completing seven sequential phases in order, where identity and audience clarity come before any filming or editing, and consistent publishing reps turn the system into results.

Who This Is For

Read if. Skip if.

READ IF YOU ARE…
  • You want to build a short-form personal brand from zero and need the full pipeline, not isolated tips about hooks or editing.
  • You film and edit alone and need solo-friendly techniques for cinematography, scripting, and posting without a team.
  • You keep starting content but quit because you lack a clear identity, niche, or avatar to create for.
  • You are a faith-driven creator who wants a system that treats brand-building as mission rather than trend-chasing.
  • You want to understand how a creator turns a free long-form upload into a funnel for a paid community.
SKIP IF…
  • You want quick growth hacks; this is a 15-hour foundations-first system that front-loads identity work before tactics.
  • You edit in DaVinci Resolve or Final Cut and need software-specific steps; the editing walkthroughs use Premiere Pro and CapCut only.
  • You are uninterested in the heavy Christian framing, which runs through the brand, ideas, and mindset sections.
  • You already have a defined brand and audience and only need advanced distribution or paid-ads strategy.
TL;DR

The full version, fast.

This is a full personal-brand operating system delivered as one 15-hour upload, structured as seven phases that must be done in order. The brand phase builds identity with an Ikigai, vision board, color and text design, and the AAA filter of appealing, effective, and authentic. The consume phase teaches self-analysis and competitor study; the ideas phase produces a dream avatar written for one specific person and their dreams and pains. Scripting builds hooks around those dreams and pains, filming covers solo cinematic shots with cheap tools, and editing cuts fluff and applies the two-second rule for retention. The reps phase closes the loop with formulas ranging from fully scripted to spontaneous and a fixed publishing routine. The free upload itself funnels viewers into a paid Skool community.

Free for members

Chat with this breakdown — free.

Sign in and you get 23 free chat messages on us — ask for the hook, quote a framework, find the exact transcript moment, generate a markdown action plan. Bring your own key when you want unlimited.

Create a free account →
Chapters

Where the time goes.

00:0001:15

01 · Cold Open: 15 Hours, Free

States the course is 15 hours and now free, frames it as a filter for the serious one percent, and dares the viewer to watch the whole thing and take action.

01:153:07:24

02 · Phase 2: Brand Course (Foundations)

Builds brand identity from scratch: vision board, the Ikigai of passion, vocation, mission, and profession, the Why framework, icon factors, color palettes, text and thumbnail design, the AAA filter, and the choice to keep Christ at the center over chasing guru tactics.

3:07:243:40:40

03 · Phase 3: Consume and Synthesize

Teaches structured self-analysis of your own long and short videos and competitor analysis of similar creators, with the more, better, new principle for taking inspiration without copying.

3:40:404:27:16

04 · Phase 4: Ideas (Dream Avatar)

Walks through writing a detailed dream avatar, the one specific person you create for, mining their dreams and pains, and using morning routines and meditation to generate ideas aimed at that one lost sheep.

4:27:168:15:27

05 · Phase 5: Scripting Course

Turns ideas into scripts: tools and Notion setup, building hooks around dreams and pains, writing heavier and more specific hooks, the mood method, screenplay and shot checklists, and practicing delivery in one take.

8:15:2711:12:57

06 · Phase 6: Solo Cinematography

Films cinematic shots alone with a camera, tripod, and a single light: long shots, exposure and alignment, natural versus manufactured lighting, frame movement, DIY rigs, and shot variety for self-improvement content.

11:12:5713:33:30

07 · Phase 7: Cinematic Video Editing

Edits for story and retention in Premiere Pro and CapCut: cutting fluff, the cut taxonomy of hard, B-roll, L, J, match, and insert cuts, talking-head versus B-roll layering, the two-second rule, captions, and full edit walkthroughs.

13:33:3015:01:11

08 · Phase 8: Reps (Publishing)

Closes the loop with four content formulas from fully scripted to spontaneous, then live walkthroughs of posting the same video to Instagram, TikTok, and YouTube at highest quality, and logging each rep in the community forum.

Atomic Insights

Lines worth screenshotting.

  • Identity work comes before filming: you cannot script or shoot well until you know your Ikigai, your niche, and the one person you create for.
  • Write your content for a single dream avatar, one specific person with specific dreams and pains, not for a broad audience.
  • A hook should target a dream or a pain in the first one to three seconds, because if the hook is weak nothing else in the video matters.
  • Heavy, specific hooks built on real dreams and pains outperform generic ones, even though they are harder to write and say on camera.
  • The AAA filter judges every video on three axes: is it appealing, is it effective, and is it authentic.
  • Pain points usually convert better than dreams because they hit two of the three A's, effective and authentic, at once.
  • Cut the fluff during scripting, not editing; if removing a line does not change the video, the line should not be there.
  • The two-second rule, cutting every one to two seconds, is the single most important editing habit for short-form retention.
  • Solo creators can film cinematic shots with just a camera, a tripod, and one light, using frame movement instead of camera movement.
  • Starting the audio of the next clip a fraction before the current clip ends, the J-cut, is a core short-form editing hack.
  • Do not use random stock B-roll; film more of your own footage than you need so every cutaway stays on-brand.
  • Hashtags barely move short-form reach; good content travels and bad content does not, regardless of tags.
  • Upload at highest quality and watch each video start to finish before posting, because compression and self-critique both affect results.
  • Giving the entire paid course away free is itself the funnel: the long upload filters for the most serious one percent and routes them to a paid community.
  • Reps beat perfection; posting bad content on a fixed schedule teaches more than waiting to post something flawless.
Takeaway

Build the brand before you build the videos.

WHAT TO LEARN

Viral short-form is the last step of a longer system: identity and audience clarity come first, production second, and consistent publishing is what turns the system into results.

02Phase 2: Brand Course (Foundations)
  • Define identity before anything else; an Ikigai of passion, vocation, mission, and profession drives your niche, colors, fonts, and content series.
  • Judge every idea with the AAA filter, appealing, effective, and authentic, and lean toward pain-driven content because it hits effective and authentic at once.
  • Keep your brand consistent and intentional rather than chasing whatever tactic is trending, because authenticity is what builds a loyal audience.
03Phase 3: Consume and Synthesize
  • Analyze your own past videos systematically before studying anyone else's, so you improve from your real data, not assumptions.
  • Study competitors with a more, better, new lens to take inspiration and improve on it without copying.
04Phase 4: Ideas (Dream Avatar)
  • Write for one dream avatar, a single person with specific dreams and pains, because content aimed at everyone connects with no one.
  • Mine that avatar's pains harder than their dreams, since pain points tend to be more effective and more authentic hooks.
05Phase 5: Scripting Course
  • Lead every video with a hook that targets a dream or a pain in the first one to three seconds, because a weak hook makes the rest irrelevant.
  • Write heavier, more specific hooks even though they are harder to script and deliver, and practice saying them on camera in one take.
06Phase 6: Solo Cinematography
  • You can film cinematic shots solo with just a camera, a tripod, and one light, using frame movement instead of camera movement.
  • Lighting decides whether a shot looks ordinary or cinematic, so learn to use natural and manufactured light before chasing gear.
07Phase 7: Cinematic Video Editing
  • Cut the fluff during scripting, not editing; if a line can be removed without changing the video, it should not be there.
  • Apply the two-second rule and start the next clip's audio early with J-cuts to keep retention high in fast-paced short form.
  • Film more of your own B-roll than you need and avoid random stock, so every cutaway stays on-brand and authentic.
08Phase 8: Reps (Publishing)
  • Post consistent reps on a fixed schedule, upload at highest quality, and watch each video start to finish before publishing.
  • Match your scripting effort to your stage using the four formulas, from fully scripted for beginners to spontaneous once you are comfortable on camera.
  • Stop relying on hashtags; good content carries itself, so put the energy into the video, not the tags.
Glossary

Terms worth knowing.

Ikigai
A four-part framework, sometimes spelled phonetically as icky guy in the course, that merges passion, vocation, mission, and profession into a single guiding purpose for a personal brand.
Dream avatar
A detailed written profile of the one specific person a creator makes content for, including that person's dreams, pains, fears, and desires, used to aim every hook and script.
AAA filter
A three-part test for any piece of content: appealing, does it grab attention; effective, does it deliver value; and authentic, does it feel real and trustworthy.
Hook
The first one to three seconds of a short-form video that decides whether a viewer keeps watching, typically built around a dream or a pain the target avatar holds.
Two-second rule
A short-form editing guideline to cut to a new shot every one to two seconds so the visuals never stall and viewer attention is retained.
Fluff
Any line or segment that can be removed without changing the video's meaning or story; cutting fluff tightens pacing and value density.
J-cut
An editing transition where the audio of the next clip begins slightly before the current clip's visuals end, smoothing the cut and pulling the viewer forward.
Reps
The practice of publishing content repeatedly on a fixed schedule to build skill and momentum, treating each post as a rehearsal rather than a finished product.
Resources

Things they pointed at.

02:30toolAdobe Illustrator
02:30toolCanva
04:00toolUnsplash, Pexels, Pinterest (vision-board image sources)
4:27:16toolNotion (scripting and planning)
11:12:57toolAdobe Premiere Pro
11:12:57toolCapCut
Quotables

Lines you could clip.

00:00
15 hours. That's how long this course is. I decided to give my entire course away for free.
A self-contained shock open that states the absurd length and the free giveaway in two sentences.IG reel cold open↗ Tweet quote
4:31:41
If your hook is weak, nothing else matters.
One-line law of short-form, quotable with zero setup.TikTok hook↗ Tweet quote
11:35:00
In short form content, every second counts, and every second is pretty much a video in itself.
Crisp, memorable framing of retention pressure.newsletter pull-quote↗ Tweet quote
14:43:20
Good content is good content. If it's good, it will go viral. The hashtags don't go viral, the content does.
Contrarian, confident dismissal of a common growth myth.TikTok hook↗ Tweet quote
The Script

Word for word.

Read-along

Don't just watch it. Burn it in.

See every word as it's spoken — crank it to 2× and still catch all of it. The same dual-channel trick behind Amazon's Kindle + Audible.

00:0015 hours. That's how long this course is. Yes, I know it's crazy, but everything I know is in here.
00:08I don't know any other way to give as much value as possible, but it's here. I decided to give my entire course away for free. All my frameworks, all my knowledge, all my tactics, all my strategies, all my systems, everything to create a viral personal brand with short form content.
00:25It's it's in this video. I used to sell this course and I made a pretty good amount of money from it. Now that I am giving it away for free to those of you who genuinely want to succeed, I'm talking to like that 1% of you was genuinely watching this because I know only a small percentage will actually watch the entire 15 hours and take it seriously.
00:44Like their life depended on it. To that person, I say if you want to win in this content game, watch the entire 15 hours. I don't know what else to say.
00:52All of the value is in here. Some modules are old, some modules are recent. You're going to see a lot of different versions of me, but nothing nothing is outdated.
01:08So, yeah, enjoy. What's good everyone? Welcome to phase two, the brand course.
01:18Let's go. In this course, you're basically going to go through building the foundations of your personal brand. literally the building blocks before the house itself. This includes stuff like finding your creative purpose in Christ, obviously creating a mission that will impact millions of people and etc.
01:32The key with our course is to actually take action while watching cuz I don't like when I watch a course and I'm just like taking notes down and not doing and implementing anything. So, what we did throughout all the phases in all the courses, not only in this one, we incorporated something called quests.
01:47Now, you may have seen some quests around in the forum already, but if you haven't, they're basically just homework to do. They are actionable challenges/st steps that you can take after watching every module. There's not going to be a quest after every module, but in some specific modules there will be.
02:01And I highly, highly recommend doing them because that will actually keep you accountable throughout the entire course, not only the brand course, by the way, and they are the key to success. So yes, please do the quests. See you in the next module.
02:12All right, people. Welcome to the tools module of the brand course. To create your own vision board and icky guy, which is what we're going to do next, you're going to need your own graphics design tool.
02:22This includes anything around Canva, Microsoft Paint, Adobe Illustrator, anything that can allow you to edit, place, and position multiple pieces of text. This is because we're going to go through a lot of trial and error. The process of creating your icky guy and vision board is going to require a lot of deleting, a lot of misplacement, a lot of that stuff.
02:40So, you're going to need a ton of space to work with. So, tools like Adobe Illustrator is what I use, and I definitely recommend that if you do have Adobe.
02:48If not, Canva does the job. If not, Microsoft Paint does the job. And again, if you lack these resources, you can just use a notebook.
02:55That's completely fine. You're just going to have to expect a lot of writing. So, before moving on to the next module, make sure you select your tool and then write it down in the quest below where everyone else has written their tool down.
03:06All right. Once you're done, let's make your vision board. The vision board is a collage of images that represent your dreams and desires as a content creator.
03:14The purpose of this activity is to serve as inspiration and motivation. However, you might be thinking, "What is the point of putting images together for inspiration and motivation?" Just hold up. I want you to bear with me for a second because this activity actually made me realize a lot more than inspiration and motivation.
03:29Before I created my vision board, I was thinking the exact same thing. Then I gave it a shot and it took a couple of hours to choose my images carefully. And now I have much more than just a vision.
03:38First, I have more clarity on what my passions are. Second, with all of my images, I noticed a common color palette that I could use for my own brand. Third, I realized more about me and my character as a content creator.
03:49It's actually really hard to explain all of the benefits of a vision board because it's all subjective. The only thing I can say is to try it out for yourself and follow along in the next module. Once again, you're going to need to use the tool that you've selected.
04:01Also, I would like you to open up these three websites before we get started. pixels.com, unsplash.com, and pinterest.com. These are the main websites that you'll be using to find all of your images in.
04:11And yes, Google images counts, of course. You can also download and use the free template that I've attached in the module below. Now, let's build your vision board.
04:20So, the first thing you're going to do with your vision board, if you're not already using this template, is to write down these four sections right here. The first one is called love, romance, confidence, and self-esteem. The second one is called wealth, prosperity, career, and life path.
04:36Third is mind, soul, family, and community. And fourth is health, wellness, travel, and discovery. So, we're going to start with the first one, love, romance, confidence, and self-esteem.
04:47Make sure you have Unsplash, Pixels, and Pinterest ready to go. So, you can download plenty of images for this activity. So, as you guys can see here, this is what my vision board looks like.
04:58And what I'm going to do today is add more images to each and every four of these sections. So, first starting off with love, romance, confidence, and self-esteem.
05:07Um, as you can see, my color palette throughout all of my images actually or mostly this this part right here is like the orange yellowish sunset type of vibe. So, what I'm going to do is search up sunset on Unsplash, maybe download, maybe go through some images that really resonates with me in terms of like love and romance.
05:37I actually really like this one. This whole activity is pretty much searching for images that really resonate with you and your soul. It's not about finding something that connects with your brain or your mind.
05:50It it has to have a deeper meaning to it. Like the colors of the photos, the the people in the photos, and also the location and the deeper meaning that you can interpret from those images. for example, these colors really resonate with me because I love these types of sunsets and I love the car color orange and it just this image just speaks peace to me, right?
06:13So, I would download that and put that into the first section. And what really helps is to find images that have people in it so that when you look at your whole vision board, you know that it's possible. you know, you know that people are actually living the the dream life that you want, right?
06:39For example, here or for example, here, right? So, I'm just going to put this image in here and add it to my first collection. I think I'll leave it at that for my first section.
06:55Um, if you guys haven't finished, you can pause this module and continue when you've put all of your images in here. Now, for the second section is called wealth, prosperity, career, and life path. Now, this is pretty much what your profession or your career that you want to look like in the future.
07:16So, what do you envision for yourself financially? Like think of your future job, your dream job, and try and like predict what it's going to look like in terms of like the lifestyle you're living.
07:28For me, I'm going to try and search for some more images on Pinterest. This is such a dope image. I'm not going to lie.
07:36I would paste this image, but it's not realistic. That's why, you know, it doesn't really help with your vision board, because, you know, even though it's based off of real life, it's it's pixelated. It's a it's an artwork.
07:46So, if you find artworks and and graphic images that people have made and it's not like a like a real life photo, then it might be a little hard for you to envision your, you know, future. So, I would try and find a replacement for this. All right.
08:08I got a few images that speak to me and resonate with me. So, I'll show you guys what I got so far as this one. I think you guys can guess why the orange color palette.
08:22Uh, as well as this one, I guess. So, what else? This one?
08:26No, not really. This one? Hell yeah.
08:29This one? Nah. This one?
08:31No, not really. So, only these these images. All right, I'm going to paste them into Adobe Illustrator.
08:41Size them up. And I think that should be all for my second section. like I can't fit any more images. So, I think that's it.
08:47Next section, we're going to do the mind, soul, family, and community. So, what you're going to do here is think about what your future family will look like. Um, think about the relationships you're going to have, the community you're going to be in, or the communities you're going to be in.
09:03Think about the mental and spiritual state that you're going to be in in the future, or like at least what you want to be. For example, I find inspiration from like the hero archetype. So, I suggest you guys take your time with this one and try and find images that really, really connects with you well.
09:33And remember, you don't want to spam images in here, right? They have to actually mean something to you. Even if you can't explain it to people, like it just it has to have that connection.
09:44It has to resonate with you a lot, right? You can't just put random images that you think, "Oh, this looks cool. This looks cool." Like has you have to feel something when you look at these images.
09:54That's what the that's what a vision board is supposed to do. All right, I'm going to leave that at that. For the final section, it's called health, wellness, travel, and discovery.
10:09Now, I've already put some images here in terms of like health and sports. So, what I'm going to do is find some more images similar to this. You see, when you look at some pictures, you have the these recommended ones, so you can always scroll and look for more and really be picky with the images that you choose.
10:35You got all the time in the world to vision your future, right? I actually did a little bit too much. Now, we're going to have to do some eliminating here.
10:46So, just going to shorten these and maybe delete the rest. All right, cool. That is pretty much my vision board.
10:55Now, I hope you had fun uh making your vision board. And I'm pretty sure there's going to be a module quest below this module. So once you finished, screenshot it, upload it down below and we'll go from there.
11:10We'll move on to the icky guy. Now the next framework is actually a matter of fact the most important step to starting a personal brand.
11:18It is called the icky guy. An icky guy can be used as a guide for your daily life and your business. It's basically the reason why you get up in bed out of bed sorry in the morning.
11:30Um it boils down to four fundamental foundational pillars of your personal brand. Number one is passion. Two is vocation.
11:37Three is mission. And four is profession. Now, your passion includes all the things you love in your life.
11:42We're going to get deeper into all four of these in the next walk through. Your vocation includes everything you know well or things you are good at. Your mission includes everything that you can provide in the world and serve to others.
11:56And your profession includes all the things you can get paid for and make money with. These four pillars are required to be written down, right, and merged in order to come to a synchronized guy. Your guy is essential to your creative purpose.
12:11All right, so here's how we're going to walk through it. I'm going to take you through all four pillars one by one in the next walkthrough coming up.
12:17And this will require you to pretty much write a lot of stuff and do a lot of deep thinking. So get ready. Again, you can either use a graphics design software, a notes app, or a normal notebook with with a pen and paper, right?
12:29And I attached a free template below this module if you want to download it and use it as a guide when we do create your eeky guide together next. So get yourself ready cuz this this next part might take a while. Heads up.
12:41But this is okay though. It's actually a good thing if it does take a while within the first steps that you take in Creattopia because the more time you spend, the more patience you invest, the more reflection you spend time on in this, especially in this part of the course, the easier your growth journey is going to be when you move on from phase two and onwards.
13:02You're going to have a ton of clarity. You know exactly what you're going to do, exactly what your mission is, exactly how you're going to get paid, etc., etc.
13:12And trust me on this. I've made over like 10 different versions of my guy. But yeah, I'm I'm like on my 12th one or my 13th one.
13:19I don't even know at this point. Maybe it's even more. But like trust me on this.
13:24The more clarity you have now, the more time you think, the more time you spend on this icky guy, dude. You're going to do so much so well. But then again, you can also expect new variations of your icky guy every 3 months, every 6 months. if you're lucky every year if you don't change your mind that much as I do.
13:42Um this is because as individuals of course we love to change. We love to adapt and rebrand our identities as we walk through life and in our journeys with Christ. All right.
13:52So please follow along and create your eeky guy while I take you through the stepbystep process. Let's go. All right people.
13:59Welcome to the eeky guy walkthrough. I'm going make this a simple walkthrough. I don't want to over complicate it and start yapping like I usually do.
14:07I have a bad habit of that. First and foremost, very very first step zero is to write a heading of your name and your eeky guy. Right?
14:15So for me it's Ken's eeky guy. For you it could be Joe's eeky guy. Whatever your name is, write that down as the heading.
14:22Right? I'm on Adobe Illustrator as you can see. And the next step you want to do is make four sections in your page.
14:29I definitely suggest and recommend that you do this on a horizontal plane. Um, and then split your entire page into four sections like I have or just at least make four rectangles. This is the template that I've provided from the last module.
14:47So, you can download the picture, insert it into like Canva or something like that and then yeah, just move on from there. You don't have to make the template yourself.
14:58But if you are making it from scratch, writing on paper, just write down these four headings. First, we're going to start off with your passions and writing everything you love down. Now, I just mentioned it, but your passions mean whatever you love.
15:14And all the things that you have been passionate about since you were a child, since you were a little kid. So, I'm going to make this white. And I'm going to start off with the top three things that I love.
15:34God Jesus, Holy Spirit, Father, Son, Spirit, Bible, Scripture. That's not top three, but you guys know what I mean, right? So, that's the first line.
15:50I'm going to leave it like this in this type of format. What I usually do with all of these this this passion section and vocation section at least is just list down everything not in dopoint format because the final version actually looks like that. All right.
16:06So this is what we're going to create is what you want it to look like at the very end. Um okay. So we're going to start off with this.
16:13This looks like a good first line. That's okay. You know, a good tip to creating and writing down your passions, excuse me, is actually making every single word like correlate in order.
16:29So like ego from God, Jesus, Holy Spirit, Bible, scripture. Then the next one could be like studying, right? Then the next one could be like actually no, let's let's let's go Bible, scripture, speaking.
16:47Okay. I like speaking. I like being authentic.
16:51I like talking on camera. Yeah, that's the same thing as speaking. I'd say filming, right?
17:03I like editing. Let's fill one more here. I like scripting.
17:09Totally. Totally. Totally.
17:11Just kidding. Yes. Um, I do like scripting on a good day.
17:17Scripting. What else do I like? I like editing, designing.
17:23I like designing. I like cinematography. Oh, what else is related to cinematography?
17:32Movies. I like movies. I like films.
17:36Those are dope. Come on now. Okay.
17:39And then I also like uh cinema. No, I already said that. Film.
17:48Yeah, film superheroes, I guess. I've always loved those. Where my Marvel fanboys at?
17:58W's in the chat. Okay. Sorry, I have OCD.
18:16I'm just going to Okay. Marvel, DC, Star Wars. Is there another genre?
18:29I don't like Lord of the Rings. Those are the top three I like. Um, what else do I like?
18:38Really like technology. I guess that released the souls. I like Space 2 Adventure.
18:52That changed the font. I don't know why. What else?
19:09Exploration. It's pretty much the same thing. I don't want to do that.
19:13City. I like cityscape. I also like um nature.
19:22Basically, what you want to do with passions is list everything that comes up on your mind that you enjoy or that when you look at you just like it. If you have any sort of interest, any sort of passion towards it, it doesn't have to be major. It can be the most minute interest that you have.
19:41Just write it down. It's fine. Do you know why?
19:43Because when you write down certain passions, quote unquote, these are the type of things that that are going to potentially inspire your personal brand in terms of the colors that you choose for your color palette in terms of the text fonts that you use in terms of the I don't know the content series that you're going to make in terms of the content ideas that you in terms of the niche in general that you're going to be in the industry that you want to Right.
20:14So, just write it down. I'm going to get to sports in a bit. Let me just move on from nature.
20:21Nature. I like dystopian. I also like utopian.
20:27I'm a very bipolar person. Any concepts, any topics, any subg genres, genres, music, rap, where [ __ ] pop. Let's move on to pop culture.
20:59Pop culture, I guess. Yeah, I'll just write that down. What else can we write for here?
21:10Toys. Yeah, I like toys. Transformers, um, action, fighting, boxing.
21:19See how I'm like relating all of these? Isn't this just smooth? Smooth like Vaseline.
21:30That's what you want, guys. Make it simple. Relate everything.
21:37Link everything. Everything's connected. This is your brain that we're trying to dive deep into.
21:47Boxing. Uh, I guess MMA, I guess. Yeah, it counts.
21:55Or just UFC. I like UFC. What else?
22:00Running, training. [Music] Um, strength and conditioning. Swimming By the way, I hope you guys are doing this along with me.
22:30That's just really awkward if you're just watching me write this down without you doing it alongside. Swimming. I was going to write something else.
22:43Oh, yeah. Fitness. And then I'm going to relate it to health.
22:48And then I'm going to relate it to self-improvement. And then I'm going to relate it to selfmastery. I don't know what that means.
23:00It's like I guess I guess studying. I'm going to add dieting here. Going to add studying here.
23:19Oh, whoops. Going to add stuff dieting. And then I'm going to add food.
23:25self-improvement. Yeah, that's cool. Studying.
23:31And then we're going to relate to business. Oh yeah. Entrepreneurship.
23:39To make it more simple of what we're doing here. We are finding the key words that appeal to you. The key words that you love to hear, that you love to read, that you love to see, the key words that you've lived and grown up with as a child. and as an adult, right?
23:57Keywords. Keywords. What's entrepreneurship?
24:03Social social media. Oops. Social media.
24:17What's after social media? What do I like after social media? The internet.
24:23No, I like uh short form content. I like long form content.
24:37reals. I like short films. Oops.
24:47Podcasts. What else do I like? I was going to say something after short form, long form, podcasts, music.
25:06I already wrote down social media, internet, social media, reals, short films, podcasts, virality, content. strategy marketing content marketing actually know this the same thing whatever um [Music] content marketing what else do I like what do you guys like virality content strategy content systems Asian.
25:53I'm going to go completely un unrelated. It's okay if you guys are uh come to a mind blank. You can write something that's completely unrelated and just spam everything down.
26:12That's what you want to do in this section anyway. Asian culture. All right.
26:22Japan, Indonesia, Australia, Sydney. What else? Martial arts.
26:45I already kind of wrote that down, but it's okay. I'm going to cheat and take a peek. Oh, games.
26:58Car cause cars. Yeah, that's true. Car cause.
27:11Futurism. Sci-fi. Oh, yeah.
27:13Sci-fi. That's true. Yeah.
27:17You're going to come to a point, guys, where you just can't relate any more keywords together and list them in that method. So, just spam. It's fine.
27:25Whatever comes to your head, it's okay. God will tell you. Drama photography.
27:31Okay. Yeah. Photography.
27:34Whoops. What was that? I wrote some artist down, too.
27:45videography, I guess. Um, Kanye West, Kendrick L, Tyler the creator. Oh [ __ ] traveling.
28:27I don't know why, but I'm going to ride Grand Canyon cuz I've always wanted to visit there. I'm also going to ride New York cuz I've always wanted to visit there. It's good activity to get to know yourself a little bit more to be aware, you know, dystopian podcast books.
28:47Yeah, I used to like books. So, it doesn't necessarily have to be your present passions. We're not writing down your present self.
28:58We're also writing down and that, my friend, includes your past self. What did I write? Marketing e-learning.
29:06That's right. I forgot about that. This is what you guys are going through now.
29:10E-learning. E-learning online education products. Oh, whoops.
29:30I keep pressing that. So, I'm wearing these glasses and you can barely you can't see any color. Everything's just orange.
29:44So, I'm like, what is going on? E-learning, online education, courses, coaching, products, clothing, street wear. Digital products, dropshipping, web design, creativity, branding.
30:24Wow, can't believe I forgot about that. Change the font back.
30:40Sorry. Motivation, I guess. So, mentality.
31:00I'm going to try and fit one more line after this one because I have I might have a few things. God might have a few things to speak through me. Motivation, mentality, success, mindset, grindset, alpha male, Andrew Day, coaching, teaching, speaking, social media.
31:25I did that. Business products, communities, communities. Yep.
31:30Oops. Drama. Nope.
31:43Storytelling. Yep. And then last one I guess we can say culture travel friends driving.
31:55D driving. I don't think it matters at this point. We'll just say weightlifting.
32:01I don't even lift weights anymore. Okay, that's it. Going to select them all.
32:07Make them nice and make them fit inside the box. Obviously, I don't I'm not assuming that you guys will [Music] take the same be be at the same speed and pace that I that I've wrote wrote this down because I already know what my passions were beforehand, right? cuz I've made like 10 versions of my guy. But basically, um, yeah, this is what it looks like.
32:32This is what my eeky guy looks like, right? This is what my passion looks like. Sorry.
32:39Okay. Now, what we're going to do is move on to vacation, right? That's step two, guys.
32:46The first step to moving on to step two is to copy and paste your passions into your vocations. Okay? Now, actually, no.
32:56An even better way, do not copy and paste it because some of you guys don't have you guys are not even on computer. Some of you guys you guys might be on paper. So, what you want to do is Is this white?
33:10Yes, it's white. We'll make it yellow. Oh, no.
33:14We'll make it orange because it's the same color as vocation. We're going to circle the ones that we're good at. We're going to circle the ones the interests, the topics, the genres, subg genres, the passions that we know well that we have beyond interest basically.
33:31So a good set of knowledge and let's say let's let's bring it at that, right? So going to write I'm going to circle God. I'm going to circle Jesus.
33:40I'm going to circle Holy Spirit because I talk to him every day and he's talking through me now. Hopefully Bible scripture speaking.
33:53Yappa D1. Yappa right here. Authenticity.
33:57Filming. Yes, sir. Editing.
34:01Yes, sir. Scripting. Yes, sir.
34:04Designing. Yeah. Actually, I'm not that good at design.
34:08Cinematography. I'm good at simple cinematography. I'm good at solo cinematography.
34:15Movies. Yeah, film. I'd say film, actually.
34:20Yeah, movies. I know a lot of movies. A lot of Marvel movies.
34:26Yeah, superheroes. Yes. Imagine if I start a superhero channel.
34:30We're doing this and circling your vocations and the things you're good at and the things you know well, because we're going to have to relate it to your mission, which is this third step, Marvel. I know a lot of DC start. I don't know that much of Star Wars.
34:49Not much of technology or space. This is where I get selective music. Yeah.
34:58Rap I guess. Worship. Pop.
35:05Pop culture. Toys. No.
35:08Transformers. Yeah. Dude, I've been recently becoming a Transformers nerd again.
35:15I've always been since a child, but like these days again. Action, fighting, boxing. I would say boxing.
35:22I'm better. Fighting, not so much. UFC, no, not at all.
35:27Running, nah. Training, eh, I'm lacking, but I'll circle it for the sake of it. Oh my goodness, this is so annoying.
35:42Swimming, I'll circle it just for the sake of it. I'm not too bad. Fitness, circle it.
35:49You never know. Health, I'd like to think I'm healthy. Maybe not.
35:54Don't worry about it. Dieting. I used to be good.
35:58I wouldn't circle it. I would not make my personal brand on dieting. So, if you know uh for sure with full clarity, with no doubts that you you will not relate your personal brand to any of these keywords, don't worry about circling it.
36:16All right? It won't get past the passion section.
36:20Don't worry. Food? Nope.
36:23Nope. Maybe. No.
36:24Potentially, nope. I like it, but I won't make a personal brand about it. You know, it's like that type of question.
36:32Self-improvement, yes. Studying? Nah.
36:35Business? Yes. Entrepreneurship?
36:37Yes. Social media? Yes.
36:40Shorts? Longs? I guess so.
36:43Reals, short films, podcasts, virality, content strategy, marketing, content systems, Asian, I guess. So, actually, no. But I don't know much about Asian culture.
36:59It's not like Yeah, I'm kind of whitewashed. Anyways, Japan, Indonesia, Australia, NH games, I wouldn't do gaming. No, wouldn't make gaming content.
37:18Cars, me, sci-fi, me, photography, perhaps. Nah, I'll do videography better. Always.
37:29Kendrick, I'm a big nerd. Tyler, no, not really. Hill Song, I pretty much know all their songs.
37:40All the popular songs. Traveling. I'm not good at that.
37:44I don't go traveling that much. I wish. None of these.
37:48Books. Nah, I'm not a big book nerd anymore. E-learning.
37:53Yes. YouTube tutorials. Where my guys at?
37:57Let's go. Online education courses. Coaching.
38:01products. Drop shipping, clothing, I guess. So, street wear.
38:09I like street wear. Digital products. I'm going to circle all these.
38:14Website. No. Creat creativity.
38:17Yeah. Branding, motivation, mentality, communities. You are in it right now, guys.
38:24Storytelling, weightlifting. No, I'm not going to circle that. Okay.
38:28Acting like I'm a Mr. Mr. Olympia or something.
38:31Okay, what we're going to do now, moving on to Vocation. I mean, we pretty much already finished Vocation. What we want to do now is to just select all the ones that we circled in our passions, and then we just copy and paste it in into Vocation.
38:48So, I'm just going to select it. Need to get closer. Yoink.
38:53Yoink. Yoink. Yoink.
38:55Yoink.
39:01So hard to tell which ones I'm selecting with these glasses on. By the way, these are um if you guys are curious why I look like a ' 90s rockstar, I am wearing apparently these these are um what are they called exactly? They're called blue light filter glasses.
39:21And they're red. Um and they're supposed to block the blue light from my screen. And I'm always on my screen because I'm a digital entrepreneur.
39:31You know what I'm saying? Like, yeah. Okay, I'm almost done.
39:42Feel free. Obviously, you guys know that you can pause any time during these walkthroughs. We're going to go through a lot of walkthroughs in this course.
39:49Not only in the branding um not only in the branding phase, but also in the other phases too. I'm going to do a lot of walkthroughs because I love getting you guys and getting my students to just take action, you know, and like learn the process during the process. learn what it's like when you're doing the actual action.
40:21Just like reps and how we post content, like you learn along the way, you figure it out along the way. That's what I did. Took me a long time to blow up.
40:31And I wish I had a course like this back when I started. You know, when I first found the Eekai model, the framework, um, man, my mind was blown of how like helpful it was in clarifying it was just knowing what my niches are, what my interests were, and what I wanted to talk about in my content, right? And it's just like, wow, like having exactly all the keywords.
41:01So, that's why take your time on this. Feel free to pause. You don't got to worry again the more patient you take this process hey when you reach like phase eight phase five phase etc like you're going to it's going to be so easy you already know what I what I'll be talking about in certain aspects even in monetization you already know like you already have so much clarity just because you took your time thinking about what exactly you're going to sell in um in Yo guy.
41:34But during this uh at least this brand phase of your um of your journey in Creattopia, you don't have to worry about writing down when we get to the step four, which is professions, writing down what you can get paid for. You don't have to be very specific. You don't have to figure out exactly what business model because some of you are inexperienced with personal branding or just building an online business in general.
42:00And that's okay. You don't have to like I'm not pressuring you guys. I actually recommend not um getting into all that because right now you got to you need to be focused on exactly what you want to talk about.
42:14Who are you really? And you know what are you here for? Right?
42:18What is your online presence all about? What story are you telling? Who are you serving?
42:24What are your niches? What are what are the topics? What are your interests?
42:28What are your passions? Vocations? What are the things you're good at?
42:35Right? This is where we where it all comes together. Was I yapping?
42:40I might have been yapping. But anyways, we finished. My OCD is satisfied and vacation is done.
42:47So, step two is done. What you want to do, moving on to step three, is doing the exact same thing, but circling in your vocations box which keywords, which vocations are the ones that you can use to serve others. All right?
43:02So, that's the that's the thing here. Mission is all about serving other people, serving the world. Which one of these vocations, all right, by circling them can you use to serve others?
43:15This can include skills and topics and knowledge and even subg genres. You can like preach about subg genres like rap or if you want to talk about pop culture, if you want your whole personal brand to be about pop culture, right? And then maybe incorporate Christ in that some way somehow.
43:32I've seen that one creator actually that I've recently subscribed to on YouTube who actually does that who talks about like um Netflix and Christianity and how uh like this one trending Netflix movie relates to the Bible, what the Bible says. Like it's so interesting when you mix all of these vocations together, these passions of yours and make it into a mission.
43:55And it's like it's so relieving. It's so clarifying when you know, okay, this is exactly what I want to, you know, do.
44:01And when you read, I guess when we get to the missions part, when you read it, you guys will see. I won't spoil it, but man, when you when you write down your mission statement, when you have this list here, it's like, dude, I want to wake up every day and just chase this. You know, that's when you know that's God's calling for you.
44:21And this is like a breakdown, step by step, this this whole icky guy thing. So, let's circle. Let's get to circling.
44:29Let's change this color to purple because it's mission. God, Jesus, Holy Spirit, Bible, scripture. I'm going to change scripture to the gospel because I want to spread the gospel.
44:47That is what we are called to do. Am I right, guys? Am I right?
44:55I better see I better see everyone's when I when I look at the when you post um your what's it called? Icky guys in the quest below. I want to see everyone circling gospel.
45:09Let's go, bro. Praise God. All right.
45:12Speaking. Uh I guess I can help you. Yeah, I help you guys speak.
45:16I'm like trying to recall what I'm what my mission is right now. Bro, why can't I circle this? Bro, authenticity.
45:27Yeah, I help people to be more authentic. It's getting very um what's it called? I forgot the word.
45:38Anyways, filming. I help you guys film. I help help you guys edit.
45:44I help you guys script. I don't help you guys learn about Marvel um cinematography. That's a part of Creattopia.
45:57Movies, nah. Film, I guess. Nah.
46:01Super. No. No.
46:02Music? Nah. Rap?
46:03Nope. Nope. Nope.
46:04Nope. Transform. Nope.
46:06Training. Nope. No.
46:08No. No. No.
46:10No. No. No.
46:11Yep. Yep. Yeah, I guess so.
46:15Self-improvement, short form content, definitely. Virality, definitely. Short films, nah, not really.
46:22Reals, yes. Marketing, yes. Pot, no.
46:26Content systems, definitely. Strategy, yes. Photography, yes.
46:34Kendrick, no. E-learning, yes. Online edu, yep.
46:40Courses, yep. Coaching, yep. Products, yeah, I guess so.
46:47Creatobia is related to selling products. Clothing. No.
46:53Yeah, I guess. H. Yeah, I've always had a soft spot for clothing.
46:59So, they all have meaning. At least to me. Not screw though.
47:04Digital. Yeah. [Music] Dude, why can't I circle properly?
47:10Creativity. Yes. 100%. Branding.
47:16Whoops. branding motivation. Nina, I mean, I guess so.
47:23I have to circle it because whenever I speak on camera, I sound motivational. Oh my goodness. You know, drawing with a mouse is so is like the most painful thing, guys.
47:42Communities, yes, 100%. storytelling 100% 110% long form. No, unfortunately. All right.
47:58Now, what we're going to do, the exact same thing as we did before. Select all the ones that you circled, all the locations you circled. They're going to be called missions now, right?
48:13Just give me a sec. to select all of them. Yoink.
48:20Oh, whoops. No. No.
48:24Okay. Copy and paste and put them into here. Oh, whoops.
48:31Accidentally selected two circles. Okay. Paste them into here into your missions section.
48:40Your third section of your IKEA guy. Right. And I'm going to OCD this real quick.
48:50Okay, there you go. That's your mission. That's my mission.
48:53All right. Hopefully you guys by now you've done enough pauses to get to the point where I'm at right now, which is the missions part. What we're going to do before we move on to the profession and start circling which ones we can get paid for, we actually have to write down a mission statement.
49:09Now, my mission statement is this. Okay, this is what it's called. Oh, whoops.
49:13What did I do? Okay. Help creators tell stories, build brands, scale businesses, and grow closer to Jesus by documenting.
49:20I'm going to delete that. That's way too specific. With your mission statement, okay, you I used to teach people to make it very specific in terms of your icky guy underneath here.
49:33Um, and my previous iky guys, like the fourth, third, fifth variations of my iky guys, they were very like they fill the entire page. So, it was like an entire sentence, just lines of them, like multiple lines and it's just one sentence. Um, it it used to be like, I help creators, this this this and then I I basically spammed all the key words into a single sentence and it did not make sense.
50:01It actually it was supposed to the purpose of it was to make it more clarifying but it wasn't right. I have a new business philosophy that I want to teach you guys which is called kiss. You want to kiss everything meaning keep it super simple.
50:16Right? So we want to kiss this mission part of the guy. Right?
50:20You want to kiss your entire guy in general. Okay?
50:23Especially your guy statement, your mission statement. So what do you guys do to serve the world? That's the only question you're answering in this section.
50:35Okay. What do I do if you ask me? I help real creators build real brands.
50:42If you want if you if I want to kiss this like crazy, I help real creators build real brands in Christ. That is my motto. That's my brand motto.
50:54That's literally on my website right now as as um as of September of 2025. All right. If you want to make it even more simple, build I build real brands with real Let me do it line by line so it's easier.
51:13Real creators in comma in Christ, right? And I know what this means, right? Because it's connected to all of these.
51:22That make sense, right? See how it's like all linked and connected? When I read this, I know all of this is related to this one very simple sentence.
51:34I want you guys to come up with your own simple sentence and make sure it's it's clarifying to you and it speaks to you. How do you know if it's clarifying? When you don't doubt it at all.
51:46When you read it and you're like, "Yes, this is the reason I want to wake up every day and create content. This is the reason I want to script and spend hours and hours editing, right? And spreading this message and and doing this mission, right?
52:01Because it's not only my mission is not only about building real brands, okay, define real, define brands, define creators, define like what does in Christ mean? I can go on and on about that. That's what my content is about, right?
52:17So, you want to make a very simple mission statement. And yeah, that's it's it's it might take you a while to be honest. It might take you the longest time if you guys are really looking for that that nail pin drop piece of clarity when writing your mission statement.
52:36That's okay. You can spend hours. You can pray on it tonight and then the next day, tomorrow, you can write it down.
52:45You can write multiple variations of it here underneath and then compare and see which one is the top one that gives that speaks to you the most. Because when whatever speaks to you the most is the one that has the most where you feel the most clarity, where you don't doubt, where it's very very clear, and when it relates to you the most.
53:09That's how you know that is God's calling for you. Okay. Now, um that's it for mission.
53:20We're going to move on to profession. We're going to keep this process, this fourth process very simple as well. We're going to kiss this one as well.
53:31If you know, you know. Matter of fact, I'm going to make a big big reminder up here. and for you guys as well. Keep it super simple.
53:43Don't worry about it. All right. Keep it super simple there.
53:48Whoops. Keep it super simple. Keep calm and kiss everything.
53:56I'm just kidding. Don't literally kiss everything. I mean, like, keep it super simple.
54:02Life is just easier when it's like that, especially as a business owner. All right. Okay.
54:07Cool. Let's do this. Uh, we're going to go circle and do the entire selection process again with your missions, but this time you're going to circle the ones that can get you paid, can make you money, that you can monetize.
54:25Okay? Can't do that with God. It's not my intention to monetize the name of Jesus or the Bible.
54:32I don't want to I definitely don't want to get paid to host Bible studies and all that stuff. Some people do. That's okay.
54:41I guess that's their thing for me. No, I don't feel good about that. Gospel, no.
54:47Not even that. Gospel is free, man. It's free.
54:50Amen. Speaking. Yes.
54:52I can help people speak better, be more authentic. I can help people film. I can get paid by helping people edit.
55:03Script. know more about social media and cinematography, even entrepreneurship. Oops. Yoink.
55:14Okay. Self-improvement, I guess. So, short form content.
55:23Yes. By the way, these circled ones are the ones that you guys want to actually get paid for. All right?
55:29So, don't be afraid to cross it out. Honestly, I don't really want self-improvement. So, I'm going to cross that out.
55:38Virality clothing. Don't really want to get paid for that, but that that is an avenue. So, I'm just going to like circle it with empty space there.
55:50Reals marketing, yes. Digital products, yes. Content systems, yes.
55:55Content strategy, yes. Videography, yes. Think about what you guys can do as well when you circle these.
56:07Like you can do freelancing, make your own agency, make your own school community, you can make your own course, whatever you want. can get paid by teaching people branding, not by motivating them, not by their mentality. I mean, I guess so because a lot of success comes from your mental communities.
56:38Yes. Help people build communities, help people tell stories and no, not e-learning. I mean, yeah, I guess it relates.
56:48Creatia is e-learning. This course is e-learning. Anyways, okay.
56:52Don't want to over complicate it. You guys will already know when you're up to this. You guys will already be used to selecting anyways.
57:00So, like just consider which ones which one of your missions are monetizable. Most of them are going to be. Most of them may not be, but there has to be something that you can monetize, right?
57:13If there's barely anything, that means you're you're a mission type of person. You're a mission driven type of person. And that is great.
57:19That's a good thing. That's a gift from God right there. But still, it's nice to to get paid, right?
57:27And uh in this profession section, the fourth and final section of your icky guy, you want to again keep it super simple. We're not going to dive into monetization too much now because there is further monetization courses down the line past um phase 8 and phase 9. So, we're going to move on to monetization topics and discussions when the time comes.
57:54Okay. So, for now, we're going to categorize all of these professions um into subheadings. Some of your subheadings already going to be written down.
58:08I think mine is already going to be written down. For example, social media as a subheading. Reals is under that short form virality marketing content systems and strategy actually.
58:24Yeah. Yeah. Yeah.
58:26Okay. Branding as well. So you basically want to allocate them make it look neat.
58:33We're going to name the subheadings soon. I'll make them just make them bold for now and make them green there. So, you can tell the difference or I can tell the difference cuz I'm wearing these glasses.
58:47What else? What else? What else?
58:49Entrepreneurship. Guess that goes under branding, marketing. No, no, no, no, no.
58:56They don't. Speaking, filming, editing, scripting. That goes under creativity.
59:02Where is it? Where you at? Where's creativity?
59:05They don't know. Oh, it's there. Sorry.
59:09There it is. Speaking creatively, no coaching, courses, storytelling. Going to make these have headings.
59:24Make them green so you guys can see what I'm doing. However method you guys want to allocate this part, leave it up to you because you guys should have a lot of clarity at this point in your guy. This is not an important part this final profession section but it will be when you reach future phases.
59:50Digital products yes videography products e-learning. Sorry, excuse me. Social media communities mentality.
1:00:07Okay, cool, cool, cool, cool, coolies. I'm going to just put them separately. I'm going to make these a little bit bigger so they can so you can tell which one's which.
1:00:24Yoink. Yoink. Yoink.
1:00:28Yoink. Yink. Oh, whoops.
1:00:32Yoink. Yoink. And then yink these together.
1:00:43Sorry. This is my OCD at its finest. Okay.
1:00:55Should be cool. Should be cool. You don't want to like over complicate this.
1:01:01You're not You don't have to write any mission statement or anything like that. What I would do is this, right? Your profession section should look like this.
1:01:12And uh super simple, right? Underneath these subheadings, your subheadings would be one of these keywords already in your missions. Okay?
1:01:22Keep it super simple. Remember, remember the kiss rule. And uh that is going to be your eeky guy.
1:01:31Okay, God bless. Make sure once you've done your entire eeky guy, screenshot it, upload it, export it, and post it, share it in the quest below this module. You can look at other people's icky guys, too, and get inspired.
1:01:51All right, see you in the next module. Hello and welcome to the Y framework module. So first and foremost, what is this about?
1:01:59This is the belief system behind your icky guy mission. So your eeky guy was the what behind your personal brand. This is the why behind the what.
1:02:08Okay, so make sure your ikyu mission from the previous module. Um that mission statement is completely written out and complete like it's finished. All right, complete your guy especially the mission statement.
1:02:19This is very important. Um, so yeah, check the previous module if you haven't already. Don't skip through.
1:02:25Why does this matter? Well, beliefs build brand clarity. Your why creates audience connection and this helps you stay different from other creators.
1:02:33It's just this is your pretty much your wow factor, right? If you can write a specific why statement or statements, you have a unique reason behind your personal brand and it's most likely going to be completely different from anyone else. especially if you have multiple statements and multiple reasons why. And I'll show you when I go through my ones.
1:02:52So, what is the why framework? It's basically a list of belief statements starting with we believe or I believe. Um, I'm doing a I'm building a community, right?
1:03:00Creatia. So, that's why I structured it as we, but you can structure it as I. Okay?
1:03:05So, it's pretty much the same thing. Um, they're my beliefs. It starts with me.
1:03:09It starts with my beliefs anyways, right? And these are the core convictions your brand stands on. It's like your personal manifesto.
1:03:16So, it has to be like short, bold, and true. It's really, really straight to the point, right? That you cannot leave any room for fluff when you write write your why statements.
1:03:25So, here's how to write it. You want to start every single point with we believe or I believe. There's a template below in the quest and you'll get to complete it.
1:03:35I'll mention it after this, but you basically you want to add one to two sub keywords to clarify the heart and the intention behind each one. Okay? This can be descriptive sentences.
1:03:46This can be just a a group of keywords. Um, I like to do just like sub keyword sentences. I'll show you my examples after.
1:03:52Um, but this second step is also kind of optional. You don't really have to do um sub dot points. But you do need uh at least like let's say one to three to five main why statement points that starts with I believe.
1:04:07So you want to reflect back on your icky guy and ask yourself what beliefs led you to write that mission. All right. So here are my why statements and this will help you a lot more to understand why you need a why statement as well.
1:04:22First and foremost as of obviously May of 2025 this will change as my eeky guy changes. It always changes.
1:04:28Okay. Um first one is we believe that we have been crucified with Jesus and live by faith in the son of God. Most important one for me.
1:04:36Right. So these are this is my main uh why statement and these two are the sub key words and sub um descriptive sentences that I wrote below just to just for more clarification. Okay.
1:04:48Um so that we no longer live but Christ lives in us who loved us and gave himself for us. This is uh requ 2:20. Okay.
1:04:56So that's my first why statement. Second one. We believe social media is a place to be unapologetically real and authentic. sub uh sentences, sub dot points, not a place to brand yourself behind a fake mask.
1:05:09Okay, so you pretty much describe your reason why a little bit more. You dive deep into it. Um, embracing humility, selflessness, and honesty.
1:05:18Okay, so that's number two. Number three is we believe in breaking the algorithm through heartdriven and vulnerable stories by challenging norms, standards, and stereotypes, empowering poor-minded, and struggling doom scrollers. Number four, I think this is number four or what?
1:05:34Yeah. Number four, right? Yeah.
1:05:36Number four. We believe in transforming ordinary people into purpose-led entrepreneurs who are passionate to serve their dream customer and elevating everyday peeps or people to build meaningful brands. Okay.
1:05:48And number five, finally, is we believe short form cinematic content is the future of the creator economy. um a new era of the digital nomad quote unquote soloreneurship niche I guess and also the next wave of organic social media marketing. So those are my why statements five with sub points and five main points.
1:06:08All right so what makes this why statement or these why statements powerful? Well people follow your beliefs right not just your content.
1:06:16So for example I've watched I watched this one video from Simon Syninek talking about this framework. I'm pretty sure he made this up and um he explains that uh he used Apple uh the company as an example and he's like people don't buy from Apple mainly because of their features or the what they do or how they create their iPhones.
1:06:36People buy because of the reason why behind their brand exists which is I think he uses as an example as well. We're here to break the status quo or to challenge the status quo of digital devices or whatever, right? But this keeps you grounded when you feel lost or burnt out.
1:06:54So, it's a compass for your content. It's a compass for your offers. It's a compass for your brand decisions and your icky guy as well.
1:07:01If you have a clear reason or reasons why you are creating content and building this personal brand, building this business, everything just becomes easier. And as soon as I wrote down my previous ones, like these five, it just like the clarity just times 10, like 10xed all of a sudden, especially with these key words that I love to use all the time in my content.
1:07:21I love to use them all the time, right? Fake mask, humility, selflessness, like these are my morals as well. So if you write them down in sentence format, mad clarity, just like the eeky guy.
1:07:31So your quest is to write one to five I believe statements. Okay, so you write your own why statements. Uh and this is optional.
1:07:38If you want to, you also can include extra descriptive keywords or sentences like I did with my ones right here at the bottom. And um yeah, post it in the comments underneath below. Okay.
1:07:49And here's your final reminder. Your why is what keeps you burning. Your beliefs are what turn a personal brand into a movement.
1:07:57It's more than just being an influencer, right? So, you want to stay rooted, stay real, stay real, and speak what you believe. Good luck.
1:08:06Have fun. What's up? What's up?
1:08:07Welcome back to the new module called icon factors. Now, you've heard about about being authentic on social media. I'm pretty sure you've heard me talk about it somewhere in some of my videos.
1:08:19You've heard plenty of other influencers talk about it. If not, you have assumed that this is the new norm for influencers and creators on social media is to just be honest and real and open and just share more and more. That's what authenticity is, quote unquote, right?
1:08:36News flash, it's old news. It's no longer new. Nowadays, authenticity is the norm.
1:08:42Being honest is the new standard. Having an open brand, quote unquote, is typical. Is literally typical, right?
1:08:50Digital vulnerability is what you can call it. You know, being vulnerable online to get views and to to to relate to people more. It's the new average.
1:08:59It's literally like the new mediocre. Okay. So the question is how do you be stand my script man how do how do you stand up from stand out from all these copypaste authentic creators if everyone's being authentic who is real these days what a question right if you're being authentic and everyone else in creat is being authentic that means everyone else is a competitor against you and you're competing against them and what makes you different from them.
1:09:32Woof. All right. The answer is in the question stand out.
1:09:37Okay. How do you stand out? You stand out.
1:09:40But Ken, how do you be different and unique and stand out? Like what do what does this mean in in the vast world of social media? How do you be different?
1:09:50How do you be unique? You find your icon factors. Period.
1:09:53Let's get straight into it. Okay, this these are my icon factors right here. We're going to take a fat look and we're going to stare at this for the next 10 minutes or so and I'm going to explain exactly what these mean.
1:10:07All right, with your icon factors and how I structured them to blow up on social media and um just reminiscing on how I found viral success is I split it into two avenues of standing out on social media and being a unique character or personality, right, as a creator. The first side is being an inner child, embracing your inner childishness, the inner kid inside your spirit that it's like, you know, when you look back and you you reminisce of your childhood and you think about the TV shows you used to watch and the movies you used to love and the interests you used to have, the toys you used to play with and your just your personality in general when when you were born to all the way up to 8 years old, 10 years old, let's say, right? 12 years old cuz when you hit 12 years old you become annoying and you puberty hits, right?
1:11:02So basically pre- puberty, who were you? Now that is your past adopted traits. Okay?
1:11:08And I'm sure everyone can relate to the fact that some of these traits spark out of you and just what's the word? You still adopt these traits to this day. Sometimes you have sparks and like I guess the right word is ticks, you know, when when when you're when you spend time with your closest friends and you're just weird or goofy or cringey.
1:11:32So these are mine. Let me just let me just list down my inner child traits, right? Hyper weird, very goofy and cringey.
1:11:39Like I used to run a YouTube channel and it was this. If I could summarize it in in three words, it was it was this, right? Ambivert.
1:11:48So I'm an introvert, introvert and an extrovert. I can be very reserved and I can be extroverted if I want to. Right.
1:11:55Um I'm reserved. Yes. And I'm a private yapper.
1:11:57So I can yap, but I I'll yap if I want to, right? I don't I can control it some most of the time. Physically unstable.
1:12:06Um yeah, I kind of have ADHD. Like low-key ADHD. I'd say low-key ADHD, right?
1:12:11Because sometimes in boxing I, you know, I have fun. I have fun with boxing. And then um during like just exercises and fitness in general, I like to have fun and move around.
1:12:23So sometimes I get unstable and I can't control myself and I just get excited. Right? Some of you guys relate to that cuz my content has that energy sometimes.
1:12:34All right? Some of my videos and my old videos has that. Okay?
1:12:38Uh bipolarism and mood swings. I'm like 82% sure I'm bipolar. Um, I have a lot of mood swings back then when I when I was in puberty or like just pre- puberty in general.
1:12:50Like I used to have a ton of mood swings. Tons tons tons tons. Um, it was crazy.
1:12:56Group and community orientated. I've always loved hanging around in groups.
1:13:00I've always found myself the best version or like I found identity in a group. And then I am also obsessive and I have a lot of perfectionism standards which means when I chase something like content creation, I will not stop until I get it done. And I'm sure some of you guys can relate to that because you guys are my dream avatar.
1:13:23Okay. Emotionally immature. H how do I explain this?
1:13:26Yeah. So basically like how I'm physically unstable and how sometimes I can get out of control physically in exercise or in just like physical activities in general.
1:13:37Emotionally I am immature. At least back then I was very very immature. You know when a girl didn't like me I used to like crash out like stuff like that you know.
1:13:48Um yeah that's my inner child. These traits can be positive and both negative. All right.
1:13:53What you want to do is write it down. That's what this module is about. And um I suggest writing down five to 10.
1:14:00Write down at least five. Don't don't write down three. Write down at least five because there's a lot that that um your personality holds, right?
1:14:09Everyone is very unique. You just got to think about your inner child. That's one side of you.
1:14:14And then second side, which I'll explain now, is called your mature spirit. Now, this is pretty much your present adopting traits. Who are you now?
1:14:22What are your traits now? What are your characteristics now? What's your personality like now?
1:14:27Right? Um and this is uh this is mine deep and meaningful spirituality. I love to talk about spiritual stuff.
1:14:35I I love spiritual um orientated conversations, right? I love deep and meaningful conversations in general too. I'm like I'm that guy to to ask and you know have conversation with.
1:14:48Um hyper vulnerable. I can be very very I can easily open up. That's not even a joke.
1:14:54I'm sure you guys know this just hearing my content. Um and even like hopping on coaching calls with me or hopping on the group calls very easy to open up. Um yeah, discipline, fear of God, obedient.
1:15:09I'd say I'm like the standard of this. Sometimes I fall short. You know, I'm not perfect.
1:15:15I wouldn't say I'm like 100% obedient to God. We all fall short of the glory of God every day. But this is the best key word that I can describe myself.
1:15:23I strive to be obedient. Let's say that. I'm I strive to be disciplined.
1:15:28Let's say that I strive to have a fear of God and and to have a heart that reveres the Lord, right? And coach or mentor figure, older brother figure. I'd say I'm like that because I am an older brother.
1:15:39Um, and I've always been an older brother and I've always had a call at least recently, which is why it's in here, present adopting traits, to mentor and to teach. Last year, I got a I got I got a job at um at a tutoring center.
1:15:54So I I was teaching primary school kids casually as as a casual job. Um I was teaching them maths and English and all that stuff. Um it was an easy job but like that pretty much I guess gave me a calling to to mentor and coach people and to yeah it was like an avenue that God used um for me to learn how to I guess dabble my toes into coaching and mentoring and teaching in general.
1:16:23Um, and then there's biblical wisdom. um which I always strive to have like that's like the foundation of you know true knowledge to to to seek the truth and and um yeah embrace what the Bible says and learn about it and constantly stay curious about it and just continue to be endlessly hungry for the word of God. Amen.
1:16:56Uh, strategic, systematic, and efficient. Um, you guys will learn about this about this side of me in the next few phases because this course has a lot of systems and strategies, especially in scripting, in editing, in reps as well, in ideas as well, which is the next one I think. Well, not even the next one though, even in the next one.
1:17:21Phase three, the consume courses has a lot of systems and strategies. Anyways, um that's a part of my present adopting traits.
1:17:29And then the last two are logical and rational, intellectual thinking. That's who I am. It's how I'm wired.
1:17:37And emotionally dramatic and expressive. So, I have a lot of sides to it. I'm logical and emotional at the same time.
1:17:42I'm sure you guys are too. You just haven't like explored that maybe. Who knows?
1:17:47But at the same time, you know that you know this is you as well. You know, feel free to copy my stuff. I don't really care as long as it's authentic to you.
1:17:58I do care if you are lying straight up. I don't want you guys to lie and say like, "Oh, I'm also like hyper vulnerable." Like, you know what I mean? Like, it's Come on, be real.
1:18:09Like, take a look at these and then you can see my clients want next and then just be real with yourself and say, "Okay, what are the five things that my inner child was like? What was I like when like you know like look into look deep into myself and like ask okay I have a child inside of me you know and everyone has that we know but like how can I describe it specifically in a list format okay and then your obviously your mature spirit your present adopting traits cool and I'm sure when you go down into the the quest below you will see a lot of examples of people who wrote their iconic factors their icon fun factors and you can get inspiration from them too.
1:18:52It's important to have a balance of both because and this is also important that I need to mention. You need to embrace it. You need to embrace every single one of them.
1:19:04Let's say you have 10 in total. You need to embrace all 10 equally because they are all your personality. They they make you who you are.
1:19:13They make you iconic. They make you stand out. When you add those 10 15 traits together, 14 12 traits together that it's like nobody can replicate that because you know it's you and it's authentically you.
1:19:25It's more than authentic. It's iconic. Right?
1:19:28So the reason why I made this new module icon factors is to to prove a point that you guys cannot be chasing authenticity all the time and just being honest and open and vulnerable like yeah some of you guys actually suck at that to be honest. As a coach, I have to say some of your authenticity skills need improvement.
1:19:48But then when you get there, you don't want to get into the trap of like like there's one student, I'm not going to name him, but there's one student who's been making the same type of content for months and months and months, trying the same format and trying to be so authentic and like what do you mean like vulnerable, whatever you want to call that, but they're not iconic at all.
1:20:07Like what makes you actually different? And I know that's a question that hurts people, but you you have to answer it. You have to answer it like what genuinely makes you different.
1:20:18All right? And when you can overcome this question and and seriously write down specifically the traits of your past that you can adopt and that you still have inside of you and inside of your spirit to this day. In addition with the mature spirit of you, the present adopting trace that you have today that you are adopting every day, that is a weapon.
1:20:45Seriously. And if you can embrace that on camera, first of all, you're going to have a ton of fun. Second of all, people are going to love you.
1:20:54And like just a reminder, you're not doing this for the approval of man. So whenever I mean, you're obviously doing this for God. and to serve him. Now, when when you when you write things that are negative negative that have ne negative connotation like you're emotionally insecure, obsessive, perfectionism standard, right?
1:21:14Um physically unstable, low-key ADHD, right? These negative connotation things, you have to be mature about it and not go out of control, right? You don't want to sell yourself for social media just because of just because you wrote one icon factor that you think will go viral.
1:21:33No. Control yourself. All right.
1:21:36You are a child of God, not a child of the world. Do not love the world or the ways of this world.
1:21:43Okay. Um, icon factors. These are my uh clients icon factors.
1:21:47I will name drop him. His name is Ryan. Love that guy.
1:21:51Um, and he wrote this. And this is how I actually got the template for this. And this is how I got the idea for this whole entire module.
1:22:00He made this and I was like, "Dang, I should actually make a template about this." So, um, I told him this prompt. Um, cuz I'm coaching him right now in the creator Creattopia clan one-on-one coaching in my program. And I told him, "Think about what makes you different from the entire creator economy.
1:22:20Yeah, you're authentic, but what makes you iconic? What parts of your personality can you utilize to blow up? What parts of your personality, not not utilize, dude.
1:22:29You don't utilize your personality. I shouldn't have said that. But what can you embrace more that makes you unique and irreplaceable?
1:22:37Find your unique iconic points, icon factors by tapping into your inner child and then your mature spirit. He wrote down these for his inner child.
1:22:46Shy kid turned observant introvert. waffler, sarcastic plus dry humor, bursts of random weirdness, big introvert, extrovert switch, so he's an ambivert as well. Um, purposefully purposely cringey plus playful gamer. Yeah, I'm pretty sure he likes to play FIFA.
1:23:05Um, he's blunt, straight to the point, stubborn, big emotional highs and lows, low self-esteem, overshares excitement. All right.
1:23:15And then there's his mature spirit. uh athlete/d discipline athlete athletic discipline I think he means plus resilience uh sh excuse me shaped by rejection plus setbacks so he's motivated by that type of thing um obsessed self-arner dang these are actually really good compared to mine um entrepreneurial plus independence driven direct honesty no sugar coating that's good uh deeply values freedom over a 9 to five growth mindset.
1:23:49So, self-development equals success. Driven to prove myself and logical and strategic. Um, and yeah, that's his mature spirit.
1:23:59I can relate to a lot with what he wrote down here because at the end of the day, he's my dream avatar. He's my client. And um I hope you guys also relate to him in some way or another and are inspired by his icon factors and the other icon factors that are in the quest below.
1:24:15Which by the way, speaking of, you're going to have to write your icon factors before you move on to the next module. This is super super important. Okay.
1:24:24Um, if you're not aware of your icon factors, if you're not aware of the traits that you can embrace and show showcase online in your digital presence and intentionally show it, right? Not not chaotically show it, not immaturely show it like some influencers and streamers do these days. You are going to find success faster than you know it.
1:24:51Okay? So, good luck writing them down. Again, I suggest more than five for for both of these sides.
1:24:59Um, I have the same amount for each because I have OCD. Again, if you're like Ryan, if you if you want to do less of this and more of this, less of this and more of that, doesn't matter. Just write five plus over five for each one.
1:25:15Okay? And um yeah, God bless. I will see you in the next module.
1:25:19Do this one first though. Do the quest. >> What's up guys?
1:25:23Welcome to the Christ centered module. This module is going to be a bit more personal. I'm going to lean onto the spirituality side a little bit more because I want to touch on the very interesting topic of building a Christ centered personal brand.
1:25:35Now, with personal brands in general, they're very lowkey, actually not low-key, they're pretty narcissistic. Let's let's not lie here. If your for you page is full of like influencers and creators, you know how it feels to like watch these people talk about their lives and it's just like, you know, you know what I mean?
1:25:51Like, >> and us as creators ourselves, when we rep it out, when we, you know, post daily videos and document our life and tell our story, it's like it feels like we're we've become the narcissists. Or if you haven't felt like that, you're going to, cuz I definitely have.
1:26:06So, how do we stay true to our values, especially as Christians, if we call ourselves that, as followers of Christ? This is not a scripted video at all. I was going to script this module, but I decided, you know what?
1:26:18I'm going to speak straight from the spirit. I'm going to let God speak through me right now. Let me make it very clear.
1:26:25I wanted to make it very clear in this module especially, that without Jesus, my personal brand is nothing. Literally nothing. And um if you look at from the very start of my personal brand journey when I started posting on Instagram at around December of 2023, I started posting like social media hacks and tips.
1:26:42I was one of those guys. I I was I was a guru for months on top of months on top of months, right? I tried dipping my toes in storytelling here and there, but it never really worked out because I didn't try like to be authentic with it.
1:26:55Um until I did. Actually, no, not until I did. until I found Jesus. So when I found Christ personally obviously um not for the sake of my personal brand when I personally found Jesus and when I you know read the gospels for myself and when I found out that he is real that did live and really die and really rose from the dead you know I gave my life to him.
1:27:20Um that's pretty much my testimony in like in a short like TLDDR summary. But basically the point is my personal brand wouldn't have blown up or went viral or found success or would have gone or touched anywhere near 100,000 followers 200 300 500,000 followers now without Jesus Christ.
1:27:40I think actually no I I don't think this is like a exhibit A right here. I am the exhibit A of what Jesus can do to someone um not only professionally in their creative careers or in their you know entrepreneurial dreams but personally as well.
1:27:58So I wanted to make that very very clear in front of everyone that without Jesus Christ the son of the living God the one and only true king of the universe I am nothing. This personal brand is nothing. This camera that I'm talking to means nothing.
1:28:14The people that I teach in Creattopia means nothing. My clients in the Creattopia clan means nothing. And I pretty much have no meaningful purpose if I didn't find Jesus.
1:28:24So here is me giving the credit to him and all the glory back to him because it really is about him at the end of the day and I think real ones who are watching this know what I'm talking about. So yeah, that's one that's the one thing that I wanted to clarify and get get straight to the point in this module. Second thing is keep Christ at the center of it all.
1:28:45Keep God at the center of it all. What does that look like? Based on my experience so far, two years into my personal brand, around one year into my walk with a serious walk with Christ, as someone who likes entrepreneurship, as someone who creates content online, it's hard.
1:29:02It's really hard to put Jesus at the center because we are in a position, you and I, called to create and tell a story and and and put ourselves out there. And that's like the easiest trap to feed your ego and to feed your pride and to seek validation and to seek approval and to seek what what not you know what whatever's out there in social media especially right and everyone knows this.
1:29:24I don't have to preach to you about this. One of the foundations that I stick to in scripture is Colossians 3:17 which says and whatsoever ye do in word or deed do it all in the name of the Lord Jesus giving thanks to God and the father by him. I need to memorize that.
1:29:39I'm sorry I couldn't get that out of my head. That is one of the biblical foundations that I run my business by.
1:29:45And uh yes, I've fallen short of that plenty of days. There's been periods where I just was too afraid of like using the name of Jesus or using, you know, reciting Bible uh Bible verses on my like website on in my copywriting or in my sales page. You know what I mean?
1:30:02Like it's it's just awkward. Um as a business owner, as someone who creates content as well, right? Um, when I talk about professional things like content creation or when you're if you're someone who is in a professional industry, it's hard to just out of nowhere mention the name of Christ, you know, it's like it's unnatural, but that's who we are called to be.
1:30:25Like, let's be real. Like there is really no excuse in not having Jesus at the center of your business, at the center of your personal brand, at the center of everything really and not proclaiming his name. Like you have to be bold.
1:30:39You have to be bold about his name. You have to be bold about our Lord. One of my goals for the future or like my current goals right now as a creator who was just posting online um is to you know normalize being bold about Christ in the business industry in the entrepreneurship space especially online especially on social media especially with creators and influencers right because we are called to use our voices for the glory of God there is a scripture on that I I know there's a scripture on that I remember now it's 1 Corinthians 31 so whether you eat or drink or whatever you do, do it all for the glory of God.
1:31:16Let's keep it that simple. For those of you who who who have joined Creattopia and aren't that close to Christ, that's okay. It's it's a great this is like the community to like start that type of journey, you know what I mean?
1:31:29And um I do want to say it's a very serious thing. It's more serious than content creation. It's more serious than building a business.
1:31:37It's like this community is nothing in comparison to Christ. Let me let me say that again. like um yeah things that Jesus has done for me before I came to him and and after it's like you can't really describe it.
1:31:51So basically in summary I just want to say in everything you do in every business decision uh you make in every script you write in every shot you take in every content idea that comes to your mind may you make it obedient to Christ may you let it and turn it into a vessel that glorifies the Lord and make your worship very simple and pure just just like that you don't have to make it overwhelm you just continue to Pray that God uses you well and that he stays at the center in control of not only all your decisions but what you say online, right?
1:32:30Because this is a serious matter. Um whether you you're spreading the gospel or whether you're sharing your testimony, whatever, right? Um it's a serious matter and continue to pray, fast.
1:32:42That's a that's a great uh habit, by the way. It's not only a habit. It's like a it's a lifestyle.
1:32:49We're called to fast as as Christians. And um yeah, I'm I'm yapping a little bit too much here, but basically the point is keep Christ at the center and everything will follow. The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom.
1:33:03Seek first the kingdom of God and all of these things shall be added onto you. Another one is Matthew 6 uh 19 to 21 where it talks about you cannot serve two masters, bro. You can't serve God and money, right? um cuz you either hate one and love the other or love one and hate the other and um you only have one master.
1:33:22Let's let's make it straight from now on. I wanted to put this module in the brand course in like the first course right before we move on let's make it straightforward that you're doing this for God to serve the Lord to serve the most high and to serve others to serve your brothers and sisters to serve your friends and to love others and to love God because that is the meaning of life.
1:33:44Okay, >> welcome to the color palettes module. In this overview, I'm going to give you a full rundown of how colors work inside personal branding and how you can use them to instantly become more attractive, more recognizable, and more you.
1:33:57Let's go. So, why do colors matter in personal branding? The reason why is because colors evoke emotion.
1:34:03Every color triggers a psychological response. Most of the time, it is subjective because everyone is different, but generally colors have meaning. The first impressions of every personal brand online are visual.
1:34:14They're not verbal. For example, if you click on a profile, all you can see is their thumbnails, their post, the amount of views they get, their bio, and of course, the colors that they use. So, your colors have to speak before you do, at least to new viewers.
1:34:27Now, if you continue to use a consistent color for your entire personal brand, the stronger the memory is for your audience to remember who you are. People remember what they see repeatedly, right? So, it's good to stay consistent and have a good color palette.
1:34:40Now, here's the color psychology breakdown. Now red means excitement, strength, love and energy. Orange means confidence, success and social ability.
1:34:49Yellow means creativity, happiness and warmth. Green means nature, healing and quality. Blue means trust, peace and competence.
1:34:58Pink means compassion, sincerity, sweetness. Purple means luxury, spirituality, ambition. Brown means dependability and simplicity.
1:35:08Black means formality, drama, and sophistication. And white means clarity, innocence, and honesty. Now, how do you choose your brand colors?
1:35:17Here's how I did mine. You basically pick two to four colors maximum. I wouldn't go over three personally.
1:35:22Four is definitely the maximum you you should choose because anything more than four. Anything more than three to be honest, it's just confusing at that point. It's hard for people to remember.
1:35:32My personal suggestion is for you guys to choose two to three, right? before is okay if you can make it work. Now, what you want to do with each and every color that you choose is to match with the emotion you want your audience to feel. So, you got to ask the question, what vibe do I want my brand to carry?
1:35:48Another question is, what colors reflect who I actually am? So, what do you reflect? What kind of vibe do you give off when you hang out with people?
1:35:55You can ask your friends. Now, if you go to the previous psychology breakdown, you can see all of these key words. You can take a look at them and see what do you relate to the most, what evokes you the most, right?
1:36:05And then you can look also at the color wheel which is also useful. It's everywhere on Google. Just search up color wheel.
1:36:11You'll find one of these images. For me, I chose yellow, blue, and black. So, you want to spend that extra 5 minutes, 10 minutes to choose your color palette from the color wheel from the previous psychology breakdown.
1:36:22You really want to take your time with this because one mistake that I did when I started my personal brand was I kept on changing my color palette and I used like four different colors like pink. No, not pink. Purple, red, green, and blue.
1:36:33And those were it was such a confusing time because I didn't know what my quote unquote favorite color was. And I had to choose more than just my favorite color. Right at that time, it was blue.
1:36:43And it took me a while to really get to the the yellow color palette, the yellow primary and the blue the secondary for me. And the reason why is because I didn't really take my time initially to choose a good color. Now, where do you apply your colors?
1:36:56Obviously on social media, this means on your profile pictures, on your banners if you're on YouTube or on Facebook. Text design in thumbnails and captions. Obviously, you want to color your text whenever you can.
1:37:07Background colors in your visuals, in your feed posts, in your videos. And a nice little trick is to include objects or lighting that are colored in your videos. For example, I like to use blue colored lights or yellow colored lights, stuff like that.
1:37:19You can see in my profile picture, or at least my old profile picture, I'm in front of a yellow yellowish orange-ish uh sunset, and I'm wearing a blue hoodie. I don't know if anyone like recognized that, but I like to add these little Easter eggs every now and then. Even in the Creattopia about page that we have right now, the main photo, which is the the plans that we have, the offer plans, the picture itself is yellow and the primary text is yellow.
1:37:45And then the actual cover for Creattopia above the description is blue with it, which is the sky. So that's an Easter egg. And also, if you guys have seen the Creattopia.world VSSL page, the website that I that I run, there's a lot of blue and yellow.
1:38:00Like I just spam blue and yellow there, so it's very clear there. Um, even in my thumbnails, I have my main titles, the series names is yellow, and then the episode names is uh blue. Now, here's the general design rules for good color use.
1:38:13You want to make sure that you have high contrast with your color palette. Why? Because high contrast equals more attention.
1:38:20If you have red and orange, that's not really going to grab attention if if that's your main color palette, right? If you have blue and green, those two are very close to each other in the color wheel. So, that's not going to work well if you want to grab attention or catch the eye whenever you're on social media or creating content, right?
1:38:36Just your profile in general. So, you want to look at the color wheel and find opposites. Opposites means comp complimentary colors, right?
1:38:44So, for example, orange and blue or violet, blue and red, green and pink. And that's how you get a good color contrast that grabs attention. Now, simple is better.
1:38:53So, choose less. Once again, don't choose four. I wouldn't recommend choosing four unless you can actually make it work, which is very rare, but I don't I really don't see anyone doing that besides Hozi.
1:39:04I think Alex Hozi does that. I'm not sure. But simple is better.
1:39:07Choose less. it's going to be a lot easier for you as well to manage um whenever you design thumbnails and whenever you film videos if you want to add Easter eggs whenever you light your shots and too many is chaotic. Now, if you want to use bold and bright uh colors, that usually expresses a more fun and youthful type of emotion.
1:39:27If you want more neutral tones like black or purple, even white or gray, that usually expresses a more calm and mature type of vibe, which is why I like to have blue. That's pretty much why I chose yellow and blue because yellow is bold and bright, blue is neutral.
1:39:41And obviously, you want to avoid any random color changes, right? So, your brand colors has to stick to your brand identity. Once you've chosen them, it's going to be hard to rebrand.
1:39:51I mean, it's not that hard to rebrand, but for me at least, if if you're someone who has a ton of followers and you've you've gained this audience who knows you for being yellow and blue, it's hard to rebrand. And I'm planning to rebrand. And um it's a big decision.
1:40:06So colors are you really can't take colors for granted because it becomes your identity and you get used to them so much. Like you use them in all your fonts and in all your texts and all your videos and stuff like that. But eventually you might get bored like I do.
1:40:20I always like to change things up for for no reason at all. So make sure you can at least stick to one color palette for at least 6 months a year. Don't be like me.
1:40:29Now this is a core piece of your branding system as you guys have learned in this module. Once you're locked in, your content will feel more like you, right? Once you've chosen your own authentic colors and a combination that fits your personality well, it's going to feel more like you, and you're going to have a lot of fun with it.
1:40:46So, complete the quest below before moving on to the next module. Welcome to the text design module. This one's all about how to make your captions, thumbnails, visual text, titles, all that stuff visually attractive.
1:40:57It's very important to acknowledge your text design because you don't want people to just scroll past as if you're invisible. So, why does text design matter? Now, here's the thing.
1:41:06People see before they read. So, they don't recognize or understand what your text is saying. They literally see the font first.
1:41:13So, your font is literally the first hook or at least one of the first things that your audience looks at whenever they see your video. For example, if you're talking on camera, they might either see your face, number one, or your font, your text. So, a great design helps your content feel quote unquote premium, right?
1:41:30Or pro professional. Even if you make your videos in your room, like like I do a lot of the time, clean text reflects a clear identity.
1:41:37So, it doesn't matter where you film, right? You can always make your video look clean. But when you have messy text, obviously that becomes more of a messy message.
1:41:47It's going to be harder to read as well. So, please don't choose a messy font. Now, here's the font size strategy.
1:41:53Large text means large text is usually for hooks, titles, keywords for emphasis. So that's usually the little emphasis words. I call them emphasis words whenever I'm on calls with the Creattopians.
1:42:04I call them emphasis words where I literally just upscale my text. Make them all caps and color them red or yellow. So it's either red for something posit sorry not positive, negative.
1:42:14Red is usually negative and something bad whenever I'm describing something. And then yellow is usually something positive. Now with small text on the other hand, these are usually for extra info for the general captions.
1:42:26You know, your general sentences and lines, value and explanation, right? So this is an example of my uh small text. This is an example of my large text.
1:42:34Now, here's what bold, italic, and underline mean. Bold means you make the words stand out with strength, right? So whenever you use bold, you're pretty much making your sentence or your words more stronger, quote unquote.
1:42:46And this is my favorite cuz I love making I love saying heavy hooks. If you guys know, some some members might know. I also like being very specific with different pain points and different um desires and all that stuff whenever I describe certain stories and things that I've been through, experiences.
1:43:02So, I would describe my scripts or my storytelling as bold storytelling, which is why I use bold text as well. Now, with italic, on the other hand, this adds emotions or emphasis.
1:43:12Right? This is usually my least favorite. I'd never use italics on um captions, but that's not me being biased.
1:43:19You guys can use italics if you want to. I would rather just keep it plain and simple, bold. Right now, with underline, this usually signals urgency, like it's alerting, right?
1:43:29So, it creates this sort of stress for the audience. Whenever you underline a word, a caption, Bible verse, or whatever, maybe a word, a key word in a Bible verse, that would add urgency or create stress on that one word or that sentence.
1:43:42Usually, I don't do underlines unless I really, really want to emphasize it. Now, you don't want to overuse all three of these, right? I never use all three unless it's like a a major announcement in the community or like something major on my story or not even in my videos.
1:43:58I don't I don't use all three, bold, itallic, underline. So, if everything is bold, nothing stands out, right?
1:44:04If everything is italic, nothing stands out. Same with underline. Now, here's another important framework.
1:44:09Color plus contrast is king, which means color makes your text pop out, right? So, use your chosen color palette. The previous modules that you've just watched about color palettes, use that with your text.
1:44:21Otherwise, if you use a different color, that's just going to be so messy. Please use your color, your chosen color palette everywhere, including your text, especially your text, actually. Now, contrast, however, separates the text from your background.
1:44:34So, the colors from your background. For example, my background is usually like it's white right now, like it has a white ambience. If I used a white text, that wouldn't really be contrast.
1:44:45If I use black text here, that would be contrast. So, you want to maximize the visibility, which is why I use white text as my general small text um captions with shadow. So, it's like a white and black and people can read clearly, right?
1:44:59So, it's visible and that shadow effect really helps a lot. For example, yellow and blue has that contrast as well. Now, you want to avoid colors that blend in or are hard to read.
1:45:09Okay? So, you see this this little gold crucifix cross, chain cross. If I put gold text there, that wouldn't be suitable, right?
1:45:17However, if I put white or blue or red, that would be a lot better than than gold. Now, here are the text placement rules. You want to keep the text within the quote unquote safe zone barrier.
1:45:28This is the safe zone. If you guys haven't downloaded this yet, you can download it.
1:45:33It's available below. It's literally just a PNG attached to this module. And if you guys recognize, if you're a fellow scroller like me, fellow Doom scroller, you guys can recognize that these this little space here, this bottom part is the captions or the profile of the creators that you watch or on Instagram reels or on Tik Tok or on YouTube shorts.
1:45:53It's all the same, right? At the bottom part here is usually where the profile picture is at, the username, their caption at the bottom, right? And then usually they have a long description.
1:46:02There's a button to click more and then you can scroll through the caption or at least on Instagram reels. And then on here on the right side is usually the like button, the heart, the little heart icon with the like. There's a comment button as well in the middle here.
1:46:18And then there's also a share button usually on all these platforms, right? The reason why you want to keep your text away from these is because these labels, these captions, these texts, they're default for all of these platforms, right? YouTube Shorts, Instagram, and Tik Tok are the main three.
1:46:34Now, if you put your text behind these buttons, now if you put your text within this barrier, it's going to be distracting, right? your like button or or the comment button is going to be distracting for viewers to see the entire text, especially on Tik Tok because Tik Tok has um they show your icon, they show your profile picture on the top here and if you put text there behind, it's going to look like the text is behind your profile picture and that's just really distracting.
1:47:00So, do not make your text fully the same width as your video. Don't make it humongous.
1:47:06Keep it within this barrier. And if you see up here, you also have more space at the top here to put more text and stuff, which is why you see a lot of creators, I don't know if you guys know, but more than often, a lot of creators put their text titles up here at the very top. All right?
1:47:22Because that's where they have most space. They wouldn't put it at the bottom. For me, I don't like to keep it too low or not even too high.
1:47:29I don't like to put my text here unless it's a a title that I really want to put there, then I will. Other than that, I like to keep it at the center of the screen or towards the center.
1:47:39Usually, usually I put it a little low, lower than the center, like this video right here. The center is usually like under my chin, right? Or on my mouth.
1:47:48I like to put it in this case, I would put it below my chin or a little lower than the center because it's going to cover my mouth or whatever I'm saying, right? And that's distracting. Nobody likes that.
1:47:59So, whenever I have talking head shots as this exhibit A, I would usually put it the text a little bit lower. Sometimes you guys can edit your frame a little bit just to adjust it.
1:48:08Um, maybe put yourself a little bit higher um on your using your tripod, using post-prouction, crop it um so that you can put your text right in the middle, dead, right center. But it really doesn't matter as long as you keep it within this safe zone barrier, you're good. And I always like to place my captions at random places sometimes, you know, maybe um on the side or on in in the top towards the bottom.
1:48:30It depends on where the objects and the subjects are. So, for example, if I'm showing off a a notebook, right, with some important framework that I'm trying to teach on my video, then I wouldn't put my text right in front of the notebook. I would either put it up, above, or below.
1:48:46Now, here's are here are the things you don't want to do. Don't use too many fonts.
1:48:50Don't even use two fonts. I don't recommend using more than one font because it's just confusing. Like nobody It's confusing for you and it's confusing for me and everyone else as a consumer, right?
1:49:00Stick to one banger authentic font that you love, right? I love Molass. This font is not Molass, but it it's close enough.
1:49:08That's why I'm using it. I'm on Google Slides and um Molass isn't on Google Slides, but I use Molass. Um that's the name of my font.
1:49:16Don't use my font, please. That that's there's no point copying me. You also don't want to do too much text on screen.
1:49:23One to two word captions in videos are recommended. It's good engagement because the words are always changing every like half second or quarter of a second which is very very engaging for people to watch, right? I mean you guys would know you guys watch my videos and my videos are pretty fast-paced.
1:49:38Um, and I like to use one to two word captions, maximum three if they're really short words. Because on the other hand, if you put a whole sentence in your screen as your captions, they're going to have to read that, right? And people are really like their attention spans these days are really short, shorter than you think.
1:49:55And that's what I realized, too. So, for people to read a whole sentence, they're going to get so bored in seconds, dude. So, I personally avoid titles.
1:50:02Now, I personally avoid titles unless it's a series episode. And it's also your choice if you do want to use big titles in your hooks. Completely up to you.
1:50:10But if you are if you are planning to don't use extra captions at the bottom. Just have your title for your first sentence, let's say, and then you can move on to your captions in the next shot. You also don't want to use random colors that clash with each other.
1:50:23Okay? Again, opposites. And finally, you don't want text that covers your face.
1:50:27Hence why I told you guys before, move it down or move it up if it is covering your subject or anything important. Right?
1:50:33So, avoid covering any important objects or visuals. Now, you want to make it feel you. Take your time to choose a good font, right?
1:50:40Spend that extra hour searching. I know it's a hassle, but it's worth it. It really is.
1:50:44I attached some resources below so you guys can click on some links and um browse some fonts. Now, I also use the same one for everything, which is Moass. Once again, again, please don't use my my font.
1:50:55It's not going to it's not going to look good with you. There are plenty of other fonts that look exactly like Moass that you will suit. All right, that suits better for you.
1:51:03Now, you can use the exact same font. Once again, the same font, not two, not three, the same font for graphics, your VSSL, your website, right? If you're selling something, your captions, your posts, your stories, etc.
1:51:15Now, consistency once again is key. Okay? So, you also remember consistency is key.
1:51:20So, having that one font that just feels like you and you know that nobody else is using it, it's worth the the extra hour of searching for it. Once you pick your font, use it for everything, okay? Like a tattoo.
1:51:31Now, all you got to do is complete the quest below before moving on to the next module. Enjoy. Welcome to the thumbnail module.
1:51:38Before I dive in into the walkthrough of how I make my series thumbnails, here's what you need to know about thumbnails. On a side note, I am going to be talking about thumbnails for short form platforms only, not long form.
1:51:50This is not a YouTube thumbnail course because if it was, I could make a whole entire classroom about YouTube thumbnails and stuff. So, this is about short form stuff. short form thumbnails, Instagram reels, Tik Tok, and YouTube shorts. Okay, why do thumbnails matter?
1:52:05Thumbnails are the first impression to new visitors to your profile. Okay, it's very, very important because this is literally how you make your first impressions. If it isn't your bio, if it isn't your profile picture, take away your bio, take away your profile picture, it's your thumbnails.
1:52:21Take IG for example. My profile has all thumbnails. Each and every one of these thumbnails has meaning, has an episode, okay?
1:52:28Has a number. A good thumbnail sticks out. Most viewed reels always have them.
1:52:32Thumbnails help organize, clarify, and brand your videos. Keyword is brand.
1:52:36Okay, so it's good to have this type of consistency with your series. Um, also labeling them so that people know, okay, this is your episode. This is what he's doing in these seven videos or this group of videos.
1:52:48Okay, that's about kingdom wealth. That's about repentance. Oh, okay.
1:52:52I'm going to watch that now. So that's pretty much the role of short form thumbnails. It's very different with YouTube thumbnails because YouTube thumbnails is literally like one of the most important pieces of packaging a video is the title and thumbnail, right?
1:53:05But it's really different with but it's pretty different with uh short form stuff. Usually what attracts people to watch is the amount of views. So the more high the views are, people are going to be like, "Oh, I'm going to watch this viral video." And also is the thumbnail.
1:53:18Okay, so thumbnails also help, but they're not like detrimental or anything like that. For series-based content, they make your videos look like one ongoing story. So, it's throughout multiple events, right?
1:53:28You want to express that throughout all each and every one of your videos. You will learn how to create a content series in the later modules as well. But these are but you want to create this but you want to create this impression that your personal brand has all these mini stories aka episodes.
1:53:43Okay? So, it's literally like Netflix. They have thumbnails for every show and every episode as well.
1:53:48So, that's what you want to do for your personal brand because that's how you keep people engaged and retaining on your profile. Like, I've had plenty of people even in Creattopia tell me that they've binged watched my videos and I'm pretty sure they can say that the thumbnails helped them out. Like, just imagine if you went to my profile um before you even joined this community and I didn't have thumbnails.
1:54:08Imagine that. Now, here's how thumbnails work on each platform. Instagram reels, first and foremost, custom thumbnails actually display well on your profile.
1:54:17So, you can have a 4K picture and it'll actually be 4K or look really high quality on your profile um on your reals page and on your feed. This is why I focus on Instagram for thumbnail design, specifically Instagram because it helps show your episode order. It keeps your feed clean and also consistent.
1:54:33Whereas with Tik Tok, for example, it has an image thumbnail feature, but to be honest, I don't use it. Instead, I drag to the cleanest frame of my video before posting. So on Tik Tok before you post they have this little option where you can like click on the uh choose a thumbnail and then drag throughout the whole video to choose a frame for your thumbnail.
1:54:54Usually that frame becomes the thumbnail on my profile and uh usually the frame itself is the one where I have the series name or episode. So in my video I usually say welcome back to episode 2 of Raw Faith. And then that would be the frame that I would choose for Tik Tok at least most of the time.
1:55:09Sometimes I can't even be bothered. It's fine. Now, finally, with YouTube Shorts, custom thumbnails are only available on the mobile app.
1:55:16It's not on desktop. Um, I personally don't bother with this because I'm I can't I don't want I want less screen time on my phone and I'm not bothered to go onto YouTube shorts just to insert a thumbnail for my short.
1:55:27Um, I would rather just post the content itself through YouTube Studio on my computer with with every other platform that I post on. At least that's my personal preference. But you can if you want to if you want that extra polish.
1:55:39It doesn't really matter. Um I don't think thumbnails I'm not sure if thumbnails really matter on YouTube shorts because people just click on the shorts feed and then that's their for you page. They don't see any thumbnails.
1:55:51So it's okay. I wouldn't stress too much about it because the main short form platforms that you can invest in is obviously Instagram and Tik Tok. Now when should you design a thumbnail?
1:56:01Only design thumbnails when it adds clarity or continuity. Okay. So hence why I do the episode thumbnails and the series thumbnails, especially if you're doing a content series.
1:56:10So for example, episode 1, 2, and 3. That establishes and clarifies your timeline, your series or whatever you're going through, right? Your documentary, your personal brand lore.
1:56:19My most recent videos as of April 2025 have no thumbnails. I have like five videos that I'm trying out. Like I'm trying this new content style.
1:56:27Um right now I'm on a break, but before I was trying this new content style. Didn't have any thumbnails for those. just clean frames that I chose on Instagram.
1:56:34And we'll go through this in the phase six. And either way, most of your frames should look nice in your videos. So, you don't have to design thumbnails if you really don't want to.
1:56:44If it's a hassle if you're already busy with um editing and filming and all that stuff, you don't have to design thumbnails because your goal anyways is to have all your frames look nice, aligned horizontally and vertically, rule of thirds, etc., etc. You'll learn that in the film course, but we'll go through this in the face.
1:57:02We'll also go through this in the phase six film course. So, but for content series, it's 100% worth doing custom uh thumbnails on Instagram at least. So, on Instagram, so if you're on Instagram and you're doing a content series, definitely do thumbnails or at least select the frame that has your series episode and name on it.
1:57:19It turns your profile into a mini content library or a Netflix series. Now, here's a little quick warning. Don't overdesign your thumbnail if it's not going to show up.
1:57:28For example, some Tik Tok or YouTube viewers won't ever see your thumbnail. If you're short on time, which is most of us, focus on dragging to a clean frame. Okay?
1:57:38So, in your posting um page, before you press that post button, you have an option on Instagram and on Tik Tok at least to drag to a clean frame of your choice. You don't need to design from scratch every time. You can use a a clean template.
1:57:52Um, and I'll show you my one in the next module in the walkthrough. And uh it just makes the whole thing easy if you do uh use a clean template and consistent of course. So next up, I'm going to walk you through my exact process for making a series thumbnail on Instagram reels.
1:58:06All right guys, I'm back and I'm going to take you through the entire process of how I create my series thumbnails. First and foremost, the tool that I use to create my thumbnails is Adobe Illustrator. If you want to, you can use the exact same, but just a heads up, it is a paid tool.
1:58:20Otherwise, you can use any other free tools like Canva. Canva is probably the most used one out there. how I design my short form thumbnails is actually pretty simple. This is what my thumbnails usually look like.
1:58:30So, it has me in the background and some big text in the middle. Usually, my series text is highlighted yellow, my episode number is highlighted, the color of my episode number is blue, and I have a little short description next to that. And also this little subheading at the top just to add that dramatic effect.
1:58:45I usually get inspiration from like Marvel movie titles. So, let's say like these, right?
1:58:50This is like huge inspiration for me. So like for example this uh they have the Marvel Studios logo at the top um the main title in the middle and then the subtitle uh at the bottom. So this is how I usually get and I really like um Marvel movies.
1:59:06So I think this is one of the main reasons why I stuck to this style. I see a lot of other creators like being really random with it. For example, putting different words across the screen and stuff.
1:59:19Uh even the description. Some people don't have a description. Um, some people use different fonts, but for me, I like to stick to one single font.
1:59:28And also this one main rule, which is the rectangle rule. I just made that up on the spot, but anyways, the rectangle rule is basically where you fit all of your text into a rectangle shape. So, it's like this, right?
1:59:41So, it looks neat and clean. And I think Marvel Studios also follows this rule, too. I think um you can notice that with a lot of their film film titles.
1:59:50They like to keep it in a square or rectangle shape. If you like this style, feel free to copy me. Doesn't matter.
1:59:57Everyone gets inspiration from somewhere. So, let me hide this and let me take you through how I would make it from scratch. So, select your text tool, write your series text.
2:00:10For me, it is committing to the cross. Just write it down, right? And then obviously change it to your preferred font.
2:00:18I like to have it uh more or less bold. So that's my my font. And then what I usually do is decrease the uh character.
2:00:26And then what I usually do is decrease the character spacing. So over here in Adobe Illustrator, I can select how much space I want between the letters. Usually I do about 50.
2:00:39Yeah, 50. So if I look at the shape of each word, I need to think about how I can fit them into a rectangle shape. So what I usually do is have two lines for the title cuz usually my my titles are anyways like two words, three words.
2:00:54So for example, detaching self or maybe like kingdom wealth, right? That's one of my series. Kingdom Oh, kingdom.
2:01:02Kingdom wealth, right? So, if if your series has two words, which most likely it is cuz you don't want like five words in your series, then you want to fit it into a rectangle shape like just like I did, right? Um, so use both words in each line.
2:01:19One line, two lines. Okay. What I'm going to do with this is have the last three words at the bottom line and the first word, which is committing, at the top line.
2:01:29So, it's like pretty even. Uh, most of the time it's not going to be completely even. What I like to do because I have OCD, I just align it with the text.
2:01:39Just like that. All right. And the shortcut to uh make it aligned, well, the key binds really is option shift and then you you pretty much just say hold option and hold shift and then you scale it down or you scale it up, right?
2:01:54Cuz if you don't hold it, it's going to do this and it's wonky, right? Need to undo that.
2:02:01Okay. So, option shift and then it should align. If you are using Adobe Illustrator, if you're using Canva, I'm pretty sure it'll automatically scale for you.
2:02:11Like, it's it's a very easy tool to use. Uh Adobe Illustrator is more complicated, but yeah, I'm going to zoom out. Command plus or command minus.
2:02:20And I'm going to go to this align tool. You're going to have this too. Usually, I like to align it in the middle.
2:02:26I don't like to have it at random spots. Just straight up in the middle. Scale it up just a bit.
2:02:32And then I'm going to duplicate this text, change it to episode, say the episode one, right? Oh, no, no, episode six. Uh, and then I'm I usually scale this subheading down because again, I want the description to fit in here.
2:02:48So, usually I scale this down. Make sure it's obviously like readable from like if you zoom out, it's still readable. So, it's cool.
2:02:56And you can you can tell that it's a subheading. And uh so yeah, that's the episode. That's the title.
2:03:03Um I might as well add the main logo or the studios. Marvel Studio Ken Studios. Ken Studios.
2:03:12Might as well. I usually have fun with this. It doesn't matter.
2:03:16It's not like copyright or anything, right? So I'm going to do moas. I'm actually going to make this regular because I want it to differentiate from the bold title and the bold subtitle.
2:03:28So yeah, that's also a quick tip. If you want to differentiate different text, try bold, try regular, try uh itallic. Yeah, that's the word, itallic.
2:03:37But I don't really use itallic cuz that's not my style. I also like to separate this um the spacing so it looks way different from the previous text.
2:03:47See? Cool. All right.
2:03:48Now that we have that, I'm going to duplicate that. Oh, by the way, if you want to know how to duplicate, I'm not sure if this is on Canva, too, but I just hold option. And then I just drag it out.
2:04:00That's that's basically how you duplicate anything. Even on even in uh Premiere Pro and Cap Cut, you can do that, too, which is cool. All right.
2:04:09Uh now, I'm going to write the description. Let me just go to Notion and see what my description is. Committing to the cross.
2:04:18Okay, let me copy and paste that. Boom. Right, that's the description.
2:04:22Okay, usually what I do with this, this is probably the hardest part of like fitting your text into a rectangle, right? Cuz if you if you're planning to have a description in your text series thumbnails, then you you're going to need to break down each and every line and make them semi equal or like the same length. So, if I do this, right?
2:04:44Um, boom, boom, boom. This isn't really like equal.
2:04:47The the lines here aren't equal. So your goal here is to make them equal. Equal in length, I mean.
2:04:57So would this be it? So yeah, I reckon this is the best way for it to look. And uh usually what I do, I don't like to align it to this uh left side.
2:05:10I like to align it to the right side. So then when I scale it down and fit it into the rectangle, I basically just Huh. Let me committing.
2:05:22I might Wait, before I do that, I might actually separate or delete some words. Cut out some words cuz it looks Yeah, it's not it's not really a rectangle shape, right? So, I'm going to have to do something here.
2:05:37Mission breaking down the steps to committing my life to Christ. Committing a life to Christ on a daily basis with healthy habits. habits, uh, mental health shifts.
2:05:49Okay, maybe that looks a bit better. Maybe I'll put this A into the next line. Cool.
2:05:55I think I think that looks better. It's not going to be perfect. If you if you actually want to copy what I do, it's not going to be perfect.
2:06:05So, just make sure it just fits into that rectangle shape as much as possible. Now, what you want to do is move your move your episode um text out. And what I usually do is align the top and align the bottom together.
2:06:21So make them the same vertical length to say. Right. So like that.
2:06:27They're pretty much the same vertical length. And then I select both of them again. Shift option and scale it down.
2:06:36So I go here and then I fit it into the rectangle, the original rectangle. Right. Maybe just press my arrow key just to make it a little more bit more neat.
2:06:49And there. That's pretty much the text. I'm going to put this up a bit.
2:06:53Okay, cool. Right. Oh, whoops.
2:06:55Okay. Now, going to zoom out. Now, I'm going to change the colors.
2:06:59Okay. Uh I want this main title to be uh yellow, so I'm going to change that to yellow. I already have a preset.
2:07:06Let me edit it if I can. Can I edit it? Yes.
2:07:10There you go. I think I think that's better. Okay, cool.
2:07:13Now, I'm going to change this episode one because this is my color palette. Like this basic color palette that you learned in the personal branding foundations. Um, and then I have I have some other templates in the Cinemix playbook that you can use for color palettes.
2:07:29Uh, I'm going to use blue for this cuz my color palette is yellow and blue. Usually what I do uh if you're if you're confused with with choosing what colors to use for your uh series text, definitely use your primary brand color for the main title and your sub or secondary color for your episode or for your description or whatever.
2:07:53Um I usually do this little Ken Studios a bit smaller. Actually, I'm going to make it a bit smaller. And I I I do that and this description white color because if it's black and you put the image or whatever thumbnail you have behind the text, it's not going to look well, right?
2:08:14So usually white text does well with any type of image behind it. Um, also that's not even it because we're going to add a drop shadow effect. So usually I just select all of the text like that and then go to effects here or just go select effect. uh stylize and drop shadow.
2:08:35And usually the mode I do for Adobe Illustrator is normal. On Canva, again, if you're using Canva, most likely it's going to be really easy. Like um you can adjust the shadows however you want.
2:08:47But what I do, the special thing I do with shadows is uh obviously make the opacity 100%. Cuz I want it to be like bold. I want it to stand out.
2:08:56Uh the X offset and the Y offset, I want it to be as low as possible. Well, not not as possible, but like low lower than usual. So, he's usually three, right?
2:09:05Three or two. And the blur um with a lot of a lot of creators that um I notice inside Creattopia, the blur is actually more than usual. What I actually do, this is also a secret that you might like.
2:09:20I turn down the blur at least one pixel less than the offset. So if my offset is three and three on X and Y axis, then I usually put the blur at two pixels, right?
2:09:32And you can see here it looks a little bit more clean than this. Yeah, definitely depends on your own preference, but I just prefer it to look like this. See, as you can see here, this this little description down here, this looks a bit faded because the shadow isn't uh because the blur is too much.
2:09:52So, if I turn it down to one and the offset to two, you can look at it and you can clearly see it more, right? So, it's it stands out more. That's why I do that.
2:10:03Now, with this main title, I'm going to increase the offset just cuz I want to add more shadow so it's more visible and it stands out more. Probably just do uh four, four, and three. And then with this Ken Studios, I'll probably do the same as the description.
2:10:20Actually, I'll leave it at that. 332. Yeah, it's cool. Okay.
2:10:25Um, I'm going to decrease this just a bit down. Okay, cool. I'm going to make sure I'm going to actually put this these two.
2:10:36Yeah, I'm going to separate the the main title with the subheadings. So, you can clearly see the difference. It's not mashed together.
2:10:45I mean, it depends if you like it mashed together. It's it's up to you. I used to do that.
2:10:49Nowadays, I just kind of separate it. Now, what I do is add glow. So, shadow is not the only effect that I use.
2:10:58So, what I do is select my main title again, hold option, drag it out. So, I can duplicate, delete the shadow. If you're using Adobe Illustrator, I mean, it's very easy to delete the shadow.
2:11:11Um, and then you go to effects if you are going to use Adobe Illustrator and go to stylize and go to outer glow, right? Uh, on Canva. I forgot what this effect is called, but it should be really easy to find.
2:11:25Maybe it's like right below the shadow effect. I don't think it's called glow, though. So, yeah, just a heads up.
2:11:32Now, what I do is change the color palette or color picker to the same color as the text, right? So, that's where I changed it. The mode has to be normal, opacity 100.
2:11:42I always want it at 100. And the blur, I usually increase it by a lot because you will see the effect once I put it next to the shadow. So, usually it's around 10 10 blur.
2:11:55Okay. So, now what I'm going to do is align it with the previous one. Is it aligned?
2:12:01Nope, it is not. Is it aligned now? Nope.
2:12:04There you go. That's aligned. Okay.
2:12:06Now what I do is right click arrange center to back. All right. And there the shadow uh layer.
2:12:12This is al this is actually really important. If you want to do this effect right the shadow layer has to be on top or the the one at the front right and the the uh the glow layer has to be the one at the back. Okay.
2:12:25So that is uh you can do that. There is different shortcuts with your keyboard, but I'm just going to tell you like you just just right click and then go to arrange and then click center back or bring to front.
2:12:38That's how that's how it works, right? So now it looks really cool. Um, you can't really see the effect too well with the with this white background, but when I put the image behind this text, it's going to look really nice.
2:12:53I do the exact same thing with episode with the episode text. So, delete drop shadow. Go to stylize outer glow.
2:13:01Make it blue. Align it up. Make sure it's actually aligned.
2:13:05Otherwise, it's going to look goofy. Okay, there. Cool.
2:13:09Now, that should be good. I'm actually going to make this uh looks weird. Yeah, I might just make this uh Y offset one cuz it's pretty hard to to read.
2:13:22Okay, cool. Maybe this one, too. Cool, cool, cool.
2:13:26Or okay, I'll just leave it at that. Really, what I usually do is just play around with it, you know. Um, how I came up with this style, I literally just played around for like an hour and, uh, turns out I like this style.
2:13:40If you don't, if you're not sure what style you like, make like four or five drafts or at least three drafts and then ask the community. Like, literally post it in the forum and then people will choose for you. You can also create a poll, which is nice.
2:13:54What I usually do is just I ask my friends like, "Oh, do you like this logo better or do you like that logo better?" Um, but hey, you have a community. Don't take it for granted, you know. All right.
2:14:04What we have to do now is actually go to the raw clip that you filmed for that one video cuz we're making a thumbnail for a video at the end of the day. And usually I go to the very first one that I film.
2:14:17And the very first clip that I film is the talking head shot that I always introduce um the video with the hook, right? And uh I pretty much go throughout the the frames, go through the footage and choose a good frame for me to screenshot. Okay, so let me just browse around.
2:14:36Okay, usually I put it at full screen. Yeah, the sun was very very bright. Okay, cool.
2:14:46What I'm going to do here, if you guys don't know, the Mac shortcut, keyboard shortcut for screenshots is command shift 4. Right? Where is it?
2:14:55Okay, there should appear now. This has appeared. Command shift 4.
2:15:02Now, what I do is go to the very corner of the screen, drag it to the very bottom corner. It doesn't have to be exactly the the pixels, but just make sure you screenshot it, you know. screenshot as much as you can and then I usually wait for the file to go to my desktop, drag it in to Adobe Illustrator, center it, align it into the center, go to layers, and then put this again.
2:15:29You can just go right click, arrange, center back. All right. What I usually do again, uh, scale it, scale it up.
2:15:37But you got to hold, you got to do the the the keyboard shortcut that I did if you are using, um, Adobe Illustrator. Otherwise, it's going to look like this. So, what I do is shift option, then I scale it up like that.
2:15:51Right now, I want to show my face. So, I'm just going to scale it up just a bit more. Okay.
2:15:58Now, what I usually do, cuz I wanted to uh crop it with this original uh resolution right now, I think it's um I forgot what the resolution was. Oh, yeah. 1080 by 1920. So, that's the resolution, right?
2:16:13That's what you want for all your Instagram thumbnails. Now, to crop it out, I usually just right click, go to crop. You can find the crop um tool in Canva very, very easily.
2:16:26And then I just crop it according to the artboard. And then you can see here 1080 by 1920. Usually it might be off.
2:16:34Um that's just Adobe Illustrator. Don't worry about it. But that's pretty much it.
2:16:40That is your series thumbnail. You can see that the glow actually helps the uh the shadow stand out more. All right.
2:16:47And if you didn't have the shadow, the glow would be a little bit goofy. Like it'll blend in too much with the black with the background. It'll look blurry.
2:16:55So, you need that shadow and the glow. Usually, the glow is just for like dramatic effect. Um it makes the colors pop out more.
2:17:03And uh you can see the the description pretty well, too. So, what I do to export, I go to file, export, export as, and go to download. Just put that as one export.
2:17:15Then yes. Okay. Usually I export as a PNG, but with YouTube thumbnails, if you're planning to make this as a YouTube thumbnail, definitely export as a JPEG because uh PGs are going to be huge.
2:17:25They're way too the files for PGs and YouTube thumbnails that is way too much. But anyways, there is a quest down below this module for you guys to complete. It's where you share your own series thumbnail.
2:17:36So whatever series that you're currently working on, paste one of your thumbnails below. If you haven't created one yet, this is your tutorial. And yeah, enjoy.
2:17:43Welcome to the AAA module. This is one of the simplest but most effective frameworks I use to make content that gets consistently hundreds and thousands of views every upload. Now, what is the AAA rule?
2:17:54Every viral piece of content hits all three of these. Appealing, number one, which is grabbing attention visually and auditorially. Number two is effective, which connects to the audience emotionally.
2:18:05And number three is authentic. It feels real. It feels it feels credible.
2:18:09It feels you. Now, let's start with appealing first and foremost. Does this look and sound interesting?
2:18:14That's the question you have to ask yourself. It's really it's a really tough question, right? Because most likely your answer is no.
2:18:21And that's okay because that no has to be motivation for you to keep on improving your content to make your content actually look and sound interesting. So, strong visuals. This is what appealing means.
2:18:32Strong visuals like colors and lighting and movement, video movement, crisp audio. Please have clean music, okay? Clear voice, no noise, no wind in your audio, verbal hooks like questions and problems and trending topics.
2:18:44Your audience should go, "Ooh, what's this?" That's the question that you want your audience to ask. Okay?
2:18:49You want to actually be interesting, which is appealing. The second one is effective. Do I feel something?
2:18:55That's the question. When you watch back on your video, which everyone should, and be very critical with themselves, you have to ask yourself, do I actually feel an emotion out of this? Do me, myself, the creator, and the consumer as well from a consumer perspective.
2:19:09Do I feel something or is this just another one of my microwave videos that I have to get through just because I have to post every day just because all these gurus say I have to post like five times a day or is it actually effective? Is it actually making me feel joy or pain or curiosity or nostalgia?
2:19:24Right? And this is possible if your video has some of these things like facial expressions, tone of voice, body language. You want to evoke the emotions of your audience and get them to empathize with you.
2:19:35Yo, I relate to this. Yo, this guy's spitting facts. You know, if your viewer feels nothing, they will scroll.
2:19:41I'm sorry. I had to say it, but that's most of you guys. I'm sorry.
2:19:45So, you have to look back. Be your own critic. Okay?
2:19:47Do I actually feel something? Do you do you feel something when you watch your videos?
2:19:51If not, ask the question, how? Okay. Facial expressions.
2:19:54Okay? You don't want to do a facial expressions. Fine.
2:19:57You can do you can use a monotone voice. Okay. Let's just say cross these two out. monotone voice.
2:20:02You don't have body language. Fine, cross that out. How do you express or evoke an emotion without these?
2:20:07How do you express pain? How do you express joy, curiosity? Focus on the scripting.
2:20:12Focus on the things that you're talking about. Focus on specificity, which I will get into in the future modules. Now, here's authentic.
2:20:19The final A. Does this feel real? Can I trust this person?
2:20:22This is one of the things that I'll dive into in the last module of this course, which I'm planning to call it uh what is it? Authority. So, this is the the the biggest question you can ask yourself as a content creator, especially if you've already been posting and uh you've been preaching the word, let's say, or you've been motivating and being an inspiration, quote unquote.
2:20:40These are the the questions that is going to hit you hard because you know the answer if you're being honest. Does this feel real? Can I trust this person?
2:20:48Your answer is probably not. Your answer is probably not. And we'll get we'll work on that in the future module.
2:20:53But first, I just wanted to raise this tough question and you guys need to be constantly constantly every video ask these questions. Triple A, right?
2:21:00Speak from your experience. Okay, this is just a basic basic stuff that I'll um touch on right now and I'll get into deeper in the in the um the next modules. Speak from your experience.
2:21:11We'll go deeper in the later modules. Don't copy. No fake guru vibes, please.
2:21:15Avoid microwave and recycled videos. I've seen people who have copied word for word my scripts and I'm not surprised it doesn't work because that's it's not you. It's not authentic.
2:21:25It's not people can tell. You know, people aren't dumb. You don't want to trick your audience.
2:21:30You want to serve your audience. So, I try trend hopping sometimes and from my experience it does not work or at least it rarely works and it's not that fun. So, create your own trend.
2:21:40Tell your own story. Your story is your trend that you need to hop on. Share your values, your beliefs, the lessons that you've actually learned and lived out, which means the the the things that you've implemented, not the things that you've learned two days ago from a school course.
2:21:54You know what I mean? Like the things that you've implemented and that has actually given you results or changed your life in one way or another. I'll get into this way way more in the other module.
2:22:03But your content should feel like uh it's a reflection of your own life like a mirror, right? So, it's not just your idea, quote unquote, or the framework that you learns or the framework that you're teaching. Like, you actually practice this every single day.
2:22:16Like, this is your life and you're just telling it. It's not like you're forcing something. It's not like you're saying one thing and then you're also trying to do the same thing in real life.
2:22:25You know what I mean? Or at least if you want to be like that, be honest with it. Um, I like to always say different, let's say, Bible verses, right?
2:22:31And quotes from Jesus. and just be open about my vulnerability and how I'm not perfect and I mess up in this aspect of like whatever Jesus was talking about or struggling with this temptation. You know, that's pretty much my personal brand. It's just built on vulnerability.
2:22:45So, your content should reflect your life, whoever you are, okay? Not just your idea. Now, why does this rule matter?
2:22:51Even one missing a can ruin your video. That's why it matters. Appealing plus effective.
2:22:56Let's say your video looks amazing, sounds amazing, and you you appeal to every single emotion for your audience, but it's not authentic. like people can clearly see you being a class clown or or just putting on a mask. Man, I've tried this and it feels fake. It feels forced.
2:23:12You know, people aren't dumb. Like, people can actually tell when they scroll. Okay?
2:23:16You want to make them feel smart. You want to make your audience and the scrollers and your viewers feel smarter than you. You cannot trick the short form platform audiences, right?
2:23:26Let's say your video is really emotional and authentic but not appealing. Like, it's just a black screen. no one will engage with it. Now, let's say it's appealing, very visually engaging, and it's authentic, but it doesn't have that emotional aspect.
2:23:39Then it might get views. Some of these might get views, maybe, but it's easily forgettable. Like, it's not effective.
2:23:45It doesn't appeal or affect their heart, your em your audience's emotions. So, your goal is to check all three every time or at least try to touch on all three. Not just two, not just one, but all three of these appealing, effective, and authentic.
2:23:58Now, how to use this moving forward? So, you want to ask yourself the tough questions. Once again, be honest, okay?
2:24:04If it's no, that's a good thing. If it's yes, then apparently you're perfect. Apparently, you you're the best content creator on earth.
2:24:11So, congrats. Good for you. Is this appealing visually and verbally?
2:24:15No. Okay. How can I improve?
2:24:17Is this effective emotionally? No. Okay.
2:24:19How can I touch my people, my audience's hearts? How can I really dig deep? How can I be more specific with the pain points that I'm talking about?
2:24:26Is this authentic to me? Am I actually doing this because it's it's me? Am I am I being on camera and talking how I usually talk with a best friend or am I just putting on a mask and being fake in front of everyone?
2:24:37Now, you also want to question the idea before you actually work on it, which is probably the most important step that everyone takes for granted is the idea itself. When you get a content idea, you need to question it like crazy. Like, if it's that's the perfectionism aspect that you guys need to focus on.
2:24:51It's not the editing, it's not the filming, but it's the idea. Excuse me. It's the idea itself.
2:24:55So, you look at your content idea. Let's say it's just one sentence, this content idea, and you're looking at it. You're reading over over and over again, and just being like, "Okay, is this story, is this lesson worth sharing, worth telling?
2:25:08Is this lesson going, can I make this idea appealing?" Number one, can I make this idea authentic? Number two, can I make this idea effective? Number three, always question it.
2:25:16If yes, if your answer is yes, then go create and post it. If it's not, restart or fix it up. Add a new element to the story or be more goofy or weird. for example, or tell another story.
2:25:26And that's it. Simple but game-changing, right? So, when you're self-aware of your three A's, things just start to change so quickly because the more you question yourself, the more you critique yourself, I'll get into this later, the better content creator you're going to be, and the more faster your journey is going to be, too.
2:25:44Welcome to the triple C module. If you want your personal brand to actually stand out and become an influencer that's If you want your personal brand to actually stand out and become an influencer that's one of zero quote unquote, this module is for you. This is one of the frameworks I use to build content that's not only engaging but irreplaceable.
2:26:00Now, what is the triple C rule? There are three things that make your personal brand feel unique and respectable. Number one is colors.
2:26:07Number two is cinema. And number three is consciousness. Now, let's start with colors.
2:26:11Colors are the visual identity of your brand. Your color palette sets the tone. We've talked about this before is that's the emotion and the vibe of every post and every video you make.
2:26:20It shows in your thumbnails, in your profile picture, in your background, your color grading, your outfits, etc., right? And it helps your audience recognize you instantly.
2:26:28You guys should know the general rule and the general framework and the importance of colors. And I hopefully by now you've chosen your color palette and you've already started implementing it into your personal brand. Yes, as I was saying, it helps your audience recognize you instantly, okay, with your color palette.
2:26:42For example, red equals passion, blue equals trust, black equals authority. Right? You can use those three.
2:26:47This is exactly what we talked about in the color palace module. I don't have to get into it too deeply here, but these are definitely one of the aspects, one of the C's that make you unique, that make you stand out. The second one is cinema.
2:26:58Now, listen closely. This is about your visual storytelling. So, the angles and the cuts and the pacing and the motion of your videos, of your content.
2:27:07So, you want to use proper shots to build structure. Okay? Cinematic content is what separates mid quote unquote, which means like okay videos, medium quality from clean quote unquote clean videos, high quality videos.
2:27:19Now, here's the thing. This doesn't mean you need pro cinematography skills. We'll get into this in the film course, but I when I whenever I say cinema, it doesn't mean don't think of cinematography.
2:27:30Don't think of like film gear and tripods and lenses and all this stuff. Even if you don't want to be a filmmaker, okay, that's fine. Cinema is still for you because film making is the original source of all cinematic content.
2:27:44Sorry, no, social media content, right? Film making is how vlogging started. Film making is how YouTube videos started, right?
2:27:51That's the original source. And visual storytelling is the avenue that you want to always practice.
2:27:56It's not only about recording your your yourself, right? Your face. Um even if you want to just record yourself.
2:28:02Um, and if if you just want your videos to just be full of talking head shot, you can still integrate visual storytelling. You can still talk to the camera while you're walking, for example, or while you're working out, training in the gym. You can have multiple shots, close, medium, long.
2:28:18You will learn that in the later uh course in phase six. But it's about storytelling through movement and actions and presence. That's what cinema is.
2:28:25Treat your videos like movies. You're not just filming, you're producing, you're directing, and editing as well. We cover this more in phase six, the film course.
2:28:34This is just the warm-up just to let you know that this is one of the things that will set you apart. What makes you cinematic? Next up, we have consciousness.
2:28:43This is where purpose comes in. You want to talk about real stories that you've been through, real values that you implement in real life and the revelations that you've received, for example, from God. And it's not just empty motivation like like 90% of creators um have.
2:28:57I want you guys as Creattopians to really set yourself apart and be unapologetic about your purpose, about your story, about whatever you say. Unapologetic. Do not apologize.
2:29:07Literally stand on business with that because God got you. That's number one. All right?
2:29:12And that's all you need to be honest. But it's also the reason. But it's also like you don't want to be one of another microwave content creator, a microwave influencer who's just telling people to lock in and stop procrastinating and this and that.
2:29:25Bro, you see, storytelling is the avenue for you to do all of this, for you to share value, for you to share actual lessons that are useful for people because it's unique. You can, nobody can replace you with your story. Nobody can say the same thing as you.
2:29:38So, the more you articulate your story, the more expressive you are, and the more passionate you are with sharing what you've been through, the pains that you've been through, the things that you've achieved, it it becomes more than just motivation. Speak from your spirit, not from the surface level trends. I like to pray before filming every talking head video or every um cinematic film, let's say.
2:29:57I like to ask God to speak through me every time. I always say, "God, I'm about to film in this session. Please help me through your Holy Spirit.
2:30:04Speak to the camera." Well, speak to my audience, Lord, because this camera belongs to you. This personal brand belongs to you. This community, Creattopia, belongs to you.
2:30:12And it goes against my flesh. Like, obviously, I want to take pride in all these things. But even in filming, during filming sessions, I always want to take pride and be like, "Oh, I'm talking to I'm authentic.
2:30:22I'm humble. At the end of the day, it's not about pride. So, I definitely suggest praying before filming and just tapping into source that is real.
2:30:29Tapping into your spirit so that you can speak from the heart and the soul. It's deep. You know, it's more than just a script.
2:30:36It becomes more than just words that you have to repeat on screen, right? You can always change up your script spontaneously when you record on camera. When you're like, "Okay, this line is just so bad and I don't want to like I've been doing this five tries, 10 tries now, and I've messed all of them up.
2:30:50I'm tired of it. I'm just going to say my own thing. That's fine.
2:30:53Like I do that. I do that every now and every now and again because this is what makes your brand authentic and soulful. You want to avoid just another motivation guru trap.
2:31:03So get deeper. Do not just get deeper. Like just keep getting deeper.
2:31:07Pause. But like get deeper. Okay?
2:31:09Be real. Be vulnerable. If people feel something deep, trust me, they will follow you for life.
2:31:14Now, why does this matter? Most creators only have one of these C's, which is unfortunate. You need all three or at least touch on all three.
2:31:22Just like the AAA rule when you question yourself, is this appealing, authentic, and effective. You also need a question.
2:31:28Do I have the colors, the right colors? Do I have a cinematic aspect to my personal brand, to my content? And am I conscious enough?
2:31:35Am I soulful? Am I speaking through the heart and not just repeating whatever my script says? So, if you want a complete brand that stands out, one of zero, you need all three.
2:31:44Your colors grab the attention. Your cinema keeps them watching. your consciousness makes them stay. Now, every piece of content should reflect who you are.
2:31:52I think you guys know that by now, but that's the core of the creative branding, okay? It's not logos or slogans or it's not even about colors most of the time. It's about putting all of these things together and making it so authentic.
2:32:04So, that's irre so that it's irreplaceable and that you don't you don't apologize for it. You're not insecure about it and you're like, "Yeah, this is this is what God called me to do." And you you're standing on it.
2:32:14Colors cinema consciousness. Welcome to the VVA framework module. This is the easiest feedback to I give to creatians whenever they post their reps.
2:32:19By far the easiest feedback tool that I give to all the creatorians whenever they post their reps and ask me for feedback. It's called the VVA framework. It stands for visual, verbal, and auditory.
2:32:27Now, let's get started with the visual. With your visuals, you want to ask another another compelling question. Does it look good?
2:32:31Does your video look good? Right? And that's a very simple but scary question that we as creators don't like to um ask ourselves, but it's important to.
2:32:38Does my video look good? Most likely not. Okay.
2:32:40I always say that. Is it framed properly? Is it vertical, center aligned?
2:32:43Right? Is there color contrast? Is your shot bright or moody on purpose?
2:32:46Right? Or did you do it on accident? Did you make it dark on accident?
2:32:48Did you make your exposure brighter on accident? Right? You want to be very purposeful with every single minor detail of your visuals?
2:32:53Are your shots dynamic? Are you switching from cinematic scenes to talking head to handheld vlogs? Is your editing clean?
2:32:58Do you have any random animations or overdone effects? If not, good. If you do, please remove them.
2:33:01Here's another tough question. Would someone stop scrolling to watch this? That is that one hurts even me.
2:33:05Like, would someone stop scrolling to watch this? And you got to be insanely honest with yourself when answering these questions. like you can answer them in a second within your head, but admitting it, admitting the answer, it's it's another thing, right? Your honest answer is probably no, and that's okay because you want to use this motivation to improve.
2:33:18Your no means that you have some things to look forward to. Remember, the goal is a journey. Now, we move on to verbal.
2:33:23Verbal is basically, does it say something clear? Is your hook strong and super specific? Does the first sentence hit or does it not?
2:33:29It's just one of those microwave, bro, I learned to be more patient. Are you communicating one clear idea or is it messy? Does your scripts tell a story?
2:33:35Um, are there twists and turns in each line, which there should be, the way that's what makes a good story? All the twists and turns, always pattern breaking, interrupting your own story, saying jokes, leaving them on, teasing them, and then finally satisfying them, and then breaking that pattern again at the very end. You know what I mean?
2:33:47Are your captions readable, well timed, sync to your voice, cut fast enough. And then here's the tough question. Would my target avatar understand this message instantly?
2:33:53Remember, your avatar can tell when they're trying too hard. So if you're trying to be if you're try harding to be engaging and like using a nice little word, welcome back to episode two. Like people can tell, bro, and it's it's annoying.
2:34:01You know what I mean? Like remember your avatar can tell if you're being fake or real. For me, I'd rather be real.
2:34:05Okay? Be passionate and be creative. Don't force motivation if you don't feel it.
2:34:08Okay? If you feel tired, film yourself feeling tired. Film a long form video, 20-minute video of you complaining, right?
2:34:12And then that rant, that ramble, that waffling, that 20 minutes of just yap yap. You can learn so many things from that because that's how you communicate to an audience, to your avatar. You'll learn this in the um in the future courses as well.
2:34:21And finally, we have auditory. Does your video sound clean? Is your voice crisp and balanced?
2:34:24No echoes or audio. Remember, like I said before, no winds in the background, no wind noises in the background. That happened to me all the time when I used to record on my phone audio, but nowadays I have my mic plugged into my camera and I have a wireless mic that I attach to my clothing.
2:34:34Does your background music support the mood or distract you distract audiences from it? Are your sound effects subtle? Are they not too loud or are you overusing them?
2:34:40Are you not breaking the pattern and cutting the music from time to time? Are you not switching music or are you using clickity sounds too much with every single word that you have? Okay, now here's the tough question.
2:34:48Would someone stop scrolling to listen to this? Everyone scrolling is looking for something real. That's what you need to know about audiences whenever you or at least like think of yourself as a consumer.
2:34:54Everyone scrolls, right? That's how you found me. Everyone scrolls through content in their for you page because they want to look for something entertaining or educational, right?
2:34:59So, it's either one of those two. But either way, both the educational and the entertainment has to be real. It has to be authentic. that's incredible or actually funny or fun or engaging.
2:35:05It's easy to tell if who's fake. So easy, right? As a consumer, you guys know this.
2:35:09Even fake creators become memes, right? Because it's just they become satire at that point. If you don't want to be meable, be raw and authentic.
2:35:14And if hip-hop beats aren't your thing, don't feel pressured to use hip-hop beats in your videos just because they work for me and this other person. Okay? Don't use it just cuz 50 other gurus told you to.
2:35:21Okay? I'm not here to tell you to use specific hacks and tips and tricks just to make your video go viral and engage more. No, I'm telling you to be real and not apologize for using jazz beats if you're into jazz, right?
2:35:29I'm here to help you embrace and make your authentic self, your authentic content engaging. Now, here's one thing that I want to tell everyone in here. I'm probably announce this as well, but you should be watching your own content more than anything else.
2:35:39And this is like, what really? But if you think about it, there's a reason to it. You should be watching your own content more than other content creators, more than other reals, more than other movies and entertainment.
2:35:47Yes, I don't follow this. I'm a hypocrite with this, but it's necessary to get the ideas you actually need because you tend to be super self criticizing. Like, I'm pretty sure everyone is very self-aware in this community.
2:35:54Um, most of us are Christians as well. So, I know it's scary to watch your own content, but that's what I did whenever I posted videos. I kept on re-watching before I posted it.
2:36:00Even after posting it, I used to scroll through comments and I used to look at my videos and be like, "Okay, I did a good job here, but that could have been better. This could have been better." So, always be self analyzing, always be self-critical. And of course, this isn't in a narcissistic way.
2:36:09Um, but in a critical way, okay? So, you're always looking for improvements. You're never satisfied.
2:36:13You're always looking to change and transform. You're never satisfied with the content that you create because you can always grow. Face the fear.
2:36:17Face the cringe as well. Cringey. And when I look at my past videos, especially the viral videos that went um that blew up over like 2 million, 5 million, 10 million views, right?
2:36:23I would these days I just cringe at them because I'll be like, "Dude, I can't believe I said that on camera." It's always good to be your own judge or at least pray on it and let God be your own judge and then he can speak you speaks to you to it. You can't just post and pray and blow up. I used to do that actually.
2:36:34It's so embarrassing, but I used to do that a lot. Especially before I blew up. I used to be like, "Okay, this is going to be it.
2:36:39God, please let up." Oh man. Anyways, here's how to use the VVA framework. You want to go through your video draft?
2:36:43You want to pause and ask yourself visual first and foremost. Is it scroll stopping? Is the first 3 seconds appealing to me?
2:36:47Okay. Is the whole video just engaging visually in general? Number two, is it verbally engaging?
2:36:50Is the message fire? Is it is it is it worth it? Number three is auditory.
2:36:53Does it sound right? Think that supposed to be tight or right? But either way, is it supposed to sound right?
2:36:57Okay, as a scroller, I like to um I don't think I put this in the slides, but whenever I'm on my Instagram that I'm about to post, I rewatch them with two volume, 25% volume, like about there, because that's the um that's the volume that typical Doom scrollers scroll at, right? People don't watch reals with full volume. That's just embarrassing.
2:37:10Nobody wants to nobody wants to like have other people hear what they're watching. So, usually people watch reals at that volume, and you guys probably do, too. That's where you want to watch your videos at in terms of questioning your auditory levels. 99.99% chance you'll find something to improve, okay?
2:37:21And it doesn't mean you have to restart your entire video. obviously just post it. But on the next video, you know exactly what to improve on, exactly what to fix, exactly what to change. Take it one step at a time.
2:37:27You know, there's always a new day. There's always a new level to level up to. There's always new opportunities, new video ideas.
2:37:31You're never going to run out of video ideas. Only if you let yourself run out of video ideas. So, be patient with it.
2:37:34Always improve. What is authority? Authority is the trust that your audience places in you as a creator.
2:37:41It's what makes people stop, listen, and actually apply whatever you say. Now, without perceived credibility, key word perceived, and another key word is credibility, your content will feel empty. Even if it is actually valuable, like it actually works, without that it's going to feel empty.
2:37:57Now, why does credibility matter? People follow the people who reflect who they want to become. Your message only lands when it's backed up by experience.
2:38:05Credibility isn't just perfection, right? It's clarity. It's consistency.
2:38:10It's honesty. Now, if you've watched the previous modules, you guys know that I've mentioned this from time and time again. Your audience knows if you're faking it or forcing it.
2:38:19So, how do you access your authority? Let's say, well, it's very simple. You have to answer the questions you don't want to answer.
2:38:26Be brutally honest. Are you teaching these words out of wounds, out of pains, out of struggles or out of wisdom? And you have to reflect on your own personal credibility.
2:38:34Are you mentally right? Are you mentally checked to talk about these things? Not only mentally, but also you have to answer the questions physically and spiritually.
2:38:42But that's the thing, you have to own your imperfections. So, you cannot hide them. But a lot of you guys, especially in Creatoria, I've seen a lot of people try and hide their imperfections.
2:38:52Not many creators are willing to be extremely vulnerable on camera, especially in short form platforms like Instagram and Tik Tok. But if there's one thing that made me set me apart and blew me up, I would probably guess it's vulnerability. Vulnerable storytelling.
2:39:07That's it. And even if you guys haven't came to this humongous revelation like I have, let's for example, Jesus Christ is the way, truth, and life. and you guys don't really you still have your doubts, you still have your struggles, your bad habits, let's say it's fine to document it, but at least be credible with your own imperfections.
2:39:25Be like, "Hey, this is me and I don't apologize for it. I'm still working on it." And it'll feel like such a breath of fresh air. Other than that, you can there are some ways to build real life authority.
2:39:36For example, share a transformation. If you've been through a physical transformation from flabs to abs, for example, you can be transparent about that as well. You can be vulnerable about that.
2:39:45Like people go through pains in transformations. Whenever they change, there has to be a struggle at the beginning and there has to be a dream at the end that they achieve. So be transparent with the things that you've achieved, how they made you feel, right?
2:39:58The struggles, especially the pains that you want to talk about. You want to be very specific with them because that is your credibility.
2:40:04That is your story that nobody else nobody else can say. You can copy all my scripts and structures and all that stuff, but without establishing the initial foundational mindset of, okay, I'm trying to tell my story, not copy Ken's strategies. Without that, you're going to fail.
2:40:20And obviously, you want to speak from personal experience, not just secondhand knowledge. I mentioned this before, but I'm going to get deeper into this. A lot of people just learn stuff and then they just regurgitate it on camera.
2:40:32That's pretty I mean I'm guilty of it obviously but we tend to do that because we praise the lesson itself. We praise the the value itself, the knowledge itself more than our story, more than ourselves. And I'm not saying you're supposed to take pride in yourself and like show off all the time.
2:40:51No, no. I'm saying you got to own your realistic position. Okay?
2:40:55So if it's really just about documenting and figuring things out, talk about the figuring out part, not the things that you figured out. You know what I mean? You can say that.
2:41:04You can mention it like, oh yeah, it's good to, for example, don't rush relationships, for example, right? That's some that's a good lesson. But the value that people learn from or that they appreciate doesn't come from the lesson itself, but the journey that you've been through.
2:41:21How did you come to that conclusion? Right? So that's why in in group calls and strategy calls, I always say 80% story, 20% lesson.
2:41:29So save the the first 80% of your video, just just telling a story. My most uh viewed YouTube video, I think it's 200k views, is the um do you actually need a girlfriend one? And that great title, by the way, is a great question.
2:41:44Besides that, I started that off with story like just literally two years ago. I think that was the first line. Was it two years ago or three years ago?
2:41:53Something like that, right? I started off like that and I just I just told the story from I didn't I didn't leave anything out or I tried not to leave anything out. So your authority is your story.
2:42:05And even if you're teaching content creation, like me for example, I'm literally telling a story about that, you know, like right now, as soon as I figured out, okay, this isn't really about who has the best advice, but who has the most unique and individual story, then I was like, bro, I can do this. Like, this is easy.
2:42:24This is me. like I can talk about myself, be vulnerable, extremely vulnerable, be very specific with my struggles and make a joke out of myself. Like that's just me. So I did and then like 50 days, 40 days later got 100k followers.
2:42:37Like that's literally it's so simple and I know it's easy to say and hard to do when you are starting out and when you are learning all these skills. But if you you need to have this as your foundation, especially to the new members who've joined and like for those of you who don't know, this is a new module compared to the other modules for scripting, filming, and all what whatnot.
2:42:58But this is such a good lesson. You know, I want every single creation, I'm probably announced this as well, to remember this framework is that your authority is your story. I'm going to keep on saying the word story until you guys like tattoo it in your brains because that's that opens the doors to monetization.
2:43:14That opens the doors for you to open your business, your online business, your community, monetize that community, selling products, monetizing those products. And it's not only about past storytelling. You guys might think like stories.
2:43:27When you whenever you hear the word stories, you might be like, "Oh, I have to think about the struggles that I've been through 10 years ago." No, it's not like that. You can do present storytelling and I've done that as well and gotten pretty good results from it.
2:43:39So, it's not about the timeline itself, but the details you get into in each and every one of your videos. And obviously, you have to demonstrate the lessons that you've learned, right? And actually implement it.
2:43:49But again, if you fall short, for example, from yesterday's lesson and be like, "Oh, lust is bad. I have to flee from the lust." But then the next day, you start jacking off again, let's say, right?
2:43:58You can be vulnerable about that. Like, you can share that online and that makes you 100 times more accountable. that gets that gets you into the 1% category, by the way. Like the like everyone else says the 1% category.
2:44:10Things like that, sharing things that you don't want to share. Being vulnerable and being real is just not only a breath of fresh air for audiences, but it's also it categorizes you into this unique niche that's not only you, but so authentic that nobody can replace you. Nobody can.
2:44:26I mean, people can steal my content strategies and the way they film, the way I film, sorry. And like my shots, for example. I see them all the time.
2:44:33I'm pretty sure people call it the can effect, right? But they can't steal my story. And it's something you guys really need to embrace.
2:44:41It's just everyone has a story. Everyone has struggles, right? We're all human and anyone is anyone is able to literally blow up on social media.
2:44:50You guys will learn more about being more specific, diving into specificity within your scripts, within your speaking uh in the dream avatar modules coming up. I think it's next. Is it next? in phase four which is the ideas course.
2:45:03Stay tuned for that because that's going to be probably the most useful thing that you will learn in Creattopia is implementing, learning and writing your dream avatar. So to summarize this module, become the person that your avatar wants to be or at least show the process of doing it. And when you are showing the process, when you are documenting, be transparent with it.
2:45:25Fully transparent, not just 50% transparent, fully transparent. like say, "Hey, I don't know how to do this, but apparently this guy I've read from a book said like more better new. I'm gonna try it out." So, let's say this is my new content series, day one out of 30 of posting 30 days in a row. Like that.
2:45:42Something like that, right? You can add twists and turns within your story as well. So, it's it's fun.
2:45:48It's not it's not just like, oh, I'm documenting this journey from $0 a month to $10,000 a month, but then like you're just boring throughout the whole series throughout all your videos. You can add like stories open the doors to almost every creative outlet that you can do including pattern breaks and jokes, comedy, right?
2:46:07Fun, entertainment, education as well. Like mix them all up. You don't have any limits.
2:46:11Recommended ratio once again is 80% story, 20% lesson. So that 80% of your video is going to lead to that 20% final piece of your entire content idea. And that lesson becomes so much more valuable because you've entertained the people with your story.
2:46:27You've been you you told your story honestly and authentically with full transparency and being like these are my ups and downs and twists and turns but then I learned this and then all of a sudden Jesus is the truth for example right that's what happened with me and then obviously your audiences once again will feel appealed to it AAA rule appealed to it right you can continue to working on the AAA rule but they will feel appealed to it they will feel affected and they will feel your authenticity storytelling storytelling storytelling that opens the doors for all that So, what is next?
2:46:57Now, you're at the final task of phase 2, the brand course, and it's time for you to complete the final quest below. Follow the instructions in that post, and I will see you in the next phase. It is currently 6:41 a.m., and I this topic has been bothering my head for the entire time I've built this course.
2:47:18I'm going to put this new module in this phase because it's really important. And the topic is guruing versus storytelling. And the concept of guru guruing is like the natural social media approach, right?
2:47:32Um where you just want to be the motivator. You want to be the the teacher, the mentor.
2:47:37Um you want to take on the the mantle of a coach, right? Basically, and a lot of people do that on social media at this point. I really I genuinely think it's saturated.
2:47:47Now, the point of this video is to compare the guruing guruing approach versus the storytelling approach. I'm going to make this as raw as possible and straightforward as possible and say that this course is not optimized for guruing. It can still work, right?
2:48:04But without credibility and authority, you guys know already social media won't work. You know what I mean? Because okay, I will tell you a story just to make you just to make it like make sense more.
2:48:18I started social media when I was like 19, right? And the approach that I took was full-on just mentoring, coaching, and just being a guru. I wanted to be a social media guru.
2:48:35basically the typical how to grow a social media account because I thought that my experience with growing a clothing brand and drop shipping and all that stuff um helped me and made me credible to give tips right and I was somewhat somehow but I didn't know that mentoring and taking on the mantle of a teacher was a whole different thing in itself right I succeeded before my personal brand with storytelling.
2:49:06I succeeded with my uh it was mainly just my clothing brand, right? And those videos went completely viral because I told stories about my business. Stories, stories, stories, stories.
2:49:19I will repeat this word for the rest of my life. Okay. And okay, so the point is uh basically what happened was like 3 months into my personal brand, posting every single day um not even 3 months like I realized dude this is not working out for me like giving tips, content tips, social media growth tips, hacks and tactics, they didn't work out like I was so bad at it.
2:49:45Um, so I moved on to a different niche where I kept on mentoring, you know. Um, and that niche was cinematography. And like I didn't know how to teach cinematography, nor did I know how to actually do cinematography.
2:50:01I just knew how to like make videos, right, and shoot with my like zoom lens. That's it. Um, but I still took on the the mantle of a coach, of a teacher, of a guru because I couldn't get out of that trap because I thought that would make me money.
2:50:17I thought that would make me go viral. I thought that, you know, in order to build a business, you you have to be a teacher. You have to be a coach.
2:50:27You have to be uh you have to have authority and credibility. But people do not understand that your credibility comes from your story. Why?
2:50:36Because as soon as I started making Christian videos, and I'm sure you guys have seen them before, like the when I first blew up to 100K, 200K, all the way to 400, 500k followers. Um, my videos were like mainly spiritual, faith-based, and Christian, right? And I was like, those videos were like content series about my testimony.
2:51:00I made multiple one of those and um yeah, those videos were the ones that blew me up and built my the foundation of my personal brand of my Instagram and Tik Tok and those were all storytelling. I none of them were mentoring, coaching, none of that, right? Um, it was literally just telling a specific problem that I went through just like I am right now to you guys and then telling how I wrestled with that problem and then found a solution.
2:51:34Okay, everyone has been through stuff like that. You go through that every single day, right? Whether it's physically in the physical realm, the mental realm, the emotional realm or the spiritual realm, whatever, right?
2:51:50Everyone goes through that. So, the point of this video is to say storytelling is the best and the easiest and the most efficient and the most authentic way to grow your social media. It is not guruing.
2:52:04Get out of that trap, please. And I know I sound like a guru right now, but I have my story to back that up. And I just told you that because I spent a whole year not blowing up and failing, getting less than 100 views, less than 1,000 views, less than 5,000 views until I actually went all in on telling a story.
2:52:26Do not say you you you in your video. Say, I I I I struggled with this. I found this solution.
2:52:33Here's how I did it. Not here's how you do it. Not here's how to do it.
2:52:37Here's how I did it. Okay, that is the approach we take in Creattopia. That is the main strategy, whatever you want to call it, tactic.
2:52:46It's very simple, very like such a tiny change in wording and in approach and perspective, but it changed everything for me. Don't be a guru, be a storyteller. You will learn this in the next few courses.
2:53:01I'm going to yap about soul and presence. Solemn presence is a pretty underrated topic for me because no not many like content coaches or any pretty much anyone who's is making a course is uh talking about this. But let me tell you a story.
2:53:14When I before I blew up, I was making videos every single day and um none of every every one of them flopped, right? Just scroll down to my Instagram. You guys will see.
2:53:22I'm pretty sure everyone knows this story already. But basically, those videos I was not present at all. My content felt way too scripted and each and every sentence felt like robotic.
2:53:34The way I spoke was not like I wasn't in the moment. I didn't feel and I didn't embrace the script. I didn't even embrace the idea um fully because I was too used to making multiple videos a week um batching them, posting them every day.
2:53:50I was too um fixated in the name of consistency. I was too what do you call it?
2:53:55I was too stuck in the trap of okay I need to post today so I just it can be anything right and sometimes that's a good thing to to make you practice consistency and you guys will learn this in the uh the next phases but I'm just saying like that was a mistake for me because I got trapped I literally um content made the content I was making and that was supposed to go viral for me actually trapped me from going viral and succeeding and blowing up.
2:54:25Um, and it was the problem of being present with the camera. You guys will be introduced to a concept called the dream avatar where I say basically you talk to one person whenever you turn on the camera. You talk to you just pretend that it's just one person you're having a conversation with, right?
2:54:43Not an audience. You don't want to It doesn't feel natural if you just say, "Hey guys, this and that." Like, "Bro, stop." It doesn't feel authentic, right?
2:54:53And um I always talk about authenticity and the main tool to feel more authentic to make your videos more real and conversational is presence to be present with the camera and to for your ideas to be relevant to you actually relevant to you. For example, I could talk about color grading or I could talk about spiritual warfare. which one would be the topic for me right now is spiritual warfare because I'm going through that right now right and that is pretty much like you have to choose your ideas carefully as well which you you guys will learn in the ideas course but at the same time this is a warning for you guys um don't be robotic with your videos be present be in the moment embrace your script if your script sounds robotic if it doesn't sound like you you'll also learn this in the scripting course then delete your lines, edit your lines, you know, um this is just a heads up because this is like the the main foundation uh and approach of what authenticity is in our community, right, in content creation.
2:56:01And that's how you pretty much develop your online personality and hopefully your real life personality because like people like you because you're present, not because you are oblivious, right? And um yeah, so you you do the exact same thing on social media. You just treat your camera like a real person and then your audience again will appreciate it.
2:56:22They will feel it. They will be like, "Your videos are so real." This and that. Like I mean I got many of my comment sections are like that.
2:56:31And I'm not surprised because that's the approach that that I had to learn the hard way. Um I had to learn like okay my videos are actually so terrible right now and I'm not being present.
2:56:43Um, my videos don't have a soul. There's literally no emotion whatsoever. It's literally just like script script script script.
2:56:51And I do not want you guys to get into that trap before like during even during when you go through phase um the scripting course, phase four, no five. Phase five, right? Even if you go through the scripting course, I don't want you guys to go through that like robotic phase.
2:57:09Please don't. Make your videos present, relevant to you.
2:57:13Be in the moment. Be mindful of your surrounding. Know the environment.
2:57:18Know the context as well. Know the idea. Let the idea marinate.
2:57:22Like you need you need to be wise whenever you come up with ideas. And you will you will learn that in the um ideas course. But I just wanted to come come on here add this new module and say be present when you when you turn on that record button.
2:57:36All right. Hello. Hello.
2:57:38New module. Today I wanted to talk about breaking the norm. So basically the main concept that I wanted to tell you guys in this module is to not make perfect content, right?
2:57:51Um it's okay not it's okay to make bad content. And I feel like that should be a new norm these days, especially in the modern day content creator economy era where people like spontaneous vibes. You know what I mean?
2:58:08And a lot of the times especially especially in the personal branding space specifically um a lot of content becomes very scripted very robotic very monotone and very copy and pasty um a lot of gurus as well like I discussed before and uh I do not want like personally as a coach talking to my students and making this module I do not want my students to be a copy and paste version of me and or anyone else really, right?
2:58:39Which is why like in the next course uh I think it's consume phase three you guys will learn how to take inspiration from multiple sources of people not only just me or others like another different creator right and um yeah everyone is individually unique and different and a lot of the times people are uncomfortable with embracing their unique parts unique attributes and characteristics and personas.
2:59:08So, I'm here to say you should because as soon as I started being more weird and open and more unfiltered on camera, started making more jokes and started, you know, making all these weird faces and just being like embracing my freedom um as a creator and just like 10xing my personality, I got more customers and I grew my business and I went crazy viral and um That's not to brag or anything.
2:59:37That's literally just to show you guys the social proof of how personality really builds trust and true followers and true fans. Um, including that includes customers, too.
2:59:49So, yeah, don't be afraid to make bad content. Don't be afraid to don't aim for perfection because you're never going to get there. There's always going to be like I made recently a really long like not long but it's like 70 reel on Instagram and uh it took me a whole week to make that one reel.
3:00:07So like every day I was shooting every day I was re-editing my script and editing in Premiere Pro throughout the week. So basically I I posted it at the end of the week and like a day later after posting I watched it again and I mean it got 400,000 views. I think right now it's at 48k which is good.
3:00:26Um but to be honest I I expected more right? I expected it to get like a million views because you know like that's that's my natural expectations. Um especially spending a week making a video.
3:00:39By the way this is story time. But yeah basically this video got 400,000 views as of right now. And um so I watched it back and I was like, hm, okay, I could have fixed that part of the audio.
3:00:52I could have fixed that part of my cuts. I could have fixed that part of my captions.
3:00:58You know, there's always there is always going to be something you can nitpick in your content. So you don't have to chase perfection. Just be you.
3:01:08And if if you are very imperfect, if you are at a period of of life where you're just struggling and you are in a rut, show that because it is relatable and it is very human and people like that. People want to follow that and um yeah, that's my first point.
3:01:25Um get used to making bad content. Don't be afraid to make bad content. Um because at at the at the uh at the same time perfectionism will lead to procrastination like a lot of procrastination.
3:01:38So yeah, you don't want to you perfectionism is not a thing in here. We are very anti-perfectionism. Um but we are very pro- improvement.
3:01:47We are very pro-change, which means the more we post, the more we can pick out and nitpick our imperfections and the improvements and the um the things that we need to improve on basically right in in our individual reps because we are big action takers if you haven't seen the forum already um for those who are new here in this community.
3:02:10So yeah um there is always to improve on and that is the art of content creation. That is why we do this.
3:02:17It's for the journey not the results right and that is how you win basically when the goal is the work you cannot be beaten now uh third second third point is embrace spontinuity which is I kind of touched on it um so when like when you're on camera let's say right don't be afraid to get uncomfortable don't be afraid to just like have nothing to say and don't be afraid of silence as well um yeah I'm getting used to that myself with raw talking heads like this.
3:02:47I'm not used to making course modules like this, unedited, just raw. Um, but I like it because it's like it's authentic and it's it's spontaneous and like I only have like five dot points that I'm reading out uh for this module, right, for breaking the normal module. And it's like yeah, I don't I don't have to depend on a script.
3:03:08Don't I don't have to depend on like, you know, pages and pages of words to read out. um I can just depend on who I am now. And that is there's a beauty there's a beauty in that.
3:03:18And if you if you're able to learn the following skill set that I'm about to teach you in the in the future modules in the next phases while also embracing this authentic side of yourself. It is such a good skill. I think um I explained this in one of the coaching calls as well that there is one side where it's like skill sets, right?
3:03:39You can invest in skill sets. Yes, this course will definitely like improve every part of your filming process, scripting process, ideiation, everything. Right?
3:03:48There's one side, but then there's another side where you have to learn how to be real, how to be raw, how to be authentic, and how to be honest, vulnerable, and truthful on camera. And that includes being a natural. And in order to do that, in order to do that, you basically have to treat your camera as, you know, I've said this so many times, but you have to treat your camera as if it's a person that you're talking to, as if it's one person that is listening to you.
3:04:16You can't reply, but at least you can yap, right? And that's the goal to to productively yap and waffle. And um one day, just like I did, you're going to go viral.
3:04:27If you can create the right structure, break the rules of social media, um, you know, purposely do bad shots sometimes, make a meme out of yourself, be more vulnerable, be more, you know, open and honest. It's like a breath of fresh air, and that is a part of our mission here in Creattopia.
3:04:48So yeah, I know it's scary just to think about it, just to be like, "Oh, I haven't even posted a single thing on on on the internet before. Like, how am I going to do this?" Just take a step by step. because I had to I literally when I first started I don't know if you guys know my story but when I first started um this personal brand bro I had to start from the same room the same desk the same chair same setup and I had to learn everything from scratch from speaking in a monotone robotic voice from being from making like really terrible videos.
3:05:23Yeah, man. Like all you got to do is like scroll down to my to the bottom of my reals page and you guys can see um the amount of yeah the amount of repetitions and the amount of failures I've done. And um there's a beauty in that as well.
3:05:37There's a beauty in failing and there's a beauty in the struggle. There's a beauty in making bad content and there's a beauty in breaking the norm. So yeah, last point, vulnerability.
3:05:48Um just just touching on it again. Um it's a big thing in Creattopia. is a big thing in this community because we tell painful stories. We we tell stories that need to be told, that needs to be um that need awareness, right?
3:06:01Issues that are not talked about enough. And in social media, there's a lot of pride. There is it's literally basically like a competition of who is the best, who looks the best, who has the best attributes, who has the best personality, who has the most money, who has the most followers, right?
3:06:20And it's very competitive and I get it. Sometimes it's healthy, but most of the time it can be very idolizing and it can be very unhealthy. It can be very confusing too and um yeah, people can twist it a lot, right?
3:06:33So my point is don't aim for the pride aspect of content creation. Stay humble, be vulnerable, and make yourself a vessel, right?
3:06:43Make yourself a vulnerable vessel. I think that's the term that I used in one of the calls that I did. Make yourself a vulnerable vessel for your audience because your audience will appreciate it and they'll look up to you for that.
3:06:58Right. There is there is a beauty in being humble. There is a beauty in being meek.
3:07:03There is a beauty in just being real, dude. Yeah. So that's what I wanted to say.
3:07:08This was a productive yap. I loved this module and it's a very necessary module.
3:07:12Unfortunately, I now like it's it's a new module. Unfortunately, I made it now. It's a bit late, but better late than never.
3:07:21So, yeah, enjoy the next modules. In this mini course, I'm going to show you how I consume content mindfully by writing constructive notes and analysis. But you're probably thinking, why would you even bother?
3:07:33Well, there's a framework called the Pareetto principle, aka the 80/20 rule. As a creator, I use this rule by spending 80% of my time creating content and the other 20% of my time consuming content. Whenever I consume content mindfully, of course, I like to rewatch my old videos so that I can write notes about the mistakes that I made and look for rooms for improvement.
3:07:55And I get really nitpicky with my own content because that's how I can find real improvement. On the other hand, I also consume my competitor's content by writing down as many nos as I can.
3:08:05This is an example of the steal like an artist concept where I find little ideas that I can implement with my own content by watching my favorite influencers. And I say favorite influencers because I see them as competitors. So if you look at my YouTube subscription page, they're all my competitors.
3:08:19They're all there. These are the two main pillars of consuming and synthesizing content as a creator. Self analysis and competitor analysis.
3:08:26Now, let me show you the tools to how we can make this process efficient for you. Now that you have a good idea of why we should consume and synthesize as creators, the number one tool that you're going to need is a note-taking app. And I say app because it's a little hard for me to write down notes and analyze my competitors with normal pen and paper.
3:08:43But that's just me. If you're better at writing with pen and paper, then go ahead and do that. But I use a software app called Notion.
3:08:49And I'll be using Notion throughout the rest of this course. Just a heads up. So choose a note-taking platform that's most efficient for you to write down dot points.
3:08:57Another reason why Notion is the best tool for this is because I use templates and checklists. I do this so that I can organize all the tasks and all the notes that I take.
3:09:05Before we get started on your first self analysis, let's make your consumption schedule first. Yes, you're actually going to need a schedule for consuming content. I know it's weird, but I've been using this system for about a month now, and it's really up to my game as a creator.
3:09:19Now, let's head to a blank Notion page and create a schedule together. First, you want to click on the plus button and create a table. Then, on the first column, write all the days of the week.
3:09:28Just like that. Then, on the second column, first row, write self analysis. Then click on the plus button again to add another column and write competitor analysis.
3:09:37Going to color code both of them. Going to make this one red. Going to make this one purple.
3:09:42Going to click these two arrow buttons so it's expand. Now this is pretty much the template you're going to use for your consumption schedule. What you want to do now is to allocate your timetable for the analysis that you're going to conduct.
3:09:54For example, I create long form videos and short form videos. So these two are my main focus. LFV and SFV are short for long form and short form videos.
3:10:01Therefore, these two formats are going to be the only things that I will consume. I'm not going to consume newsletters or books or anything like that. Right?
3:10:09Let's put this on Tuesday and leave this on Monday for now. I'm going to color code both of them red. Again, with your competitors, it's the exact same thing.
3:10:16You're going to need to synthesize the same format that you create. So, for me, it's LFV and SFV, long form and short form videos. Going to color that purple.
3:10:24Like, if you make audio podcasts, then you're going to be consuming audio. If you make Tik Toks, you're going to be consuming Tik Toks. Now, let's allocate the days.
3:10:32I usually find it best to consume and synthesize content during nighttime, which is like the lowest point of my energy, and it's easy for me to write notes. So, I'm going to write 8:00 p.m. next to each day. 8:00 p.m. Going to copy and paste these next to every day.
3:10:46Now, I start my process by analyzing my own long- form videos. That's the first thing I analyze throughout the week. And I do this on Mondays.
3:10:54So, I'm just going to leave it next to Monday under self analysis. The next day I consume is on a Wednesday. The next day I consume is on a Wednesday, which is my competitor long form.
3:11:03So I'm going to copy and paste this into Wednesday right here. After Wednesday, I go back to analyze myself and my short form videos this time. So I'm going to copy paste that into Thursday.
3:11:12And finally, the last thing that I consume is my competitor's short form content. So I'm going to copy and paste that into Saturday night, which is usually when I watch it. And that is pretty much it for my consumption schedule.
3:11:24And yours is going to look pretty similar. This may not seem like much, right? But having time and delegating time just to consume and get inspiration and really take your time to steal like an artist really changes the game for you.
3:11:35I can't really explain it until you actually try it out for yourself, especially analyzing your competitors. It's a game changer. Next up, let me show you how to conduct a self analysis.
3:11:45When it comes to analyzing your own content, there's many aspects and areas which you can look at. I use a notion template to write down all the metrics of my long- form videos, which include my impressions, my CTR, click-through rate, and my AVD, average view duration. These are the three main pillars that I use to look for improvement.
3:12:03For example, impressions and CTR determine how well your thumbnails and titles work. I mainly use AVD, average view duration, so that I can look at the exact time when my viewers click off my video. This gives me the opportunity to look at my mistakes and see where I went wrong and what made people actually click off and obviously not repeat those mistakes on my next batch.
3:12:24I do this because I want to get my viewers to watch my entire video duration, which is pretty much called viewer retention. In terms of analyzing my short form content, I only use the AVD, average view duration. Again, I try and figure out what mistake I made at that exact second of the AVD.
3:12:41This is especially important for personal brands because if you have a business that you're trying to funnel your viewers through, you need to be able to retain your viewers from the top of the funnel, which is your short form content or your long form content. If you can't retain your viewers from your content, how are they going to go through the funnel?
3:12:56So, let's say tonight I'm going to analyze my shorts. That means I'm going to pick each short that I want to analyze. Like, I literally just grab the links and put it into Notion.
3:13:05I'm at the point right now where I'm analyzing my content from last week, not my old videos, cuz I've already done that. So, every week I analyze the content that I made last week from my last batch. What I do after taking all of my notes based off of my mistakes and stuff, I write down weekly implementations that I can take action for for my next batch.
3:13:23These implementations are basically a checklist for me to do for the next time I script, the next time I film, the next time I edit, etc. For example, if I watch a short form video of mine and I notice that the music doesn't really fit with the with the entire video, then my implementation or checklist would be take your time to choose the right background music or something like that, right?
3:13:45One of my most common struggles is using complex sentences because whenever I look at my AVDs, most of them are usually when people click off at the point where I'm just waffling on and using long and complex sentence like this one, right? So, my actionable step would be to shorten your sentences in your script and use simpler words in filming, in speaking.
3:14:06Here is all my weekly implementations for my long- form and short form videos. As you can see, I have plenty to work on, and that's how we all should be. Content creation is a journey of self-improvement.
3:14:18Now, let me walk you through the entire process of self analysis. So here is the template on this side that I use for my selfanalysis.
3:14:26Right? As you can see, here are the long form videos template for long form videos. And here is the template for short form videos that I use.
3:14:36I'll also paste this into the quest below this module. And uh yeah, let's get started with uh analyzing first of all my long form video. So over here I already did two videos.
3:14:48I'm just going to go through what I did uh on YouTube analytics. What I did was I went to the actual video analytics.
3:14:57Here is what 40 days of monk mode did to me. That's the video impressions I got. When you click on reach, it's 18K now.
3:15:07So, I'm just going to change it quickly. 18.1K one. CTR 4.3%. AVD is you can go on engagement and see 2 uh sorry 2 minutes and 34 seconds.
3:15:19So what I do this is the key part. I go to the video itself and click on exactly on this AVD time which is 2 minutes and 34. I go about 20 seconds before and watch the entire segment relate to that.
3:15:34I learned a lot about myself during this monk mode and I realized that I'm so anim animalistic when it comes to like my dopamine behaviors and how I react and behave towards certain actions. For example, if I'm working and I'm like slowly burning out, I tend to like find anything that that can distract me. For example, like listening to music or uh watching a YouTube video or even going on my phone to find like anything any sort of you know.
3:16:01So the only thing the mistake that I wrote down was extended the sentence for too long. So if you if we go back and like listen to what I actually said towards certain actions. For example, if I'm working and I'm like slowly burning out, I tend to like find anything that that can distract.
3:16:18>> Uh you guys can hear why it's so long like why it's so complicated. Um and it's hard to understand for especially for new viewers of on my channel. So, uh that's why I wrote I extended the sentence for too long and I quoted myself for example like dot dot dot for example I even said for example twice if you guys noticed that's that's um that was my mistake right and the implementation that I wrote was whenever I film so filming put an arrow shorten my sentences shorten my sentences whenever I speak to the camera right so that's the implementation that I'm going to try for next week now let's close that that's for one video now if We analyze the second video which is I found the perfect framework for all content creators.
3:17:06Uh impressions 2.9K it should be yeah 2.9K CTR 3.4% AVD is 113. So you can scroll down check it out at one we'll just check it out at 1 minute building practical skills. You'll also be able to find your own style of content and surprisingly you'll learn a lot about yourself and what you like to create.
3:17:23On the other hand, I'm going to have trouble figuring out what strategy to use. I'll probably be studying different methods and approaches to how I can make my videos better. And don't get me wrong, that's a good thing.
3:17:34But at the end of the >> So, right there is where people clicked off. Right now, if we go back to what I actually said >> skills, you'll also be able to find your own style of content.
3:17:43And surprisingly, you'll learn a lot about yourself and what you like to create. On the other hand, I'm going to have trouble figuring out what strategy to use. So, I said, "On the other hand, I'm going to figure I'm going to have trouble figuring out what strategies to use.
3:17:56If I think about it, if I remove that sentence, would the video change? Would the audience still understand it?" If the answer is yes, then I would probably have to remove that sentence if that kind of makes sense. So, that's why I wrote the point doesn't add any more value and I quoted it.
3:18:10I'll probably be studying different methods and dot dot dot where I said it here. >> Skills. You'll also be able to find your own style of content and surprisingly you'll learn a lot about yourself and who's how I can make my videos.
3:18:22I'll probably be studying different methods and approaches to how I can make my videos better. And don't get me wrong, that's a good thing. But at the end of the month, who's going to have >> So, that is for another video.
3:18:33For my recent video that I posted a couple days ago, let's do it together. The video title is my worst fear is being mediocre. I'm going to put it paste it in there and then um also paste the link.
3:18:44Why not? Now, I'm going to screenshot the thumbnail from my channel. Going to drag it into notion.
3:18:50Going to make it a little bit smaller. And then I'm going to copy and paste the the template. Remove these.
3:18:59Now, let's look at the analytics. Impressions. I got 1K.
3:19:04CTR 3.9%. AVD. Go to engagement and it's 1 minute and 35.
3:19:09About the same as usual as my usual um AVD. >> One of my biggest. >> Now, let's look at the actual mistakes that I made on that AVD time.
3:19:17So when I actually introduced the movie that I was going to talk about >> movie called Xmarketer. Spoilers ahead. >> Matter of fact, let's just go to the video itself.
3:19:25>> Movie called X Marker. Spoilers ahead. By the way, the story starts when Caleb, a normal software developer, gets invited to his CEO's private island.
3:19:35He meets his boss there, Nathan, who offers him to be the first human test subject for his artificial intelligence robot. Nick. Now, the only thing that I can think of because when I'm telling a story about the movie, I don't I can't really find anything that I'm doing wrong.
3:19:51It's like it's steady. The pacing is good. I'm not saying anything wrong.
3:19:55I'm not saying any unnecessary points. So, the mistake was there was no flow from the previous segment to the movie segment, right? Cuz I want to introduce movies and it's hard for me to introduce it with the topics that I was uh talking about before.
3:20:10So this segment is like having no plan B, me talking about like um having no other options about my potential career, >> really anxious about our futures, but I always remind myself that the only >> blah blah blah. And then like >> right here I shift into a different topic from from just me rambling to a movie story and it's hard for audiences to you know stay in the video because like I just talk about a completely different topic.
3:20:43So I would say in my mistakes that no flow put an arrow didn't relate move uh talking points with movie story didn't introduce movie smoothly no relation to talking points. So I think my mistake as well as uh around this area right here was not introducing the movie properly.
3:21:07If you can see around this time >> movie called X marker. >> There's a movie called Xmarketer. I should have said now this topic or whatever I was talking about relates to the movie that I just watched X marker.
3:21:20Maybe that would have been better and increased my AVD. All right. Now that I have written down these mistakes, I'm going to add another implementation.
3:21:29Introduce movie in relation to talking points. And I'll put in brackets or an arrow smooth transition. That's the implementation that I would make.
3:21:41And that would be in my implementations. Like I said before, I have weekly implementations. So I would put underneath long form video underneath writing.
3:21:51Would it be writing? Yeah, underneath writing I would copy and paste this into right here. So these are my uh current weekly implementations.
3:22:00Now I have to do this as well. Introduce movie uh in relation to talking po smooth transition or if I wanted to make it simpler introduce movie with smooth transition. Right?
3:22:11And yeah that's how I basically analyze myself and uh pick out my mistakes and come up with implementations. Now, let's go through an example of my short form content. All right, let's take a look at this one first.
3:22:25>> Thing I realized in my self-improvement journey is that the destination doesn't exist. People don't talk about the real work you have to put in, the repetitions, the routines. You can't stay consistent without sacrifice.
3:22:37So, real improvement comes from destroying your past self. The fact that I want to improve means that I don't like who I am now. So, I just stay true to myself and keep close to God because authenticity brings me peace and a lot of y'all are fake as hell these days.
3:22:51Just be real, man. That's it. >> So, that's a short.
3:22:54Now, I got these. The red AVD is from YouTube, but we're going to focus on Instagram for now. So, I got this AVD from uh Instagram.
3:23:02I just went on view insights and scrolled down to where it says average watch time, which is AVD, and 5 seconds. Right? So, I write down 5 seconds.
3:23:11Now the mistakes that I could pick out from 5 seconds which is >> one thing I realized in my self-improvement journey is that the destination doesn't exist >> right there. The destination doesn't exist. That's where 5 seconds was.
3:23:25Uh I wrote down answer isn't compelling enough cuz I said the one thing I realized from my self-improvement journey and like people were you know looking for the answer, right? people are curious of what I had to say and my answer wasn't compelling enough for them to continue watching in my opinion. I think that was my mistake, right?
3:23:46Cuz all of this uh self analysis, you just have to pretty much guess and have trial and error for what your mistakes are and what the mistakes you made, right? So, I said the destination doesn't exist and that answer is just not compelling enough.
3:24:01It's not it's not good enough, right? It doesn't really make sense. might not have done might have done better with oh yeah I also made a replacement that I could have used right so I wrote the end goal doesn't exist so my answer could have been the one thing I realized from my self-improvement journey is that the end goal doesn't exist something like that right that might have been better this part was the uh the part where the YouTube viewers clicked off and uh yeah but you guys get what I mean now with this video the average view duration is 16 seconds so let's Go to 16 seconds at the bottom here.
3:24:36All right. This video is talking about three ways to get content ideas. So, >> grab a pen and paper and just write whatever comes to mind.
3:24:44Your ideas can be terrible. It doesn't matter. The third method is isolation. 10 >> right there.
3:24:51The third method is isolation. So what I figured from if people clicked off at 16 seconds where I said the third method is isolation then I would probably write my final final step isn't actually useful and I'll put underneath that word isolation doesn't it might not really make sense to people to everyone maybe I could have used meditation right could have used meditation.
3:25:20This is literally me analyzing my content. This is the whole process. The final step isn't actually useful.
3:25:29I'll I'll quote it as well. The final uh step is isolation dot dot dot. That's the quote, right?
3:25:38The word isolation doesn't make sense. Yeah. Does just doesn't make sense, right?
3:25:44I could have used meditation instead. Cool. So the implementation here would be to use easier slashs simpler keywords, right?
3:25:54And then now I go back to my weekly implementations page and go to my short form uh videos section and then I would put underneath my script writing use easier and simple simpler keywords. Right? Cool.
3:26:09And that is pretty much it for self analysis. That is how you analyze yourself. Cool.
3:26:14Now that you know how to analyze your own content, it's not so different with analyzing competitors. In fact, it's a lot more fun cuz you don't have to cringe at yourself, right? Just like the previous modules, I pick and choose which videos that I want to analyze from my competitors.
3:26:29For me, I analyze the creators that I look up to and that I'm subscribed to because they're the best example of competitors that I can find, right? So, why not just consume their content while, you know, taking my own notes?
3:26:41I think that's how everyone should analyze their competitors. I don't think you should take notes from, let's say, people who have the same amount of audience as you or the same content quality that you guys have. Like, you should always look up in order to, you know, get inspiration and steal like an artist.
3:26:57For me, this includes Alex Hormosi, Dan Co, and Hines. These three competitors have a mix of long- form and short form videos, which is why I love synthesizing from them. The only difference with the long form videos that I take notes from is their titles, thumbnails, script writing, filming, speaking, and editing.
3:27:14I basically write as many things as I can in all of these aspects that they have. For short form videos, I take notes for their captions, script writing, filming, speaking, and editing.
3:27:24Then out of all of these notes, I turn them again into weekly implementations. This is how I steal like an artist. Now, let me take you through the process of analyzing my competitors.
3:27:36All right, this is the template for my competitor analysis. I attached this to the quest below. Once again, you can copy and paste it in your notion.
3:27:45Now, for videos, it's different. What I do is take notes with for titles, for my competitor's thumbnails, for my competitor's script and filming and editing style, right? And I leave implementations at the bottom.
3:28:00Now, for shorts, it's only captions, script writing, filming, and editing. So, I take as many notes with all of these aspects and areas of my competitor's videos. So, let's copy and paste this into my next competitor analysis, which is today.
3:28:17I'm going to write 26. Today's the 26th of June. Going to go in here, copy and paste this, get the title for the first video, which is from Alex Horoszi.
3:28:27Copy and paste that into here. Make that bold. Copy and paste the link.
3:28:31Copy and paste the thumbnail. Take a screenshot, which is this one. Drag it into notion.
3:28:35And then let's get started. Now, first of all, let's take some notes about the title. Stop trying to get rich, get better.
3:28:43Now, this is probably, I would say, a myth busting topic. Sparks curiosity. Very direct.
3:28:49Very, very direct. And that's all I can think of for the title. For the thumbnail, it helps with the title because um it says fix your [ __ ] Obviously, three words.
3:28:59Very very direct. Fits well with title. Brand face.
3:29:03He has his face in his title. I mean, it's pretty much it. That's that's all I can think of.
3:29:11It's just the fact that it's very very direct and it sparks curiosity because he's calling out the audience, right? I should probably say that, too. Calling out audience. in terms of writing.
3:29:22Let's watch the video. >> Stop trying to get rich, get better. >> First of all, he literally repeats the title.
3:29:30>> And if you get better, getting rich will happen as a consequence. Getting rich is an outcome. Getting better is an input.
3:29:37Most entrepreneurs are focused on the output as the thing. And so they're scattered in terms of where their focus is because they're just during to do everything they can to drive this number up. >> Okay, this is pretty much him rambling, but it's really good rambling cuz you know, homosy rambling. uh about a broad business topic.
3:29:55So that's why he can go on for a pretty long period of time, 30 minutes. Editing, I can see that uh brand animation. If you guys saw that, caught that from before.
3:30:07Acquisition.com context. This little Instagram live thing is from context. It's for the context of the video.
3:30:15So I would put context Instagram live in quotes. And uh what else is there? He has a branded profit.
3:30:23I just wanted to He also has two POVs which I don't have. So maybe that could be an implementation. Use two camera POVs.
3:30:33Maybe use my phone as my second camera because he uses this little acquisition.com website on in the corner of his video. Maybe I could write uh use business website/funnel page in corner question mark. >> So I had a friend of mine started a >> storytelling.
3:30:54I'll tell you a story dot dot dot. Maybe I could implement that as well. Use actual real past stories.
3:31:00Storytelling. Let me tell you a story. Now that's what I pretty much do for the rest of the video if I watch the whole thing, right?
3:31:08But for now, we're not watching horos. We're going to watch Dan Co for the next one. >> If you don't have ideas, >> copy and paste a template.
3:31:15>> Articulate them. >> Copy and paste that into here. This is the next video from Mr.
3:31:22Dan Co. As you can see from the title, this high income skill will make you irreplaceable. Full guide.
3:31:30Users full guide, I guess, to establish credibility as an educator/guru. I might have to use that as well. titles arrow use full guide or this high income skill will make you irreplaceable. But yeah, it's very direct and promises one one single answer which obviously sparks curiosity.
3:31:55Now the thumbnail learn this skill if you want to thrive in the next 10 years. It helps along with the title, highlighted text, and he sticks he actually sticks to one color palette, which is like white and black and gray, which is interesting because people don't usually people like to have saturation and, you know, contrast with colors, which is pretty unorthodox for Danco.
3:32:21No bright contrasting colors. That's interesting, but I don't think I would implement that myself. So yeah, in terms of writing, let's see, cuz he's a writer, too.
3:32:33>> If you don't have ideas, read. If you have ideas, but can't articulate them, write. If you have ideas and the clarity to execute, >> I think he got that from his short, one of his short um form content.
3:32:50Used short form video scripts has the hook/intro. Ever since I can remember, I've had the goal of doing what I love for a living. Isn't that what everyone wants?
3:33:00My family, teachers. >> I love the uh the music, the production. Oh, it's so nice.
3:33:04Cinematic. Oh, I need to I really need to implement this actually now that I think about it. Cinematic music uh slash audio slash sound effects production fade in.
3:33:15I love the the sound effects he uses. It's like it's like you're watching a movie, the the beginning of a movie, which is so cool. >> And I noticed that in all his videos, he has a pretty non monotone voice.
3:33:31That's pretty much all I can think of. So, I wrote down he uses full screen text writing like this. Uh he uses really nice background music and makes it like a cinematic vibe, which I really need to implement.
3:33:45And he also he promotes his book in the intro. Hm, that's interesting. What if I promoted the community in the intro? my intros.
3:33:53Uh thumbnails, nothing special. Uh promises one and single.
3:33:56I've I've um I've actually used this type of title before. So, establishes credibility saying all his experience. I I do this as well with my educational videos.
3:34:06Um monotone voice. No. Leaves room.
3:34:08No. Uh what I might do is definitely use this. Um so, copy and paste that.
3:34:13Fade into talking head. I might do fade into talking head, too. Yeah, I might I might really like steal his whole cinematic vibe because that's what my channel is about too.
3:34:24Cinematic stuff. So, yeah, I might have to really steal that vibe. Once again, is go to my weekly implementations and for long form videos.
3:34:33I'll just copy and paste this slow paste education. Definitely need to do that with filming and editing. So, I'll duplicate that into both these lists.
3:34:44Fade into talking head. Yes. Uh, editing cinematic music.
3:34:48Yes, definitely need that 100%. I need to steal that completely. All right, that is pretty much it for how I uh analyze my competitor's long form videos.
3:34:59Now, for short form videos, here's how I do it. So, for example, let's take a look at one of Hines's videos. >> I don't care who's doing better than me.
3:35:09I am doing better than I was last year. It is me versus me. Iron sharpens iron, right?
3:35:16other people's success. We have to look at it. >> First of all, uh what I write about the captions is what their editing style is for their captions.
3:35:24So, I wrote the captions stay in the same position right in the middle of the screen or like right here, same color, which I probably need to implement because I always like to switch up colors with my captions and it's kind of confusing. Uh fast one to two word captions. Yes, he does that.
3:35:41He doesn't do full sentence captions, which I like to do as well. So he does a single words to be inspired. >> One to two word captions.
3:35:48Writing uh it's improvised. So there's no script like he just rambles on and he's good at it. Right.
3:35:54Filming notes obviously improvised. There's nothing special. Editing is tracking.
3:35:59Uh one thing that I learned is um a lot of creators like to track their head movement so the video moves along with their head. >> Oh, there you I'm human. They were able >> So I just wrote that down.
3:36:14Tracking talking head movement and uh no cuts all in one take which so good. I wish I could do no cuts all in one take. Clip from long form video.
3:36:24I think this is a also a clip from one of his long form videos. So it's repurposed pretty much. Right.
3:36:30So those are my notes. Right. And what I got for the implementations, let's close all of these, is just this, the tracking head, uh, talking head movement and the fast one to two word captions.
3:36:47Right, cool. Let's look at one of Mos's videos. >> Nervous.
3:36:51You're underprepared. If I have anxiety about something that's coming up, that has become my telltale sign that I'm underprepared, that I didn't do the work that I know I should have done. And that's when you get nervous.
3:37:03When you can get up on stage and you can do or whatever whatever your your your version of the performance is and have absolutely zero anxiety, it's because you've absolutely habituated to the stressor. >> First of all, in terms of captions, I wrote down glow plus shadow. I like I like using those um captions, too.
3:37:21Uh two lines at a time. So he uses instead of like Hines, he used one word to two words at a time, he used two lines at a time. So you can see and one different color for keywords.
3:37:32So he uses one different color for keywords, which I like to do, too. All right. Now, for writing, I wrote down negative bias because he said, "You are not nervous.
3:37:42You're underprepared." Right? And that's just a good reality check that he that he tells his audience, which is a direct call out, right? It's a negative bias.
3:37:52You are not. Use a simple example. >> Get them into a room with spiders and let them sit there, have a [ __ ] panic attack, pass out, wake up again, pass out, wake up again until eventually they just realize that they don't die and they're still there and there are spiders and they keep living and then the phobia is gone.
3:38:08They habituate. You are not. >> So that's a pretty simple example of what that everyone most people can relate to.
3:38:15I should probably write that down. Relatable fear, right? Cuz he uses the fear factor in this video.
3:38:22So, um, yeah, he uses a relatable fear of spiders. Everyone is scared of spiders. Dot dot dot.
3:38:27So, using simple examples, I should probably incorporate that too in my implementations. Filming. There's only one POV.
3:38:34He also does the tracking head movement. So, that's why I wrote this down first. We'll do one more from Homozy.
3:38:41>> Sign that you're hiring dumb people. You start having to make dumb rules. So, you have to start saying things like, "Don't steal food.
3:38:47Don't drink on the job. Make sure that you don't watch Netflix while you're on the clock. You have to start making these really stupid rules.
3:38:52You're like, I can't even believe I have to say this. >> All right, so the first thing I can pick out was the captions was in the middle of the screen. He does glow captions and shadow.
3:39:02Q uses two colors and he does little pop animation effects for every caption that pops up. >> Start making this big book of rules. >> You can see I personally don't really like to do that cuz it's kind of it's kind of distracting.
3:39:14It's not really it doesn't really help with educational type of content, but I might incorporate that. So, I'll put that somewhere here. So, animations for each caption text.
3:39:26Uh, unknown problem hook. Here's a sign that you're hiring dumb people. So, this is a pretty underrated problem that his target audience is suffering from.
3:39:35Hiring dumb people. and you know when his target audience is watching comes across a video like this then you know they get curious maybe I'm making this mistake maybe I have this unknown problem that I don't know about right so that's why did I write it yeah I wrote it down here use an unknown problem hook here's an unknown problem right filming notes one POV and he does an activity which helps with retaining an audience because when you're moving or doing an activity or doing any type of movement when you're talking it helps with, you know, engaging people and staying on your video.
3:40:10In this case, he's walking, editing, not really anything besides the captions, right? So, that is how I analyze my competitor's short form content. Now, I'm going to copy and paste some of these in the weekly implementations that I have.
3:40:23I already did, but so under short form videos underneath captions, I would put animations for each caption text. Question mark. I put question mark cuz like it's just it's an indication for me to try it out and see what happens.
3:40:35Maybe I like it, maybe I won't. But yeah, that's just me. Cool.
3:40:38In the world of content creation and business, we all share the same problem. Coming up with content ideas. I've created thousands of pieces of content for both my business brand and my personal brand.
3:40:50So, in this course, I'm going to be sharing all my secrets to generating infinite content ideas. The first method I will be going through is called topic listing. This strategy is very common when writing down multiple ideas, and it's also very easy.
3:41:03All you have to do is write down a list of topics of whatever ideas you have for your content. Whether it's for your YouTube videos, your Tik Tok shorts, or whatever content you do on social media, content is everywhere, literally. And every single piece of content stems from a single topic.
3:41:18These topics can range from extremely broad to extremely specific, aka niche. For the content that I made for my business, topic listing was one of the methods that I used to generate multiple ideas in a single page in my notebook in a short period of time. The interesting thing about listing ideas is that one topic can lead to another and another and another and so on.
3:41:37Once you spark a single idea, any idea, it starts a chain reaction which switches on your creative mind to generate similar or related topics. For starters, this might be easy, but eventually you're going to run out of ideas. You're going to burn out and throughout time you're going to start struggling to write your first idea on your page.
3:41:54So, how do we make sure we never run out of content ideas? There's a method to which I call niche down. Once you master this strategy, it's going to be pretty hard for you to run out of content.
3:42:04So, how does it work? You start with one really broad topic, for example, gym advice. Then from there, you can niche down by adding a specific target audience.
3:42:12So, for example, gym advice for younger people. Then you can add more elements by being more specific. For example, gym advice for under 18 beginners.
3:42:20Then you can bring it down even more by being even more specific about your target audience. So, for example, gym advice for under 18 basketball players. And if you want to go crazy, go ahead because you can use your creativity to get as specific as you want.
3:42:33For instance, beginner gym advice for under 18 basketball teenage players looking to gain muscle mass without having a strict diet. Now, it might sound unnecessary to go down this deep in the rabbit hole, but the more you niche down, the higher the chance a specific target avatar will consume your content.
3:42:48This method is extremely effective whenever you run into a creator's block, which is basically a period where your creativity just stops working. Our goal is to avoid this creator's block as much as we can or completely erase it with all the methods that I'm teaching you here. So, whenever you're struggling to create a good idea for your content, don't be afraid to niche down on a specific or broad topic.
3:43:08Once again, one good idea sparks another. So, keep your creative mind running. But what if you're tired of using really specific and niche ideas?
3:43:15What if you want something more attention stealing? I call this the hook method. But before I get into it, let's review what a hook is.
3:43:22A hook is the very beginning of every piece of content. It's the part that grabs people's attention and gives them a reason why they should continue to consume your content. For short form video content, the hook is usually the first 3 to 5 seconds.
3:43:36For long form videos, it's often the first 10 to 15 seconds. For audio or written content, it's usually the first line or sentence. You get it?
3:43:43A hook contains seven forms. A problem, a question, a desire, a topic, a trend, a fact, statistic, or a piece of data, and a belief, value, or moral. Think of your hook as the intro to your content.
3:43:54The more you work on creating a better hook, the more likely your people are going to consume it. But what makes a good hook? I use a framework called the AAA rule to make my content much more valuable for my audience.
3:44:06What is the AAA rule? Essentially, it has three components: appealing, effective, and authentic. Appealing is the level of relevance or attractiveness that your hook has.
3:44:15What does your hook have that catches that person's eye? How does your hook grab that person's attention? How does your hook stop them from scrolling?
3:44:23How relevant is your hook to your target audience? Effective is the level of emotion or empathy that your hook conveys? How much emotion is your hook expressing?
3:44:31How do you want the audience to feel during your hook? And finally, authentic is the level of truth and originality that your hook displays. How does your hook or your content in general stay true to your character?
3:44:42What makes your hook authentic to your consumers? These are the questions that we need to be asking ourselves whenever we write our content, whenever we write our hooks. But the thing is, we always forget, and that's okay.
3:44:53Hooks can never be perfect, and neither can any piece of content. But it's worth chasing that perfection. Now, in terms of the hook method, it's pretty simple.
3:45:00All you have to do is just list a bunch of oneline hooks. It might sound easy, but whenever you start listing them, you're going to have to consider the appealing, the effective, and the authentic factors. So, if you want good hooks, it won't be easy after all.
3:45:12On the positive side, it's a great practice to learn the art of content hooks. The more you write hooks and the more you try them out in your content, the better you will get throughout time. But what do I mean by more and better?
3:45:23Well, there's an amazing framework for that coming right up. I call this framework more, better, new. If you want to grow an audience, if you want better content in general, you're going to need more content, better content, and new content.
3:45:35And you can't have those without more ideas, better ideas, and new ideas. How it works is it starts with generating more ideas, more volume of content, writing more topics, and writing more hooks.
3:45:45This is where you focus on the quantity that you put out rather than the quality of your content for now. Of course, at some point, this will eventually burn out for you. So once more stops working for your content then you have to move on to better.
3:45:58This is where you focus on the quality aspect of your content rather than the quantity. Better ideas, better topics, better hooks, better niches. This is where you analyze and review all your past content and collect the data that your audience has given you.
3:46:11Which topic did they enjoy the most? Which idea got the most views, the most listens, the most followers or subscribers?
3:46:17Then using that winning idea, you double down on it, improving the appealing, the effective, and the authentic factors. But throughout time, the better strategy will burn out as well. So you're going to need to shift into the final stage, new.
3:46:30The thing about new is that it works completely different to more and better because you need to come up with something completely new. New ideas, new ways of approaching your content, new ways of speaking, new ways of filming, new ways of creating that you have never tried before.
3:46:44Whatever it is that you shift into, it has to be an entirely new realm. For example, I started creating educational videos for YouTube, Instagram, and Tik Tok. After creating a huge chunk of that niche, I moved on to improving my video editing skills and making the overall quality of my videos better.
3:46:59Once my more and better stopped giving me results, I had to come up with something new. And I found my new content strategy with cinematic short films, then the cycle repeats. The useful thing about this framework is that you can use it in any aspect of content creation and business.
3:47:13If the views on your weekly videos are slowing down, then you might have to spend more time creating more videos throughout the week. If your posts aren't doing as well as you think they would, then you might have to go back to the drawing board and improve the tiny little details. Just remember, more better, new.
3:47:29Now, let's say you've tried all of these methods already and you're still struggling to generate ideas. Well, there's one final method that any creator or business can use. This method is called content recycling.
3:47:40It's a strategy that works really well if you're a content creator who has plenty of content to work with and has gotten positive results in the past or if you're a veteran who has a ton of content that you can go back to and look at. Recycling content works best when the original idea has gotten the best results, which means it's gotten views, followers, subscribers, and all that good stuff.
3:47:59If you're a beginner, this might not be relevant to you yet. If you already have skin in the game, this method is really useful for you, especially when you don't have any ideas left in your brain. So reuse your old ideas.
3:48:10You can even use the more better new framework to recycle your old content. For example, if you talked about a specific topic on your business podcast and your audience enjoys it, then spend more time talking about it in the second time around. Or make the topic even better by adding relevant and interesting ideas.
3:48:26Or you can throw in some completely new discussions in there. This is how you recycle your content. Welcome to the dream avatar overview module.
3:48:34Now, first and foremost, what is a dream avatar? Your dream advertised the younger version of you, the person you're creating content for initially.
3:48:40They have the same struggles, the same dreams, they the same habits, the same questions that you were asking when you were younger and the same personality that you once had. So when you speak directly to this one person, your younger self, your content feels more personal. It feels more relational.
3:48:54It feels like you, you know, the audience is actually hearing someone speak directly to them. So there's a power dynamic there and it feels real, right? Like an authentic relationship.
3:49:03So you can go viral authentically. This is how you attract your true audience. Not just by guessing trends and trend hopping, but by serving the person you understand the best, which is the younger self of you.
3:49:15Now, this is one of the most basic viral principles that I teach, at least inside Creattopia. And a lot of people also, a lot of these content gurus also teach this as well, but I just like to call it the the dream avatar. But within the dream avatar itself, the key principle is specificity.
3:49:30That's the one thing you need to remember with the dream avatar. specificity. If you're trying to talk to everyone, right, and if you're trying to be broad, if you're trying to talk to an audience like a room full of 30 people, let's say, you'll connect with no one.
3:49:42The words that you're saying, the stories that you're trying to tell if it's so generic and not specific, you're not going to reach out to anyone. You're not going to touch people's hearts. You're not going to connect or develop that audience creator relationship that you want to create.
3:49:55At the end of the day, we're trying to build true fans here, right? So, for those who are struggling to get views, it's because your videos are not being specific enough with your keywords and your storytelling. Why do you want to use specificity?
3:50:06Because it allows creative storytelling. It allows vulnerability. You can get really deep really quickly.
3:50:11Obviously, some deep lessons and an insane amount of relatability between you and the viewer. You might not recognize this yet because you haven't tried it out perhaps, but once you do and it starts to work like I have, I was actually surprised. you know, 10 million views of me talking about like five different bad habits that I used to do.
3:50:30Like, come on. And whenever I look at DM requests or comment sections, right, and just see the amount of people that can relate to the exact same insecurity, for example, the exact same mental health problem or the bad habit that they're going through. And I'm just there like, "Wow, people actually relate to me and people are experiencing the same thing." And then I kind of reverse engineered it and uh looked at it from a zoomed out perspective.
3:50:56And I'm like, "Yeah, it's natural. We're human and there has to be someone who is struggling with the same pain or looking forward to the same dream as me." And that's who you pretty much want to target.
3:51:08That's who your true fans are going to be. The same people who relate to your pains and your dreams. So whenever you script, you you don't want to script or talk to an audience, quote unquote.
3:51:19You want to talk to one single person, just one. That's the mindset that you should approach. And every every time before you talk to a camera, before you turn on that camera, before you press record, you literally just want to approach it as if it's just one person you're talking to having a conversation with and or just pretend to text them whenever you're scripting, for example, or whenever you're talking, right?
3:51:41For example, in my videos, I never say you guys. I never address the audience itself. I actually address the viewer themselves using words like you.
3:51:49Why? Because you want to treat them like a real person. Like I am with you right now, right?
3:51:53Why do you want to treat them like a real person? Cuz they are. They're not robots that you're trying to serve.
3:51:58They're they're real people with real feelings, right? So the more you know your younger self, the easier it is to write and attract your avatar. And here's a fun fact.
3:52:08There are actually millions of these quote unquote avatars waiting for you, the content creator, the influencer, to be the one hyper relatable vessel to share and relate to with problems and pains and struggles and also dreams and goals and aspirations. They're literally waiting for you to be that one person to bring everything together, to be that to be hyper relatable and hyper specific about what they're struggling with, what they're dreaming about, what they desire.
3:52:34That's it's powerful, right? Again, don't script. Talk to an audience.
3:52:37This is such a good reminder. That's why I put it twice in these slides. Don't script or talk to an audience.
3:52:43Talk to one person. Please get it embedded into your head. This is literally how I went from getting 3,000 views on average per video to on average now it's like 100k, at least 100k per video.
3:52:54Take it as it is. Now, this also means we have to be specific with our writing. I touched on this before, but for notetakers, you you can write this word hyper specific.
3:53:03It's a great reminder. Put it in all caps. take notes down. All right?
3:53:07For example, like scripts, in your hooks, in your storytelling, whenever you speak on camera, but mainly with hyperspecific writing, it helps you a lot with reminding yourself, oh, okay, okay, I'm actually going deep into this hook or I'm actually going deep into this script or this story that I'm trying to tell. Okay?
3:53:24It's not just me trying to talk to an audience and pretend to be this viral influencer. No, it's actually me talking to this one person because I'm I genuinely want to help this one person. Now, this is where your dreams and your pain pains come into play.
3:53:37Before that, I'm going to explain this storytelling on camera concept. Your content whenever you talk to a camera is basically just you talking to your younger self, right? It might sound too specific.
3:53:49This is the warning here. Whenever you speak and be hyper specific with your dreams and your pain points and whatever you talk about in your story, it might sound too deep or too personal or too like, "Oh, bro, nobody's going to like this." like this is like it's so personal and it's it's only going to appeal to me, but this is exactly how I blew up my account, right?
3:54:10Using more specific dreams and pains because people do relate, believe it or not. Try it out and you'll see. This is my dream avatar document.
3:54:17It's also a template you can find in this course. But first and foremost, let's look at the dreams. Okay, let's go down to health cuz I usually separate them from health, wealth, and relationships.
3:54:27It's easy to organize. The template is also like this, so you don't have to worry about making this. But as you can see, my dreams are very, very long.
3:54:34Like, they're pretty long form. And this is literally how I like to get deep with my dream avatar's pains and dreams. All right, let me read out an example to you guys so you guys know exactly what I'm talking about.
3:54:44Train the art of boxing to defend himself, get people on the street to think I shouldn't mess with him, and protect his closest friends and family in any worst case scenario while showing an innocent personality around others to evoke the lion and lamb character of Christ. That is a somewhat recent desire or dream that I have that 20-year-old, 19-year-old Ken has.
3:55:04Now, if I if I talk about this one thing in a video, that would be so relatable to the target avatar that I'm trying to attract right here, which is my younger self. Once again, there's millions of versions of that that one avatar, right? That my younger self, which means a lot of people can relate to different aspects of this.
3:55:22Not necessarily the entire thing, but maybe different aspects. Maybe they can relate to the the lion and lamb characteristic of Jesus that people are trying to evoke. Maybe they they relate to the innocent personality.
3:55:33They they might want to give other people an impression that they're innocent, but they're actually tough on the inside. They might want to just train the art of boxing. Maybe they're just interested in the sport.
3:55:44So, you see how it touches on different niches as well. And it also touches on something important, which is what do other people think? That's a big motivational drive that we all have as just humans, right?
3:55:55We always seek validation in one way or another. So the more you get into the specific behaviors that people do just to get other people, for example, protection like closest friends and family or impressions from strangers or a crush, random people on the street to think I shouldn't mess with them.
3:56:10And that's the thing, you know your own. So you have to be pretty honest with with your dreams whenever you write them down. It might take a while, but it's a really good exercise as well.
3:56:21It's kind of like a journal. So don't be afraid of getting really deep into your avatar's inside world, inside heart. Right?
3:56:28So let's go to my pains now. Let's go to the same dream, right? I train the art of boxing dropown menu.
3:56:33And then you can see that these are my panes right here. Usually I like to separate my pains between three major or macro pains and then some micro pains at the bottom underneath each one. So these are mine for the same dream that I was talking about.
3:56:45Struggling with his pride when mixing up different feelings of the lion and lamb quote unquote. Now, that's one of the macro pains and struggles, right? Struggling with his pride.
3:56:54Now, if you get deeper with it, which is the micro problems, here's what I wrote down. I basically said dealing with cockiness. So, struggling with pride.
3:57:02I got to deal with cockiness every time I punch the boxing bag hard. Still do, right?
3:57:06And the next one is looking in the mirror every time he shadow boxes or hits the bag for validation. Next to my boxing bag, I have a reflection like a slide door and uh there's it's glass so I can see myself whenever I train. And every time I look in the mirror, like every time I shadow box or hit the bag, I I do that just to kind of show off to myself, but in a way also make sure I look good, you know, and it's a very subtle mental wrestle, you know, that I have with myself.
3:57:35But if you get this deep and you share this on camera, imagine how effective it it'll be to to a new viewer who's watching you for the first time, who can actually relate to you, right? And maybe you some of you guys relate to this if if you box. I don't know.
3:57:50But let me read out the other examples. This the second second micro pain that I wrote is urge to express angry emotions with every punch he throws leading to showing off.
3:58:00Micro problem hitting harder to feel better about about his insecurity of being seen as weak or soft. That's true about me. Like I literally hit harder just so I can feel numb from my insecurities, right? just just so I can avoid the insecurity about um being seen from other people like a weak character.
3:58:18That's that's just me, you know. And you got to be really honest with yourself, especially with the pain points that you are still struggling with today. That's what you have to do.
3:58:28You just got to be really honest. Once you write them down, you're going to have to really read them again. And whenever you script your videos, we'll get to this in the in the further courses, but like the dream avatar will open up your own eyes, not only the dream avatar's eyes, but it will open up doors of you becoming a more vulnerable creator, a creator that can open up to a lot of different things, a lot of different struggles, past or present, right?
3:58:53And also share specific ambitions as well, hence the dreams. But usually the pain points are the most effective. But usually pain points are more effective than dreams.
3:59:02I'll get into this later, but usually painoints are way way more effective than the dreams itself. Like people will listen to negative connotation uh videos than dreamy loveydovey like talking about desires and goals and aspirations type of thing. Like the best motivational videos for example on Instagram, they work whenever it starts with a negative connotation, right?
3:59:24For example, a negative hook, negative bias. I think that's what they say. But if they start with like, if you want to train the art of boxing, like nobody's going to listen to that.
3:59:33But on, for example, if someone says, "Are you dealing with cockiness every time you punch a boxing bag hard?" Bro, I would literally lock in on that video. If I if I if a video said that and I'm scrolling and I hear that, bro, I am locking in on that video. I'm not even kidding.
3:59:49We all know how what it's like being a consumer, but from the other point of view as a content creator, it's so fun getting into the specifics because it keeps us accountable and it keeps other people accountable. So, at the end of the day, sharing pains is not a bad thing.
4:00:02Sharing specific and being vulnerable, that's not a bad thing. It's a really good thing. It opens the doors to so many opportunities to heal, right?
4:00:09Praise God. Let's just say, let me let me go to let me show you guys my wealth pains, right? Whenever you write down your pains, don't be afraid of getting deep into it.
4:00:18You want to write down your own hidden, insecure, secret struggles that you that that's inside your head. Why? Because those are the ones that are going to hit your audience and you the hardest.
4:00:29When you share specific pains and even specific dreams, it becomes more powerful. I've said this time and time again, specificity, specificity, specificity. Now, do you guys remember the the AAA rule that I talked about in the brand course?
4:00:42These pain points actually tick off two things, two A's. Number one is effective and number two is authentic. That's why these pains, pain points in general are more effective than dreams because dreams only takeick off appealing.
4:00:55Dreams only take off appealing, which is the first A. I think this is the first A. Let's say first A.
4:01:01Yeah. So, it's appealing, effective and authentic, right? Pains tick off the bottom two, which is authentic and effective emotional stuff.
4:01:09Oh, wa. Look at that. But dreams, however, only tick off appealing.
4:01:12All right, let's go move on to the solutions. Okay, with your dream avatar, you're going to need to write down some solutions. This isn't fully required unless you actually want to give advice on social media, which is pretty much like 99% of us, unless you just want to entertain people and not give any value.
4:01:29But most of us are here to give value. So, if that is you, you're going to need to write a list of solutions. So for each and every dream that you wrote for example in health, wealth and relationships, this is my health dreams here.
4:01:42You can see in the yellow. You want to write a list of solutions side by side with your pains. Okay, this is what I did.
4:01:48This is all a template by the way. You can you can find it here in these modules, but this is pretty much what I did. So you want to copy and paste the same list of pains that you wrote down previously.
4:01:59And then when it comes to solutions, you want to write them side by side. So falling back into lustful habits for example of pride lust sorry sinful habits lust greed envy gluttony wrath like the seven deadly sins basically the solution the general solution the macro solution let's say is pray with a repentant heart until the sin in his heart or daily habits goes away right so this this is the macro pain this is the macro solution and then we get into the micro pains and then the micro solutions now here's the most important part about solutions you want to make the solutions authentic to you right you actually want to tell your own experiences and what you solved personally in your life.
4:02:34If not, if you're still going through these pains, you can just write down exactly what you're going through, exactly what you're doing and the steps that you're taking. For example, daily journaling. That's it.
4:02:45Okay? If you want to be specific with daily journaling, daily journaling at 8:00 p.m. every night, one page. Don't skip a line in your book.
4:02:53Write down the date at the top. Talk about what you did in the day. Do a little prayer at the end of the journal.
4:02:58and write down five things that you are grateful for the day. Something like that, right? That might not be the solution, but that's what you're going through.
4:03:06Okay? Maybe you're still going through these bad habits, but that daily journaling is helping. Fine.
4:03:11Write it down. Be specific with it. And the template itself that I gave you guys for free is pretty much it has all my examples there.
4:03:18Um, sorry, no, it only has one example. But just by watching this module, you guys already know the main concept of the dream avatar is specificity. So you don't just give people solutions or tips and tricks.
4:03:28You actually give them credible stuff that you are experiencing. You give them experiences. That's what that's why storytelling is so important.
4:03:37You can't give a valuable lesson and just regurgitate it just because you read it in a book once. You actually have to take action and implement it in your own life first. Then you have proof.
4:03:48Like I can say this because I've made mistakes before. I've regurgitated lessons from Alex Hormoszi and Hamza and like literally I was just preaching pretty much their advice on social media when I haven't taken accountability and I haven't implemented it in action with my own content with my own business.
4:04:05So what I did with for example the dream avatar comes from Hamza and Alex Famoszi right um if you guys are familiar I added my own authentic blend I made this template by myself right on notion like I made you know add the photos talk about the type of profile write down 10 dreams 15 dreams split it into health wealth and relationships write down a list of solutions micro and macro so add your own authentic blend that's just a story that I've been through add your own authentic blend to your own solutions now in the next module I will show show you guys my new avatar and walk through how I use it.
4:04:38Okay, so once you have your dream avatar dialed in, everything else it gets easier. That's trust me, it's worth doing this dream avatar out of everything else. I mean, besides the dream avatar is like the icky guy and that's it.
4:04:50Like these two frameworks are the most important things and they're actionable, too. So, let's get it. Let's get to work.
4:04:56Scripting hooks and edits, even captions get easier once you've done the dream avatar. Remember, you're not creating for people, okay? you're creating for that one lost sheep.
4:05:05Amen. Let's go. All right.
4:05:07In this module, I'm going to start off with showing you guys what my new dream avatar looks like. So, this is what the general template looks like. So, first, there's four sections.
4:05:17Profile, dreams, pains, and solutions. Let's start off with profile here first and foremost. You can see this is my name.
4:05:24Obviously, I'm writing about my younger self. But in this case, what I changed with my uh my dream avatar is the age. So, like, I'm not writing about my 18-year-old self anymore.
4:05:34I'm actually writing about my 20-year-old self. The 20-year-old self who just turned 20 last year in November and who was going through like this huge transition phase, being super strategic with business and entrepreneurship and mindset, self-improvement into the more spiritual journey, which is like following God, um prioritizing Christ, learning about the gospel, daily prayer.
4:05:57There's a lot more that I'll get into with my dreams, but that's basically the backstory behind these three pictures pretty much. Now, if you guys remember my old dream avatar, this profile isn't too different from the previous one. Yeah, I only changed like a few keywords since then, and that's pretty much it.
4:06:13Nothing too deep, but it's good to remember who you're writing about. Okay, next section is the dreams, the one and only. So, what I did here with all dreams, pain solutions is separate them into three sections, which is health, wealth, and relationships.
4:06:27I was actually about to do spiritual as as the fourth section, but I decided to split spiritual into health and relationships as well and sometimes um wealth. But let's get into health cuz this is probably my main one that I do. All right, this is what my health dreams look like.
4:06:43Uh as you can see, I have done I've written 10 in this section. Same with wealth and relationships. But let's read another one different from the last module.
4:06:52It's a good specific example. overthinking with his head and deny his priv Oh, wait, sorry. Stop overthinking. That's the important word.
4:07:00Stop overthinking with his head and deny his prideful flesh to quit being arrogant. Seek validation and showing off for attention by practicing emotional discipline over his thoughts and feelings and learning to make righteous decisions from the Bible or rooted in the Bible and his fear of God. So, you can tell that I've used specific keywords in Ken's vocabulary up here to write down a threeline dream.
4:07:25Okay? Very specific, straight to the point, no fluff at all. With your dreams, you don't need to explain like the entire solution of like what stop overthinking means, what prideful flesh means, what emotional discipline is.
4:07:39Like, if you look at a key word, for example, like seeking validation, I could go on and on. I could make a video on that just by that those two words itself, right? arrogance.
4:07:49I could make a video on that, you know, stop overthinking. Bangero video that I can make. So, that's just one example from my health.
4:07:56Let me go to my wealth ones. As you can see here, there's a line that I split between these two sections because I haven't achieved any of these bottom halves yet. This is just the the general dreams that 20-year-old Ken has.
4:08:08So, right now, from number four to number 10, it's just all wishy-washy goals. But from 1 to three, this is the more realistic things that I have achieved. Thank God I got 100,000 followers now.
4:08:19Thank God that I can mentor men and women on their journeys of self-improvement, spiritual blah blah blah. And then thank God that I can or am starting to detach my mindset from worldly metrics, right? Most of these are also just going to be journey dreams.
4:08:33For example, detaches mindset. You can't really detach your mindset from anything and just go to this finish line of, "Oh, I don't care about money all of a sudden." No, that's not that's unrealistic. Obviously, a lot of us have attachments, but the goal is the journey.
4:08:46Once again, if you've watched the Cinemix playbook, if you get that reference, grow to 100,000 followers on social media to be able to grab attention from any consumer. Get validation by proving himself. Reap the benefits of his achievements and accolades, and build an online personal brand empire by creating highquality cinematic storytelling content while seeking God's kingdom first to avoid the temptations of social media numbers.
4:09:09It's weird when it's funny cuz I said while seeking God's kingdom first when it should be at the top of the sentence. But anyways, this is related to wealth, right? Related to my wealth journey, um career.
4:09:20Hopefully you guys can notice the specific key words that I used in these dreams more than the health ones. For example, social media, grab attention, get validation, achievements and accolades, online personal brand empire. Right?
4:09:33I love using the word uh personal brand empire cuz it sounds cool. like Star Wars, creating highquality cinematic storytelling content, seeking God's kingdom first, avoid tempt like all of these are keywords, right? Key phrases that you use. So, if you're able to like bunch these key words and key phrases up into one single dream that relates to one topic, I guess, or to one goal, which is build a personal brand empire on social media.
4:09:58And then you can add the the metric. Let's say 100K followers, a million followers. Your avatar will notice and your avatar will relate so much.
4:10:06Okay, let's move on to relationships. Again, split it up because these these ones are all wishy-washy. I can't really preach about these because I haven't achieved them yet.
4:10:15But the ones that I have been working on and the ones that I have been improving on is these two, right? Love God. This is pretty much the summary of these two.
4:10:23Love God and love others. That's pretty much it. I forgot what the Bible verse was, but that's what Jesus called us to do, right?
4:10:29Love God with all your heart, mind, and soul. And love your neighbors as yourself. build an eternal relationship with God, the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit while being able to confess, weep, and ramble about anything he wouldn't with anybody else by talking in private daily prayers. Sorry, talking in private daily prayers, curiously learning the gospel, embracing the true forms of faith, hope, and love, and surrendering his life to him every day.
4:10:51You notice how I can't even say my own dream. Like, it's hard for me to say the sentence because it's not like a a sentence that you would use in your script.
4:11:00For example, this one dream, let's say maximum 10 videos, 10 video ideas, you know, talking about having or building an eternal relationship with God. And um or a content series, better yet. One video I could be talking about how do I curiously learn to the gospel?
4:11:14Like, how do I genuinely open my Bible and be like, "Okay, I actually want to learn something here." Instead of being bored, how do I pray every day and stay consistent with that? Like, these are all video ideas, right?
4:11:26So you want to mash them into one single dream that relates to one topic or one goal dream. Right now that was relationships. Uh that was all my dreams actually.
4:11:35Now I'm going to go through my health, wealth, and relationship pains. Let's use the same example as before. Stop overthinking.
4:11:42Here's what my pains look like for this one specific dream. Battling a toxic mindset of constant negativity, guilty conscious, and self-hatred. Right?
4:11:50Then some some more micro dreams. I'm sorry, micro pains there. feeling sorry for himself when there's no reason or right to victimization dealing with p personal insecurities of his physical appearance and current state of life. Now, when you write your pains, right, you can't write in the same way you would with your dreams.
4:12:07With my dreams, I just mash them, right? Like what I said before, you just merge key words and key phrases together within one single generic topic or dream or goal or desire.
4:12:16But with pains, you got to come up with at least three specific problems within this dream. Sometimes, actually, you might not even come up with three, and that's okay because the the dream itself, for example, this one's about fasting. I don't really have any major pains.
4:12:30All right? I'm not this I'm not like dedicated to fasting or anything. I do fast every day, but it's like really tiny, you know?
4:12:36It's like 168 fasting if you guys know that. So, I wouldn't have too many problems besides dealing with physical hunger, right? Or the urge to satisfy my food cravings or finding it difficult to resist the temptation uh of every snack around the house that I have.
4:12:50But with things like mental health, for me, that's big. You know, I've had plenty of problems. So feel free to write down everything and anything.
4:12:58Again, everything, anything hyper specific. Okay, so those are my health problems. Let's go to the same wealth problems.
4:13:05One of the main problems that I talk about and preach a lot in this community and in my content is actually the lack of hardware and software uh with limited skills to make highquality videos. For example, terrible writing skills.
4:13:17Welcome to the course. Causing boring and unengaging first hooks and storytelling. You're literally watching the solution right now.
4:13:24Missing knowledge and quality gear for cinematography and filming aesthetic shots. You're going to get into that in the next stage. Low quality editing, slow time management, using inauthentic tactics to make videos.
4:13:35You're going to get that into the third stage. Lack of knowledge in branding and design causing him to have an unattractive profile. You just watch that in the cinematic playbook and you have all the resources there.
4:13:46Dealing with self-doubt caused by his secret insecurities of seeking attention and vanity. I did talk about this sometimes. I do talk about it in like the Cinemix playbook, some of the videos there, but I haven't really talked about like the deeper insecurities and stereotypes of creating content or being an influencer on social media, which I want to get deeper into with my next series that I'm actually going to do.
4:14:07So stay tuned for that. Yeah. Another one is lack of an efficient content system that optimizes for viral and consistent growth.
4:14:14This right here is literally stage four. Create your content series and build a system. lowquality content strategy that is missing a daily series and purposeful mission. Stuck with creating consistent content instead of prioritizing better quality videos.
4:14:27A lot of you guys have these problems and that's why you're in this community right now with relationships. Pretty much the same thing. Fear of committing and surrendering his pride to God because of his deep insecurities.
4:14:37Uh dealing with self-doubt. Struggling with toxic awareness. Creating false scenarios in his head to comfort his ego like violence and cuddling.
4:14:44Only I would know what this means. And that's what you want to do with your dream avatar, too.
4:14:48When someone else reads it or someone random in this world reads it, 99% of the time, they're not going to understand. You want these types of dreams and pains. But that 1% that 1% audience, that's who you want to attract.
4:14:59That's your dream avatar, which is why you guys are here because you can relate to to my content. You can relate to my stories. And then it goes on and on because uh I I didn't write I actually didn't write any uh problems with these because again these these ones are the wishy-washy ones that I haven't achieved yet or that I haven't improved on.
4:15:16Okay, so that's my pains. Right now we go on to solutions which is not too complicated. It's very similar to the pains and I showed you guys before in the previous module but I'll go to the one that I read for my health one.
4:15:27Which which one was it? Spend more time. No.
4:15:29Oh here here. Yeah. Sorry.
4:15:30Kill pride. Stop overthinking and kill my pride. Right.
4:15:33These are the PES that I just read out to you guys. I already templatized this. So when you click on the template, you can write your own using it.
4:15:40Like you don't have to create these drop-own list. It's already there. But basically, one side is the pains and other side is the dreams.
4:15:46The solution for this first pane right here is right next to it. Same with this second one. Same with this third one.
4:15:52You can see that I actually when I wrote when I was writing the uh dream avatar, this one like I have major OCDs. So what I did was write the exact same uh line length. So the the same number of lines with the problems and the solutions as well, which it took me longer, but it's it's more neat for me at least.
4:16:11If my solutions are, let's say, like six lines long, it's hard for me to find which ones are related. Okay, you guys can also do this too if you want to. If it's equal lines, then you can tell, okay, this saying unh wholesome, foul, unrighteous, and demotivating words in his head.
4:16:27Ah, the solution for that is replace his inner voice with the Holy Spirit's word by studying scripture and praying on daily lessons. Yeah, that's pretty much the solution for this one micro pain.
4:16:38Let's go to the second one. Feeling sorry for himself when there's no reason to, which is victimization. Pray for a repentant heart.
4:16:45That's the solution. Weep for God, not himself. Don't feel sorry for myself.
4:16:49Feel sorry for disappointing God. Feel sorry for um abusing his grace. Right?
4:16:53Purify his daily behavior. using false words to label himself as depressed or lost or weird. Study scripture to find better keyword replacements. Stick to the facts, not your feelings, not his feelings.
4:17:05Sorry. Um, you can tell that I also wrote my dreams, pains, and solutions in third person's perspectives. So, I don't say tackle my doubts.
4:17:13I say tackle his doubts. So, I'm pointing it to him, right? Because if you say my, it's going to be too specific for what you are doing currently.
4:17:20You can do that if you want to, but I'm trying to serve my younger self, not my current self right now. it really there's no there's not much difference. I like to again stick to your profile. Don't try and you know expand your avatar.
4:17:33Stick to the younger version of you. Okay. So that was health.
4:17:36Let's go to one of the wealth ones. The one that we read before. 100k followers. Lack of hardware and software with limited skills.
4:17:44Okay. Terrible writing skills. Study and copy hooks from viral creators and reverse engineer their methods of scripting stories.
4:17:49Matter of fact, I might as well write here dream avatar. Write his dream avatar. Again, this is two lines, so I want to keep it at two lines.
4:17:57Major OCD. Study and study hooks. Copy.
4:18:00I'd say copy copy hooks from viral creators and reverse engineer their methods, their ways of scripting story. Okay. So, I'm just shortening the uh the words here.
4:18:09So, I it can fit two lines. But anyways, um yeah, so this is the solution and you guys are actually going through this solution right now as we speak. So, pretty cool, right?
4:18:19Dealing with self-doubt. Prioritize God in every situation. confess his insecurities to God. Right?
4:18:25Dealing with self-doubt as a content creator. You don't want to share your insecurities. Share it with God first.
4:18:31Literally, I I did not want to share my insecurities. I did not want to create a specific dream avatar because I was insecure. I was still going through a phase where I was just hiding from my problems, hiding from my mental health, hiding from my um trauma, right?
4:18:45Hiding from my past or being disappointed and dwelling in this, you know, toxic mental pool of victimization and blah blah blah, right? But as soon as I confessed my insecurities to him and spent time just rambling about what I'm thinking about, rambling about my problems and insecurities, I got more curious to read his word.
4:19:03And then this is how I came to this quote unquote solution, personal solution. Again, what I mentioned in the last module, overthinking from the fear of failing, lack of validation, never being enough.
4:19:13Embrace imperfections and being vulnerably funny. Again, vulnerably funny. Just embrace being childish.
4:19:18Seek God's validation instead of others. That's powerful. And I'm still going through that today.
4:19:23But I know that's the solution, right? Because it says in the word of God itself. I forgot the ah man.
4:19:28I wish I could just pull pull up Bible verses out of my head, but I'm not there yet. I'm sorry. Forgive me.
4:19:32Give me some time. I I know there's a Bible verse that um talks about seeking God's validation and impressing him instead of impressing others. But yeah, anyways, let's go to the final one in relationships, which is fear of committing and surrendering his pride to God because of his deep insecurities.
4:19:48So again, this is the the dream about loving God. This is the solution. Surrender is simple.
4:19:53Relax and untense his mind, heart, and body and confess everything. So if you're afraid of committing and surrendering your ego to God, if you if you keep attaching yourself to your pride, this is how I did it.
4:20:04This is how I usually pray or this is how I usually repent. Dealing with self-doubt, like even reading this one single pain and this one solution, I could come up with like three different content ideas right there. I could talk about how do I surrender with my mind?
4:20:18How do I surrender with my heart and body? That could be one mini content series. Confession.
4:20:22Surrender. Dealing with self-doubt from past mistakes and future anxiety of failing his father. Acknowledge his doubt and anxiety.
4:20:28I'll probably just say that in heaven. Just be more specific. Acknowledge his doubt and anxiety to God.
4:20:33And remember, he's not worthy, but Christ did everything. So, these are the type of things that you have to open up to number one to yourself and to God most importantly. Then to your dream avatar.
4:20:43Then you'll be okay to do it with your audience. And eventually how I did it was with my family, with the closest people around me, wrestling his self-hatred, guilty conscience with God's true love. I think you guys get the point.
4:20:55You guys get the uh the whole mojo of what the dream avatar is and how important it actually is to write it and to spend time at least like one week, 3 days, 4 days just grinding it out and writing as many things as you can. And then you can always go back into it and change it up. Continue to evolve your avatar as you grow, too.
4:21:13Finally, finally, let's get into the secret, the secret source of how I actually script using this dream avatar. Should I just do it tomorrow? Yeah, I'll do it tomorrow.
4:21:23The first habit is notebook writing. Now, it might sound really cliche and simple, but here's the thing. When you physically write with a pen and paper, your brain starts to take the entire process more seriously.
4:21:34Writing on paper makes your ideas feel real, and it's a great way to help you get out of a creator's block. Also, if you're a computer geek like me, you're probably writing your ideas on your computer. The negative aspect of using all these digital tools is distraction.
4:21:48Whether it's social media, text messages, notifications, whatever, your attention can be stolen from you in seconds, and attention is your number one asset. More on this later. Writing on paper works extremely well for me.
4:21:59Matter of fact, I used to write all the content for my brand in my notebooks. Or you're just struggling to write new ideas on your computer, or you're just struggling to type ideas down, use a pen and paper. Try writing on a notebook instead.
4:22:10But this habit doesn't guarantee that you won't get distracted. Eventually, you're going to need to put a lot more focused effort. The second secret habit that I practice is listening to background music whenever I write ideas down.
4:22:21Now, this obviously depends on your personal preference, right? But if you like listening to music and that helps you, you know, get going in your creative process, go ahead and listen to music. But me personally, I get distracted whenever I listen to lyrics and words.
4:22:35The stuff that I listen to is called ambience sounds. If you search ambient sounds on YouTube, you'll find lots of calm and peaceful background music, soundtracks, and instrumentals.
4:22:43And there are lots of different themes available out there. For example, if you're into Star Wars, you may enjoy listening to Star Wars ambience. For me, I'm into sci-fi films like Interstellar and June.
4:22:53So, I searched for sci-fi ambience. So, if you're struggling to write ideas down, ambient sounds may help you a lot, cuz it did for me, and I was really surprised. But if this habit doesn't work and you're still being pulled around from all your distractions, it's time to face them and eliminate them.
4:23:08So, how do you erase your distractions? First of all, you're going to need to label them as distractions. Is it your parents?
4:23:14Is it your children? Is it your partner? Is it your mobile phone?
4:23:18Is it your notifications? Find them and take note that they are distractions. Second, you need to block them out as much as possible visually and auditorially.
4:23:26If you can see your phone in your eyesight, then you should probably hide it. If your notifications have a ring to them, then turn it off. If you're getting bombarded with text messages from your group chats, then obviously turn on your do not disturb mode.
4:23:38If your family is being too loud around the house, tell them to dial it down a little. Overall, it shouldn't take more than an hour of just deep focused work for generating content ideas.
4:23:47Speaking of deep focused work, that is next up. If you're looking to come up with some banger ideas, you're going to need to isolate yourself. If you want the most input and the highest output from your work, you have to be alone in solitude with the least amount of noise around you as possible.
4:24:02Isolation can work with many different activities. Whether it's walking, showering, stretching, or just sitting down with a pen and paper until something comes to your mind.
4:24:11That one works for me. Once you've eliminated as many distractions as you can, set your environment with only yourself. What helps is to have your tools ready whenever ideas come to you, like a notebook or a notes app or something.
4:24:23This will guarantee that you'll come up with something, anything. But if you're struggling to deal with all your chaotic chain of thoughts, this next habit will help you out a lot. Meditation plays a huge role in my life.
4:24:34It helps me stay on task whenever distractions pop up. It helps my mind stay clear, and it helps me stay mindful and present in all aspects of my life. Win-win.
4:24:42To those of you who are uncomfortable with isolating yourself and, you know, being with your own thoughts, you're going to need to get used to it in order to generate really good ideas. And if you're a real noob, meditation is a great practice to start.
4:24:55Plus, it doesn't hurt to try it out for a week. I believe everyone should try meditating for at least 5 to 10 minutes at least once in their life, right? And you know, seeing where it takes them mentally and spiritually.
4:25:05To those of you who've already made it a practice, who've already made meditation a habit, then use that discipline whenever you generate ideas. Whenever you meditate, you focus on your breath, right? Whenever you generate ideas, it's the exact same, but you just focus on your creative thinking.
4:25:19It should help you stay calm, have a clear thought process, not get distracted by any internal or external things, and keep your attention on one single task, generating ideas. The best time to optimize meditation is, in my opinion, straight after you wake up.
4:25:31Meditation works efficiently when it's a part of your morning routine, which is perfect for generating ideas. And speaking of morning routines, that's what I will be talking about in the next module. I wrote the script for this course in the early morning around 5:00 a.m. when I wake up.
4:25:46I find early morning work extremely effective because that's when my brain is at 100% capacity and it's really common to those who sleep and wake up earlier. The thing is it might be different for you but it doesn't hurt to wake up tomorrow earlier and you know just try writing some ideas down as long as you have a good sleeping schedule.
4:26:04Who knows? You might be surprised how well it works for you. Waking up after a good night's rest is a great feeling when you have that energy surge and when you're just ready to grind it out for the day.
4:26:14So use that energy to write down and generate as many content ideas. Don't waste it scrolling on social media looking for inspiration. On the other hand, if you want to maximize your focus as much as possible, if you're a workaholic like me, then the next module is for you.
4:26:27This habit is something called intermittent fasting. You may have heard this around the internet before, but I'll quickly run it out for you. Intermittent fasting is a prolonged period of time in your day when you don't eat.
4:26:38The time frame that you choose to fast and eat is up to you. Some do it for hours, some do it for multiple days. I do it by scooping my breakfast meal, which is basically 16 hours of fasting from dinner time all the way to lunchtime the next day and eight hours of eating from lunchtime to dinner time.
4:26:53The specific method is called 168 fasting and I practice this at least once or twice or maybe even three times a week. Intermittent fasting has multiple benefits that I won't dwell into on this course. But speaking from first and experience, this habit has resulted in better focus, especially in the morning.
4:27:08So I definitely recommend it. Fasting can also be dangerous for people with health issues.
4:27:13So, please do your own research before attempting this. And stay safe. Welcome to the official scripting course.
4:27:19This is where we turn your ideas into impact. If you've ever said, "I don't know what to say in my videos. I can't write like that." This course is for you.
4:27:27Now, here's the purpose of this course. We're going to help you write authentic scroll stopping viral scripts. We're going to teach you strictly short form storytelling content writing.
4:27:36These this is the key words here. short form storytelling content writing. We're going to build your content on truth and not just trends.
4:27:42And we want to develop your own language and flow, not just copy others, including me. You don't want to copy me. You want to develop your own language.
4:27:50You'll also learn how to write with word for word scripts, so it's more clean and powerful and rehearsed. Dot point scripts, so it's more natural, off-the-cuff, authentic, just like this. Screenplay scripts for cinematic storytelling content.
4:28:01You want to script your shots and stuff like that. dream avatar writing. So, you want to use your dreams and pains that we talked about in the last course and we want to speak directly to your younger self.
4:28:10And I'll be showing you my exact walkthroughs in the next modules. Now, you also get two bonus blueprints underneath this one module. Number one is social media language so you can actually learn how to speak the language of your audience.
4:28:23There's some keywords there inside so your videos and your scripts become fast and engaging and made for short form platforms. You can also check out the modern terms blueprints, which is a huge list of words and phrases for youth avatars and adult avatars, senior avatars. I'm pretty sure there's there's senior avatars in there who actually use um in 2025 and actually say, for example, updated slang, relatable energy, no cringe, no cringey words.
4:28:46I mean, at least for now, there's no there's not going to be any cringe. And remember, you don't need to be a writer to be good scriptors. It's two different things.
4:28:54You just need to learn how to say the right thing to the right person, the way you would say it in real life. And I always like to say this, but also it's the way you text your best friend. Scripting is pretty much like that.
4:29:04That's what I do whenever I script. And we'll build that skill together in this course. All right.
4:29:10Welcome to the tools module. I'm going to really quickly just go by the tools that I recommend all of you guys use for scripting your videos, of course. Side note, on a side note, I do not recommend scripting on paper.
4:29:22Dude, that is literally so hard. Whenever you script, there's always going to be refining and editing, deleting this and that. So, on paper is definitely not recommended.
4:29:31All right, here are my recommendations. Only two things. Let's keep it simple.
4:29:35Notion desktop is number one and Apple notes is number two. Both of them can be used on desktop. 100% recommend using or just writing on desktop. Typing on on your laptop, on your computer, on your Mac like I do, on your PC.
4:29:47These are the recommendations. Please don't do it on your phone. Oh my goodness.
4:29:51Whenever I see someone's script, for example, if they upload it in one of these quests and I see it's a screenshot on their phone, I get so stressed out. It's not even funny.
4:29:59Script on your desktop, please. Of course, if you have one, okay, if you don't have one, yeah, that makes sense. Script on your phone.
4:30:05Now, here's a bonus. He's a here's a new addition to the to the course as well. We have an AI bot.
4:30:10Woohoo. Meet Quillmate. This is Quillmate, right?
4:30:13This is going to be your personal content writer. So whenever you have questions, whenever you want help with your scripts, you don't even have to ask me because I can be busy. I might not have time.
4:30:23So instead, you can ask the AI version of me. I built this AI using Creattopia's blueprint. So every single blueprint that you've uh read so far and that you will read is inside this AI bot.
4:30:33So it's not only for scripting, but it is built for content writing. So use it like it's me helping you write. Get feedback for hooks and scripts and captions and threads and even emails.
4:30:43I use I use Cobbot for all of these things. Sometimes you might even have seen me in the forum post like a really long value post about let's say like a framework or a strategy that is usually written by Coremate.
4:30:54Obviously I have the original idea and like Coremate doesn't make it up. I have the original idea paste it into Quilmate and then they write like the entire framework in a way where it's where it makes sense where it's simple. Sometimes you might have even seen me uh reply really long and neat notes underneath people's feedback videos.
4:31:13That's usually Quillmate. So I I like to type in my feedback as normal, paste it into Quillmate, and then Quillmate will pretty much organize it with emojis and stuff to make it engaging. So yeah, enjoy Quillmate, enjoy the rest of this course.
4:31:27Welcome to the hook, retain, reward framework module. This is the most foundational framework for content writing because if your video cannot hook, retain or reward a viewer, it will not work out. Period.
4:31:39So, let's break it down into these three stages. First and foremost, we have the hook, which is used to grab attention.
4:31:45That's the entire purpose of the hook. This is usually the first 1 to 3 seconds of your short form video. Your hook will decide if people keep watching or if they are going to just scroll off and say goodbye to you.
4:31:57It can either be verbal, the reason why you're still broke, quote unquote, for example, right? It can also be visual, face pop in, maybe a talking head shot, maybe if I show an object like my Bible, camera emotion, that's really nice and effective.
4:32:11Or it can be text, a crazy title in the first frame. Okay, I like to use all of them. Your hook should also target a dream or a pain.
4:32:19Remember the dream avatar. Okay, we're going to get into that in the further walk through in the dream avatar walkthrough that you're going to to watch in a few days time. So, your hook should include a specific hyperspecific dream or a hyperspecific pain inside.
4:32:34What do they want or struggle with? Not just lust, not even just porn. Like, get into it in the hook.
4:32:39What do they struggle with? What's their insecurity about this bad habit, etc., etc. We're going to get we're going to get into it later anyways.
4:32:46But basically, if your hook is weak, nothing else matters. you might as well throw away the rest of the video because your hook is the most important and priority. That's first priority and then it funnels down. The next in the funnel is actually retain which is used to hold attention.
4:33:00Now that they're here on your video, you have their attention. How do you keep them?
4:33:04How do you keep them watching throughout from start to finish from the very end? Not just from 3/4 of the way, halfway. No, from the very end.
4:33:11Okay. How do you do this? Retention.
4:33:13Retention is structure, rhythm, and story. Most people have the natural skill to make a good video, a good structured video, for example, a beginning, middle, and end. But a lot of people are missing out on the rhythm.
4:33:26Rhythm helps when you have music. That's cool. But it also helps when you have pattern breaks.
4:33:30Okay? I didn't write it here in this in these dot points, but pattern breaks are also very very important to get that rhythm. Okay?
4:33:37Okay. So, for example, when you cut music just to make a joke in the middle of your video or just to make a joke out of your story that you're trying to tell, that is unexpected. And you always want your videos to be unexpected.
4:33:49Every time you take your viewer through your story, you have them hooked. You want to take them even more than just an average story. This is 19 lessons by 19.
4:33:58Sorry, I'm calling out someone a member in Sakura Tokyo. Basically, like if you're just talking about being impatient as an 18-year-old and then the solution is meditation, like nobody is going, dude, you have to take them through the ups and downs and like make jokes, make pattern breaks, make interrupt your own video and just be like, "Yeah, I thought that happened, but that didn't happen." Instead, this happened.
4:34:20And then you just take them on this roller coaster. That's what storytelling is. So, you want to use short, fast-paced edits.
4:34:27For example, mid-sentence cuts, okay? B-roll, subtle zooms, all of these things hold people's attentions.
4:34:32And that's the thing about attention spans these days. They're really cooked. That's not even just to be funny.
4:34:37Like that they are genuinely cooked. People's attention spans are faster than you think. You need to realize that as a content creator.
4:34:44I didn't realize that until I actually tried it and I'm like, "Dude, this video is really fastpaced. I don't know if anyone is actually going to understand this, but as soon as I started using J cuts, for example, you'll learn that soon. As soon as I started speaking on camera extremely fast, like like really really fast, I was like, "Dude, I don't know if anyone was is going to understand this video at all.
4:35:03I've had feedback before from my own family saying, "You need to you need to slow down whenever you talk in your videos." But then I posted it, right? I I I kept posting and I just kept talking faster and faster in every video. And surprisingly, people understand.
4:35:17People are like, "Wow, this is this video is deep and meaningful and this and that." like so yeah people's attention spans are faster and more microwaved than you think and more brain rot so don't worry about going faster than you usually are at the end of the day these are short form platforms like Tik Tok it's hard to hold your attention to a talking video in itself you got to be fast with it you got to be quick you know you can't waste a millisecond we'll get into that in editing as well which is why you need to switch up your visuals every few seconds you will learn that in the filming course and in the editing course so from for example talking head shot to a cinematic shot to a handheld vlog shot.
4:35:53This is what these stand for, by the way. So, you want to make every line count. Every sentence in your script, they they have to count.
4:36:00You can't have filler stuff. Every sentence should move the story forward or break the pattern to move the story forward. Next, and finally, we have the reward, which is used to deliver the final value of the video.
4:36:12Most people think quote unquote reward means just tips and tricks and like value quote unquote, but you don't know what value is, right? In storytelling, value is the real emotion that people feel or the solution. Remember the dream avatar?
4:36:24We talked about the solution that you've been through and that you share. For example, Jesus saved me and this is this is literally how I recovered from this insane hyperspecific pain, this struggle, this bad habit, and then this is the solution. The real reward is the emotional or spiritual payoff or physical if you're like a a fitness guru.
4:36:45What will the viewer feel at the end? Will they feel inspired? Will they feel understood?
4:36:50You don't want them to understand you. The priority here is to make them feel understood which is why hence specificity.
4:36:57Again, I am I am spamming this word. But do they feel called out? Okay.
4:37:02Fear is also a big factor with with calling out people's pains and dreams. Do they feel convicted? Now, a reward can be a shift in someone's mindset, your your viewers's mindset.
4:37:13A spiritual truth. Jesus is the way, the truth, and the life, for example, or a tangible takeaway that they can act on, an actionable step. Comment this to get this free template.
4:37:21Meditate for five minutes after watching this video and comment how you feel afterwards or something like that. Now, here's a quick tip. All right, the reward doesn't have to be at the very end.
4:37:31Usually, in short form content, it is at the end because you don't have time because you may not have time to reward them throughout the video. But in short form, it's still possible. For example, if you have a 1 minute video, you can continue to reward people throughout, right?
4:37:44Your reward can be your way of retaining people, but at the same time, you still need to keep their attention. You still need to keep pushing through the story, describing your dreams and describing your pains. And then you can have these little drops, value drops, I like to call them, throughout your video.
4:37:58A lot of people actually do this in long form YouTube videos, too. But this is a short form course. So, so you can drop value every 5 to 10 seconds, let's say.
4:38:06If you don't know whether to drop value at the very end or whether to drop value throughout your video, you have to look and consider at your original video idea. Is this video idea something that I can ramble on and explain for the entire video or is it something that I can lead the audience to until the very end? Think about the solution that you wrote down.
4:38:24And yes, dropping value every 5 to 10 seconds, it does keep it does keep people watching for longer. For example, top 10 tips to quit eating snacks. I don't know.
4:38:32And if your video rewards well, they'll rewatch. Like it's it's guaranteed if they feel rewarded, genuinely rewarded, they will rewatch or follow or share. Even better, by the way, better than re-watch in my opinion.
4:38:44Like better than re-watching is a follow or a share. A share. Oh, that's what you want.
4:38:48Especially on Instagram. Instagram is a very sharable platform. People hop on reals so they can send me memes to each other to to their friends.
4:38:55Sorry. And if they can send your video because of your reward, which is really hard to drop value and that's that's actually actionable or emotional, dude, you have cracked the code literally. And storytelling opens the the the avenue for that.
4:39:09It opens the doors for that. So why does this matter? Hook, retain, reward.
4:39:13Most creators know how to hook. Some know how to retain. Very few know how to actually reward.
4:39:18Rewarding is actually the hardest part of the video because you need to consider rest of the video. For example, the dreams and the pains that you're using has to lead on to the final solution that you talk about. Hence why it's really important to actually write your dream avatar.
4:39:33And by now, you guys should have written or at least have started or at least are halfway through your dreams and pains. But the solutions itself, the reward, it's it's really important because that's like the final guarantee that your video is going to blow up. Viral content has to hit all three.
4:39:48That's just the reality of it. Now that you know the formula, every video you make moving forward should pass this test. Does it hook in 1 second or 3 seconds, let's say?
4:39:57Does it retain with structure and rhythm and breaks? Does it have a story pretty much? Does it have a story that flows and goes ups and downs and is a roller coaster full of emotions?
4:40:07Does it reward the viewer emotionally or practically? So, these are the three questions. These this is the test that it need it needs to it needs to pass.
4:40:15If not, you can always make another video tomorrow and we'll walk through the most important part of this framework in the next module, which is hook writing. All right, welcome to the hook walk through.
4:40:26Hookw writing walkthrough. Let's get it. So, basically, I have this little template that I have for all of my usual hooks that I use.
4:40:35Okay, now here's the list of hooks that I use. Um, feel free to screenshot this or I'm pretty sure this is free. Is it free?
4:40:46Pretty sure it's free. Let me check if it's free or not. I'm going to leave this uncut.
4:40:51I'm planning to just leave this walk through uncut because I'm not bothered to number one, I'm I'm a little bit lazy to bother to edit these walkthroughs. And number two, I think it's more raw and authentic. If you guys just um stay with me throughout this this entire thing, hookw writing checklist.
4:41:09I think this is it, right? Story starter. Yeah, this is it.
4:41:13Okay, so I'm just going to paste my hooks. Yeah, Ken's favorite hooks. I'm just going to paste it all here.
4:41:20There you go. [Music] Everybody was kung fu fighting. All right.
4:41:26Now, what I'm going to do is I'm going to go through each and every one of these. I'm going to write a hook for every one of those. Okay, for every one of these.
4:41:38Sorry. So, I'm going to just drag it down here. Forget these for now.
4:41:43I'm just going to draw a line. Okay. Now, okay.
4:41:49What I'm going to do is is bridal hook at the bottom of each and every one of these. [Music] Everybody was kung fu fighting. See, see how I'm not I'm not editing.
4:42:09I'm not going to be editing this, so I might as well just be like just singing. [Music] Well, hopefully this this module will help you guys out when we actually get started on writing these hooks. Okay, you can always speed this up.
4:42:32Like this is going to be a long walk through. I'm pretty sure it's going to be more than 20 minutes. Everybody was kung fu fighting.
4:42:42[Music] Okay. Hello, I'm Ken. This is pretty much the the simplest the shortest hook that I have.
4:42:58Hello, I'm Ken. or just hello or hi. Hello, I'm Ken. I usually say hello.
4:43:04I'm Ken. Hello. Hey.
4:43:07Um, Ken. Just add a full stop. Usually, that's what I do.
4:43:12I usually say hello. Sorry. Hello.
4:43:16Full stop and then I'm Ken. Hey, I'm Ken. Hi, I'm Ken.
4:43:20Yeah. And then I just start with the story there. Or I continue with I'm a 20year-old university student who is struggling to grow his personal brand barber.
4:43:43Right? So I get into that there. I'm going to get more into it in this hook.
4:43:52But the next one is I dreamed and or pain in time frame. So an example of this would be I started reading the that's such a bad book that's so overused nowadays. I went to [ __ ] I flew to flew 7,000 kilometers to Japan because I wanted to because I was sick of my home town in Sydney.
4:44:41I wanted to because I No, I'm going to say because I Okay, so this is I'm going to color code it as well. I flew 7,000 km to Japan. This is a uh dream, right?
4:44:56So, I'm going to color code it yellow because I was because I finished studying 50 hours or worth of 50 hours worth of university because I was finished studying 50 hours in my final year because I finished uh I don't know I'll say I I'll make it a bigger pain. I flew 7,000 km to Japan to leave my annoying university.
4:46:14and take a break, a fat break from normal life. And take a fat break for at least for the next 50 days, let's say. All right.
4:46:39Okay. So, I wanted to leave my annoying university. That is a pain.
4:46:46Take a fat break. That could be accounted as a dream. Sorry.
4:46:50Dream. Next 50 days. That is time.
4:46:52Got it. Cool. So you want to whenever you see these dream and pain and like this template in general, it allows you to be really flexible and personalize your own dreams and pains, right?
4:47:05Which is why the dream avatar is really important. Hopefully, you guys have your dream avatar done by now or you're continuing to work on it every day for at least 30 minutes a day before you sleep or when you wake up because it really keeps you accountable with the the the key words that you use whenever you market yourself out there.
4:47:27So the more specific your dreams and pains are and when you bundle them up together, it becomes a a really good story, especially when you have reasons why, right? So it doesn't have to be like physical pains like, oh, because I like injured my arm or something like that. It doesn't have to be that dramatic.
4:47:45You can dramatize it. You can make it more dramatic by giving a mental or spiritual pain reason because I wanted to leave my annoying university or because I wanted to get closer to God.
4:47:57Because I wanted to stop being lukewarm or something like that, right? Let's get into it more. Here's how to.
4:48:03Okay, this is a tutorial hook. So, whenever I use here's how to, it's always like just value posts. Um, it's never almost never storytelling.
4:48:20Here's how to grow to get 3 million views in under 24 hours as a university student, as a broke 20 year old there. Here's how to get 3 million views under 24 hours.
4:48:44I would count all of this as a dream, but realistically, this one is time. So, just there broke 20-year-old. This is profile, which I usually color code as pink.
4:48:54All right. The reason why you gain Sorry, the reason why you paint. Okay.
4:48:58The reason why you This is also a mentoring guru type of hook. So, expect value with these type of hooks. the reason why you can't color grade your personal brand, the reason why you can't choose a good color combination for your personal brand, the reason why you can't grow on social media, blah blah blah, right? That all always leads to I mean it it never really leads to stories.
4:49:19It's always like a a guru type of video. So the reason why you you're struggling to reach your first 100,000 followers on Instagram is because isn't because of your caption.
4:49:55or video quality. And then I cut the sentence short. I'll make this a pain.
4:50:07Maybe a dream. Yeah, a false dream. Huh?
4:50:11Captions isn't because pain. 100,000 followers. Dream.
4:50:18So, I kind of mixed dreams and pains here, but struggling to reach your first 100,000 followers. So, that would be a pain, right? I'm a profile.
4:50:28I'm a This is usually just an introduction of who you are, basically. Um, so I usually like to do this because it it really categorizes um and niches down your target audience in in the most indirect way, which pretty much means like I'm a 20-year-old university student from Sydney, Australia, who is struggling, who is growing a personal brand, who's growing an online business, for example, right? that pretty much niches down to people who are around my age group who are in Sydney, Australia, who are also growing a an online business and who are also studying in university or close to studying to university.
4:51:05Right? So those are like five, no, so four or five different niches that are already touched on in one single sentence. Like it's just, you know, the more relatable it is and the more you combine these different uh what do you call them?
4:51:22Demographics, right, in your profile, the more easier it is for you to target different target true fans, basically, right? So, for example, I'm a 20-year-old I'm going to say that again.
4:51:33I'm a 20-year-old university student from this is my like typical combo. 20-year-old university student from Sydney, Australia. Who's Australia?
4:51:48Who and I'm planning to and I'm about to launch my launch my first online business. social medium content creation business for example, right? All of this would be pink about to launch my first online content creation business.
4:52:25This could be a dream as well. That's dream. Yeah.
4:52:29Okay, cool. uh time for the past for the past three years I I've been contemplating I've been struggling to balance balance [Music] university my university my study my university assessments with balance my university assessments with building an online business, building a social media marketing business cuz I cuz my parents No, I wouldn't get that that personal.
4:53:29I mean, you guys can you guys can talk about your family if you want to, but I I like to keep my family out of it. For the past 3 years, I've been struggling to balance my university assessments with building a social media business cuz I hate Cuz I get so lazy.
4:54:07Cuz I'm addicted to scrolling. Ah, cuz I'm addicted to gaming. Playing Minecraft.
4:54:16Cuz I'm addicted to playing Minecraft. And I'll probably emphasize playing Minecraft. Just capitalize playing.
4:54:24So, I'll be like, for the past 3 years time, I've been struggling to balance my university assessments. Okay, wait, hold on. I've been balancing Okay, hold on, hold on, hold on.
4:54:41Okay, wait. Never mind. Never mind.
4:54:45Let me Let me redo this. I've been um building a social media marketing business. I've been building my own my solo social media business.
4:55:01I've been building my solo social media business cuz I'm I'm sick of cuz I'm genuinely sick of dealing with my university assessments degree. Cuz I'm genuinely sick of dealing with my Cuz I'm genuinely sick. Wait.
4:55:22Building my own essential beauty business. That is dream. Cuz I'm genuinely sick of dealing with my university degree.
4:55:32That's pain. All right. Boom.
4:55:33Done. Another hook. Done.
4:55:37Is it possible to dream in time? Is it possible to make your first $10,000 a month in 50 days? Is that actually I'm going to make your first grow your first 100,000 followers in 50 days.
4:56:08time. Usually I actually like to add I I like to um extend this hook by saying without pain. So I I make it even more heavier.
4:56:20Right? So the hooks that you see here, for example, the ones that are two lines, one here, another here, another here, another here, I love doing them. Why?
4:56:31Because they're called heavy hooks, quote unquote heavy hooks, right? And these heavy hooks are usually the ones with either a time time frame dream pain all together combined. Right?
4:56:45You can see here profile and dream pain and dream pain. Dream time. Time dream pain.
4:56:52Okay. And this one's also time dream pain. Is it possible to grow your first 100k followers in 50 days?
4:57:00In under 50 days. In the next 50 days. Actually, no. in under 50 days.
4:57:06In under 50 days time without sorry let me just color code it. So this would also be a heavy hook because I'm going to add a pain after this. So the pain would be is it possible to grow your first 100k followers in under 50 days time without creating without spending 5 hours actually no without learning any social media hacks.
4:57:45Sure, that counts without learning any social media hacks. Complicated. You also want to add keywords to emphasize the dreams and pains.
4:57:59For example, like I could add a keyword here to grow your first 100,000 true followers, loyal followers, right? You can. I like to do that sometimes, but in this case, I wouldn't cuz it's I mean that's is it possible to grow your first 100k follow?
4:58:13Yeah. No, that's I wouldn't say that. But I would say this though complicated right without learning any complicated social media hacks and strate Yeah I'll probably say and strategies just extend it a little bit more to make it even heavier right and obviously you want to say this in one go I noticed a lot of creattopians when I watch their videos and they ask for feedback they usually don't say the first hook the first line in one single go they cut it up for example is it possible to grow 100k followers cut and then they film another bit in under 50 days time cut without learning any complicated social media hacks cut and strategies that does not sound natural.
4:58:50You want to practice your speaking on camera a lot. Okay? Even if you like even if you're doing long form, right?
4:58:59You can use long form platforms to practice authentic speaking so that you are able to ramble on camera so that you're able to say lines like this, heavy hooks like this. Because if you are, you set the pace number one for the rest of your video. And number two, people are immediately hooked immediately because you you just spam them with dreams, a time frame, a painoint, like more more than one pain point, right?
4:59:25So yeah, make sure you're able to say this in one whole go during your filming sessions, okay? If not, work towards it.
4:59:32Practice your speaking. Use a microphone. Use your voice memos to practice any scripts.
4:59:39Um, and yeah, use your time wisely. Okay. Today I woke up and dream in pain.
4:59:45Today I woke up. Today I woke up and found out that I found out I got 30,000 new followers on Tik Tok. Simple.
5:00:01Very simple. This is a dream. Today I woke up and found out I got 30,000 new followers on Tik Tok.
5:00:14That's a dream. Okay, very simple. Uh, welcome to day episode X of series.
5:00:20Welcome to day welcome to day five of content building fellowship, right? So, whatever your series name is, day five is the time frame. If you're using notion and you want to color, you want a shortcut to color your text or the last color that you used, it's shift command H or shift control H if you're on PC.
5:00:51I'm on Mac. So shift control H. And it's usually the recent color that you used.
5:00:56So if it's yellow, uncolor it. So I color it, highlight yellow, shift, command H, and it'll turn yellow. In this case, it's blue because the series name, right?
5:01:06Welcome to day five of Fellowship. Welcome to episode 6 of Raw Faith.
5:01:22One thing you need to know, you need to know. I usually extend this a bit. One thing, the one thing you need to know if you actually want to grow a an audience over 100,000 loyal followers, loyal fans, loyal followers is Is this one rule?
5:02:09One simple rule. Very simple, not too complicated. Time ago 600 days ago, I promised the world I'd make my first $10,000 online just by making videos, reals on Instagram.
5:02:53Okay. So, there's there's two dreams here that I like. Make my first 10 10 10K online making reals on Instagram.
5:03:05Okay. And this is the time frame 600 days ago. I also did a hook uh very similar 600 days ago.
5:03:15Started reading reading. Whoops. Whoa.
5:03:18You can do this. I didn't I didn't know you could do that. That's crazy.
5:03:23I started reading this book show ble cuz I thought the answer to life was mad cheer collie inside. I was magically inside. I got This is my like second video from my first content series and it blew up.
5:03:59So when I started my content series stuff, that was when I blew up. And um this was the second video, the second hook. Started reading this book cuz I thought the answer to life was magically somewhere inside.
5:04:16Give them a teaser, a dream teaser. Right. That's an example.
5:04:20I made a website called I I don't suggest doing this. This is just a trend that I participated in, but it's always funny to make a joke out of it. So, I usually say I made a website called I love Okay, just make it like this.
5:04:40I love Jesus, but I'm still But I still don't have a girl friend like that. So if you if you want to break it down, I'll duplicate this.
5:04:59I love Jesus dream, but I still don't have agirlfriend.com pain. All right. So, this is referring to I said product here cuz I wanted I'm monetizing, right?
5:05:12So, I usually just make a reference to my product. I love Jesus, but I don't have a girlfriend.com or I love um I am a content creator. No, let me just create another one.
5:05:25I made a website called uh that's relevant to Creattopia. I made a website called my content sucks and I don't know if this is for me.
5:05:56My content sucks and I don't know if this is for me. H maybe I'll do a different pain. Let me look at my avatar.
5:06:20Oh, life hack wealth. Grow 100k followers. Okay.
5:06:27My content sucks, but I don't have I don't have a fancy camera. Nah. And I'm insecure.
5:06:34Insecure. I love that. I love using that pain.
5:06:39Insecure when I'm on camera. My content sucks and I'm insecure when I'm on camera. Or even better, to be honest.
5:07:06And I cringe at my own videos.
5:07:12my own videos.com. I'll probably use this one. My content sucks.
5:07:32That's a dream. That's a pain. and I cringe on my own videos.
5:07:39Pain or leave the rest as purple. Sorry, I have OCD, dude. Like, I can't leave anything unneeded dream pain.
5:07:57Okay, as soon as I started stream started building my online business, social med content marketing business. two last year a year ago, I got I felt disconnected a massive No, a I felt an insane I felt like I completely disconnected with God in my relationship with God.
5:09:02I felt like I dis completely disconnected in my relationship with God. Dream time.
5:09:20As soon as I started building my content marketing business a year ago, I felt like I completely disconnected in my relationship with God. Felt like a completely I'd probably use a a better keyword than completely or disconnected. Ran away.
5:09:43I I started to ignore I started to ignore my relationship with God and lost my faith. Something like that, right? Became completely lukewarm.
5:10:13Heavy hook. Once again, I love this type of thing, right? So, the more heavy you make it, the more chance like, bro, this is really important.
5:10:21It's hard to make a hook like this because it's really heavy. Sorry, let me say that again. The loom the loom video cut out.
5:10:27Um, it's hard to make a heavy hook like this, and it's also hard to say this on camera in one go, but it is worth the practice, right? So, if there's one thing you want to practice when coming up with hooks is writing heavier hooks with more dreams and pains and saying it on camera in one go or in voice, just practice speaking, right?
5:10:47Um, so yeah, because once you get this, once you can get once your hooks are heavier and heavier and more specific, it's going to it's going to be so easy for you to to go viral. Like, you'll get you you'll recognize your views skyrocket. I'm not even kidding.
5:11:04As soon as I started building my content marketing business a year ago, I started to ignore my relationship with God and became completely lukewarm. Okay, next one. Reference.
5:11:14Here's my strategy to dream in life. Okay, this is like reference is usually like a meme or something. So, I'd say um I don't know.
5:11:32I don't know any What's up? Here's my my jewelry strategy to grow get over 10,000 followers in before the Christmas before the New Year's.
5:12:11before New Year's Eve there. What's up? I think that's a meme, right?
5:12:19It took me longer to We're almost there. Took me longer. It took me longer to small dream than to big dream.
5:12:31Okay. It took me longer to stop procrastinating. I know this one.
5:12:40This one's going to be a really nice hook. to stop eating junk food than to make my first $10,000 with my online business or then to grow my first 100,000. and to reach my first 100,000 followers on Insta Gram, right?
5:13:21Stop eating junk food. That's a dream. That's also a dream for me at least.
5:13:28Okay, here's everything. Sorry, I'll I'll say it again. It took me longer to stop eating junk food than to make my first 100.
5:13:35Sorry. Than to make my first 10,000. It took me longer to stop eating junk food than to make my first $10,000 with my online business.
5:13:43This is true, by the way. Wait, is it? Uh, not really.
5:13:46I don't really eat junk food these days. I mean, questionable. Anyways, here's everything you need to dream.
5:13:55Everything you need to Okay, here's everything you need to make your next video go viral in Fortnite terms, in Minecraft terms, cuz it's Minecraft season apparently. It's April 2025 right now. So you the Minecraft movie just came out.
5:14:24So why not just celebrate that? Go viral. Make your next video go viral.
5:14:29That's a dream. Okay. Very simple.
5:14:31I figured out. So I definitely suggest you guys practice using this template or create your own template. The the the things that you uh you guys have consumed from other creators cuz at this point you guys should be consuming different types of content, right?
5:14:46And reverse engineering different types of hooks that content creators use. Okay. So, these are just mine and my favorite ones.
5:14:53Some of these, most of these actually come from other creators, so they're not mine originally. Um, struggling to grow a personal brand. That's a pain.
5:15:02But yeah, make sure you practice. All right, cuz practice makes perfection. I figured out how to dream make money online with one. figured out how to make money online with one iMac and with one with my rusty iMac and I'm going to prove it in under six 45 seconds 56 seconds 57 seconds just make a random time so so it's like you more unexpected like 57 seconds.
5:15:55Why is it so specific? Because it is because it is specific and that's what you want. I'm going to prove it.
5:16:03Rusty iMac make money online. That's the dream. And there you go ladies and gentlemen.
5:16:09I would say this is a pain though. So yeah, make sure watch this uh module back, watch this walk through and uh create your own hooks, practice writing and uh you you guys got this right. Specificity, dreams, pains, time frames, profile, demographics, right?
5:16:28Key words, you want to use all of them. Good luck. Have fun.
5:16:31Welcome to the mood method module. This is where you will learn how to speak without being awkward or faking your personality on camera. Your script's tone should match your current emotional state.
5:16:43This is the main key rule for this framework. So, your mood has to exactly match your script. Why?
5:16:48Because your authenticity is louder than your words. And mood affects both delivery and your writing. So, here's when to use the mood method framework.
5:16:56When documenting your real-time journey is really important to actually express yourself in your current emotions. This is why documentation content or I call it present storytelling is usually important when you use mood method. This also includes story-based reflections and any raw and present tense narrative.
5:17:14So how do you use the mood method framework? You basically ask yourself how am I actually feeling right now? What you want to do with that feeling itself is double that feeling in your tone.
5:17:23I call it enhancement. So you enhance that feeling. You enhance that mood by two times.
5:17:28This is where you align your script's energy with your actual emotion. So, your mood is the character that you're trying to play, which is pretty easy. You just got to enhance whatever you're feeling right now.
5:17:38For example, if you're feeling happy, if you wake up on the right side of the bed uh this morning, then you could just express a light tone, energetic delivery. You know how you know when you're full of serotonin and like when you when you just happy vibes, right?
5:17:51Life is good. Express that. Make sure you really encapsulate that energy on camera because you want to make the most of it, right? you might as well care less.
5:17:59Happy days. Ignorance is bliss. Expressive hands too.
5:18:02Have good body language if you're if you are that type of person. Or if you're more more of a light speaker, a light if you're more of a speaking speaking play, then go ahead and use your voice to express that emotion. Whereas if you're sad, then obviously use the opposite.
5:18:18The low volume, the slower rhythm, the less eye contact, like um more shy, preserved body language, for example. Now, most of you guys are going to be neutral when you actually write your scripts.
5:18:28So, whenever I'm neutral, I'm usually just chill and nonchalant like right now. You know, I'm not I'm not crazy excited or hyped like I would be in the in the first example. So, I I don't want to force any type of what do you call it?
5:18:41Hype emotions, you know? I don't want to hype myself up. There's no point doing that because it's first of all, it just feels forced.
5:18:47Second of all, people can tell. Third of all, you're going to feel bad faking yourself, you know, and uh it's just going to be awkward and cringey whenever you just like when whenever you prepare a script and then you move on to filming and it's going to be like, "Wait, man, this feels so unnatural. I just feel cringe right now." You know, I'm just trying to play this character that isn't similar to what I'm feeling right now.
5:19:07So, it's important to relate both your script and both your speaking whenever you're filming to your mood. Why does this work?
5:19:13It builds trust because it's real, right? So, whenever you enhance your current emotion, your current mood, your energy becomes the vibe of the video. Even if it's nonchalant, you you really just want to go all in on that nonchalant, neutral, chill, laid-back type of vibe.
5:19:28Plus, you're not even acting anymore. like you're just aligning and enhancing the current mood that you're in right now, which is so much more efficient than trying to force yourself to be all of the sudden like so hyped on camera and playing this type of persona online. It just becomes a burden. A burden that you don't need to lift anymore.
5:19:49So, here's a reminder. Don't fake the hype and don't script against your spirit. Welcome to the pattern interrupts or pattern breaks module.
5:19:57Pattern interrupts are used to keep your audience on the edge of your seats. We do this to make content unexpected. That's the key word here, unexpectations because it's great for attention.
5:20:07It's great to keep your audience, your viewers onto your video and just stay there until the very end. That's what we want. Or even better, replay it from the start.
5:20:16We interrupt our own flow. We interrupt our own story on purpose. So, it's supposed to be intentional to shock, surprise, or re-engage the viewer.
5:20:25Why does this pattern break method work? Well, it keeps your audience off of autopilot, right? So, it resets it resets the attention when they are starting to zone out.
5:20:34You don't want your audience to be brainless. You know, you want your audience to actually emerge into your video. And unexpected storytelling, pattern breaks, and always interrupting your own flow helps with retention.
5:20:47Helps with this resetting the attention when they are starting to zone out, when they're starting to lose attention, starting to feel bored, right? Pattern breaks allow this to happen. So, it creates mini hooks throughout your video inside your script.
5:20:58How do you do it? Well, insert an unexpected joke. You can insert you can just like make a funny face.
5:21:03I like to I like to make funny faces. I like to make weird noises, too, which is like it's so out of pocket, but that's me, right? If that's you, too, then feel free to do that, you know?
5:21:14Or you can zoom it into your eye or your mouth or whatever, you know? You can even break a sentence with a sound or a meme. I like to use meme sound effects.
5:21:22you can shift from serious to a casual voice. So, you can switch tones, you can switch emotions if you can do that. Obviously, don't force it.
5:21:30You just watched the mood method um module last time. So, I definitely don't recommend you forcing yourself to switch between different like moods and tones unless you can actually really do it well. If not, then just stick to a tone and then insert an unexpected joke, make a funny face or like zoom in or shoot an unserious point of view, a POV of you or something like from from the floor, you know, or you can just go silent like that's that's a pattern break.
5:21:58And then suddenly suddenly loud. So you always want to keep the story flowing like up and down up up and down up down. You know what I mean?
5:22:07So like it's always this roller coaster of unexpected events happening and you can even mess up on purpose for comedic pause, you know? So like whenever you mess up a line, you can even put that on camera to be honest because people know, right? Like when when you're recording talking head videos or just talking videos in general, people know that you set up a tripod just to talk to a camera with a microphone, right?
5:22:31So you might as well not fake it and make a joke out of it, you know? Be that vulnerable vessel. be that person who clowns on himself or herself to create space to create fresh air in the social media space. You know, you want to be that person to be set realistic expectations to be real.
5:22:48That's it. Here's my favorite examples. You can cut music.
5:22:51You can insert meme sound effects again and make weird face close-ups. So, these are these are my personal favorites that I like to do. Pro tip, don't overdo it.
5:22:59So, like one one pattern break every se 7 to 10 seconds is golden. That's that's really good. or every two to three lines. Okay?
5:23:06So, don't overdo it. You don't want to do that. It should feel chaotic on purpose.
5:23:11Okay? So, don't worry when it if it's if it's always like so all over the place. As long as you don't put the pattern interrupts every 1 to 2 3 seconds, like after every line, you should be good.
5:23:21It might still feel chaotic every 7 to 10 seconds, but that's the point. Okay. Now, I'm going to be teaching you two methods on how to write efficient and authentic video scripts for your talking head and voice over content.
5:23:34This counts for both long- form and short form videos. In this module, I'm going to share the first method, which is called word for word scripting.
5:23:41This is only one of the two main methods of planning a cinematic video. Word for word scripting is where you write your scripts sentence by sentence, word for word. Exactly.
5:23:49Creators do this so that they sound more professional and formal in front of the camera. Right now, I'm reading off of a word for word script because this is a course, not one of my normal YouTube videos. The advantages of using this method include better hooks, less improvising, less rambling, more professional, and easier speaking.
5:24:06The disadvantages of scripting word for word include time-conuming, harder writing, requires editing, less authenticity, and less fun. I use the word for word method only in my short form videos because I want to use it to perfect my hook, retain reward process.
5:24:20The types of content that work well with this method include educational tutorials, talking head videos, roleplays videos, comedy skits, video essays, and short films. If you're someone who's not very good at speaking in front of the camera, then word for word scripting is something I definitely recommend you start off with.
5:24:36It optimizes for accurate and formal speaking. However, it does take away lots of aspects of authentic communication. That's why I script word for word for only my short form videos and not my long form videos.
5:24:47And I have to say the biggest con when it comes to word for word scripting is the fact that it takes so much time. Even for my shorts, it takes at least 30 minutes to write a 30- secondond video. However, the biggest pro for scripting sentence by sentence is the amount of improvement that you will find in your speaking skills.
5:25:05Using word for word scripts is the best way to practice your volume, your tone, and your pacing in every video you make. What I do is try and implement new ways of approaching my talking head speech. Whether it's with my tone or my volume or my speed, you can do the exact same just by putting in the reps and recording yourself consistently.
5:25:23But you got to expect yourself to like have lots of mistakes and faults whenever you look back at your footage. And it's completely normal to feel uncomfortable and cringe whenever you listen to your own voice. I get it.
5:25:35It will only sound weird because it's not your natural way of speaking. That's one of the other disadvantages of word for word scripting. But until you're comfortable with your speaking approach, then just keep practicing.
5:25:45Once you're ready, you can move on to the next scripting method, which is dotpoint scripting. But before that, let me walk you through how to write a word for word script for a video in the next module. Welcome to the official walkthrough where I take you through how to write a word for word script.
5:25:59First of all, this is a module where you can follow along and do the exact same thing that I am doing. If you don't wish to follow along, it's going to be pretty boring for you. So, just a heads up.
5:26:07So, go ahead and grab your writing tool. I'm going to be using Notion for this. What I'm going to go through is the process of writing a short form video script using the word for word method.
5:26:16I'm going to write a short because it's going to take way too long if I write a long form video. But the concept is the exact same for both. So don't worry.
5:26:23First and foremost, you want to write your hook. What is a hook? A hook is one sentence that steals your viewers attention and gives them a reason why they should consume the rest of your video.
5:26:34Now there are seven types of hooks out there. The first one is a problem. Second one is a question.
5:26:39Third one is a desire. Fourth one is a topic. Fifth is a trend.
5:26:43Sixth is a fact/stistic or a piece of data. And seventh is a belief, value, or a moral. All right.
5:26:50Now, what you want to do is choose a hook that fits your video or the topic or your niche the most. I like to mix multiple hooks together so that it creates a nice little hybrid. For this script right here, I'm going to do a problem and a fact.
5:27:06I'm just going to delete the rest of these. So, keep those two up there. I'm just going to write something based on my personal experience.
5:27:15So, one year ago, I was filming content with my iPhone and I because I couldn't afford a video camera, but I had no idea how to film cinematically. All right, so that's kind of a pretty long hook, but it works right now.
5:27:35This hook is based on the past experiences of from my real life. So, it's pretty much the easiest type of hook that you can write yourself because personal experience is the easiest source to tell a story. So, for the rest of the script, I'm going to write a story for my video.
5:27:50And if you notice that my hook also sounds like an introduction to a story, like one year ago, I said the time frame and then I gave some backstory. I actually purposely do this because I try to incorporate storytelling in all of my shorts as much as I can. And a lot of personal brands through Instagram and Tik Tok also also do this storytelling method as well.
5:28:09Now, let's delete this part. When you start the rest of your script, your goal is to retain your viewers, which pretty much means to keep your viewers watching until the end of your content.
5:28:19And I do this by telling a story using sentence starters. Now, sentence starters, for examples, include and, because, then, but, therefore, however, and so. So, these are pretty much the words that I use to start each and every one of my sentences in my shorts.
5:28:35These words actually make your entire piece of content flow like a story. Just like a movie, I use these words to convey like twists and ups and downs throughout my story because you want to take your audience through a roller coaster of emotions and thoughts using your words pretty much.
5:28:52So from my hook, I continue with my story until I discovered how filming with an iPhone actually works. Now my pieces of content are based on educational, right? It's it's tutorials.
5:29:03It's stories that help people learn and make better content pretty much. But the way I engage people might help you engage your audience as well. So what I did with this sentence here is pretty much like give a little teaser of what's to come and what to expect in my video.
5:29:21It's also like a second version of my hook. The reason for this is to really give them a good reason to stay and watch through. So my next sentence would be, "So the key to getting amazing shots doesn't depend on your camera quality." And it's actually the equipment that you have that's I'm going to remove this uh that cuz I don't want to repeat to that.
5:29:46If you have like multiple words, repeating words in one sentence especially, try and delete it. It's actually the equipment you have that's going to make your videos look cinematic.
5:29:56Now, here's the thing about these two sentences. I can actually merge them together. You need to be very very careful with this because if you write two short sentences like this, it might lose your audiences and your viewers attention because it's it takes too much time.
5:30:11So, if you speak each sentence one by one, people might scroll away, and you don't want that. Therefore, every second counts. That's why I'm going to merge these two sentences together.
5:30:21But what I'm going to do is delete this and and actually make this into a longer sentence, put a comma here in between, and put the word butt. But, it's actually the equipment. So, the key to getting amazing shots doesn't depend on your camera quality, but it's the actually the equipment you have that's going to make your videos look cinematic.
5:30:37That's the entire sentence. Now, this is kind of the part where I reward my audience by giving them answers and solutions. So, I have to be very careful with what type of value I'm giving because at the end of the day, I want to satisfy my viewers with the initial hook that I gave them.
5:30:50How I see it is like you want to satisfy your viewers to the point where they are left wanting more. Just like a Netflix TV show where they leave you with a cliffhanger or a really good ending and then you're all of a sudden you're like so hyped up for the next season, right? And I pretty much do this by providing valuable knowledge and education as much as I can, right?
5:31:10And you can do this by doing whatever you do for whether it's entertainment, whether it's storytelling, whether it's documenting your whatever, right? So what I'm going to say is therefore going to need two things. a tripod and a light stand because using a tripod will help you film dope shots with high and low angles.
5:31:33And having lighting will literally determine whether your videos are boring or effective. Having lighting in your shot literally determines your videos are boring or more effect. See what I did there?
5:31:48I kind of made my sentence a lot more simpler than it was. I try not to use like really big words and complicated sentence structures cuz at the end of the day, personally, I try to write in third grade language as much as I can.
5:32:04Also notice that I used all the sentence struct uh sentence starters in each and every one of my lines, right? Until, so, therefore, because, and pretty cool. You'll get used to it once you start practicing.
5:32:16Now, the thing about this is I can still merge these three sentences somehow. So, what I'm going to do is uh list them one by Okay, so I'm going to say so you're going to need two things. A tripod that will help you film dope shots with high and low angles, and a small light stand because it will literally determine if your shot looks boring or effective.
5:32:39See how there's like many iterations of each sentence? If you want to prioritize quality, that's what you're going to need to do. But if you're not used to um perfecting your script, obviously, you know, start with quantity.
5:32:50Start with putting out as many scripts as possible and writing as much as you can. You don't have to be perfect once you start out. Um once you get used to it and, you know, get used to your own uh style of content.
5:33:00You know what you want. You know what your audience likes. Now, what I want to do with the last section of my script is leave my audience with a CTA, which is a call to action.
5:33:09I don't want my viewers to scroll away and forget about me and my profile and my video. I want them to actually take a clear action. So, what I say is comment the word blah blah blah and then I'll send you blah blah blah.
5:33:21You might have heard of this before. And how I send these templates is through many chat. Manyhat is a little software or platform that helps automate, you know, DMs, comments, and all the things that are inside Instagram.
5:33:33Whereas in Tik Tok and YouTube shorts, uh, not really. So, this is my CTA, right?
5:33:40I'm just going to color it green. And uh I'm going to write my line starting with the sentence starter. So I put together a list of the cheapest phone tripods and lighting kits that's available online which I can send to you if you comment the word quotation marks cinema in all caps.
5:34:04And that is pretty much my script. Okay, as you can see, I used the sentence starters, uh, gave them a clear call to action, rewarded them with some knowledge, um, and a clear hook and a teaser. This is pretty much how you write a word for word script.
5:34:17You write every single word down. With this method, it's it's pretty much all in the details. Okay, now let's move on to the next method, which is dotpoint scripting.
5:34:26The next method for scripting your content is called dotpoint scripting. The key to writing with dot points is to start off with a prompt.
5:34:33A prompt is essentially a main idea or a main topic of your video. For example, I wrote a prompt for one of my old YouTube videos that said, "Mediocrity is my worst fear." After your prompt, you continue writing the rest of your script in dotpoint format. The way I do it is writing each dot point as quotes and sentences.
5:34:49And I try to keep my dot point sentences as short as possible. Otherwise, it's going to be really hard for me to improvise in front of the camera. This scripting style will also require you to do a little bit of improv in front of the camera.
5:35:02So, I suggest getting comfortable with recording yourself or just using your voice before you write any dot point script. The advantages of using dotpoint scripts include saves a ton of writing time, super easy to write down, more natural and authentic, more fun and enjoyable, and good for improvising skills.
5:35:18The disadvantages of using dotpoint scripts include can lead to stutters, long pauses during filming, easy to go off topic and ramble, takes more time to film videos, and requires more attempts and retries. I use dotpoint scripts whenever I want a video to be more natural and authentic. Although it's a bit harder and it takes a little bit longer than word for word scripts, I still use dotpoint scripts for my long- form videos.
5:35:41I'm kind of used to speaking in front of the camera now and I'm comfortable enough to say that I found my way of communicating. So, I won't really need to write as many word for word scripts for my long form videos anymore cuz it takes a long time to write. However, this is completely different with short form content.
5:35:57If you're thinking about scripting your reals or Tik Toks or YouTube shorts using dot points, then I would just be careful with rambling and going off topic. That's something that I've always struggled with, which resulted in lower retention with my viewers. I tend to waffle a lot using like long and complex sentences that don't really make sense, which is also another big disadvantage whenever you use dot point script.
5:36:18It does take a ton of speaking practice to get used to though. But once you do, speaking in front of the camera becomes pretty fun. And if you figure out a way to improvise authentically, then it's 100 times better than reading out a word for word script.
5:36:31I post daily YouTube videos and most of them are dot point scripted, so I have plenty of practice throughout the week to do speaking. dotpoint scripting is suitable for multiple content styles and niches which include long walkthrough tutorials, lifestyle vlogs, video journals, gaming walkthroughs, and cooking vlogs. Now, let's head to the next module where I walk you through the steps on how to write a dot point script.
5:36:52Welcome to the official walkthrough where I take you through how to write a dot point script. Again, this is a module where you can follow along and copy the exact same thing that I am doing. I hope you still have your writing tool or whatever you're using um cuz I'm going to be using notion once again.
5:37:07What I'm going to go through is the process of how I write a long- form video script using the dotpoint method. First things first is to write a prompt. Like I said before, you need to have a main prompt before you start scripting to any dot points.
5:37:21This can be a topic, an idea, a quote, or a hook. For this script, I'm going to write, "Working on your physical health is not enough." I'm going to put that in quotation marks.
5:37:31Right? And I'm actually going to change this into a little quote. Now, it's completely up to you on how long you want your prompt to be, but I'm going to make it as simple as possible and as short as I can.
5:37:41However, the more longer your prompt is, the more easier it is to write about it, to write dot points and to ramble on. Right now, let's start with your main points, your first dot point. You want to start writing the major dot points that's related to your main prompt.
5:37:53Now, this is where you can ask rhetorical questions, raise any problems and issues, or use one of these seven main hooks. a problem, a question or desire, topic, trend, fact, stat, piece of data, or a belief, value, and moral just like last time. Now, what I usually do is I make my very first dot point the most valuable one.
5:38:14This is a lesson that I learned back when I was watching Alex Hormosi, and he says, "Whenever you give anything away, make sure you give the best thing first." It's kind of like a quick fast value. That's what he says. For your first do point or your hook, you want to really shock your audience of what they're going to expect.
5:38:36And your goal for this is to pretty much blow their minds with the amount of value you're giving. Now, my main points for the script includes obviously the prompt. And I'm going to write, yes, being physically healthy helps develop your mind and spirit.
5:38:50And then the next point, you don't want to be 100% wrong. Then I also want to raise a question.
5:38:56How do you improve your mind? And another one, how do you improve your spirit? So these points are pretty much my chapters of my video.
5:39:05The last one is it's not so different with physical development. Now these are my main points for the video, right? The way we continue using these main points is to write multiple subpoints under each one.
5:39:18So I'm going to copy and paste that under each one and use one of the main retaining methods. Number one is experience, personal experience.
5:39:27Number two is empathy, which is using emotions. Number three is entertainment, which is pure fun, comedy. Number three is education or valuable knowledge.
5:39:38Number five is anecdote. And number six is debate. So you can use any of these.
5:39:42I'm going to make that green. Now, for your sub points, it's where you dive deeper into your main points. So, anything related to the the main points that you wrote down, dive deeper into your sub points, and it's going to be pretty easy for you to write these sub points down.
5:39:55If your main points are actually good and valuable, like if it's worth talking about, it's easier to write about. But if your points, you know, lack conviction, then you're going to struggle with it. So, starting with the top, my first main point, uh I'm going to write you focus on your physique.
5:40:11Fitness isn't everything. I'm also going to write some some problems with uh my opinions on today's world. Young people are way too obsessed with going to the gym.
5:40:23I'm also going to write another sub point underneath this one. Okay, that you can do you can do that as well. So, they for guests to work on their mental and spiritual health.
5:40:36Now, I'm going to refer to a movie for this script. So, Doctor Strange learned this the hard way. He was known for his surgical hand until he got into a car accident.
5:40:53Now, that is all of the sub points for my first main point. Okay? And I'm going to do that for each and every main point in the video.
5:41:00So, this is my entire finished script. Uh, what you want to do whenever you script the remaining of your dot points, you want to write as much without thinking about how perfect your lines are. You want to write as much as you can without thinking how good your points are.
5:41:14Think of it as spam as many points as possible. Then once you've finished, you can go back and refine them and delete the ones that are irrelevant. So you can start cutting points out.
5:41:23You kind of need to delete points just like the last module in the word for word walkthrough. I was merging sentences together and deleting uh specific words. Uh it's the exact same with dot point scripts.
5:41:34You can delete points because you don't want to lose your audience's attention. you want to keep it. In order to keep it, you need to be able to tell a story with twists and turns and constant changes. Whenever I write my script, at least 30% of all my dot points aren't actually relevant to my video.
5:41:51And if they aren't relevant, then most of them are actually not valuable. And you have to be pretty harsh on yourself and very honest to be able to delete uh and sacrifice multiple points.
5:42:00But then again, if you prefer rambling on and you know, just going through each and everything that's on your mind, then go ahead. You don't have to delete the points, but like if you want to optimize for retaining and keeping viewers on your video, then I suggest deleting points and keeping the ones that are most valuable.
5:42:16So in this case, I already deleted the ones that So in this case, I already deleted the ones that aren't actually like they don't add any anything to my video. What I do is I ask myself, if I cut, for example, this sentence, right?
5:42:30Will my video change? If I cut this point right here, will my video change? Now, if the answer is no, then you should probably cut it out.
5:42:37If the answer is yes, it means it's important, so you keep it in. Just like the word for word method, you can merge points together. Like, if you have multiple small uh points, then just put them in into one dot point.
5:42:49But I don't really like doing that. Uh I just like spamming as many dot points as I can just like this, right? Instead of like doing commas and stuff, I like to put them in separate dot points.
5:43:00I also like putting dot points like this inside uh different main points or for example like this point right here. You can just put it under a main point.
5:43:07Another tip is to avoid repetition. Okay, I struggled with repetition a lot especially in dot point scripts. So just a heads up you might find yourself like writing multiple repetitive points throughout your scripting process.
5:43:19So what you want to do is delete them. You don't need them. Now the final part of your video is obviously the reward, right?
5:43:26The outro. You want to make sure that your final segment, your outro, is the cherry on top of your cake because you want to get your audience to go to your profile and, you know, watch more videos and consume more of your content.
5:43:37So, my advice is to avoid saying thanks for watching or like and subscribe. I I I don't think you should do that. What I do is I cut abruptly.
5:43:44I cut my video just like that as soon as I finish talking all of my points. like as soon as I stop providing value, if I can't add anything more, then there's no point of me, you know, doing anything else or extending the video longer unless I have like a sponsor or an ad at the end of the video. But at the end of the day, it's just my preference.
5:44:01It's up to you how you want to end your videos. And that is pretty much it. This is how you write a dot point script.
5:44:07With this method, you prioritize writing the important points only. Next, let's move on to how to script and plan for your cinematic shots. The final scripting method isn't really considered as a scripting method, but it does help you plan for your film shots.
5:44:20I call this screenplay scripting. It's where you take your talking script and write each and every individual shot that you want to shoot for your video. These types of shots are called B-roll.
5:44:30The useful thing about B-rolls is that you can reuse them multiple times in future videos. So, once you've shot your footage, you can store everything into a large folder of B-roll and name each file.
5:44:41Screenplay writing can get as specific or as generic as you want. What I mean by this is you can either write exactly what you want your shot to look like or just a quick overview of what you have in mind or just a quick overview of what you have in mind. For this shot, I wrote down kitchen behind back long shot eating breakfast on table.
5:45:01For this shot, I wrote down backyard medium shot behind shoulder sitting in backyard chair. And for this shot, I wrote down couch, right side face, close-up shot, sitting and watching TV.
5:45:11This is my way of scripting my shots, which you can copy or make it a little bit simpler so that you don't have to spend too much time scripting. It's essentially a storyboarding process without actually drawing anything. And the main tool you're going to need is a checkbox.
5:45:25We use checkboxes so that we can tick them off once we've taken the shots. So, whatever note takingaking software you use, make sure it has a tickbox feature. I write everything on notion, right?
5:45:35And the checkboxes in Notion are called to-do lists. So, let me walk you through how to write your screenplay shots in the next module. Welcome to the official walkthrough where I take you through how to write a screenplay script.
5:45:46This is a module where you can follow along and do the exact same thing that I am doing. Just a heads up, grab your notebook or your writing tool just in case because it might be a little bit boring if you're just watching me. What I'm going to go through is how I write a screenplay plan for my word for word script.
5:46:00Don't worry, this applies to both short form and long form videos as well as word for word and dotpoint scripts. But in this case, I'm going to be writing the exact same script that I use uh in the previous modules uh for a short form video.
5:46:11Now, a general rule of thumb that I do for my cinematic videos is cut to different shots every 2 to 5 seconds, especially in short form videos. This helps keep your audience visually engaged, especially if you want to stand out with your cinematic style. So for each sentence right in your script, you're going to estimate how many shots going to be there.
5:46:28For example, this sentence right here, until I discovered how filming with an iPhone actually works, that is the shortest one there. So therefore, I would put one shot or one or two shots in there. I do this by writing a checkbox.
5:46:41As you can see, the to-do list in notion, and I write the shot in here. I want this shot to be in my room desk table. So I would write the location first, room desk.
5:46:50And then I describe what type of shot I'm using and what angle. So, it's going to be a medium. Uh, in this case, I'm actually going to put my camera inside my desk cupboard.
5:47:01So, it's going to be room, desk, cupboard, close up shot, and then I'm going to put a dash. And then I'm going to write what activity I'm doing or what action or movement.
5:47:09And then I put a dash to describe what action or movement or activity that I'm doing in the shot. In this footage, I'm going to be pulling out the cupboard uh so that the camera reveals my face and sees my reaction to something inside the cupboard. You can get as creative as you want with your shots, but as long as it helps with your visual storytelling with the entire video.
5:47:29So, for my action, I'm going to write open cupboard reveal uh face shock reaction. And uh this is what my final shot of the video looks like.
5:47:38What I'm also going to do is color these shots blue so that I can determine which is which. Okay, this is a talking and this is a visual shot. With the bigger sentences, you're going to need to write multiple shots down.
5:47:49That's what I do. I always usually write two or three checklist shots. I wouldn't go over five because that's just too fast-paced unless that's what your pacing is, but I wouldn't go over three or four.
5:48:00Of course, if your content is like quick and flashy montages of you filming yourself, then yes, that would that would count with my first line. I'm going to insert another checkbox here.
5:48:09I'm going to write talking head as my first shot because I want to show my audience that I'm actually talking into the camera. And a quick note, my talking head clip is actually my A-roll. Okay, these types of clips are my B-roll.
5:48:21Now, you can do the same or just record shots for your entire video. You don't have to use B-roll and A-roll like I do. It's up to you.
5:48:28What I suggest is to actually record a video of yourself, a talking head like I do because you might not have as many B-roll clips to use. So, for my next shot, it's going to be a shot in my room of me browsing like Amazon products on on my computer. room.
5:48:42Medium shot men dash browsing expensive cameras on Amazon. We're going to color that blue again. Now, this is what the final shot looks like.
5:48:51Now, I'm going welcome to the story scripting walk through. In this module, I'm going to take you through the entire process of me scripting a short form video from A to Z. So, I'm going to start off by showing you guys this is what my content series looks like and these are the ideas that I have.
5:49:09There's seven videos in this series. This is the description and it's basically me committing to the cross.
5:49:14You know, breaking down the steps to committing a life to Christ. And today's video is going to be about Christianity itself, like the religion of Christianity. And one of my main missions for this content series is to debunk the entire religion of Christianity and just push out the name of Christ instead.
5:49:30Every video I make usually has this, which is my ideas. This stuff usually comes from my idea dumps that I write in my notes. And I usually just copy and paste it into this this little guy right here, this little tab.
5:49:41But for today's video, I'm going to make it simple and just say I don't promote Christianity. So, I'm going to completely freestyle it. Now, the thing about my scripts is that I actually have a template that I made on notion.
5:49:51If you're using notion, you can make a template your own. Just click new template. But here is mine.
5:49:56And as you can see, all my hooks are there. All my checklists are here. And I also have to paste some implementations.
5:50:02I didn't put my implementations here into the template. I didn't integrate into the template because it always changes.
5:50:08So like all my writing stuff, the checklist that I make, they always change. All the filming shots um that I get inspiration from, they always change. Editing too.
5:50:18All right, let's get started. So I don't promote Christianity. That's a great way to start.
5:50:22First and foremost is obviously the hook. So I usually just open my template and look at this. Now, I can either do a past story for this, a present story, or a future mentor.
5:50:31Now, I'm definitely not going to do Now, I'm definitely not planning to do a future mentor hook because if you read it here, like, "Hi, my name is Ken, blah blah blah blah blah." If I do that, you know, it doesn't really fit well with the actual idea of the video. Or if I say like, "Here's how to blah blah blah or the reason why you blah blah blah." These don't fit too well.
5:50:50Whereas with the past and the present story hooks, they're more storytelling aspect. I'll probably do a past story because that that fits more with the actual idea and the story that I'm trying to tell. Yeah, it's more relevant to my past.
5:51:02I'm going to use a time hook, I think. Yeah, I'm going to use a time hook. I'm going to break down how I usually write a hook.
5:51:08This hook itself starts off with a time frame. So, I usually replace this little time keyword with jumping back to years or weeks or days or even hours. Usually, I do years.
5:51:18This is probably going to be a story about me as a content creator uh making Christ related content. So, it has to be within like the past two, three months. Okay, I'll just say 4 months ago.
5:51:30Actually, that doesn't sound too that the stakes aren't too high. So, I'm going to say 4 months to weeks. That's 17 weeks.
5:51:38I'm just going to say 17 weeks. That's also a little little life hack, a little writing hack for you guys. 17 weeks ago, I started making Christian content on social media. I might make it short.
5:51:56So, 17 weeks ago, I started making Christian content on social media, but a lot of y'all But a lot of people But a lot of people got the wrong impression. But a lot of my friends got the wrong impression. Maybe I'll say friends because make it more personal.
5:52:17A lot of my friends got the wrong impression. Dot dot dot. 17 weeks ago, I started making Christian content on social media, but a lot of my friends got the wrong impression. I'm going to do a mix today of dotpoint and word for word scripting.
5:52:31So, I get a little bit of taste of both and you guys can see. Uh, for now, we're going to skip these this checklist. So, ignore this.
5:52:39Just we're going to focus on words first. So like the sentences and the verbal communication cuz I'm not here to promote Christianity cuz I don't Okay, I'm going to say so I'm just going to be really honest with this.
5:52:54So I want to set things straight. So I want to set things straight. So I want to set things straight.
5:53:01I don't I'm going to put on all caps. Don't. Okay.
5:53:04So I don't promote Christianity. So I want to get things straight. Set.
5:53:08Sorry. set things straight. So, hear me out, bro.
5:53:10I want to set things straight. Nah, it's too long cuz I want to extend this, right? So, I I want to be like, so hear me out, bro.
5:53:17I want to set things straight. All right. Something like that.
5:53:21But like, I just feel like I would cut that and merge that anyway. So, again, cutting and merging is very, very important. And uh I need to get the message out there as soon as possible.
5:53:31Maybe like a lot of my friends got the wrong impression, huh? Maybe I'll raise the stakes and say but 300,000 people. Let's just say like all of my followers got the wrong impression. 300,000 people people got the wrong impression.
5:53:46So it's it raises the stakes. All right. So I want to set things straight.
5:53:51I don't promote Christianity. Okay. Maybe I'll just delete it cuz So it's like 17 weeks ago I started making Christian content on social media but 300,000 people got the wrong impression.
5:54:03I don't promote Christianity. And I'll probably do like a one of those meme sounds cuz like I'm at the stage where I'm I just want to embrace my my meme personality more. So yeah.
5:54:14All right. I don't promote Christianity. And then I'll probably do the intro to my uh series here.
5:54:21It's probably like the best time to do this. Okay. I'll probably also do like a extreme close up compilation here, which is like one of the advanced techniques that I'm going to make a module about soon.
5:54:36Uh I don't promote Christianity. Welcome to Welcome to episode two of I hate this cuz so many people do this nowadays. Like uh welcome to episode two of Welcome to part two.
5:54:52Welcome back. Welcome back to committing. Welcome to another episode of committing to the cross.
5:55:01I don't promote Christianity. Welcome to another episode of committing to the cross. Okay, I'm probably just going to write dot points about this cuz like I don't want to be too exact with what I'm going to say, but just I just want to get the the main message out there for this.
5:55:18Uh cuz it's usually well the main message I don't I don't really have the idea. It's just I don't promote Christianity but like the main message is I'm here to promote Christ and his gospel. That's it.
5:55:29Not the religion, not the church, not Catholicism, not Orthodox, not even Protestant. Like bro, I'm just here to promote Jesus.
5:55:36I don't promote Christianity. How it all started. Oh, should I should I be like more rebellious and say I don't support No, no, no, no.
5:55:45I do support Christianity, but it's like I don't promote it. So, yeah. I don't know if there's another key word for promote, but whatever.
5:55:54Now, it all started now started September or August. Was it September? Yeah, September.
5:55:59Now, all started September 24. So, like I cut uh specific filler words like and or the um in these dot points so that they can be smaller and that I can like improvise better.
5:56:10So, the shorter your dot points are, the more concise they are. um it's going to be easier for you to improvise and speak and sound more natural too, which is one of the the main benefits of dotpoint scripting. And it all started at September 2024 reading Bible verses on started filming myself reading Bible verses on camera.
5:56:34But here's here's where it's um here's where the story starter technique comes in. But but I was never the best Christian. But I would say I was pretty lukewarm.
5:56:46But I wasn't the typical typical good Christian boy. Good Christian boy. So yeah, I'll cut this word out.
5:56:56Good Christian boy. I was actually I was just interested in one thing only. I was only interested I was only interested what curious or interested curious about one cuz I was only curious cuz I was only curious about one person.
5:57:18Jesus. And ever since then I And ever since since then And since then I blew up on And since then blew up on social media. Uh gained my dream audience.
5:57:38I probably say went viral then blew up on social media. Since then my videos went viral and I blew up on social media. But and since then my videos went viral.
5:57:52I blew up on social media and people still got the wrong impression. Still don't understand. And since then, my videos went viral both on social media, but people still don't h I want to replace this cuz I'm I'm already saying and here.
5:58:07And I want to say and here. So, I need to I need to replace this word. I don't know.
5:58:12And since then, my videos went viral. I blow up on social media, but people still My videos went viral. I blog on social media, but people still don't understand the main message.
5:58:23Still don't understand the main message. Film myself reading my favorite Bible verses on camera.
5:58:28Okay, I'll probably just read it again cuz I feel like I need to cut things out. Welcome to another episode of Committing to the Cross. Now, it all started in September of 2024 when I started filming myself.
5:58:38I don't I can't say started twice. Now, it all started in September of 2024 where I filmed myself where I began filming myself reading my favorite Bible verses on camera. But I wasn't a typical good Christian boy.
5:58:50Cuz I was the C because I was only curious about one person. Jesus. Good Christian boy.
5:58:54Because I was only curious about one person. And that was Jesus. Was Jesus.
5:59:00Who which was which was Jesus. One person who goes by the name of Jesus. Yeshua.
5:59:09Maybe I'll just say Yeshua because it sounds cooler. Yeshua. It means Jesus.
5:59:18I'll do a word for word thing. Means Jesus. Meaning Jesus.
5:59:24Meaning Jesus. And since then my videos. Okay.
5:59:27I'll probably do like a whisper here or something. Whisper nerd voice. It means Jesus.
5:59:34Whisper nerd. Meaning Jesus. All right.
5:59:38Then since then, videos went viral, blow up on social media, but people still don't understand the main message. I'm not here to I'm not here to up uplift the religion. I'm not here to for my religion for any I'm not here for any religion.
6:00:00Any religion. I'm not here to upload uplift any religion. I'm not here to support any religion.
6:00:08Any religion. Not the church. Not the denominations.
6:00:15Not the denominations. This is going to be a pretty um what's it called? Pretty uh controversial video.
6:00:21I'm not here to support any religion. Not the church, not the denominations cuz it's going to be like one of those I already know there's going to be some of those church nerds who who think church is the truth. Now, come on, man.
6:00:36Come on, man. I'm just here to support any religion. Any religion.
6:00:41Not the church, not the denominations except. Okay, I'll probably add a um what's it called? Rhetorical question here because it's important to do that and to keep that suspense up and it is missing in here.
6:00:56So, I'm going to say I was the good Christian boy. Why? Why?
6:01:00Cuz I was only curious. Okay. No.
6:01:03Uh and since then, videos went viral, blew up on social media, but people still ought to understand the main message. Why? What is it?
6:01:12I'm not here to What is it? I'm not here to support any religion. Not the church, not the church, not the denominations create content for any religion.
6:01:21I'm not I'm not I don't create content I'm not creating content for any religion. I don't create content for any religion. I don't I'm I want to be as straightforward as possible.
6:01:32So, I'll just be like I don't create content I don't create content for any religion. Not the church. Not even any religion, not the church, not the denominations.
6:01:43Not the church, not the denominations. I create content for Christ only. For the gospel only.
6:01:55That includes the things that he said in the gospel. Things that he said in the gospel. the that includes the things that he said in the gospel. So if you think you're going to find Okay, I'm going to be really tough on this.
6:02:15So if you think you can find the truth within Christianity, you're wrong. You're already looking the wrong wrong way. So if you think you can find the truth within Christianity, you're already looking the wrong way.
6:02:33You find the truth through one person because you find the truth because you can only find the truth through one person in one word. Jesus, how many times do I have to say this? I have to say this.
6:02:50How many times do I have to say this, bro? Complaining. How many times do I have to say this?
6:02:58Because you can only find the truth. You can only be saved. be saved by one person. By one person, Jesus Christ, Jesus Christ.
6:03:13One person, one Messiah. One God, Jesus Christ, and one God. Jesus Christ.
6:03:23How many times do I have to say this? I think it's time. It's time to remove all of the stereotypes.
6:03:33I think it's time to remove all of the stereotypes. Um, I'm going to do dot points. I think it's time to time to remove stereo types Christian all the Christian stereotypes and start searching for what's Jesus said that I am the way the truth and the life.
6:03:59I'll probably just end it off with um John. What is it?
6:04:04I forgot. I am embarrassed. Sorry.
6:04:06So I have to pull up a Bible verse. Let me see. Way, truth, life. 146 to7. 146.
6:04:11I'll probably just write it here. Uh, Bible verse, John 14:6. I'm the way, the truth, and the life.
6:04:18No man cometh unto the father but by me in the gospel. So, if you think you can find the truth within Christianity, you're already looking the wrong way. Because you can only be saved by one person, one Messiah, and one God, Jesus Christ.
6:04:34How many times do I have to say this? I think it's time to remove all these Christian stereotypes and just and start searching for the truth of this universe. And there's only one person now.
6:04:50There's only one person who's said who claimed that the way and backed it up by resurrecting himself. Backed it up.
6:05:00Standing on business, bro. Okay. Now, there's only one person who claimed this. who claimed this.
6:05:08Who claimed this and backed it up and backed it up by resurrecting by literally resurrecting from the dead. I am the way, the truth, and the life, and no man cometh unto the father but by me. Now, that now that's how you stand on business.
6:05:26But there's only one person who claimed this and backed it up by literally resurrecting from the dead. I am the way, the truth, and the life. No man come cometh unto the father but by me.
6:05:36Okay. Uh now that is now that is how you is is how you stand on business. Business is how you stand on business, bro.
6:05:45Okay, let me see how many lines there are. Let me just list it all here. Hopefully it doesn't change this.
6:05:53Oh no. Okay, that's a lot. Okay, I'll probably have to cut it up a bit cuz it's like 20 lines right now. 17 weeks ago, I started making Christian content on social media, but 300,000 people got the wrong impression, but 300,000 people got the wrong impression.
6:06:07I don't promote Christianity. Welcome to another episode of Committing to the Cross. Now, it all started in September 2024 when I filmed myself Now, it all started when I filmed when I was filming myself reading my favorite Bible verses on camera.
6:06:22But I wasn't the typical good Christian boy cuz I was only curious about one person who goes by the name of Yeshua. Who goes by the name of Yeshua, meaning Jesus. And then since then and since then, but people still Okay, I might have to Yeah, I might cut this out cuz this is unnecessary.
6:06:38Yeah, really if I if I remove this, it really doesn't change anything. So like meaning Jesus, but people still don't understand the main message.
6:06:47What is it? I don't create content for any religion. Not the church, not the denominations.
6:06:52I create content, not the church, not the denominations. I create content for Christ only. Christ only.
6:06:58Probably just put a full stop there or like a dash there so I can emphasize it more. That includes the things that he said in the gospel. So if you think you can find the truth within Christianity, you're already looking the wrong way.
6:07:11The wrong way. Because you can only be saved by one person, one Messiah, and one God, Jesus Christ. How many times do I have to say this?
6:07:19I think it's time to remove all the Christian stereotypes and start and he literally claimed this and he literally backed this up and start searching for the truth of you of this universe. But there's only one person who claimed this and there's only one person who claimed this. No, let's say but and one god.
6:07:37Jesus Christ. I need to cut and merge this.
6:07:39These these these last few lines need to be merged. At least remove one or two. They're already looking the wrong way because you can only be saved by one person, one Messiah, and one God, Jesus Christ.
6:07:50How many times do I have to say this? It's time. It's time to remove all the all these Christian stereotypes and start searching for the truth and start realizing that there's only one searching for the truth of this universe.
6:08:04But there's only one person who claimed this and backed it up. Jesus says, But Jesus says, "I am the way, the truth, and the life." But Jesus said this.
6:08:13But Jesus says, "I am the way, the truth, and the life. No man cometh unto the father but by me." Now that is how you stand on business, bro. The truth and the life.
6:08:25No man cometh unto the father but by me. Now that is how you stand on business. Stand on business.
6:08:32All right, that is probably my script for today. Now I'm going to Now the next step is to insert these checklists. So for those of you who don't know, these are abbreviations of different content styles.
6:08:47The first one is th which is talking head. That means talking head. It's technically talking body.
6:08:54It counts as well, but I'm used to saying talking head. So anything to do with you on camera speaking directly to the camera and you in in the actual frame of the shot, that is a talking head or a talking body. CS means cinematic shot or scene, right?
6:09:10So that's literally just you acting out something and filming yourself or just filming an object or any other subject obviously cinematically. VO means voice over. Pretty simple.
6:09:21You just speak onto the mic and you don't show your face speaking on camera. Again, this one is cinematic shots. PP means post production or I like to call it Premiere Pro.
6:09:31Same thing for me. Um so like anything to do with editing, effects, uh transitions, they're all underneath this one checklist which is post-production. HV means handheld vlog.
6:09:41So, whenever I hold my camera in my hand and just film anything, including my face, that is a handheld vlog. That's what I label all of these as.
6:09:49Okay? You can create your own. You can use the same as me.
6:09:52I don't mind at all. But basically, what we're going to do now is connect them to each and every line. Okay?
6:09:58And if you are scripting on notion, I'm going to show you some really cool shortcuts. So first and foremost, I always always start with a talking head just because it introduces visually introduces me as the main, you know, the main subject or the main character of my video. That always has to be the first shot.
6:10:17Me talking on camera, talking head, talking body. So talking head is first. 17 weeks ago, I say this on camera and then usually I back it up with either B-roll or a cinematic shot.
6:10:27Now for each and every line I have to read it again and again until I get an idea of how I want to visualize it. Right? During the scripting process I used to actually describe what type of shot exactly what type of shot that I wanted to do for each and every CS cinematic shot.
6:10:43But nowadays I'm kind of used to it. Not to brag or anything but I am really used to it.
6:10:48And this actually takes a long time. So if you are confident with you know free play and like freeplaying your cinematography then definitely skip the entire describing the shot process unless you really want to dial down into the quality of your video and you don't care about you know putting in your reps or consistency.
6:11:06Right now I'm in a stage of more again the more better news stage. So I'm prioritizing quantity and like daily uploads as much as I can and with daily uploads I don't have time to like describe each and every single cinematic shot. But of course, you know what stage you're in.
6:11:21And if you're in something like the better stage or the new stage, then yes, feel free to write a description of like, let's say, long shot, um, high angle, and then just tell your action here, whatever. Right? I I pretty much talked about it in the previous modules.
6:11:36Anyway, plus I have this filming checklist here, which is like a lot of inspiration. These are from the creators that I watch and the movies that I watch.
6:11:44As you can see, this is from a Scarlett Johansson movie. This is from a Liam Niss. This is Gox.
6:11:50Gau art. This is one of the other creators that I watch. This is from a Japanese movie.
6:11:54This is from Instagram, you know. So, like I have a lot of um cinematic inspiration that I take from. And I like to do screenshots.
6:12:01I like to uh draw on the pictures cuz this is a freeze frame and stuff. But yeah, you guys get it. It's also good to have something like this because when you if you're not planning to um write the description of each shot like I am, then you should definitely have something like this just to have inspiration whenever you film.
6:12:18It's just a little practical lesson there. But anyways, when I read this line, I started making Christian content on social media, blah blah blah. I can either do a cinematic shot for this and visualize it or I can use B-roll from my camera roll or anything else uh from my B-roll library.
6:12:33So, I'm not too sure, but I'm going to film some cinematic shot, but I'm also going to write here B- roll with a question mark cuz I'm not too sure. So, we'll see that. I'll leave it for post-production.
6:12:45Okay. So, there's some things that you can't really dial down and like confirm during the scripting process. And I really like to be spontaneous with it because, you know, if you if you're if you over plan, let's say, cuz I have I I've tried plenty of scripts. um you know it just feels horrible when you post a video and it just doesn't do well.
6:13:06So definitely embrace that spontinuity because number one it makes it like a 100 times more fun. Number two it's very efficient and number three if you can figure out your own authentic style and your your own authentic process um with this it become like bro it's it's amazing. Okay let's go to the next line.
6:13:27So this is pretty much done. Um, I'll probably do an insert shot for this.
6:13:32So, I'll probably I'll put a question mark, too. Um, question. Okay.
6:13:38Yeah, I'll probably do an insert shot of IG. Insert IG. So, like show my IG.
6:13:43To be honest, I am kind of tired of showing my IG followers cuz it's like bragging. I'm literally bragging. I try not to, but it's like I don't know how else to show show off my credibility, you know?
6:13:55Plus, I am talking about the amount of my audience anyway. So, I think it's a must for this. I already did it yesterday, but it's okay.
6:14:04I'll let it slide for this. Okay. Now, this is an extreme close-up compilation.
6:14:09I'm going to remove this and put it here. Now, basically, um, let me show you a quick shortcut. I want to duplicate this CS, right?
6:14:17So, I'm going to click on this little six boxes over here. I'm going to click duplicate. Okay? or I can just press command D on Mac or control D if you're on uh Windows.
6:14:27So, I'm going to drag it onto here for those who are using Notion. And uh I'm just going to put four shots. Actually, no, I'm not going to do that.
6:14:37That's just spam at that point. Just I think I'll get them a memo if I just write one with extreme closeup compilation. And then that's these are this is one of the more advanced techniques that I do the effects um the cinematography stuff.
6:14:52So I will talk about it in a in a future module. But for now I'm just going to leave it as this because I know when I read it I'm like okay it's an extreme close-up compilation. Let's film some extreme close-ups.
6:15:02I don't promote Christianity. Yeah. I'll probably do a talking head again.
6:15:06Command D. Going to put here and then I'll just delete that. I don't promote Christianity.
6:15:11I don't promote Christianity. Uh, I'm probably going to duplicate this PP again. Boom.
6:15:17Meme sound so I can remove this part. And I'll also insert meme question mark. So, I might just add a little little meme photo over there.
6:15:30Maybe. I'll see. Um, welcome to another episode of Hubba Haba.
6:15:34That is a voiceover shot. So, I will not be speaking on camera in this shot. Usually the cinematic usually it's just a voice over and a cinematic shot which is like this is the main combo for voiceover shots.
6:15:47So this is an empty cinematic shot without me in the frame. And I'm just going to say that we're going to say blah blah blah. Also the actual series text that I made.
6:15:58I'm going to put it there too. And then I'm going to now it all started in September 2020.
6:16:03Okay. This is probably a voice over as well cuz I want to fully visualize this. Another good tip is if you want to fully visualize something or if you don't know whether to choose a voice over or a talking head shot, definitely read your line carefully and just be like, okay, does this line need more visuals or need more personal authentic onetoone communication?
6:16:22If your answer is the first, then it's obviously you need a voice over because that allows you to take full control over the visuals, the visual storytelling, which is CS for me. But if it's the second option, then it's definitely the talking head because you want to, you know, talk directly to the camera to your dream avatar.
6:16:40It all started in September 2024. Started filming myself. Okay, I'll probably maybe maybe insert B-roll.
6:16:45Question mark. So, I'm going to command D on that. But I wasn't the good Christian boy, but I wasn't the typical good Christian boy.
6:16:51Okay, I'm going to I know like this this right here, I'm going to do a mock voice. Like I'm gonna I'm gonna do a silly little voice here. So, I'm probably just gonna do a talking head here.
6:17:01So, I'm going to command D on that. I wasn't the typical good Christian boy, but I wasn't the typical good Christian boy.
6:17:07Person who goes by the name of Yeshua. Okay, I'm going to do that as well. Again, voice over meaning Jesus.
6:17:13This is probably another talking head definitely. Uh, but people still don't understand the main message. Okay, I'll probably do another talking head here and then I'm going to But people still don't understand the main message.
6:17:25I probably I don't know if I should start with a talking head or a CS to start off the line because when I do this when I have something like this, right, I have two options. I can either start it with a CS or I can start it with a TH. This would either be a CS or a TH like half of the line.
6:17:39You know what I mean? So, but people still don't understand the main message. Okay, I'll probably start with a TH then cuz I want to visualize main message and not this.
6:17:48Okay, this is probably another T. Okay, no, no, no, no. This will be a HV.
6:17:52Perfect chance to do a HV. This is like a a really good example of what a pattern break is. So, this line right here, what is it?
6:17:59Um, that is usually a pattern interrupt or a pattern break, whatever you want to call it, but it's usually where I cut the music and just ask a rhetorical question, have a comedic break, say something funny, or usually it takes like half a second. No, no longer than 3 seconds. You don't want to drag it too much.
6:18:15If you do, if you are planning to make one, I don't create content for any religion. Okay, this is good. I'll probably use B-roll for this too because I have B-roll of um church and I can see that the line itself has the word church and I'm saying the word church.
6:18:30So, I'll probably just use B-roll, not the church. I don't create content for any religion, not the church, not the denominations. I'll probably do a question mark here just just in case cuz I want to use B-roll as the main thing because I have B-roll of creating content.
6:18:47I have B-roll of church. Maybe not denominations, but but the next one. I create content for Christ only.
6:18:53I create content for Christ only. I create content for Christ only. H I'll probably do a talking head and a CS.
6:19:00I want I want this to be CS and just like maybe write on a notebook or something, but I don't know. We'll see. I'll probably do a insert shot to be honest.
6:19:09Yeah, writing on notebook. Yeah. So some sometimes with um these shots, I'll probably specify what action I'm doing.
6:19:18Not not the actual like the distance or the angles because I'm already used to it, but I do need to specify the action that I'm doing. So this talking head shot, I'll be writing on a notebook and then this cinematic shot will be an insert shot of that notebook saying um Christ only. But usually I don't I don't write this cuz I already know what it's going to be.
6:19:37So usually I'll just leave it as this and I'll be like, okay, this an insert shot. I'll just probably write Christ only in the notebook, but just for you guys, I'll just, you know, make it specific.
6:19:48So, if you think, okay, this one is definitely a uh voice over. So, B-roll, you're already looking the wrong way because you can only be saved by one person. The thing is, I'm still not sure if I want to remove some of these lines.
6:20:01Um, but it's okay. Like, I'm going to still film them if you're not sure cuz it's not there's no point in like indulging in confusion, right? So, I'll just leave it. film them.
6:20:11Yeah, spend that extra five minutes to film that line and then I will probably decide whether to cut it or not during the editing process. So, you know, cutting and merging usually it doesn't um it's not fully relied on the scripting process. You can also do it in editing too because you can only be saved by one person, one messiah.
6:20:30Okay, I'll probably do a talking head. One person, one messiah. How many times do I have to say this?
6:20:36Okay, I'll probably do a handheld vlog too for this because that's this is also how many times do I have to say this? Because that's like the the attitude that I'm trying to um convey.
6:20:45How many times do I have to say this? A handheld vlog would be the best option here because I can just put my camera close to my face and just do something funny with the lens. How many times do I have to say this?
6:20:56It's time to remove all Christian stereotypes. Start searching for the truth of this universe. Yeah, I'm really not sure about this one.
6:21:02Okay, I'll probably remove this. Yeah, I love that line though cuz I want to emphasize like bro it's not about Christian stereotypes. Jesus saith unto him, I am the way, the truth, and the life.
6:21:12No man cometh unto the father but by me. Inserts. So I'm going to read the Bible here and I'm going to do inserts.
6:21:19Insert shots. Um I'm going to do multiple ones because usually this takes more than 2 seconds and I do follow I'm very strict with the 2C rule. Usually whenever I read the Bible, I have insert shots of, let's say, empty shots of the room that I'm in or objects that surround me, you know, just very very simple.
6:21:37Um, just to make it, you know, that extra bit of engaging cuz if I just do just one shot of me reading the Bible with this whole entire verse, you know, it's it risks the potential of losing attention and people scrolling away at the very last sentence, too. Especially with this last sentence.
6:21:52Like it's not needed, but it definitely emphasizes and and makes it more fun. That's what I usually do with my content. That's my That's like my my whole vibe, right?
6:22:01Um talking head reading Bible. CS inserts. Now that is how you stand on business.
6:22:06Okay. I'll probably do a talking head here.
6:22:08Now that is how you stand on business. I'll probably do an insert here too. Insert business.
6:22:14Something like that. Uh, I'll probably figure it out during filming too because like most of these uh talking heads and CS very very spontaneous like this is optimized this script is optimized for spontaneous free flow shooting or cinematography right you know if you're used to cinematics uh or not right and if you are you probably have this like resistance to start doing things free flow or start doing things uh spontaneously I started doing it because like I just got lazy of writing descriptions down So, I definitely recommend you like try it one time.
6:22:47Uh, even if you are a beginner, just completely try it. Definitely have that checklist with you. Even if it's like five shots that you saw in a movie or that you saw in one YouTube video, it doesn't matter.
6:22:58Just screenshot them, save them in a checklist like this. And then when you film it, it becomes so fun spontaneously. Plus, you don't have to spend like an hour writing down the exact long shot, high angle action.
6:23:10Nah, like I used to do that. And uh that's mainly just for beginners to get used to the concept of cinematography.
6:23:16If you are familiar and you have practiced the long shot, the medium shot, and the close-up shot, you're fine, right? Even the high angles and low angles, they're easy. Like anyone can do them.
6:23:26But anyways, that is pretty much how I script my storytelling. And usually at the end, I'll just uh check this checklist off. Different line length.
6:23:34Let me check it. Yes, there is a different line length. That's important, too.
6:23:38Rhetorical questions, I did some. I think I did one or something. Slow for emotion.
6:23:43I'll probably do a slow part somewhere here and write it down somewhere because you can only be so if you think you can find the truth within Christianity already looking at the one. No, I'm not going to do that. It's slow because you can only be saved with one person, one Messiah, and one God, Jesus Christ.
6:23:58How many times I am the way, the truth, and the life. So, I just I just write slow here cuz I know like when I read this when I film, I'll be like, "Okay, I have to read this slow." Um, what else? Yeah, that's pretty much it.
6:24:10Slow free motion because you can only be saved by one person, one Messiah, and one God. Jesus Christ. Okay, cool.
6:24:16Cut and merge to 17 lines. This is a checklist that I made, but I never follow it now cuz I'm afraid of making videos over a minute. Usually my videos these days are like very, very close or over a minute.
6:24:26Yesterday's video I made was over a minute, and I think today's video is going to be over a minute, too. But it's okay. I think um it really doesn't matter because Tik Tok doesn't have like any limits to over 1 minute videos.
6:24:39The one thing that's important with long videos is how much value is in that time. So like how many uh comedic breaks or how many storytelling events, how many twists and turns and how many good valuable lessons that you have included in that one minute, right? Or in that 1 minute and 10 seconds.
6:24:56I think this video would probably be like 1 minute 5 seconds something like that or just on the dot 1 minute. But yeah, that is pretty much how I script my videos as of February of 2025. 17 weeks ago, I started making Christian content on social media, but 300,000 people got the wrong impression.
6:25:14I don't promote Christianity. Welcome to another episode of Committing to the Cross. Now, it all started in September of 2024 when I began filming myself reading my favorite Bible verses.
6:25:24But I wasn't a typical good Christian boy, cuz I was only focusing on one person who goes by the name of Yeshua, which means Jesus. But people still don't understand the main message. What is it?
6:25:34I don't create content for any religion, not the church, not the denominations. I create content for Christ only. So, if you think you can find the truth within Christianity, you're already looking the wrong way because you can only be saved by one person, one Messiah, one God, Jesus Christ.
6:25:50>> How many times do I have to say that, man? >> Jesus saith unto him, I am the way, the truth, and the life. No man cometh unto the father but by me.
6:26:00Now, that is how you stand on it. Never satisfied. Why?
6:26:03We would probably never be satisfied. >> Yeah. >> For the past three months, I >> want you to read it on Okay.
6:26:10>> You You read it as if it was uh as if you were on camera. >> Oh [ __ ] Okay. >> Put you on the spot.
6:26:21>> For the past 3 months, I've lost seven kilograms during my self-improvement journey cuz I was sick and tired of being fat. And then what? >> Yeah.
6:26:31Keep going. Keep going. and I'm planning on losing seven more. Believe what I and then it's going to cut to welcome to believe what I say.
6:26:39Episode one, hear me out. About a month ago, I completed the 75 hard challenge. But I didn't have this sense of feeling proud.
6:26:46I looked in the mirror and I was still disappointed. Why? Because we're all chasing this feeling.
6:26:52This feeling that we get once we finally accomplish something. We think that when we finally get there, we'll feel proud. We feel like we're enough.
6:27:00But the truth is, it never feels like it's enough. There's always this voice in my head saying, "Cool, but what now?" And on some real, >> "It's all right, bro. Don't worry about it.
6:27:11You can say what say what you want to say, bro." >> Yeah. No, it's because you This is like a Christian. >> That's why I love it, bro.
6:27:19Hey, that's the fear of God in you, bro. That's the fear of God. You don't want to swear in front of us.
6:27:24>> I'm trying to like you guys. >> Oh, that's funny. On some real, I don't think I'll ever reach this feeling.
6:27:30And maybe that's okay. Maybe the real work is just learning how to breathe in the moment. Not just when we're moving forward, but when we're standing still.
6:27:39Not just when we're doing, but when we're just existing. >> Okay. Scroll up.
6:27:46>> Delete. Uh, scroll up. Scroll up.
6:27:49Scroll up. >> Anyone got any anything to add to that? Fred, you got something on your mind, don't you?
6:27:58I'm reading Miss Cup, man. >> Yeah, one thing that I will would say is delete believe what I and cut off. There's no point doing that.
6:28:09I'm planning on losing seven more. So, welcome to believe blah blah blah blah. >> Okay.
6:28:16>> And then, okay, welcome to believe. About a month ago, I completed the seven hard uh I didn't have this sense of feeling proud, but I wasn't proud of myself. >> Awesome readings.
6:28:31>> I don't know why you would say I didn't have this sense of feeling of proud. You would just say, but I didn't feel fulfillment at all. But I didn't feel any sense of fulfillment.
6:28:42But I didn't feel >> I didn't feel >> but I just felt empty inside. Uh when he says welcome to believe to believe we welcome to believe what I say episode one hear me out is that the hear me out leave it out maybe I don't know >> was it were you were you going to say it like this welcome to believe what I say episode one okay hear me up about a month ago I completed the blah blah blah is it like that >> yeah it's like yeah it's like the end of >> end of end of that ultra wide shot >> yeah something like that >> I wouldn't do At the end of the ultra wide, I would do a completely different I would film a whole >> I would film a whole >> No, not even there.
6:29:20Like >> or like a new shot. >> Yeah, a new shot. Like a close-up shot.
6:29:23Like a vlog. >> Yeah. >> Okay.
6:29:26>> Closeup. Closeup. >> Okay.
6:29:30Hear me out. So about a month ago and put so next to about. So about a month ago, I completed the 75 hard challenge, but I didn't have this sense of fulfillment.
6:29:42I wasn't fulfilled at all. But I was empty inside. But I was completely dead.
6:29:47>> Everything. >> Yeah. I'm just I'm just throwing ideas at you, you know.
6:29:51>> Yeah. >> It was just like I wasn't satisfied. Like that was a feeling I had.
6:29:57>> Bro, say that. >> Wow. Uh but I just wasn't satisfied.
6:30:04>> Yeah. >> Something like that. >> Yeah.
6:30:06You're supposed to speak to the camera like he would speak to us. >> Yeah. Yeah.
6:30:10Are you going to do you see the dots? The dot dot dot. Are you going to like pause?
6:30:15>> Um, no. Um, no. Not really.
6:30:24Not really. >> So, you're just going to say, "So, about a month ago, I completed the 75 hard challenge, but I wasn't satisfied." Or you going to have a pause there? >> Wait, so about a month ago, I completed just No, I think I'm going to have no pause.
6:30:40I'm goog challenge because I don't know what that is. >> But I wasn't satisfied. >> I would I would uh do a new sentence.
6:30:50So, full stop after challenge. >> Yeah. >> New line, but I wasn't satisfied.
6:30:58>> But I wasn't satisfied with myself. >> Would his tone change? But I wasn't satisfied that that part.
6:31:05>> That's up to Gilbert. Do you want to change your tone? Um, >> I wouldn't I wouldn't >> I think the whole thing is one tone.
6:31:16>> Yeah, I think the whole thing the whole thing would be one tone. >> It's like a Oh, I wasn't satisfied tone. I don't know what that tone is, but I think >> No, but when you when you read the sentence, so about a month ago, I completed the 75 hard challenge.
6:31:33Okay, let me just turn on my my Ken voice. So about a month ago, I completed the 75 hard challenge, but I wasn't satisfied. I would say I would extend it a little bit by making wasn't to was not.
6:31:45So you emphasize it a little bit more, but I was not satisfied. >> Ah, I like that. >> Yeah.
6:31:51So that's what I meant. Something something. >> Yeah, >> that uh emphasize it.
6:31:57>> I looked in the mirror and I was still disappointed. >> Oh, wait. Maybe I should just skip this and just do Y.
6:32:04>> Pull some. >> Yeah. Yeah.
6:32:07Yeah. Wait. Or you could just combine the lines.
6:32:09But I looked in the mirror and I was not satisfied. If you want to. >> Oh, >> see this is what cutting and merging.
6:32:17>> Oh, yeah. Yeah. Yeah.
6:32:18Yeah. I like that. I like it.
6:32:19>> Yeah. This is what guys, whoever's listening, this is what cutting and merging is. And I mentioned this in the phase five part of the course.
6:32:27Whenever I say cutting and merging, this is what it is. So, you merge different lines together. Yeah.
6:32:32But I don't know how to like. >> So you got to look at your lines simultaneously and be like, "Okay, how can I make this more efficient? Can I combine these two?" No.
6:32:42Can I combine that two? No. Most likely each line has to be a different part of your story.
6:32:47Sometimes sometimes you could join two together with the word and. But I looked in the mirror and this feeling that we wait let me see. So about a month ago, I completed the 75 ch five hard challenge and I looked in the mirror at the end.
6:33:07Something like that, right? >> No, no, no, no, no, no, no. Don't don't don't change it.
6:33:12Don't change it. I'm just saying like as an example. So like when you cut and merge when you merge different sentences together, sometimes you could do two different parts of your story.
6:33:21Most of the time each line has to be one part of your story, right? Different parts, right? But sometimes you can do two parts of your story and join them into one line using the word and.
6:33:32>> That's what I was saying. But yeah, keep keep the word but. But I looked in the mirror and I was not satisfied.
6:33:38Why this fe? Because we're all chasing because I was chasing this feeling. Don't don't turn this into a mentoring thing yet.
6:33:44>> Okay. Okay. Okay.
6:33:46Because I was chasing I was chasing because I was chasing this feeling this feeling that we once that we get once we're fine >> that that I'll get or that we get >> because I was chasing a crazy amount of dopamine. I don't know what what were you actually chasing >> like the sense of accomplishment >> to say that >> I was chasing >> No, no, no, no.
6:34:15Not in the second line. In the first >> Oh, this sense of >> But I was chasing this sense of accomplishment. Here's a trick.
6:34:27You can also add a keyword in front of sense. I would add fake sense, facade sense. No, not facade sense.
6:34:35Sorry. Because I was chasing this false sense of accomplish accomplishment. Because I was chasing this fake sense of accomplishment.
6:34:42Because I was chasing this dreamy sense of bro. You know what I mean, right? >> Okay.
6:34:46Okay. >> Twisted my own time there. Delete the second one.
6:34:54>> Delete the second one. Yeah. >> Oh, two minutes.
6:34:58We think that we uh that when we finally get there I think I thought I thought >> I thought that when I >> Yeah. So this >> when we do we >> this is No. Here's the thing.
6:35:12I always always like get trapped into going from storyteller to mentoring and being a guru. That is such a trap because when you say I because I was chasing because I thought I looked in the mirror I was not satisfied. that is so indirectly calling them out.
6:35:28So you don't have to worry about saying you hey you guys you guys are not motivated you guys need to stop doom scrolling you guys need to stop you guys need to like you guys you might be looking in the mirror you might be not satisfied with yourself like that's mentoring language you want to be directly at yourself make yourself the failure and then show the transformation right through your story and then they will be inspired because they want to be like you hence follow button hence like hence comment hence share Right.
6:35:59>> Okay. Oh, yeah. Yeah.
6:36:01Yeah. >> It's very indirect, but extremely effective. It might not sound like it, but when you when you watch influencers, it you know, you watch them because you can relate to them.
6:36:12>> You know what I mean? >> Yeah. >> Okay.
6:36:14Got it. >> I thought when I finally got there, I would feel proud. >> Oops.
6:36:23>> Like I was enough. Okay. Proud.
6:36:27Replace the full stop with a dash. So like uh this dash proud dash >> should will be would >> uh yeah would would feel proud. >> I would feel proud like I'm enough.
6:36:42So delete I I feel Yeah. So can you say that at once? >> I thought that I finally get that I would feel proud like I'm enough.
6:36:49Oh yeah. I see that sounds far actually. >> Yeah.
6:36:52But the truth is it never felt like enough. It was never enough. It was never enough.
6:37:01Never enough for me. Or you can say for me if you want to >> or however you would speak or tell it to us. >> No, no, >> it was never enough.
6:37:11>> But the truth is it was never enough. There was always this one was always >> there was always this voice in my head saying, "Okay, we'll finish the script. We'll extend the call just a little bit and then >> let's go.
6:37:28>> I need to eat dinner. It was never enough. There was there was always this voice in my head saying there was always this voice in my head.
6:37:40I wouldn't say inside. I don't think you would say that in real life to your friend. >> Inside.
6:37:48>> What would you say to me? >> Okay. Um >> just say like Okay.
6:37:53Okay. You thought you finally got >> some ahead like >> No, no, no, no, no, no. So, you're trying to you're trying too hard.
6:37:59Look at the scenario. You thought you you finally got there and you would feel proud, right? Like you were enough.
6:38:05>> Yeah. >> But it was never enough. Why?
6:38:09Why Gilbert? >> Why was it never enough? >> Because I want more.
6:38:13>> Because you want more. >> Yeah. I always want to like But after I finished the 75 challenge, I was like, "Oh, no.
6:38:21Now I want apps." But now I want that was like I just constantly wanted more. >> Okay, hold on. Uh because but the truth is it was never enough.
6:38:34>> Okay, replace this one line. Triple click >> this one. >> Yeah.
6:38:45>> Uh it was never enough. The truth is enough. There'd be another voice in my head saying, "Oh, now I want apps.
6:39:00[Music] >> There would no no don't don't do that. There would >> be another voice in my head saying replace the other quote, the bottom quote or dash Wait, what? Sorry.
6:39:22>> O dash o h dash. >> Oh, now I want abs. Now, some real s on some real stuff.
6:39:34I don't think I'll ever really reach this feeling. >> Okay, you might have to scrap this, but like >> what about after? Like now I want abs.
6:39:48What else were you feeling? You just you said you you wanted more and you were never satisfied, right? >> Yeah.
6:39:57Yeah. Then I was just like, "Oh, >> but the truth is it was never enough. There would be another voice." Okay.
6:40:05So, put because next to before there because there would be another voice. I almost forgot the story starters because there would be another voice in my head saying, "Oh, now I want abs. And to be honest with you, I don't think I'll ever be satisfied.
6:40:26Would that be good? >> Yeah. Wait, I'm thinking because what I'm thinking like once I do get abs, what would I think after that?
6:40:39Like >> write that down, bro. >> Wait, wait. You like you reckon I should be talking about it right now?
6:40:45Yeah. Like in this >> Say it. So, what were you saying to just before?
6:40:49>> Um, >> just text it to me. Text it. >> Oh, wait.
6:40:57Like to you >> protect pretend you just said, "Oh, now I want abs to me in a in a text message, right?" What's the next text message? >> Oh, okay. Okay.
6:41:09Uh, >> you're an iMessage right now. >> I'm on iMessage. Yo.
6:41:15Yes. Yo, Kevin. >> No, no, no.
6:41:20We're mid conversation. You just said, "Oh, now I want abs." >> Um, okay. Uh um Brad to be honest, TBH.
6:41:45>> Yeah. I would never feel satisfied. >> What are you thinking right now?
6:42:09>> Oh. Oh. Oh, wait.
6:42:10Is that what you told me to type? Sorry. I thought you were saying to be honest to um Okay.
6:42:17Um Okay. What's the next thing you want to say? You want to talk about how you will never really reach this feeling?
6:42:28>> Yeah. Like some something like like every time I've like finished something, right? It could be like uni, I always like want more after.
6:42:38>> Okay. Oh, now I want abs. So, >> y >> So, every time I would finish something I would always want more.
6:43:02Bro, you don't even have to say like Yeah. Yeah. Anyways, sorry.
6:43:08My bad. Um, so everything I So, every time I was finish something, I would always want more. What's next?
6:43:24So every time I face something if you're stuck, read the last lines again and again out loud. >> But the truth is it was never enough. >> There you go.
6:43:42>> Because there will always be another voice in my head saying, "Oh, now I want apps." So every time I fix something, I would always want more. And to and to be honest, I don't think I'll ever be satisfied. Something like that.
6:43:56>> There you go. Now you're using your language. Does that make sense?
6:44:02You know, you get what I'm trying to do to you right now. >> Yeah. Yeah.
6:44:07It's like, >> yeah, >> I'm writing like the way I'm writing is like >> to one person, one person. Okay. >> So, you're not hiding anything from them.
6:44:18To be honest, I don't think I'll ever be satisfied with myself or something. I don't know. >> Yeah.
6:44:27>> Um All right. Can you do the the the rest on your own and then submit it? >> I think I'm good.
6:44:33>> All right, bro. >> Thank you, bro. >> Hopefully that helps.
6:44:37>> Welcome to the Dream Avatar overview. At this point, you should be familiar with what the Dream Avatar framework is by watching the Cinemix playbook course. But in these next two modules, I'm going to show you how to implement your dream avatar into your script.
6:44:50And I'll also show you my brand new template that I made for everyone to use. The one thing you need to remember when implementing your dream avatar into your video script is specificity. This pretty much means we have to be hyper specific with our writing.
6:45:03So if you're taking notes right now, just write down hyper specific. So the more you know your younger self, the more it's going to connect with them when they scroll to your video and watch you tell your story. Plus, when you think about your younger self's motivations, the reason why they act or behave like this, the reason why they do certain things, the reason why they're struggling, the reason why they have these goals, for example, it's going to be easier to write your dream avatar and your script as well.
6:45:26That in itself will automatically attract your dream consumer. But the thing is, it might sound a little bit too specific when you actually say it out loud on camera. When you read through the script, it might be like, "Oh, this is too personal.
6:45:37Like, nobody's going to understand this," you know? But that's completely wrong cuz this is exactly how I blew up my account by using specific dreams and pains.
6:45:44Now, as you can see here, go to my health dreams. My dreams are pretty long. You can see I wrote down 10 for health.
6:45:52I have health, wealth, and relationships. I'll show you. I'll read out one of my dreams for health.
6:45:57Train the art of boxing to defend himself, get people on the street to think, "Oh, I shouldn't mess with him." and protect his closest friends and family in any worst case scenario while showing an innocent personality around others to evoke the lion and lamb character of Christ. You know, every time I read my avatar, it's it's so specific.
6:46:15It it's kind of funny to read it out, but this is like the perfect example of what hyperspecific means. That's how deep you want to get into writing your dreams and pains and solutions as well, but we'll get to that.
6:46:26Now, here is what my pains look like. We scroll down to pains and hell, right? Out train the art of boxing, right?
6:46:31Yeah. So, this one. So these were my these are what my pains look like.
6:46:34You see there there's a whole list of pains for this for this one specific dream by the way. So each and every dream has more pains, right? And it took me took me about like a week to write this entire thing.
6:46:47Oh, there's a smudge blend. Yeah, it took me about a week or so to to write this whole thing, but it's definitely worth the investment. You know, you want to take a break from content just to focus on writing your entire avatar to the point where you have nothing else to write down.
6:47:01It's worth it. Trust me. Okay, I'll read this example.
6:47:04Yeah, with the same dream that I read out before. Struggling with his pride when mixing up different feelings of the lion and lamb personality. So, as you can see here, I wrote two micro problems underneath the macro problem, right?
6:47:16I'll read out the the macro. Dealing with cockiness every time he punches his boxing bag hard and looking in the mirror every time he shadow boxes or hits the bag for validation. Here's another macro.
6:47:26The urge to express angry emotions with every punch he throws leading to showing off. This is the micro. Hitting harder to feel better about his insecurity of being seen as weak or soft.
6:47:36Here's the last one. I'll just read it out for you. Thinking about the physical violence of boxing in a ring with another man to feel tough.
6:47:43This is the micro. Wrathful thoughts coming to his head in social situations and innocent interactions. And another one, this is the last one.
6:47:50Anxious of losing control of himself during a worst case scenario and conflict. That's one dream and all the the list of pains that I wrote down for this one specific dream. Now, for this specific problem, I'll actually show you the solutions that I wrote.
6:48:03We go to solutions, health solutions. I have this new template for solutions cuz solutions are really like it's long. You have to have space for each dream.
6:48:11So, these are the dreams. Which one did I write? Okay.
6:48:14I think it was boxing. Yeah, it was boxing. Go down here.
6:48:16This is the problem that we just wrote down. So, the red uh lines here are all the problems that I just read out to you guys with the micro problems underneath. Now, the green lines below the red ones are the macro solutions and the micro solutions.
6:48:29I'm going to read it out to you. So, I'm going to compare the problem and the solution. Here's the problem.
6:48:35Struggling with his pride when mixing up different feelings of the lion and lamb personality. This is the solution. Humble himself before God during prayer and praise Jesus's name only.
6:48:44Here's the uh micro solutions. Avoid looking in the mirror when training and prioritize fitness only. Number two, pray before every training session.
6:48:53Focus on cardio and remind himself that he's not an actual boxer. So, those are the two micro solutions that I have. Now, I'm going to read out another one right here.
6:49:01Hopefully, you guys can see. Okay, so this is the problem. This is the solution.
6:49:05The urge to express angry emotions with every punch he throws leading to showing off. The micro is hitting harder to feel better feel better about his insecurity of being seen as weak or soft. Right?
6:49:16Here's the um solution for that. Going on a boxing fast to see if he actually needs to trainer anymore and find replacements. Right?
6:49:24And then the micro solution would be pray before every bag work session and imagine Jesus being next to him every time he trains. So those are like my personal solutions. It's not like something that I got from Hamza or Alex Hamosi.
6:49:36This is like my personal solutions that I came across with the Holy Spirit convicting me during my training session. So like it's very personal and you want to make it personal. That's why I told you guys that when you write your scripts, it's going to feel a bit too specific and you want that.
6:49:51Actually, you don't want to go generic. That's the that's the worst way to to create content. If you want an authentic true fan base, then this dream avatar, this hypersp specific method of writing the dreams, writing the pains, writing the solutions is the way to gain that audience.
6:50:05So, in the next module, I'm going to show you guys a lot more of my new avatar and walk you through my entire process of writing my script using it. Welcome to the dream avatar scripting walkthrough. Mind you, it is 6:00 a.m. which is why I look very musty right now, but anyways, I'm just going to go take you through my scripting process of how I write my daily videos.
6:50:27So, over here we have my implementations, right? And this is pretty much just a checklist of what I should do during writing, what I should do during filming and editing. And if you guys have seen the uh what's it called?
6:50:39Consume and synthesize course, you guys should also have uh these as well, these implementations. They're very personalized. So don't worry about copying what I do.
6:50:48You usually have good implementations after you analyze like let's say viral content from your favorite creators. I also have this little template, the scripting template that I have made public.
6:50:59Um, you might have seen it before around the community. Uh, I think I might I might just link it into under this module, but basically it has all the hooks that I like to use. There's an example.
6:51:10This is like the the one hook that made me go viral. Uh, I think it now has almost 10 million views this video with this one hook. And um, yeah, I have these also these checklists here.
6:51:21Well, not checklist, but like templates. So, th means talking head. I'll just write it.
6:51:26Talking head. CS means cinematic shot or cinematic scene. VO means voice over.
6:51:33CS Yeah, that's cinematic shot. Postpro PP means post-production. HV means handheld vlog.
6:51:40And that's pretty much it. Uh VO/SD means voice over/ design. This is new for me.
6:51:49Um but it's pretty much the same. It's just sound design. So yeah, just going to delete this.
6:51:57Okay, so I already templatized this inside notion. So whenever you have like a blank page, then you can just press like new template and paste whatever you want inside that template. Then you have something like this, right?
6:52:10So I have already two here. We're going to use the ken template today. So if you click on that, I already have it down right there.
6:52:18Now, uh, the thing about this new series or this these daily videos that I'm doing is I have no idea what I'm doing. Like, I don't have I'm not batching any ideas like I used to.
6:52:28So, I'm trying this new thing where I'm just documenting my process. And um, today I actually had an idea from yesterday that I wanted to do for the hook for today. So, um, just some context, this is the series that I'm doing right now documenting my unfiltered journey of growing a Christ centered business.
6:52:46Um, so we're going to go here and I'm going to name this. Actually, I don't know what to name it yet. But basically, uh, I'm not going to fill out the idea.
6:52:54I'm not going to do the caption. Oh, yeah. I'm going to paste my implementation.
6:52:58So, what I usually do is like command A, command C, go down here, back to the page, come in here, command V, and paste the implementations right here. So, it's at the top. And I usually expand the writing checklist so I can see when I whenever I script, I can see the checklist that I have to tick off.
6:53:15I don't have to tick off all of them necessarily. Um it would be nice because like this is the latest implementations um that I want to try out. Today I'm going to actually try out a conversational hook uh or a duplicate skit.
6:53:29So what what it's going to look like today is I'm not going to use any of my hooks actually. But, uh, in this case, yeah, I might actually use it because I'm going to show you guys how, um, yeah, I might as well. Just an example.
6:53:48I might I might not end up using it for this video exactly, but I will show you guys. Is it possible to dream? Okay, this I like I really like this hook.
6:53:59Is it possible to dream in time frame? So, what I usually do is just I literally just paste it here, right at the bottom of this. And then with these ones, with these like little brackets where it says dream and time and then some of them say pain, right?
6:54:17What I usually do is go back to my dream avatar or like at least think about my dream avatar, my younger self, which is 20-year-old me at this point, and just think about what uh dreams can I emphasize or what pain can I emphasize? What story is it? Right.
6:54:34Right now, I have no idea what story I'm talking about. So, let's just pull up an example. So, right now, I'm just going to write a random example of a hook.
6:54:41probably delete it and then write my own. Um, just for your for your sake so you guys know how I usually write hooks. Is it possible to let's say uh a dream word for me would be like stop swearing or quit swearing, right?
6:54:56Quit swearing. Okay. Is it possible to quit swearing?
6:55:03Oh, no. No. I'll probably add more because I always want to um yeah, I always want to have like at least either one big dream or two or more than two.
6:55:15Uh right now quitting swearing is not big enough, you know? It's just like meh. So, I would raise the stakes, quote unquote, raise the stakes even higher by saying, "Is it possible to love God and quit swearing?
6:55:33in 10 days. Let's say just set like a pretty decent deadline so it's like you know the stakes are high in 10 days. I'm going to probably add some more stuff in 10 days without ever without being tempted being tempted to cuss ever again.
6:56:03So this is what um my hook would be. And this is actually right here being tempted to cuss. That's a pain right there.
6:56:10So whenever if you guys want to use the same framework, which I definitely recommend, then you would fill out this like dream, this pain profile would be like 20 years old, student, full-time worker, whatever, right? Um profile obviously it's related to this, right? Entrepreneur, university student, Indonesian, whatever.
6:56:31And then uh dream would obviously be like you look at your dreams whether it's health, wealth, relationships. You can mix it up if you want to.
6:56:39Try not to get confused. Um if you're not familiar with this framework then definitely just stick to one big dream cuz remember the last uh walk through we really like what I did with um this new dream avatar template was emphasize and be like way more hyper specific with every single dream. So yeah, if you if you're not ready to like expand between health, wealth, and relationships, then definitely like don't bother because right now I'm using love god which is in here.
6:57:08Build eternal relationship with God like love, right? And then quit swearing which is probably like somewhere here.
6:57:16Quit deny his prideful flesh. Something like that, right? Yeah.
6:57:22Well, at least right now this this guy doesn't swear too much. Yeah, but it's all right. And then being tempted to cuss.
6:57:32I talked about temptations all the time during um when I wrote my dream avatar. Okay, so yeah, that's how I would write a normal hook. But today, we're going to write we're not going to use my template.
6:57:47Okay, so I'm going to go free flow. Um, what the idea I had yesterday was a conversational hook where I'm just filming two versions of myself in my room. One standing and one sitting on my desk and the standing version of me is just talking to the sitting version of me and being like some saying saying something about business or making money, right?
6:58:08Um, I'm pretty much just going to replicate my younger self or like what my intrusive thoughts were let's say 4 months ago. So, I'm probably just gonna say, um, what would this guy say?
6:58:28All we got to do is act stupid. Cuz I remember like just by looking at these photos, I remember exactly what I wanted to do in terms of like creating content cuz I was taking a break and as soon as I got back or like even before I got back, I knew what like I was planning to change up my content style and I was I don't know.
6:58:54But I wanted to h Yeah, I probably won't talk about money right now. Uh I'll probably talk about going viral.
6:59:02Probably talk about selling my soul or something. Yeah. I don't know.
6:59:07Like literally these these ideas that I have right now, I'm just letting the Holy Spirit just free flow honestly. Just trusting whatever God puts in my heart. But for now, I'm just going to say [Music] let's go to wealth because we're obviously talking about wealth.
6:59:26Have a good stare at your dream avatar so you guys get ideas. Uh, okay. I'm just going to say something like this because this is probably the one thing that changed one of the big changes that I did with creating content is just being my authentic, true, childish quote unquote self.
6:59:49Um, and I never did that cuz I wanted to avoid being cringe, but I just be like, all we got to do say Ken one or Ken 2. All we got to do, bro.
7:00:07All we got to do No, all we got to do is be super weird. Insanely weird. All we got to do is be be super weird on camera.
7:00:51Act childish on camera. All we got to do is act childish. [Music] Say weird things.
7:01:14No. Be super weird. act childish and have no filter and have zero filter whenever we record in our next video in our next video.
7:01:37When we filming when we film our next video see how I'm like going deeper and deeper more specific. This is what you want to do for your hooks, right? All we got to do is act childish and have zero filter when we film our next video.
7:01:52All we got to do on our next video Yeah. Okay, that's better. All we got to do when we film our next video.
7:02:01All we got to do when we film our next video is act childish. Have zero filter. Have zero filter.
7:02:09and have zero filter. So that we can go. Have zero filter.
7:02:27while have zero filters. that all we got to do when we film our next video is act childish and have zero filter and then go absolutely viral litly or blow. No.
7:03:10Absolutely viral and blow up. Blow up. Okay.
7:03:20All we got to do when we film our next video is act childish and have zero filter and then we'll go absolutely viral and blow up. All we got to do when we film our next video is act childish and have zero filter and then we'll z have zero filter. Then we'll absolutely and then and then should it be and then so so we can go so we can go is act childish have zero filter then will go absolutely viral and blow up.
7:03:56So we then we'll blow then we can go then we can blow up. All we got to do when we film our next videos act childish. Have zero filter so we can blow up.
7:04:14So we can go viral. So we can go absolutely viral and blow up. I'm going to cut.
7:04:21My my idea from yesterday was like um cut at the very last word and then pretty much just say uh like a pause screen happens and then I I come up with a voice over saying like this was me. This is me 3 months ago. This is me three months ago.
7:04:44Something like that. So, I'll probably be like, "Bro, all we got to do, all we Bro, all we got to Okay, I'll just say, bro. Bro, all we got to do when we film our next video is act childish and have zero filter so we can go absolutely viral and blow up." So, we can go insanely viral and blow up.
7:05:15All we got to do on our next video, I'll just probably say on our next video, all we got to do on our next video is act, bro. All we got to do on our next video is act childish and have zero filter so we can go absolutely viral and blow up. I'm going to cut at the up and I'll be like this.
7:05:33This was is me three. Was it 3 months? No, four.
7:05:44Wait. Was it four or five? Five months ago.
7:05:46Five months ago. I'll probably be like, what's 5* 30? 150 days ago.
7:05:57This is me 150 days ago. This is me and my intrusive thoughts. This is me 150 days ago.
7:06:13This is me 150 days ago. Should I go slow or fast? Cuz I have to set the pacing right.
7:06:21So, I'll be like I can either be like this is me 150 days ago. Or I can be like this is me 150 days ago. I'd rather do the slower.
7:06:35This is me 150 days ago with my intrusive thoughts talking intrusive thoughts. Wrestling with my intrusive thoughts.
7:07:10wrestling with my intrusive thoughts while figuring out how to blow up my social how to grow my personal brand while figuring out how to grow my personal brand. Wrestling with my intrusive thoughts while figuring out how to grow my personal brand. probably just say like Aussie casual accent because I want to make it like authentic.
7:07:40Wrestling with my intrusive thoughts while figuring out how to grow my personal brand. This is me 150 days ago wrestling with my intrusive thoughts while figuring out how to grow my personal brand. You know what happened next?
7:07:57But you know what happened next? What happens next? I'll probably just say what happens next.
7:08:11What happens next? Shyamaloma. That's what happens.
7:08:31I the thing is I have no idea what I'm saying here. Like I don't know what the story or the lesson is. So I'm just going to tick this off cuz I've done that.
7:08:40Um I do want to lead my story into saying that Creattopia is the solution cuz at the end of the day I'm just trying to make money from this whole social media thing. Like let's be real here. Um it's no longer about the views, you know, cuz views does not equal money.
7:08:55So, I'm just going to Okay, these two don't really matter yet. What happens next?
7:09:03How to blow up my personal brand. Is there any other like Let's see if I have any other sin nium for blow up or go viral. How to boom trend dominate.
7:09:30How to blow up casual. Please pop off. Go crazy.
7:09:37Take off. Hit different. Go wild.
7:09:43Get go. Get get off. Smash.
7:09:46Break the algorithm on social media.
7:09:55on social media and grow my personal brand. Break the algorithm on social media. Yeah, I'll just probably say that.
7:10:04Yeah, thank you. Chat GBT. What happens next?
7:10:14I could either do like an unspoken compilation of me. Yeah, I don't know. That that'll take a lot of editing to be honest and I'm not bothered.
7:10:26I would rather just film it. What happens next? And what happens next will shock you.
7:10:34No, don't. I wouldn't say that. What happens next?
7:10:45Hm. I wouldn't. No, I don't want to fake it cuz I don't have anyone talking about me.
7:10:50Just being like this guy. Oh, actually, no. I could I could I have a video, one of the members here, Sky, if you're watching this, I know you made a video on me, Sky.
7:11:01He made a really cool video uh about about me blowing up. Shout out to Sky, bro. He's a homie.
7:11:11Where is it? Where is it? Where is it?
7:11:15Hey, this guy [Music] >> easy. I'll probably I'll probably do this. Okay, I'll probably do Skye's video.
7:11:37Shout out to Sky. I'm pretty I'm like the the past couple of videos I've been shouting out like all all the community members. It's fun though.
7:11:52Skies video hook. I'll probably remind myself to shout out Sky. Shout out Sky.
7:12:15Yeah, shout out to the homie, bro. Skye's video. What happens next intro?
7:12:26Okay, actually I I should probably watch it again. See It's been two weeks. In the span of two weeks, Yeah.
7:13:05Well, I kind of blew up. Yeah. So, I kind of blew up.
7:13:21So, I kind of did it. And this is how No, I'm not going to make it a tutorial, bro. I could And this is the four steps to how I did it cuz I have to usually I just have to look back at my notes on my series and just Okay, I'm just going to delete that and just say like, "Hey, stick to the stick to the thing, bro.
7:13:50Stick to the series." It's called building a community anyways. It's not It's not about how I blew up literally.
7:13:59Um yeah. So I would say Yeah. So I kind of did it.
7:14:07This has nothing to do with community, bro. Oh no. How do I lead this these pains to Cretopia?
7:14:22Was it worth it? Yeah. So, I kind of did it.
7:14:33So, I did the thing. Yeah. Yeah, I kind of did it.
7:14:47Yeah, I kind of That happened. Yeah, that happened. What comes next might shock you.
7:14:59I don't know why I want to say that line so badly. Act how early Christians built fellowship. I'll probably leave this for our next video.
7:15:13Building something for God. Actually, no. That's the thing.
7:15:19This is about content, not community, bro. I could I could This is so hard. I I decided to record the process of me scripting the hardest video cuz I have no idea what the lesson's going to be or no idea what the idea is.
7:15:40Debunking stereotypes. Okay, I might as well debunk stereotypes at this point. Yeah, I might as well debunk.
7:15:50Um, so do number four, building a Christ brand. Okay, so I'll do these two. Probably put this down here.
7:16:02Yeah. Yeah, that happened. So, how did I manage manage to So, how did a 20-year-old old Chindo from Sydney?
7:16:33Chindo student from Sydney. Chindo University.
7:16:41No, that's that sounds like universindo student Chinese. For those of you who don't know, Chindo means Chinese Indonesian. Uh so, so how did a 20-year-old student from Sydney, Australia, So, how did a 20-year-old Chindo from Sydney, Australia, make it big on So, how did a 20-year-old Chindo from So, how did this 20-year-old Chindo from Sydney, Australia grow his personal grow his personal brand to 300K in the span of 50 days in under 50 days.
7:17:46Under three I didn't that's not that's a lie, bro. In under three months. So, how did a 20-year-old Chindo from Sydney, Australia grow his personal brand to 300K in under three months?
7:18:10You're not going to like the answer, but I'm going to say it anyway. It's God. All glory to the most high.
7:18:15I'm just kidding. I I wish I could say that, but it's like the retention would be a massive drop. Just be like, "Praise Jesus.
7:18:29Praise Yeshua." Honestly, I just should just end it off there. Praise God. That's it, bro.
7:18:34Lers. Honestly, at this point, I don't care cuz I want this to be a short video. I'm not trying to make it like big, even though the intro is pretty big.
7:18:44Like, this is pretty much the intro. But yeah, no, this is this is the intro. But anyways, so how did a 20-year-old Chindo from Sydney, Australia, grows personal brand under 300K under in under three months?
7:18:58Well, I trusted someone called Yes. Well, I Well, it all started by putting my faith in Yeshua. All started when Well, it all started when he began putting his faith in Jesus Christ.
7:19:26Well, it all started when he began putting his faith in Jesus Christ. Not in a way where it's some voodoo. Now, no, now no.
7:19:40This guy didn't. Now, now this guy didn't was not a religious person whatsoever. I hated church.
7:20:01I hate a church, by the way. I'll probably say this like really fast. Now, now this guy was not a religious person.
7:20:16Now, now this guy was not a religious person, dude. At all. At all.
7:20:28But hold on. This guy was not a religious dude at all. But hold up.
7:20:34This guy was not a religious dude at all. I hate a church, by the way. I hate a church, by the way.
7:20:49Okay, this is pretty much the solution that I'm going to say. Uh, I'm going to go to my solutions and just pretty much like try and copy and paste whatever I did here. Grow brand.
7:21:02Whoops. Delete that. Nope.
7:21:06Not this. Not this. Oh, no.
7:21:09Not this. It's pretty much this. I'm just pretty much talking about this this video.
7:21:15Dealing with self-doubt caused by insecurities. But hold up. This guy was not a religious dude at all.
7:21:23I hate a church by the way. He was shy. Something something.
7:21:30I'll probably emphasize the pains. So he and he was shy and he struggled with a ton of insecurity. urities and as a content creator he struggled with a ton of insecurities that he kept to himself.
7:22:33He struggled with a ton of insecurities that he kept to himself, prioritize God in decision. And as a Christian creator, he struggled with a ton of so as a creator. So as a Christian creator, as a follower of Christ, so as a follower of Christ, so as someone who loves, he loves Christ.
7:23:22He struggled. This man struggled to handle his not that just going to dial down, niche down, be more specific with what I want to talk about. Temptations.
7:23:48Probably not. So as someone who loves who loves who loves God, this man So someone who loves God, this man struggled to handle his spiritual battles. Mhm.
7:24:36This is the the one thing that's hard about making like entrepreneurship type of content because I want to make it simple, but it's also really niched. Like talking about spiritual battles as a content creator and an entrepreneur like what? Nobody talks about that.
7:24:55Nobody cares unfortunately these days, which is so sad, bro. Like how do you have meaning in your life if you don't Yeah, whatever. Anyways, um fighting pride, comparison, self- glorification.
7:25:15This man struggled to handle a few spiritual battles. A number a couple of spiritual battles. handling pride with a few spiritual battles with plenty of spiritual battles. things like fighting pride, fighting his pride, comparing comparison, fighting his pride, comparing himself to others.
7:26:10Self-comparison. Okay, I know what to do for this. I'm just going to talk about these three things like fighting things like Okay, so the pretty much okay, the general idea is going to be like um the the intro is where like this is the wrong mindset of like just blowing up and prioritizing virality and then the solution that I'm going to say is just prioritize God in every decision.
7:26:59Okay, I'm just going to copy and paste this here. Jesus. Things like fighting his pride, self-comparison, and loneliness and hypocrisy.
7:27:16I'll probably just say hypocrisy and being a being an outright hypocrite. and being a hypocrite and hypocrisy. Things like fighting his pride, self-compar things like pride, self-comparison, and hypocrisy.
7:27:52I can delete that. Now, usually I like to have like some extra notes below my scripting so I can just take a look at it cuz like people need at least I need keywords whenever I script so it gives me more ideas to use. Literally just word play, man.
7:28:11Creating for God's glory versus my own glory. I'm probably not going to edit this walk through. I'm just going to leave it raw just so you guys actually see my entire scripting process.
7:28:26Creating for God's glory versus my own glory. By the way, again, this is all um my dream avatar. Prioritize God in every decision.
7:28:41H how many lines is it so far? It's pretty okay. I need to hurry up.
7:28:49Hypocrisy. Oh, I need to make the ending good so it's worth watching, bro. I hate doing endings.
7:28:56I love doing hooks, but I don't like doing endings. Conclusions. What's the conclusion?
7:29:01This is the climax, too. So, like I have to make like two more line. No, not even two lines.
7:29:07I wish I could do two lines. Too lazy right now. What an over decision. confess his insecurities to him and spend time in nature.
7:29:26[Music] Embrace imperfections and be vulnerably funny. So as someone who loves God, this man struggled. who loves God.
7:29:47This man. Okay, let me just read it again. Bro, all we got to do on our next video is act childish and have zero filter so we can go absolutely viral and blow up.
7:30:00This is me. This is me 150 days ago. 150 days ago.
7:30:03Wrestling with my intrusive thoughts while figuring out how to break the algorithm on social media. What happens next? this guy's video.
7:30:27What happens next? I'll probably snap. Do a snap.
7:30:31Should I do a snap? Snap. I hated church, by the way.
7:30:56Yeah, that happened. So, how did a 20-year-old Chindo from Sydney, Australia, grow his personal brand to 300K followers in followers in under 3 months? Well, it all started five months, bro.
7:31:14Just say three months. It was three months anyways. Well, it started when he began putting his faith in Jesus Christ.
7:31:20But hold up. This guy was not a religious dude. Like at all, dude.
7:31:33Like at all. to remove this like at all. Yeah, it's unnecessary like at all.
7:31:41So, as someone who loves God, this man struggled with plenty of spiritual battles. So as a man who loves God, this man So as a man of God, this guy this man struggled with plenty of spiritual battles. Things like pride, things like pride, self-comparison, and hypocrisy.
7:32:15This is, bro. I've never done second person, third person storytelling, which is weird cuz this is so different. But hey, you guys get to see it firsthand.
7:32:28This is me trying out something completely new. Prioritize God in every decision. Difference between.
7:32:38Okay, I'm not going to do that. and hypocrisy. Okay, maybe I'll switch it up to first person because I feel so much more comfortable cuz I can't tell this solution without, you know, if I stick to second, third person.
7:33:11This is second, right? Yeah. Yeah, this is second person cuz it's like he it's referring to him.
7:33:17He uh so I'll probably just switch it up to I now. Let me just read it again. So, how did a 20-year-old Chinder from Sydney, Australia, grow his personal brand of 300K followers in under 3 months?
7:33:29Well, it all started when he began putting his faith in Jesus Christ. But hold up, this guy was not a religious dude, like at all. So, as someone who loves God, this man struggled with plenty of spiritual battles.
7:33:47Spiritual battles. This man had plenty of struggles. things like pride, self-comparison, and hypocrisy.
7:34:05You know, I didn't Okay, I might just completely switch it to an authentic um segment. And I'll dot points here so you guys can see how I do dot points and how I do word for word. Okay, I got it.
7:34:29I'm supposed to be talking about community here, bro. until he created his own support system. until he created his own support system.
7:34:54His own business own business to support to support himself. himself to support to serve and help to help serve himself until he created his own business to help serve himself. His own business to help serve himself.
7:35:29Yeah. Yes. My Yes.
7:35:33I made a community to yes made community. This is how I do points by I just cut all the unnecessary words. Made community for the community of my dreams.
7:36:01started building the community. Wanted to build the community of dreams. My dreams until he created his own business to help serve himself.
7:36:30Yes. Myself. I wanted to I wanted to build a community.
7:36:37Yes. I wanted to build a community of my for my younger self of my that younger Ken would have dreamt. always dreamt of that younger can always dreamt of and find friends.
7:37:07No, I want I'm just going to cut this out and to and to make friends. Should I and to make friends and to make genuine friends and to make genuine friends online with same interests and with the same passion for creating.
7:37:58This is like an intro video for Creattopia. Okay, but I think it's good though. I have to finish up soon cuz this is more I don't want it to be more than one minute, bro.
7:38:11I cannot be bothered, dude. Today I cannot be bothered uh creating for God's glory today. This community helps helps me stay on track and to make genuine friends online with the same passion for creating content.
7:38:41Fast forward to today. Yes, I wanted Okay, this is this is um where I switch it up pretty much from first person, second person to first person. And I and I wanted to make genuine friends and to make genuine friends online with the same passion for creating content, authentic friends online, friends online with the same Authentic online friends.
7:39:12Online friends with the same faithful with the same faithful passion with the same faith and passion. Build a faithful community. Yes.
7:39:23I wanted to build a faithful community that younger can. An authentic community. with the same faith and passion and passion.
7:39:46Yes. I wanted to build an authentic community that younger Ken always dreamt of and to make genuine online friends. And to make genuine online friends who are genuine with the same who genuinely have the same faith.
7:40:10And to make online friends who have the same genuine faith. And to make online friends with the same Yeah. genuine faith and passion for creating content.
7:40:25Faith in Jesus and passion for creating content. faith in Jesus and passion for creating content. I'll probably cut it cut the word genuine.
7:40:43And to make genuine friends and to make online friends, genuine friends online. Genuine friends online with the same faith in Jesus and passion for creating content. in Christ and passion for creating content.
7:41:16Fast forward fast forward to today. The Creattopia only has kept me accountable. Keeps me accountable.
7:41:40Keeps me accountable every day. I'll probably do a CTA for this video. It's probably the best.
7:41:48So if you want to join something like this, all you got to do is just comment something something. Fast forward to today. Creative family has kept me accountable.
7:41:59Continues to keep me accountable. Continues to keep me accountable every day. Fast forward today.
7:42:21The Creattopia family fast forward. Creattopia family continues. The Creattopia family keeps me accountable every day.
7:42:34Continues to keep me accountable and focused on God's glory instead of my my own. every day and focused on God's glory every day instead of my own. The Creattopia family continues to keep me accountable and focus on God's glory every day.
7:43:05Focus on God's glory every day. glorifying God every day instead of myself. glorifying God instead of myself.
7:43:18That's done. continues to keep me. No one can get No one can get caught lacking.
7:43:55I want to say lacking. I want to make a joke here. This is probably the best time to make a joke.
7:44:05continues to support my authentic self. Okay, I'll just say continues to support. Fast forward to today.
7:44:22Creattopia family continues to support my to promote, to uplift, to motivate. To motivate me during The Creattopia family. The Creattopia family continues to motivate me every day.
7:45:04The CEO becomes the customer. The founder becomes the customer. Can't get caught lacking, bro.
7:45:25This is so long, bro. Oh my goodness. Fast forward to today.
7:45:53He had he had plenty of struggles under his under the closet. In the closet inside the closet. This guy I'm going to shorten it.
7:46:12I'm going to cut and merge. Hold up. This guy was not Hold up.
7:46:24This guy was not the perfect dude. Good Christian boy. This guy was not the typical good Christian boy.
7:46:39the so-called this guy was not [Music] hold up. But this guy was not the typical good Christian boy. Good Christian boy.
7:47:01He had plenty of struggles inside. He actually had plenty of struggles inside the closet. He actually had plenty of struggles like pride, self struggles like pride struggles like pride, self-comparison, and hypocrisy until he created his own business to ser to help serve serve himself.
7:47:29Yes. I wanted to build an authentic community that younger Ken always dreamed of and to make genuine friends online with the same faith in Christ and passion for creating content. Fast forward to today, the Creattopia family continues to motivate me and to support my weird weird online persona.
7:47:55Goofy social media persona. The creator of your family continues to support my goofy social media goofy persona on social media. Goofy social media persona and keep me while keeping me focused on glorifying God instead of on glorifying God instead of myself.
7:48:23horrifying God instead of myself. Can't get caught lacking, bro.
7:48:43Yeah, goofy persona. We pray and then we create. literally.
7:48:55Okay. While keeping me focused on glorifying. Fast forward to today.
7:49:07Create the Creattopia family continues to support my goofy social media person. So if you want to join something like this, so if you if you're and yes, you can join us too. And yeah, you can join us too and just comment.
7:49:34I don't know if this is a powerful CTA. I want I don't know if I want to make it serious or just casual. And yeah, you can join us to I'll just make it two options.
7:49:52And yeah, you can join us to just comment send and I'll just comment start and I'll send you a discount. and I'll send you a 50% off.
7:50:25I'll give you 50% off now. I'll give you a 50% off. Yeah.
7:50:37Okay. I'm going to do I'm just going to write here. Lead magnet.
7:50:46All right. 50% off annual plan offer CTA. And yeah, you can join us too. Just comment start and I'll give you 50% off for a whole year.
7:51:02And I'll literally give you Okay. And yes, and yeah, you can join us too. Just comment.
7:51:11And yeah, you can join us too. Just comment start and I'll give you 50%. Ah, sounds lazy.
7:51:19And if you want to join us, just comment start. So if you want to join us, So if you want to join us on this journey, just comment start journey. Just comment start and I'll literally Yeah, I love saying things like literally.
7:51:40Actually, just to emphasize it more, just comment start and I'll literally give you 50% off. A 50% So, if you want to join us on this journey, just come and start.
7:52:02Just come and start and I'll literally give you 50% off for a whole year. For a whole year. You heard me right, bro.
7:52:15I'll see you inside, broki. See you inside, broki. See you inside, brother.
7:52:28Brother, see you inside, brother. Day three. Brother, day three.
7:52:46See you inside, brother. All right, just say American accent. See you inside, brother.
7:52:59All right, and that was day three of building fellowship. See you inside, brother. That happened actually.
7:53:13I'm sorry, Sky. I probably I probably won't um do this this part of the video, but still, shout out to you, bro. Uh match cut.
7:53:40I'll probably do a match cut. It's out there. 20-year-old grow personal brand at 300k followers in under 3 months. Bro, what happens next?
7:54:22Okay, so now we're going to do that's pretty much the entire word for word or the the script itself. It's probably going to be more than a minute, but who cares? Um, I'm going to do now the screenplay screenplay with the checklists.
7:54:38So, I'm going to assign each line with these check boxes. All right, lead paints to Creattopia. Done.
7:54:45Loop intro and outro. I'm not going to do that. I'm going to do some sound design because I'm trying this new thing where it's like I add some sound effects with my voice like groans and size or like clicks or something like that.
7:54:58That's why I did this as a new new thing. Sound design. Um, match cut shot.
7:55:05Match cut shot. Show followers. Yeah.
7:55:10Okay. Okay. Yeah, that happened.
7:55:27Bro, all we got to do. Okay, so I'm going to say duplicates room. I'm very very like broad with it.
7:55:40Um, I used to be really specific with writing uh screenplay and stuff like that, but these days I barely do. Um, I barely describe what shot it is anymore because what number one, I'm used to it. Not to brag or anything, literally bragging, but like not to brag, right?
7:55:54I'm I'm used to it. So, there's no point of me um trying to over plan my shots because I'm I feel better. Number one, it's more fun to do a free flow.
7:56:08And number two, um, it's so quick as well. You don't have to describe anything. This is me days ago.
7:56:17Okay, I'm just going to do this and this. This. So, I'm just managing it right now.
7:56:27Just ignore me. Pause effect. This is me 150 days ago.
7:56:44I'm just going to leave this up here for now. 150 days ago. act childish and have zero filter so we can go absolutely viral and blow up.
7:57:01This is me 150 days ago. Bro, all we got to do is on on our next video is act childish and have zero filter so we can absolutely go viral. So we can go absolutely viral and blow up.
7:57:13This is me 250 days ago wrestling with my intrusive thoughts mid talking freeze. Should I do freeze or slow motion? Freeze.
7:57:39Yeah. So things like this I do need to describe just very briefly, you know, um because if I usually I leave it blank like this if it's just a random scene, but this is not a random scene. I'm actually I actually want to play in this one.
7:57:53Um so yeah, try and be efficient with it as possible. Only use keywords. Don't don't go all in on like long shot, medium shot, unless you're a beginner.
7:58:02That's important definitely. But these days I just yeah try and not ramble too much. So what hap what happens next?
7:58:23Okay, I'll just probably do one or something. Hm. Uh, I won't do a match shot.
7:58:47I won't do a match shot. I'll do a spin. Spin transition.
7:58:56Spin. What happens next? Yeah, that happened.
7:59:21So, how did a 20-year-old something something something Got to delete this. How did a 20-year-old Chindo from Sydney, Australia? So you see how I'm how I'm doing it a line by line.
7:59:32That is the one that it's so efficient. That's why I keep telling everyone do it line by line. Write sentence by sentence.
7:59:39If it's easier for you to write in paragraphs, go ahead. But then afterwards, just split it into lines so that you can uh go ahead and assign each line to what the visual story is going to be. Right?
7:59:51This talking head stuff is usually the A story and this stuff is usually the B story. The B- roll. So I added a 20-year-old.
8:00:00Okay, I'm just going to copy and paste this and add B- roll here. So whenever I do something like this CS B- roll, this is very common in all my scripts. This combo right here, V O CS PP, right?
8:00:11That means like it's just a voice over, no talking head, but it's just a bunch of shots. All right. Um either from my camera roll or the shots that I film in a scene that a 20-year-old Chindo from Sydney, Australia grows personal brand to 20.
8:00:25Okay, I'll probably use more B-roll here. to 300,000 followers in under three months. In under three months, grow his personal brand to under Yeah, I'll probably do some Yeah. shot there.
8:00:41Anyways, I'm not going to describe it. This is the one shot that I that I wouldn't describe. not the one shot, but I I always leave this like 90% of the time I leave it blank because I have like a checklist here and you guys should too from um the consume and synthesize course. Like you should learn to steal screenshot shots, save them in a checklist, save them in a document and then just come back to them every single day, you know, just try and replicate them.
8:01:09I still do that every day. Every time I create a video, at least one shot is replicated. Like that's that's just the the way stealing like an artist works.
8:01:20When it all started when he began Well, it all started when he began something putting his faith in Jesus Christ. Okay, I'm going to do a duplicate shot here again. I'm just going to name this guy narrator Ken.
8:01:41Ken one duplicates. Narrator. Ken 1 plus Ken 2.
8:01:48Praying. Praying.
8:02:01on her side. when he get put his faith in Jesus Christ. Okay, I'm going to do an insert shot of me again, too. All right, so that's what I usually say for insert shots, but this guy was not the typical good Christian boy.
8:02:28But see, this guy was not But see, this guy was not the typical good Christian boy. Okay, I'm going to do another talking head. Unfortunately, I'm just going to film this at home in my living room or something, so it's going to be easy.
8:02:47But see, this guy was not the typical good Christian boy. And I'm late. Yeah, I need to get filming soon.
8:03:00But see, this guy was not the typical good Christian boy. Going to describe some shots here. [Music] Good Christian boy.
8:03:47I'm just looking at my photos to see which one I should use, but I guess that's that'll be free flow. He had plenty of struggles. Okay, this is a voice over match shots compilation.
8:04:07I'm going to do a match shot compilation here like pride self comparison thing. You can see here that these type of shots, this line at least, I know it's going to be four shots cuz this is one like pride, self-comparison, hypocrisy. That's three shots here.
8:04:26But this one, this is going to be another shot before those the match shot compilation. So, I have to say I have to come up with something here, which is free flow. I don't know what it's going to be, but I usually leave it blank for me to figure out until he created his own business to serve himself.
8:04:44Himself.
8:04:56Okay. Okay. I know what to do.
8:05:01Uh, I'm going to do a talking head of me reading a script. Narrator Ken one. Ken one reading paper script.
8:05:17Okay. Yes. I wanted to build an authentic community.
8:05:28Yes. Can to building Ctopia. for B-roll here and CS here too.
8:06:00Show photo print. To be honest, I'm too lazy for that. that younger can always dreamt of.
8:06:31And to make genuine friends online. Yeah, I'll probably do a voice over here. Copy and paste.
8:06:39Duplicate. Genuine friends online. Same face.
8:06:41Okay. Do balt tier two. Fast forward to today.
8:06:50Make that voice over B-roll, too. There's plenty of stuff to do here. Every shot has CS, bro.
8:06:57That means it's going to be a long filming session, dog. All right. Can't get caught lacking, bro.
8:07:06Okay, this is the one shot that I'll do with uh HV. Um, which is a handheld vlog. HV sounds weird, bro.
8:07:14It's like, pause. Hold up. It's not what you think.
8:07:24It's just HV, not the other one. Should I do a sound design anywhere? I'll probably do all here.
8:07:45Probably do an all sound effect. Clash Royale. Barbarian.
8:08:26Ha. G goblin. I'll probably do goblin sound.
8:08:46I can do I can do this myself. I'd rather do the sound to be honest. Yeah.
8:08:52So, I'll do this. Whoops. Whoops.
8:08:58Okay. Anything else? I just realized this.
8:09:19It's been like one and a half hours of doing this. Now I realize that I actually try harder than this. Like my plan was not to do this this much, but hey, you guys are lucky to see me uh at this point.
8:09:31Um, but yeah, like at this point, like I'm in a cycle of OCD, so I have to get this, you know, the quality right. Um, the script right as well. So like I'm at this point I'm just adding sound effects.
8:09:43Can't get caught lacking. Uh, CS B-roll. I'm going to do talking head wide series text.
8:09:58See you inside, brother.
8:10:13Smile. American. See you inside, brother.
8:10:22See you inside. Uh, serious text. So, if you want to join this community, Yeah.
8:10:31So if you want to join this community show note book insert start notebook book and 50% off notebook. Okay, this should be good.
8:11:35We do B- roll here too. So much B-roll, bro. So many B-roll and some ECS.
8:12:02Come on, dog. I got to cut it. I got to cut it.
8:12:08I can't be I can't be using both at the same time. Have plenty of struggles like pride, self-comparison, hypocrisy. his own business to help serve himself.
8:12:42Okay. [Music] H [Music] I might not um make today's Creattopia video. I might make this Yeah.
8:13:43Sorry, Sky. Not today. Might make this fire to All right, brokies.
8:14:13I'm just going to do the final checkup cuz I have to go and actually film this before I thing. Uh I might Yeah, I might skip today's filming session for Creattopia. I'm going to make this both the posts.
8:14:36So, I'm going Yeah. both accounts.
8:14:54Okay, counts. [Music] Wrestling with my intrusive thoughts. Yeah, I don't want to read it again cuz Yeah, I'll just go free flow from now.
8:15:08Otherwise, I'm just going to keep getting OCD. Yeah. Okay.
8:15:13Thank you for watching, guys. That this this is pretty much the um the entire scripting process that I did for today. Today's 1 minute and a half video.
8:15:23Okay. Hopefully, it's more than not too long. Okay, thank you.
8:15:27Welcome to the official solo cinematography course inside Creattopia. This is a course where I will be constantly adding new modules every time I learn new methods and insights. The main subject of this entire course will be about filming cinematic shots of yourself by yourself.
8:15:42Our main mission is to get you to film unique and aesthetic shots of ordinary subjects and activities while making it look extraordinary using multiple techniques. And of course, you'll be able to use any of these shots in your self-improvement content. We will also be diving into the following topics.
8:15:57Filming easy shots and angles. Using cheap and reliable tools around your house. Using light sources to make your videos look cinematic.
8:16:04telling a visual story with your film shots, stealing like an artist while staying authentic, speaking in front of the camera like a natural pro, and many more. My mission is to provide you with the simplest and most reliable methods of filming content that I learned from the past 9 years of being a creator. And my goal is to help you film easier content while standing out from the rest of the creators in your niche.
8:16:25So, without further ado, let's learn some cinematography. Now, let's talk about the main key tools that you will always need as a cinematic content creator. First off, you're obviously going to need a camera.
8:16:36Now, in all domains of content creation, any camera is qualified. From iPhones to vlog cameras to professional ones and everything in between. This course will be optimized for simple cinematography techniques.
8:16:46So, don't worry if you only have an iPhone. But, go and grab the best camera that you have at home right now because that's what you're going to use to create cinematic content. The next tool is a tripod, which is the second most important tool that you will ever need as a solo creator who films themselves.
8:17:00It's pretty obvious as to why a tripod is mandatory for filming videos. Now, there's plenty of tripods out there to buy for mobile phones and cameras, but if you don't have one already, there's a link below this module that will take you to a full list of the cheapest tripods and lighting kits on Amazon. Speaking of lighting, this is probably the next best tool that I definitely recommend investing into if you haven't already.
8:17:20Unfortunately, if you're on a budget, most lighting kits are going to be a little bit expensive for you, but if you're able to afford one or two decent light stands, then that will definitely do the job like I have. And you don't have to over complicate the tools that you will need for all of this filming. Even a small desk clamp will work if you learn the following techniques in the next modules.
8:17:37I used to use my desk clamp back when my lighting kit stopped working. Now, I use two light stands that I brought from Amazon, which is also in the link below. Now, when using any other light other than the natural sun, I call this manufactured lighting.
8:17:48We're going to learn how to light a shot using natural and manufactured lights in the next following modules. The reason why lighting is so important in cinematography is because it literally determines whether your shot looks ordinary and boring or extraordinary and aesthetic. And our goal here is to achieve that cinematic look for every single shot that we take.
8:18:05Now, these are the three main tools that you're going to need to follow along the rest of this course and make dope cinematic content. Once you have these ready, let's start learning some cinematography. Welcome to the first foundational cinematic technique, the long shot.
8:18:18This is where you capture your entire body in one full frame from head to toe. It's sometimes referred to as a wide shot or a full shot. Long shots are great for capturing your surroundings and telling your audience what is about to happen.
8:18:30These shots are usually used in the start of a film or video to establish the setting of the story. The audience should be able to see everything and know where your story is headed. Now, there's two types of cinematic movements: camera movements and frame movements.
8:18:42Because most of us don't have anyone else to help us film content all day, we'll be doing shots with frame movements only. This includes the activities and actions of our everyday lifestyle and habits. Therefore, long shots capture the entire subject, which is us doing the activity as a whole.
8:18:57My personal go-to activities include exercising, reading books, working on my computer, and walking. Based on my experience, it's more difficult to film long shots indoors, but in the next module, I will show you how to make it work. So, long shots are best when establishing a new setting or scene.
8:19:11When moving to a new chapter of your video, it's always great to use this shot as your first one. Now, let me show you how to shoot cinematic long shots of yourself for your self-improvement content. Welcome to the official practical long shot demonstration.
8:19:23For the first shot of the day, I'm going to be capturing my living room. I will be sitting on that couch watching TV while my camera captures my entire body. So, the distance between my camera here and me is going to be pretty far apart.
8:19:33By the way, for these shot tutorials, I'm not going to be worrying about lighting for now because that's just a whole another world that I'll get into in the following modules. All right, so my camera and tripod is set up right now. As you can see, what you want to do is imagine yourself inside this frame.
8:19:46Imagine yourself in the spot that you're going to do your action or movement. For this example, I'm going to be sitting right there in the middle of the couch watching TV. And I want to put the center of my camera where I'm going to be sitting.
8:19:56Then, I'm going to zoom in just a little bit because I'll still have that whole body captured. If I do, what you also want to do is line up the lines in your camera with any walls or tables.
8:20:05For this shot, I'm going to line up my camera with this table and these lines from my blinds and walls here. Now, what we want to do is set the exposure settings on your camera. If you're using a mobile phone, it's pretty easy to set your brightness.
8:20:17You just drag the icon down. But for a camera like mine, I recommend lowering the exposure just a little bit. Now, my camera screen can flip just like that.
8:20:24So, I'm going to do this and double check that everything's good. Once I'm ready, I'm just going to press the record button and then let's go. So, now I'm going to go watch the TV on my couch.
8:20:33There's actually nothing on the TV, but I'm just going to sit here and then pretty much pretend that I'm watching TV. Now, whenever you do your actions, you just want to pretend that the camera isn't there. And of course, you don't want to look at the camera.
8:20:46Otherwise, it's not very natural, unless you want to break the fourth wall like I do. Now, once you are finished, you can go back to the camera and stop recording. Now, if you're not sure what the footage looks like, just make sure you go back to your camera and check it first.
8:20:58You want to check the footage and then just make sure that everything's good. You that's what the shot you want. The lighting is cool.
8:21:03Just remember to not move this tripod when you want to double check your shot because otherwise, you know, you're going to ruin your position. And in the case where you're not happy with the shot, you can just reshoot it again and your camera is in the same position. All right, let's move on to the next shot.
8:21:16All right, so the next shot I'll be showing you will be in my backyard. The reason why I'm doing this is because it's pretty much the best place for me to capture myself training some boxing. I want to record myself shadow boxing right there, right next to the grass.
8:21:28So, I have to think about where I'm going to place my camera. There are actually multiple places where I can place my camera, but I'm going to be putting it right here next to my boxing bag so that it can point right there. Once again, I want to align my shot.
8:21:39Make sure that everything is good. Maybe zoom in a little bit. Just make sure that I'm still capturing my full body.
8:21:44Set the exposure. Make sure that is good, too. I make it a little bit lower.
8:21:48Now, I'm going to flip my camera screen. And then, once I'm ready, press record. Let's do it.
8:21:52Now, this is just pretty ordinary. Same thing. Just focus on my action.
8:21:56Don't be too aware of the camera. Just let the camera do its job. and I'll do mine.
8:22:04The important thing here is to remember where you actually pointing your camera. Remember where you framed your shot. I remember that this little wall here is pretty much in the middle of the shot.
8:22:16So, I want to stay in the middle. And I don't want to go too far cuz I know that I'm pretty much pushing the frame out. So, I want to stay where the frame is.
8:22:33Once you're done, go back to the camera and stop recording. If you're shooting with a camera like mine, I have a wide to zoomed lens, so you can either shoot in both options. I usually like to do it in zoom because it looks more cinematic and fills the screen better.
8:22:46On the other hand, phones are better off recording with no zoom, but it's completely up to you. And that is how you film yourself with a long shot. Now, let's move on to the next technique.
8:22:56Welcome to the second foundational cinematic shot, the medium shot. This is where you capture only half your body in one frame. You can either do this with your upper body from head to waist or your lower body from waist to feet.
8:23:07It's sometimes referred to as the waist shot or the sweet spot shot. Medium shots are great for capturing dialogue in a scene where a person is talking. This is because it allows the viewer to have a solid view of your subject.
8:23:18And in this case, it's you. These shots are usually used to show off the details of your subject as well as the background setting. though, two birds, one stone. The audience should be able to notice your body language and how you're moving with the environment around you.
8:23:30Once again, this includes the activities and actions of our everyday life. My personal go-to activities to capture medium shots include hitting a boxing bag, reading a book, working on my computer, and watching TV. Based on my experience, it's a lot easier to film medium shots indoors than it is to film long shots indoors.
8:23:45Now, let me show you how to shoot cinematic medium shots of yourself for your self-improvement videos. Welcome to the official practical medium shot demonstration. For the first shot, I'm going to be capturing my room setup.
8:23:55So, the distance between my camera here and me is going to be at a medium distance. If you remember from the long shot demo, I told you guys about the zooming in trick. I like to do the same trick with pretty much all of my shots, including this one here.
8:24:07This allows me to place my camera a little bit further away and zoom more into my shot. All right, so for this shot, I'm going to be placing my camera just a tad bit higher like that, so I can capture my upper body only. And I can tell because I can just see my chair.
8:24:20I'm going to align it up because I have these little green lines on my camera horizontally symmetrical and vertically as well. If you don't have a camera like this, you can obviously refer to these wall lines or your table or anything like symmetrical.
8:24:32Okay, that should be good. As you can see, it's underexposed, which I like to do as well. And then once you're ready, I usually flip my camera and press record.
8:24:40Now, in this situation, I have to move away from my camera and I don't want to like put it out of position. So, I have to like be really careful with that. Now, my action is going to pretty much be me pretending to work on my computer.
8:24:52So, that's what I'm going to do. Going to lower my chair a little bit. The reason why I'm actually doing this is because I can actually see my frame from the screen on of my camera there.
8:25:01So, it's much easier than a long shot because you can actually see what you're capturing. Now, this is just me pretending to work on my computer. Again, this is where you pretty much improvise your actions and movements.
8:25:11And remember to be natural. Just don't be a robot. Just pretend that there's no camera there and focus on your action only, you know.
8:25:17And once you're done, you just go back to the camera and stop recording. Remember, if you want to double check your footage, don't move the camera. Check your footage.
8:25:24See if it's all good. And if it is, you can move on to the next shot. All right, people.
8:25:28The next shot is going to be in my kitchen. I'm going to be recording myself eating food on this table right here and that chair. So, I'm going to have to think about where I'm going to place my camera.
8:25:37There's actually a ton of spots that I can place my camera because it's a medium shot and, you know, it's closer to the subject. Much more accessible than a long shot.
8:25:43especially indoors. But in this case, I'm going to be putting my camera right here and pointing it this way. You want to place your camera, position it up, make sure that everything is symmetrical.
8:25:52Use the walls, use any horizontal tables, and then obviously set your exposure to low. Actually going to adjust the blinds a bit. That's a little sneak peek for the lighting modules coming soon.
8:26:02Yeah, that looks much better. And then when I lower the exposure, it doesn't look like it's blinding. You really need to imagine you in that shot doing your action.
8:26:09It's all about visualizing the final shot and what you want it to look like. All right, once this is ready, double check that everything's good.
8:26:16Flip the screen. Press record. Now, let me eat this protein bar.
8:26:19And pretty much when you do an action like this, it's pretty easy to uh look natural. You don't really need to worry about your camera or anything. Just do whatever.
8:26:30Like when you're eating, reading a book, it's really easy to act. Just be in the moment. You know, you can add some more actions like looking around, maybe some hand movements.
8:26:41Just try and make it as engaging as possible because, you know, being super still might be a little bit boring unless that's the type of look that you want. All right, now I'm finished. Once you're done, go back to the camera, stop recording, and then double check your footage if you want to.
8:26:59That looks good. And that is pretty much how you film yourself with a medium shot.
8:27:03Now, let's move on to the next camera technique. Welcome to the third foundational cinematic shot, the close-up shot. This is where you frame only one part of your body at a close range, typically your face.
8:27:13You can do this to express your emotional state with little details of your face. Your face or the object that you shoot is supposed to take up most of your screen. This is because close-ups are used to tell your audience to pay attention on a certain subject or a specific symbol.
8:27:26The audience should be able to notice your subtle facial movements from your eyes to your mouth. Therefore, you're also able to zoom in a lot closer to get an extreme close-up shot. Extreme close-up shots are used to capture the most tiniest details in your frame.
8:27:39Once again, this includes your facial features or any other tool, object, or appliances. My go-to subjects to capture close-up shots include my face when working or reacting to something, my computer screen, and my keyboard and mouse. Based on my experience, it's a lot easier to film close-up shots indoors than it is outdoors.
8:27:55Now, let me show you how to shoot cinematic close-ups by yourself for your self-improvement content. >> All righty.
8:28:00Welcome to the practical close-up demonstration. For the first shot, I'm going to be capturing my face as I read a book on my couch. I'll be reading through a few sentences and flipping through some pages so that my camera captures my natural reaction and emotions.
8:28:12So, the distance between my camera here and my subject, which is me, is going to be at a pretty close distance. The same zooming in trick from the other practical modules can be used in here, too. I actually zoom all the way with my 50 mm lens with pretty much every single close-up shot that I take.
8:28:26All right. So, I'm going to put my camera right here. Turn the camera.
8:28:30Make sure it's set horizontally and vertically. Okay. Now, I'm just trying to imagine where my face is going to be at because this is a very close-up shot and I really want my face to be in frame.
8:28:41Okay. Let's pretend that's it. Now, I'm going to lower the exposure just a little bit.
8:28:44And then once that's done, everything's double checked. You can flip the screen. And we're going to press record.
8:28:49Now, I'm going to pretend to read a book. Remember to act natural. Do the actual action.
8:28:53Don't just pretend to act. read a couple of sentences, you know, blah blah blah blah blah. Flip through some pages cuz you still want some movement in your shot. Um, maybe do some eye movements, mouth movements.
8:29:04Once you're finished, go back to the camera, stop recording. Now, let's double check our shot. Wow, that is actually really nice.
8:29:12And you can see the reflection from the Oh, that's actually very nice. I'm not going to lie. Okay, what I'm going to do is actually reshoot this one more time.
8:29:21And instead of focusing in the middle, I'm going to put the flexible focus zone towards my face a little bit. Let's see what happens. Let's try this for real.
8:29:30As you can see, my incredible acting skills. And then boom. We'll see how it looks.
8:29:34That is much better. Yeah, that is a lot lot better. Actually like this a lot.
8:29:38All right, let's move on to the next shot. All right, this next shot is going to be in my room and we're going to be doing a extreme close-up shot. I'm going to be recording myself writing on my notebook right here on my desk.
8:29:49And there is actually one position that I have in mind for this action. And I'll be placing my camera right here at a higher position next to my chair so that I can capture a high angle shot like this.
8:29:59This is pretty much called an over- the-sh shoulder shot because this camera is capturing the shot over the shoulder. I'll also get more into this in the next following modules about camera angles. All right, let's do this.
8:30:08Once again, place the camera on tripod just like that. It's still at a higher position. Point it towards the actual notebook.
8:30:15And of course, we want to zoom in all the way because it's an extreme close-up shot. And we want to lower the exposure just a little bit. Once we're ready, double checked.
8:30:24Done. Press record. Flip the screen.
8:30:26Let's go. Remember to be careful with the tripod. You don't want to you don't want to move it.
8:30:30That's the last thing you want. Now, with the action, just be normal with it. Write whatever you want and don't be too stressed about it.
8:30:35I'm going to be writing this is a an extreme closeup shot. And this is a very easy shot to take because I can just check my camera right there. My frame is right there.
8:30:45I can see what I'm looking at. And yeah, the best part is my face isn't in the frame. So, I can just literally just look at the camera while I'm writing it down.
8:30:53It was very efficient. All right, once that's done, you can stop recording. Check your footage if you want to.
8:30:59If not, that's pretty much how you shoot an extreme close-up shot. Now, let's move on to the next module, low and high angles.
8:31:05In this module, I will be going through the exact techniques of using camera angles to capture shots like these. To get straight into it, first we have the high angle shot. This is a cinematography method where you set your camera at a higher position while it points downwards on the subject from above.
8:31:20High angles are used to make the subject, in this case you, feel vulnerable, powerless, or weak, as if the camera is a person looking down on you. Therefore, this gives your audience a sense of power or authority over you. This shot can also show your viewers a better perspective of the setting and environment around you.
8:31:35For the second technique, we have the low angle shot. This is basically the opposite of the high angle where you position your camera lower to the ground, mostly below eye level, while it points upwards on the subject. Low angles have a psychological effect by making the subject look strong and powerful from above.
8:31:48When shooting lower angles of yourself as the main character of your story, it makes you seem vulnerable and relatable. Another cool way to use light angles is to make a subject's height look way taller than it actually is. So, for the short kings out there, this shot is for you.
8:32:01Now, the next technique is called the over- the-sh shoulder shot. This shot is very commonly used in films when more than two characters are talking to one another and having a conversation. It's a very subtle way of capturing an eyele shot where the subject is looking towards a subject.
8:32:14It's a very subtle way of capturing an eyele shot where the subject is looking towards. In this case, overshoulder shots are mostly framed with a medium shot or a close-up shot. So, when filming yourself, you can shoot overshoulder shots to sell your audience that you're seeing something important.
8:32:27I like to do this whenever I want to show something on my phone or laptop, like scrolling on social media, watching a video, or browsing on my school community. For the next technique, we have the bird's eye view shot, aka the aerial shot. This is where the camera is located above over your head, capturing the stuff happening down below.
8:32:43Bird's eye shots are mostly captured using drones, but most of us don't have that. So, don't worry because there are a few tricks to get this shot on your own, which I'll show in the next module. My go-to actions for bird's eye shots include smaller activities like typing on a keyboard and lying on a couch.
8:32:57The final technique is called the Dutch angle shot, aka the tilt shot. This is where you tilt your camera to the left or right side using your tripod, which results in a frame that is not horizontally or vertically symmetrical. Dutch angles are a more unconventional and unique approach to cinematography.
8:33:11Therefore, filming shots like this can make your audience feel uneasy and a sense of drunkenness. Personally, I rarely do any Dutch angles myself, but if you use it at the perfect moment in your film or video, then it becomes very effective. Now, let's move on to the next module where I show you how to shoot all of these shots in practice.
8:33:26Welcome to the practical camera angle demonstration. For the first shot, I'm going to be capturing a low angle close-up of my face as I eat food on my kitchen table. So, the distance between me and my camera is going to be like this.
8:33:37And I'll also be zooming in all the way with my lens. This close-up is actually very common with low angles and high angles. So, let me show you how to do it.
8:33:45So, this low angle is going to be just below my hip. And then I'm going to point it upwards to my subject. I'm going to imagine that my face is right there.
8:33:53Now the camera is all positioned. Flip the camera. Make sure everything is good.
8:33:57And press record. Let's go to the spot. Open up this yummy little snack that I have.
8:34:02This is an excuse for me to cheat. All right. Now, the problem with this shot is actually I can see my frame there.
8:34:09It is actually too low. So, I have to point it a little bit higher. Sometimes you're going to have these hiccups, but my advice is to just keep rolling and you can cut it out later in editing.
8:34:21So, the camera is still rolling. No problems. And I can see that my face is in the shot.
8:34:26Now, remember to act natural. Focus on your movements.
8:34:31Do not look at the camera. And remember that this is a close-up shot, so my facial expressions are very important. That's pretty much it.
8:34:42Once we stop recording, we can go back and check the footage if we want to. Yep, that's cool. I'm happy with that. clearly shooting in the shadow side as well.
8:34:49Then once we're done, we can move on to the next shot. The next shot that I'll be showing you will be a medium high angle shot of me editing a video on my computer. I will be placing my camera at a medium distance from my chair where I'll be sitting and setting the tripod at a higher position while pointing the camera slightly downwards.
8:35:04As you can see here, it's slightly at an angle. This is called an over- the-sh shoulder shot, which is mostly common with medium shots and close-up shots. All right, let's get it.
8:35:12I'm going to imagine that I am sitting right there while my video is being edited right there. I'm trying to capture everything in one frame, but at the same time, I don't want it to look like a close-up shot. So, okay, that would look good.
8:35:24It's a bit dark, so I'm going to raise the exposure a little bit. It's still lower than zero, so should be good. Press record.
8:35:30Flip the camera. Press record. Flip the screen.
8:35:32It's good that I can actually see the actual frame. And then pretend to edit.
8:35:37Of course, you want to keep acting natural. Just pretend you're actually working. Do this for a few seconds.
8:35:43Whatever you want to capture, capture it. And then once you're done, you can go back, stop recording, double check your footage if you want to. And that's pretty much it.
8:35:50And that is how you film yourself with low and high angle shots. Now, for the next shot, I'm going to be filming a bird's eye view of my laptop in my living room. So, I'll be sitting on the floor next to my table here and pretending to work on my laptop.
8:36:02Now, the camera will actually be placed on the same table as the laptop. Now, the key to a bird's eye view is to really set your tripod to its highest height. And you want to be really careful with this because it's kind of fragile and it doesn't really stand as well as it would if you spread it out.
8:36:17So, the legs are very narrow and you want to be careful with it because this camera and tripod has fallen down plenty of times because I've been doing plenty of bird's eye views. And of course, the height of your tripod has to be medium size. It doesn't have to be huge.
8:36:30I believe that this height right here is the minimum you should have bird's eye shots. Now, what you want to do with your camera is tilt it all the way down using your tripod and then pretty much look at your screen to see what your frame looks like.
8:36:41And the key here is to zoom in because we want a close-up shot, right? So, I'm going to tilt it a little bit down. There you go.
8:36:46That looks better. I think this looks good. Everything looks aligned.
8:36:49Just double check your alignment because sometimes bird's eye shots can be a little bit trippy. Remember to lower your exposure and then flip the screen downwards. And it's going to be very easy cuz you can look at the frame.
8:37:01Now, I just going to sit down here. Now, I'm just going to pretend to type some random keys on the keyboard. And whenever you're doing this, don't fake it, you know.
8:37:10Just try and type something like I usually just type my name uh again and again. My name, my last name, and yeah, just to make it look natural, you know. And once you're done, you can go up and be careful to not knock your tripod down cuz I've done that plenty of times.
8:37:24And then you just stop recording. You can check your footage if you want to because bird's eye shots can tend to really be pretty difficult to shoot. But other than that, let's move on to the next shot.
8:37:34The final technique for the demo is the Dutch angle shot. I will be capturing a medium shot of me punching my boxing bag in my backyard.
8:37:40Now, with my camera, I'm going to tilt it slightly to the left at an angle like this. So, it creates this imbalanced effect. And that's pretty much what a dot shot is.
8:37:48And this is actually pretty fun to do because when you look at your frame, you don't have to worry about any aligning or anything cuz it's already imbalanced. So, what I'm going to do is just adjust the exposure, make it a bit lower. And once that's set up, all I got to do is just double check it just in case.
8:38:03And then boom, press record. Flip the camera screen so I can see it.
8:38:06Don't touch the tripod. Let me just wear my boxing gloves. Obviously, I haven't uh dressed up for this occasion, but that is okay.
8:38:13This is just for example sake, and it's only a demonstration. All right, let's do it. Now, you obviously don't want to look at the camera for this type of shot, especially when you're exercising.
8:38:26So just do your exercise and call it a day. You can look at the camera if you want to just to check the frame. Other than that, it should be good.
8:38:46Okay, once that's done, make sure it's safe to go back to the camera and stop recording. Check your footage if you want to. And that is how you shoot a bird's eyee angle and a dot shot with your camera.
8:38:57Now let's move on to the next module. Welcome to the rule of thirds module. Now the one thing I see a lot of creators do inside Creattopia especially is misalign their shots.
8:39:07So sometimes our shots don't end up looking the way we want to. Looking neat, looking clean. What does clean mean?
8:39:13What does aesthetic mean? Usually it's subjective, right? A lot of people like messy shots that are misaligned.
8:39:18But for me, and I I'm assuming you guys too cuz you guys joined Creattopia is, but generally good shots are the ones that are aligned horizontally and vertically. You don't want your talking head to look like this, okay? Like completely jagged.
8:39:31It's just awkward. It makes it awkward. You don't want to start off your video with a Dutch shot unless it's purposeful.
8:39:37I'll get into this later, but you want to make it clean, right? The cross is here. Okay, you can see that this wall is aligned vertically.
8:39:45That wall is aligned horizontally. Same with the cross. Okay, it's all it's symmetrical, right?
8:39:50It just looks neat and it's worth the effort when you are recording talking heads or when you are recording cinematic shots, especially cinematic shots, right? And we miss out on this because we actually do not use the rule of thirds. Now, the rule of thirds, here's the bas this is the basic framing principle, right?
8:40:07It's used in photography, it's used in videography and also design. It helps you frame your shots with intention and not just guessing.
8:40:14So you use the rule of thirds by dividing your frame into a 3x3 grid just like this. So it's like a hashtag shape. Okay?
8:40:21One, two, three, four, and then rectangle. You can do it horizontally or vertically. Same thing.
8:40:27So two horizontal and two vertical lines. Most phone cameras actually have this grid option. You can turn it on if you want to.
8:40:34Definitely recommend if you are uh filming on iPhone. I think I'm pretty sure the default Yeah, it is. It's default on iPhone, right?
8:40:41You can see there's a grid grid lines. Use them. Use them to align your shot.
8:40:44They're there for a reason. So, using the rule of thirds, you want to place your subject or point of interest. Whatever you're shooting has to be purposeful.
8:40:52That has to be the main subject or the main object that you're trying to capture. Point of interest, quote unquote, along the lines or at the intersections. This is where you should place your subject or point of interest along these vertical lines or these horizontal lines.
8:41:06Right? Usually, my subjects are at the center, on the right or left, on the top. never really usually at the bottom, but I like to keep them at center. These are usually called powerpoints.
8:41:16You see these intersections here, 1, two, three, four, and these lines too. They're powerpoints. And this works great with background elements, too.
8:41:23For example, walls and doors and windows and desks, things with straight objects and straight lines. For example, I just showed you guys my the wall behind me. Why do we do this?
8:41:32Because it creates balance. It creates tension and it creates visual interest. It looks aesthetic.
8:41:37It looks it looks clean. is better than centering everything every time you film, right? So, it adds intentional asymmetry to your composition. And it also works best in talking head shots, in cinematic shots, and in handheld vlog shots even.
8:41:49It helps you position people. It helps you position objects. And it helps you position your text effectively, your captions, right?
8:41:56Even in editing, you can use the rule of thirds. It's fine. And yes, I'm going to say the word, it makes your scene feel more cinematic.
8:42:03The rule of thirds actually guides the viewer's eye naturally across the frame. So the human eye is drawn to powerpoints first. Remember here these powerpoints, the human eye is drawn to this center box first and it gives you control over where the audience looks at.
8:42:17Once you understand it, the general rule of thirds, you can feel free to break it anytime you want. Obviously, don't overdo it unless that's really your content style, like a really chaotic chaotic content style. But most of you guys want clean and aesthetic videos, cinematic videos.
8:42:32So feel free to break it anytime, maybe once a video. Usually I like to break it with Dutch angles. For example, you can center your frame for more in for a more intense shot.
8:42:40And breaking the rule is completely fine. Just do it intentionally. Make sure it has an actual effect to it.
8:42:46Make sure you do it on purpose, okay? You don't want to do it on accident because people can tell. What up dudes and duets?
8:42:56Today I'm going to do a demonstration how to use the third rule of thirds on your camera. All right. Or on your iPhone, it doesn't matter.
8:43:06It's even better on an iPhone cuz it's set to default with the grid. The third third the 9 by9 grid. Sorry, 3x3 grid.
8:43:15I'm going to shoot a shot, a medium shot of me sitting at the um on my sofa just I don't know what I'm like watching TV or something. And I'm going to show you guys first how.
8:43:28Okay, wait. Let me see. First and foremost is obviously to set the camera.
8:43:36So, I'm going to set it up here. I'll probably keep this raw as well cuz I can't bother cutting anymore. I'm not too late.
8:43:54[Music] >> Right now, I'm doing the um exposure. Just setting it up, making sure it's good. >> I'll probably open up the blinds.
8:44:13>> Usually, usually what I do with the blinds is that. So, like I turn it down, which is not the usual shape. Like, nobody nobody has their blinds like this.
8:44:24We don't me and my family don't have our blinds like this, but usually with shots um that I film near light sources, near natural I don't think you can see me. Sorry. Near natural light sources like that, like these blinds, I usually turn them down so that so the lights point downwards.
8:44:41So, if you have blinds like me, you can do the same cuz usually if you point them upwards, it's not going to look very cinematic like the light isn't strong enough and I want the light to be strong enough so that the shadow side is the shadow side pops out more you know so >> you guys can see it in all my shots anyways [Music] >> now I'm just adjusting exposure.
8:45:18>> You guys want to see? >> All right. I'll probably do it like that.
8:45:32Now, I'm going to show you exactly what it looks like and how I use the the the rule of thirds here. Okay. So, this is my setup.
8:45:42This is um what the camera looks like. All right. Sorry.
8:45:47This goofy phone tripod. Anyways, so you set the exposure, right? What I use to align by the rule of thirds.
8:45:55I don't even have the grid set up, which doesn't really matter cuz like once you practice without the grid, it becomes or at least practice with some some lines on your camera. Every single camera has some sort of straight lines that you can use. I have these four corners and this these two lines and that that horizontal line across, right?
8:46:19So, I pretty much use them. Even though they're not used for alignment, I still use them for alignment, you know? So, zoom in.
8:46:28That's what I want. I'm going to be right there sitting sitting uh there looking at the TV. And pretty much I'm just going to check if I can align it more with the blinds.
8:46:40So you can see that there's these straight lines on the blinds, right? The strings.
8:46:45And I'm going to use these red corners to align them up and this middle part and this horizontal part to make sure it's aligned vertically and horizontally. Okay? So you want to make it really as as perfect as possible, okay?
8:46:58Cuz it's worth a shot, especially if you're shooting at home. Like you have you have time and you have space. So you want to maximize it even if you're filming with an iPhone.
8:47:07come later. So, I just adjusted it with these four corners as close to these two lines as possible if you can see. And this horizontal line is also aligned with the blinds, the horizontal blinds.
8:47:28Okay. Okay. I'm pretty much just going to shoot the shot.
8:47:33Just press the button. Hello. There you go.
8:47:38Right. It's been so long since I've filmed, but um All right, you guys can see now. >> Hold on.
8:47:48All right, I'm going to go now. >> I'm just going to pretend like I'm playing my PlayStation or something. Actually, don't I can't see what it looks like, but hopefully hopefully it's good.
8:48:04I know that these these are the the ones that I aligned it with. So you just I bet it looks good, doesn't it? Yeah.
8:48:14Do a little action. And that's that's pretty much it, right? Stop recording.
8:48:22And yeah, that is pretty much how you use the rule of thirds in any shot. Always try and find like subtle lines within your house or where wherever you're shooting. There's always going to be straight lines or pillars that you can use, right?
8:48:41So, you can use tables, even the floor, like cupboards and stuff like that, uh, walls, blinds, TV, obviously. Um, yeah. And even on your camera, let's say, let's say you have a similar camera to me, right?
8:48:59You're going to have a setting where you can set this this little balance line. You see how it's green? When it's imbalanced, it doesn't become green anymore.
8:49:10>> See? So, these ones are orange. So, you want to make them aligned.
8:49:15If you have a Sony like me or any DSLR or anything like that, you want to make them green. That means it's aligned. Okay, that's pretty much the simplest way to use the rule of thirds in any environment.
8:49:28Welcome to the exposure triangle. This is the three main aspects of cinematography. exposure explained in the most simplest way possible. First, we have aperture.
8:49:37The aperture is basically your camera's eye. Having a big aperture means that the eye, the camera eye, is wide open, which lets in more light to your lens. Having a small aperture lets in less light into your lens because it's like squinting your eyes.
8:49:51Next, we have shutter speed. The shutter speed is how fast your camera blinks. Your camera has to blink in order to take a picture.
8:49:58So, every time it blinks, it takes a shot. Now, having fast shutter speed allows your camera to catch fast moving things, but having a slow shutter speed allows your camera to take shots that look a little bit more blurry. Finally, we have ISO.
8:50:11The ISO is your camera's sensitivity to light. Everyone's eyes has a different sensitivity to light. Therefore, having a high ISO means that your camera is very sensitive to light.
8:50:19When your lens is sensitive to light, it's very helpful in dark places to capture your subjects. But, it does make your shot have this little grainy look. However, low ISO means that your camera is not very sensitive to light.
8:50:31This is good for shooting in bright and sunny locations, which means your shot will also look smooth and clear. Now, with this in mind, let's move on to the practical module. Welcome to the lighting guide.
8:50:41In this module, we're going to start by learning what natural lighting is all about. Just by hearing the name, it's kind of obvious what natural lighting I'm talking about. It's the sun, and that's literally it.
8:50:50Filmmakers love to over complicate lighting, but it's literally just that simple. The hard part about lighting isn't understanding the whole thing. It's actually putting it into practice when capturing your shots.
8:50:59So, you can learn all you want about lighting this and lighting that and still suck when it comes to shooting cinematic shots of yourself. But, there are some special aspects that you need to keep in mind before we head on to the practical module soon. First, we have golden hour.
8:51:12Golden hour, also known as magic hour, is set in two periods of the day. Right after sunrise and right before sunset. This is where the quality of the sun is soft, warm, and diffused.
8:51:22At least here in Australia, it looks beautiful. You can capture this aesthetic look with subtle shadows and a golden glow. Sunlight can be used as your main light source that provides most of the lighting in your shots.
8:51:32We all know that the sun's intensity and direction can be different depending on what time of day, weather conditions, and where you're located. But some of us, including me, don't want to be nitpicky with how good the sun looks. So, what I do with my camera is adjust the exposure settings according to the light.
8:51:47Most cinematographers wait for the perfect moment to shoot under perfect lighting. I believe that we should be able to adapt to any environment so that we can shoot whenever we want. That is the best way to becoming an efficient and reliable content creator.
8:51:59Next, we have soft diffusion. Diffusion can come from the sun when it passes through a variety of elements like clouds, curtains, covers, or trees. This soft light can help reduce harsh shadows and create a gentle lighting effect when filming yourself.
8:52:11Diffusion allows space for a ton of creativity and experimentation, especially if you have different types of windows, blinds, and covers inside your house. Now, there are also some special considerations that are important. This includes selecting a location.
8:52:24Now, let me get this straight. 99% of the time where you use natural lighting in your shot, the location does not matter. So, no matter where you go, there's always going to be natural light for you to use.
8:52:34But, it's all about this one key framework that all cinematographers use. Shoot towards the shadow side. This is where you place your camera closer to the shadow side of your subject.
8:52:44In most cases, your face. For those of you who are having trouble with understanding what shadow means, this is what it is. Here's a shot that I took towards the shadow side with some circles.
8:52:52Over here is what you call the light side, and over here is what you call the shadow side. So, when people say shadow, it doesn't actually mean your actual reflection shadow. It's a very subtle technique, but extremely crucial when filming cinematic shots of yourself.
8:53:04I'm also going to be showing you how to do this in the next few modules. The next consideration to take in mind is the continuous changes. The sun can change quickly, especially in Australia.
8:53:13One minute it's all sunshine and rainbows, the next minute it's all paling. I'm not even exaggerating.
8:53:17So once again, you have to adapt to this. If you're recording a shot and the natural light changes up from a cloud or the weather, then that's just unlucky. You can't beat nature, but you can adapt to it.
8:53:26This is where you use your creativity to come up with another way to shoot your shot. You can even use weather changes to your advantage. For example, you can keep recording your shot if it starts to rain all of the sudden.
8:53:37So embrace your spontaneity in your film making. Trust me, it's it's a lot more fun this way. The final point is balancing exposure.
8:53:44We all know that natural lighting is unpredictable, right? So, it's up to us to balance our exposure in our camera settings. Most cameras, like my Sony ZV10, have automatic exposure settings available.
8:53:53If you prefer to leave all the work for your camera, go ahead and do that. I prefer to use manual exposure because my camera tends to change up the lighting whenever I record talking head videos like this. The diffusion from my room window here always changes, which makes my automatic settings react.
8:54:07When shooting with your phone, I suggest adjusting your brightness icon down a little bit. I used to do this every time I filmed content for my clothing brand, Mizushi. Decreasing your exposure just a little bit creates this heavy effect on your shadows, which allows you to color grade easier in post-prouction.
8:54:21Plus, it just looks cooler than increasing your exposure. So, now that you have the fundamentals of natural lighting, let's move on to the next module.
8:54:28All right, welcome to the natural lighting demonstration. For the first shot, I'm going to be capturing a long shot of me skipping some rope in my backyard. Luckily, it's a nice day.
8:54:36So, for the first shot, we're going to be doing an example of normal sunlight lighting. So, the distance between my camera there and me over here is going to be pretty long. And I'm also going to be using my zoom just a little bit.
8:54:47Now, the key to adapting to natural light is setting your exposure. As a beginner, however, it is better to use automatic exposure if you don't know how to operate a camera well. But at the same time, eventually we will all have to use manual exposure.
8:54:59So, it's better to learn straight away. Now, referring back to our previous modules, the exposure triangle is basically the aperture, shutter speed, and the ISO. Now, if we turn on our camera, this little control wheel is what we use to set our aperture, as you can see.
8:55:12And this little small wheel is what we use to set our shutter speed. And if we click here on this ISO button, we can set our ISO.
8:55:18And that is pretty much how I set my exposure manually. And of course, all of these settings depend on the environment and the lighting around me. So, in this case, I adjusted all three of those according to this natural sunlight.
8:55:28Now, let's get started with shooting. Everything's good. Double check.
8:55:32Press record. You guys can see. Now I'm just going to grab my skipping rope and uh do some jumps.
8:55:37[Music] The next shot I'll be showing you will be a low angle close-up shot of me reading a book in my living room. The light source we'll be using is the soft diffusion light from my window blinds. Now I'll be placing my camera at a closer distance at a lower angle like this tilted upwards.
8:56:03I'm also going to adjust my blinds so that the light comes in from here and the diffusion is like that. And it also gives off an effect called side lighting. I'm also using the rule to shoot near the shadow side.
8:56:13As you can see in this side of my face here, this creates a clean cinematic effect when I do read my book and film myself. It's a better option than putting on all the blinds and letting all of the light in. All right, once again, let's set my exposure.
8:56:25Double check that everything is good. I can see that my frame is there.
8:56:28Yeah, that's nice. I'm just going to change the focus up a little bit. Okay, once it's cool, just press record.
8:56:34Check it. All right, it's focused. Let's pretend to read.
8:56:37Once again, this is a close-up shot, so my facial expressions is important. This I'm just going to double check the frame just in case. I'm going to double check that cuz I actually didn't see uh too much of that.
8:56:53It was actually having trouble focusing. So, what I'm going to do is I'm going to reshoot it. This time I'm going to change the focus up a little bit.
8:57:01Let's try that again. Okay. All right.
8:57:11We'll see how that goes. Yeah, I think that's cool. Much better.
8:57:14Focus was better. Everything was much better. That's why it's important to actually check your footage, especially when you're really not sure about how it looks.
8:57:22And that is how you film with soft diffusion lighting. Now, let's move on to the next shot. All right, ladies and gentlemen, this is the final shot of this module.
8:57:29Right now, we're going to be doing a silhouette shot of me in this field during the sunset, aka golden hour. I'll be standing right over there at a medium distance cuz it's going to be in a medium shot, and it's going to be capturing my upper body looking that way with a little silhouette effect of the sunset. It's going to look very nice.
8:57:44So, right now, the camera is at about my chest height. And I'm going to turn it on. Make sure the exposure is lowered once again as per usual.
8:57:55And then once we're ready, everything is aligned, double check, press record, and I can look at my body at the frame right there. Move back slowly to see where I want to be. And then once I'm ready, turn to the side.
8:58:11And there's my shot. Going to look up. I'm going to look down just for dramatic effect.
8:58:22And that's it. Go back. And I definitely suggest you guys check out your shot before you go anywhere because these outdoor shots are probably, you know, the most unpredictable.
8:58:32Yeah, it looks good. All righty. And that, ladies and gentlemen, is how you shoot a cinematic shot during golden hour.
8:58:38On to the next module. Welcome to part two of the lighting guide. In this module, we're going to be learning what manufactured lighting is.
8:58:46I refer to it as manufactured lighting because that's where you use extra gear to light up your shot. This can include light stands, desk lamps, lighting kits, room lights, TV screens, computer screens, phone screens, and any other light that isn't natural.
8:58:59Now, there's some key rules to lighting up a scene for your content. There are actually two main aspects of light. Light direction and light color.
8:59:06First, let's dive into light direction for talking head shots only. You always want to have a lighting setup that creates depth for your shot. Depth pretty much means making your subject look three-dimensional and cinematic.
8:59:17As you can see here, I use a key light to light up my face as I do in all of my videos. This is something that you're going to need for your self-improvement content as well. And sometimes we can't rely on natural lighting to light up our talking head shots because it always changes.
8:59:29I like to support the diffusion from my window with my yellow light stand over here. Now, the direction that I'm pointing this light stand is the exact same as my window light. It's coming this way.
8:59:38That is a more natural approach compared to if I put my light in this side. Now, you can put your light up high if you want to add more depth to a light from above. For example, a room light.
8:59:46You don't want to make this really intense for talking head shots unless you really want that dramatic effect. Now, I recommend not making your talking head shot look like this unless you're doing some sort of B-roll shot. I also don't recommend pointing your light from down below because your videos are going to look spooky.
9:00:00When filming B-roll, however, or just footage with your films, you can go ahead and experiment with this. I would just avoid any dramatic lighting for my talking head shots. When lighting up your talking shot, you also want to position your light just a little bit above your head.
9:00:12This is because you'll get this cool effect called the drop shadow, which is on this side of the face. Now, if we position our light right in front of our face, this is what we call flat lighting. Flat lighting means your subject is well lit and you can't see any shadows between the foreground or the background.
9:00:25This is often used for more light-hearted shots like commercials, which is not often in cinematic shots. Plus, it doesn't really give too much depth to your subject. Now, if I make my light stand higher up like this, we get this effect called paramount lighting.
9:00:36When done correctly, this shot is very effective for feminine looks because you want to get this drop shadow below your chin here and below your nose here. Just remember, if you like this shot, don't place it too low or too high. Now, if I place my light stand just to the right a bit, we get this effect called loop lighting.
9:00:51It's called loop because we get this little loop circle shape here next to my nose. This is generally used for more rounder faces like mine, as the shadows helps create a slimmer look. As we move the light 45° from the camera, we get this little effect called Rembrandt lighting.
9:01:05This Rembrandt effect is extremely popular in Hollywood movies because we get this little triangle shape in our cheek here. Now you can either place your camera on the dark side or on the light side of your face. But as you learned from the previous modules, it's better to shoot towards the shadow side of your face.
9:01:19Now if we place our light completely to the side of our face, we get this effect called side lighting. We call it sidelighting because it splits one side of the face with light and the other side with dark. While paramount lighting tends to make your subject look a little bit more feminine, side lighting makes your subject look more masculine.
9:01:35Now, if I turn on my LED lights from my desk back here, we call this back lighting. This is something that I like to do to light up the background of my shots, but most of us don't have the multiple tools to do this. So, if you have any more light sources to light up your back, go ahead and use that.
9:01:48Now that we know the directions of light, let's talk about light color. I like to use yellow for a specific reason because it's my brand's color palette. This is what my color scale looks like, and I chose this a while back when I rebranded my social media.
9:02:00But if you don't have a color combination to stick to consistently for your personal brand, make sure to choose two to three colors that you think work well together. Now, obviously, you have to consider what your favorite colors are as well as your target audience.
9:02:12You can also listen to the personal branding podcast that's also inside the classroom. In this case, I'm going to list out all the main colors as well as their themes and emotions that they convey. Red conveys excitement, strength, love, and energy.
9:02:24Orange conveys confidence, success, bravery, and sociability. Yellow conveys creativity, happiness, warmth, and cheer. Green conveys nature, healing, freshness, and quality.
9:02:33Blue conveys trust, peace, loyalty, and competence. Pink conveys compassion, sincerity, sophistication, and sweetness.
9:02:40Purple conveys royalty, luxury, spiritual, and ambition. Brown conveys dependable, rugged, trustworthy, and simple. Black conveys formal, dramatic, sophistication, and secure.
9:02:50And white conveys clear, simplistic, innocent, and honest. I suggest choosing a color palette to stick to because I made the mistake of choosing random and multiple colors back when I started. Now, some of my old B-roll shots are mixed with like green, red, and yellow lighting, which is weird and inconsistent.
9:03:08I pretty much use yellow lighting from now on just to light up all of my manufactured shots indoors. I do this with a little yellow filter that came with this light kit. If you search up lightkit on eBay or Amazon, most of them already have a variety of color filters to use.
9:03:20So, now that you know the fundamentals of manufactured lighting, let's move on to the next module. Welcome to the visual storytelling module. In here, we're going to learn the easiest methods to tell a visual story with your self-improvement content.
9:03:31We'll be going through the following things. How to use the 5-second rule in every video, using different shots with the same subject, writing scripts for talking on camera, writing screenplay for cinematic B-roll, and separating your content into chapters.
9:03:43First off, we have the 5-second rule. The 5-second rule applies to both long- form and short form content. This is a method used when editing your videos in post-production, and it means to cut to a different shot every 5 seconds or less.
9:03:55Some creators like to say two or 3 seconds, but I like to say keep your shots at a limit of 5 seconds. Now, if you don't have that many B-roll clips, you're not going to be able to use this rule, but that's okay as long as you're consistently filming new shots of yourself doing activities, habits, and any actions until you have more than enough to play around with.
9:04:13I manage all my B-roll shots in two folders. One for horizontal videos and another for vertical videos. With my shorts, I usually cut every one to three seconds because that's the pace that I like to set for myself.
9:04:23I suggest trying the same so you can kill two birds with one stone. Number one is to engage your audience with a wide range of visuals. And number two is to tell a visual story with every shot you use.
9:04:31Therefore, all the cinematic shots that you will ever film from now on will need to convey some sort of message or story in itself. For example, this shot of me eating at my kitchen table can evoke a sense of loneliness and a theme of peace at the same time. And this shot of me hitting the bag can express discipline, hard work, and solitude.
9:04:46So, when talking to the camera, you can add footage on top of that to support the story that you're trying to tell. This actually leads to the second point of taking different shots with the same subjects. Let me get this straight.
9:04:57Most of your shots are going to have you as the only subject. Sometimes you're going to have background elements, but most of the time it's just going to be you trying to tell a story without talking.
9:05:05And there are different scenes in a visual story. So if you want to structure yours like a film, then you can shoot yourself doing the same activity with different POVs. This is the best way to tell a story because it will take your audience through an experience.
9:05:17Whether you're eating food, reading a book, or working on a computer, you can add more shots of the same subject to reveal more parts of your story. This is why I put this module after all the practical stuff because now you know how to use distances, angles, and lighting to create cinematic shots of yourself. For example, I could film myself watching TV with three different shots.
9:05:35And that right there is a story in itself that can support whatever I'm talking about in my video. Next up, we have your scripts. Your scripts are typically separated into two parts: talking and screenplay.
9:05:45For your talking scripts, your story can be written in two different ways, word for word and dot points. I go much deeper into this in the authentic writing course, which you can check out in the classroom. The important part that I want to emphasize when scripting your self-improvement videos is removing any fluff.
9:06:01Fluff refers to any unnecessary or irrelevant points and sentences. So, when you look back at your script after you finish writing, you have to ask yourself this question.
9:06:08If I remove this point, will my video change? If the answer is no, then you should probably remove that point because it doesn't add anything to the story. It doesn't add any value to your piece of content.
9:06:18This helps with your viewer retention because it keeps your audience engaged with your video. I learned this by making a ton of fast-paced short form videos. Now, screenplay is the description of each and every shot that you want to take.
9:06:29I also go through everything about writing screenplay in my writing course. But when planning your shots, you want to consider the visual story that you're trying to tell.
9:06:36So, every single shot that you write down, just like your talking points, is worth the shot and isn't considered any fluff. This saves you a lot of time and helps you prioritize the shots that actually matter in the story, even if it's just used for 1 second because every second counts. The final point I want to share is to separate your story into chapters.
9:06:52When scripting your videos, use headings or titles to help you structure your story. You want to write it like a book so that it is simple for you to film and edit rather than making it very messy and full of random points. I recommend separating your script into paragraphs for different topics and ideas like this.
9:07:08You can even show it in your films like I do sometimes. For example, I say chapter 1 or chapter 2, etc. A good guide to help you separate your story into chapters is to consider these three things.
9:07:18The topic, the location, and the timeline. As you talk on camera, when you move on to a completely different topic, that is the perfect time for you to separate into a different chapter.
9:07:27Maybe your way of moving to a new segment or a new chapter is using text titles or B-roll like I do. After showing one setting with multiple shots, you can also move on to another chapter by moving to another location. And the same goes for timelines.
9:07:40You can say day one or 1 hour later in your content to separate the chapters in your video. Welcome to the speaking modules of this course. When it comes to recording yourself speaking on camera, the most important fundamental is the amount of repetitions that you put in.
9:07:52The more reps, the more better you get. So, let's just say that you're creating seven long form videos and seven short form videos per week, all with speaking on camera. Now, in each piece of content, you can either read from two types of scripts, word for word and do points.
9:08:05Now, the way we speak using these two methods are going to be very different. So, the advantages of word for word speaking include quick to read, easy to speak, and more accurate. The disadvantages of this method include lots of retries, hard to memorize, and lack of authenticity.
9:08:20However, the advantages of dotpoint speaking include more authentic, natural and personal, and great for impromptu. And the disadvantages include time-conuming, lots of rambling, and all over the place.
9:08:30Now, with self-improvement content, one thing rules above all else, and that is authenticity. The more honest you are in front of the camera with whatever you're talking about, the more your audience can engage with you on a personal level. You've probably watched creators like Hamza and Dan Co who both have their own authentic and real way of talking because they avoid that fake influencer type of persona.
9:08:49That means if you don't feel great, if your mood is [ __ ] then it's fine to show it on camera. You don't need to feel on top of the world to be able to do that. If you want to talk about your struggles and insecurities like I do sometimes, then go ahead and do it.
9:09:00This is one of the biggest steps that most people aren't willing to do because they are afraid of judgment. Although sharing your stories and documenting your journey can invade your privacy, you can keep yourself accountable with the videos you create by talking about it. So the next time you deal with fear, doubt, insecurities, or anything negative that comes to your life, then you can go ramble to your audience on camera about it.
9:09:18There's also a way where you can ramble without losing track of the main topic of your video. But before we get into that, let's decide what scripting method you're going to use for your content. I myself use word for word writing for my intros only.
9:09:29So the first 10 to 15 seconds of my self-improvement videos. Then I use dotpoint writing for the rest of my videos to retain my viewers and keep them watching as I talk. I believe that this method is the most efficient and optimized way to make engaging and valuable talking head videos that actually makes a connection with you and your audience.
9:09:45Some of you might be able to read a prompt or an idea and go rambling about it for 20 minutes straight. And that's great. As long as the original video idea is interesting to you, then your dream avatar, aka your younger self, is going to love it even more.
9:09:57Plus, it'll be really easy for you to improvise using dot points, which I'll show you in the following modules next. However, I don't suggest writing your long form videos with word for word script. It'll take way too much time to script even three videos a week.
9:10:10For me, I at least write one of these word for word scripts for one video a week, which is what I'm going to demonstrate in the next module. Welcome to the official authentic stealing module. In this part of the course, we're going to learn how to steal cinematic shots like an artist and recreate them in your own authentic style.
9:10:27First things first, there's only three sources of inspiration that you can collect and analyze shots from. They include movies, creators, and websites. Now, let's start with the first one, movies.
9:10:37With movies, life is easy. All you got to do is have your notes ready next to you, as well as your phone every time you watch something new. Why notes?
9:10:44Because you can analyze and write about the film's editing style. This is also a clue for the upcoming editing course that's coming out soon. But the main tool you will always need will be your phone to take pictures of any shots.
9:10:54And please don't go out taking pictures inside your local cinema. I'm pretty sure that's illegal. If you have Netflix or any other streaming services, they probably do not allow screenshots or any screen recordings, which is why I say to take a picture on your phone.
9:11:06Always bear in mind that whenever you take pictures of cool shots, make sure that you know exactly where you're going to recreate them. I know my house very well because it's pretty much my filming studio.
9:11:15So, whenever I look at a shot, I know exactly where I can replicate it and which location I want to shoot it at. This will definitely take time to get used to because not a lot of shots are going to be replicable for you. So, you might as well have fun watching these movies, but also be on the lookout for these cool shots.
9:11:30Realistically, I take about three to five photos for every movie that I watch. Next up, we have content creators themselves. Stealing from creators is actually a lot easier than stealing from movies.
9:11:39It's because they have the most similar format of content as you. This means that you can take notes on how they speak, how they light up their shots, how they distance themselves from their camera, etc. But I already showed you how to analyze your creator competitors in the consume and synthesize course that's also in the classroom.
9:11:55So today is only about stealing visual shots from creators, which is pretty much the exact same as you would with movies. You take photos or screenshots with your phone. Only this time you can actually screenshot or screen record other people's content on your computer or your laptop.
9:12:08But the big difference is that you should expect a lot of shots that you can steal because creators are like amateur filmmakers and a lot of us aren't even in the actual film industry. Even then, if you spend a night consuming a lot of content, you're going to feel humbled with the amount of talent that you see. And that's a good thing because you should be happy with a million sources of inspiration to steal from.
9:12:28In my opinion, I think this is the best way to learn authentic skills, which is to just steal from other people who are better than us. And of course, the more similar their style or location is to you, the easier it is for you to steal. I love to recreate shots from a creator named Gaus Art because I just love his cinematic style.
9:12:43It's amazing. Some other creators that inspire me and that you might want to check out include Life of Reza, Andrew Paul, Dylan Batista, Obe Williams, Patrick Tomaso, and YC Imaging. The final part is the easiest of them all, websites.
9:12:57This is where you go on internet pages with tons of cinematic images and gifts, and all you have to do is download your favorite shots and save them into a document. Then, when you have time, you can go out there and recreate them on your own. So, here's a list of my favorite web pages to steal cinematic shots from.
9:13:13iicandy.com, filmgrab.com, Instagram of course, and pinterest.com. And I type in usually film, cinematic, and all that stuff. So with websites like Instagram and Pinterest, you got to use certain keywords like cinematic, film, movies, and all that stuff.
9:13:26Now, for every shot that I want to steal, I like to save them all into one single notion page. In this page, I have a list of each and every location that I want to shoot in. A lot of you guys might be indoors creators like me, and some of you may be outdoors.
9:13:39Either way, you should always have a list of locations that you can go to to shoot your cinematic shots without disturbing anyone. So, here I have all of the following locations down written in a document. My room, my living room, my kitchen, my backyard, my front living room, and outside.
9:13:54Once you have plenty of shots inside your document, you can allocate your own time to film them once a week or twice a week. I definitely recommend doing this at least once a week. You know, taking 1 hour or 2 hours just to replicate these shots.
9:14:05Another good tip is to add this as a task in your batching system timetable. Now, in terms of authenticity, you don't need to worry too much about it. Why, you ask?
9:14:14Because in the process of recreating these shots, you will find your own unique and authentic way to recreate them. From the way you distance your shots, the way you position your tripod and camera, the way you angle your frames, position your lights, it's all true to you. As long as you have multiple sources of inspiration, like movies, creators, or websites, you will always have your own style.
9:14:34There's also a link below for all of my cinematic sources of inspiration that you can check out. Now, let's move on to the next module. In this little demo, I'm going to demonstrate the mood method framework that you guys learned in the previous phase, which is the scripting phase.
9:14:50Um, I'm going to show you guys how I basically enhance my mood for any type of script. Right? For example, this is the first uh exhibit A right here.
9:15:00It's about Christ's love. Um the day okay this is a big idea like this is all of this is the content idea itself. So um all okay this is basically the idea.
9:15:11So so overthinking prevented me okay the day Christ came into my heart after months of trying to think about think with God I finally felt his love into my heart the day I open my heart to Christ. So okay so it's a pretty deep and meaningful topic right so it's pretty much my testimony kind of. So, it's an old video.
9:15:29This is this is an old script, by the way. So, I already wrote it down long time ago. And it says, "The hook is 5 months ago, I started reading the gospel uh cuz I spent years struggling with an overthinking mentality that was separating me from God." Okay.
9:15:44So, okay, let me see. Did I find a magical answer? No.
9:15:47But I did find Okay, I'm just going to read through this script just to see what type of mood I was trying to get to with this, right? so that we can we can do a little demonstration and I I can speak um through this microphone and you guys can hear and see how I would speak it with with my mood, right? But didn't but I did find out my biggest curse is my own mind cuz overthinking held me back from experiencing new relationships and the true love God has for me.
9:16:14So I always assumed he makes certain things happen for a reason like oh my life is a test but see don't think we're qualified to make these assumptions at I don't think we're qualified. Okay, even though life is way, Dude, I can already tell the mistakes I did with the script. Anyways, even though life is way too unfair, God is fair.
9:16:31O, now we can't get the two mixed up because that's when we close off our hearts from the Lord. Uh, I didn't open it up again until months later during my last prayer of 2024 where I felt the Holy Spirit's love for the first time again.
9:16:43A uh the love's patient, the love that's patient, kind, and doesn't envy. And when this feeling took over, I immediately broke down into tears cuz all I ever wanted was love. And I never found her until dug deep into the depths.
9:16:55This is a long This is so long. But now I know that God's got me no matter how many times I fall short. And that was the first episode of my new series, Art of Repentance.
9:17:04Okay. So this is episode one of Art of Repentance. I see.
9:17:08I see. All right. So basically, there are some pattern breaks in here that I also want to demonstrate.
9:17:14Um, and those pattern breaks are going to be a different type of mood or tone um, compared to the normal lines that I'm going to tell the story with in this script. Okay. Okay.
9:17:24So, the general the general mood of this script that I'm trying to evoke here is like neutral, deep and meaningful and kind of sad. I wouldn't say sad, but like yeah, more deep and serious.
9:17:34Serious, right? So, 5 months ago, I started reading the gospel because I spent years struggling with an overthinking mentality that was recommending me for God. I would say 5 months ago.
9:17:45No, cuz usually I would say I would say it pretty quickly and I'll demonstrate I'll demonstrate it to you guys in the next module with the speed speaking. But 5 months ago, I started reading the gospel because I spent years struggling with an overthinking mentality that was separating me from God.
9:18:01Obviously, I would like pray before every time I like film because I need I need God like to speak through me through my stories and share my testimony, right? So, um, usually in my in that prayer, I I usually just say like, "Hey God, I need you to speak through me. I need you to, um, let your will be done with this script.
9:18:19Let your will be done with this video." And then I'll I'll usually like read the read the first hook. And I would immediately click and try and relate to what type of mood I'm trying to express here.
9:18:32And obviously, if you guys have seen the um the mood method overview that I was talking about in the script course, I literally said you it has to be the exact same mood that you are currently in. So, when you're filming, you should be in the same mood as your as your hook that your hook is trying to evoke.
9:18:52Right? Right now, I have to kind of I have to kind of like manufacture it, like make it up. So, don't take my example, but this is literally just how I would say it, right? 5 months ago, I started reading the gospel cuz I spent years struggling with an overthinking mentality that was separating me from God.
9:19:11I would probably like emphasize some words. So, usually in my script, I would capitalize certain words. Overthinking, separating, overthinking, mentality, reading the gospel because I spent years struggling.
9:19:24So I would usually capitalize the first letters of the the um the words that I want to emphasize. So I would say it like this. Then five months ago five months ago I started reading the gospel.
9:19:37Okay. I'm going to leave this entire demo raw. I'm not going to edit it cuz I think you guys would rather me like see see the entire thing.
9:19:48Anyways, um, so yeah, if I mess up saying stuff to the camera, mind me. Okay. Five months ago, I started reading the No, that's too bright.
9:19:58Five months ago, I started reading the Gospel because I spent No, that's too fast. 5 months ago, I started reading the Gospel because I spent years struggling with an overthinking mentality that was separate. Okay. With an overthinking mentality.
9:20:12I wouldn't emphasize that. years struggling with an overthinking now cuz I spent years struggling with an overthinking here. I I would emphasize struggling but not years.
9:20:22So, you pretty much want to keep on drafting on the spot. So, when you're actually like in the middle of recording, like camera on filming yourself and you're saying the line, no matter where you are, in public, in private, in your house, like you want to continue to draft and kind of script your speaking style. You know what I mean?
9:20:43So you want to keep on repeating, putting in the reps on camera as well, right? So it might take you 10 tries, sometimes 15. Like, bro, I remember I remember how many tries it took me to get the perfect line or say it correctly because usually my hooks are really heavy, right?
9:21:00You guys know what heavy hooks are. And like for me to say all of this, like two lines, sometimes even three lines because it's so like sometimes I like doing really really heavy lines.
9:21:11Um it's hard you know it's it's really difficult. So practice makes perfect though you know um everyone has high standards and if you guys just beat like convince yourself oh okay this is good enough. Okay I just said that that line it took me two tries and then yeah that's fine.
9:21:32I guess I can cut it up later. No you can't do that. I noticed that some Creattopians have posted their reps and like their hooks are structured like cuts.
9:21:41So they say one part of the sentence 5 months ago and then they cut the pause. So it's like 5 months ago I started reading the gospel cuz like you know you know what I mean? Like I don't know how to say it on with my voice, but they cut it up because they uh I think it's because you guys are struggling with pauses and stuff like that and it's hard for you guys to say the whole entire line without looking at the script and reading it, which is okay.
9:22:05But at the same time, this is your chance to practice. If you can get a line like this in one single go without reading from anything and like at the same time expressing your mood using the mood method, that's like that's bingo right there. You got the perfect hook.
9:22:21All right. So, let me try this again. Uh, 5 months ago, 5 months ago, I started reading the gospel cuz I spent years struggling with an overthinking mentality that was separating me from God.
9:22:33That's exactly how I would say it, right? So, it took me a few tries. And if I was to say that exactly that on on um on a filming session, then I would be like, "Okay, next line.
9:22:43Let's do it. That was good." I I'll usually say that on camera, too. Okay, that was good.
9:22:47That's the one. You know, perfect. something like that, you know?
9:22:51So, you kind of want that perfectionist um perfectionism mindset whenever you do your hook because it's the hook, right? It's the first 3 seconds, four, 5 seconds of your video and you don't want to mess it up, you know? Um if if you want to mess anything up, it can be any pattern break, any other line, right?
9:23:09It's fine. But the hook, you got to make it perfect, man. All right, so that was one example of like a really deep and meaningful topic.
9:23:17Um, this one, this one's about hibernation. Okay, taking a break. Got 300k a month.
9:23:22Okay, cool, cool, cool. All right. I'm uh I'm a 20-year-old university student from Sydney.
9:23:28In the past 60 days, I grew in personal. Okay, this is pretty much like I would say neutral. Okay, I'm going to do a neutral mood and I'm going to do a happy mood or a hyped mood.
9:23:39All right, so I'm going to do a hyped mood, right? Um, for me, when I'm hyped, I don't really like I'm not full on excited.
9:23:45Yo, I'm a 20-year-old univer. No, I'm not like that, right? I'm usually like I'm a 20-year-old university student, so I'm like kind of expressive, a little bit of body language, and my voice is like lit, you know?
9:24:00It's like it's it's light and bright. Happy days, right? Um whereas if it Okay, I'm just I'm just going to demonstrate what that would sound like.
9:24:09I'm a 20-year-old university student from Sydney and in the past 60 days I grew my personal brand to over 340,000 followers on Instagram. So that that's how I would do it. And even then, like it still sounds fake because I am manufacturing it.
9:24:27I'm making it up. So I'm not sure if I actually used it. I don't think I did use that that that same tone.
9:24:34But you guys can tell that I was faking it. Sorry, the loom cut out. Anyways, um I'm using free loom cheapcape.
9:24:41Anyways, uh I'm a 20-year-old. Where was I? Yeah, like you can tell that I was faking this line when I was saying it with a hyped or like with a happy tone because that's not my mood right now, you know?
9:24:55I mean, yeah, it's life is good and all that, but I'm not like full on excited, you know, as I should be. And this script, I don't think it really requires you to I don't know. I mean, it would be it would be great if if I could um if my mood was exciting, right?
9:25:12Was was excited and hyped. But right now, I'm not hyped. It's literally 8:00 a.m.
9:25:17I'm about to hop on a coaching call with you guys. So, like, you know, I'm not It's a Monday morning, too. I'm not hyped, right?
9:25:25Anyways, anyways, um I'm going to say it in um in a neutral voice, right? So, I think I said this script because this is an old video as well. I think I said this in a neutral voice.
9:25:35So, I'm going to say it um as I would. I'm a 20-year-old university student from Sydney, and in the past 60 days, I grew my personal brand to over 340,000 followers on Instagram. That's exactly how I would say it.
9:25:47I think that's exactly how I said it in the video itself. So, yeah. But in the midst of all the hype, I decided to quit for 2 weeks.
9:25:55How come? Because anxious Oh, okay. This is a dull point.
9:25:58Because I had an anxious obsession to stay consistent and see this one number on a screen go up. So, I had to talk to God about it a lot.
9:26:06And during my break, I started doing deep prayers, fasting every day till I was lightheaded and took my time reading scripture. Why? Cuz I love my rel.
9:26:15No, I'm just kidding. Suck. And I think I I think I um this is a pattern break, right?
9:26:20And I cut it up a little bit just to make it faster because I don't think I could do this. I don't think I Yeah. When I said this on camera, I it didn't feel natural.
9:26:31So, I had to cut it up a little bit. So, I was like, cuz I love my No, I'm just kidding. And then I cut and then I did a little a little segment.
9:26:40Psych. And then I sped it up so that my voice sounded like funny.
9:26:44Anyways, cuz I wanted to more cuz I want to know more about Jesus. But the first step is to always deny yourself. So, rushing your relationship with Christ only leads to more disappointment.
9:26:56So, even though studying your Bible can be boring, you still got to let these verses sink in and digest it properly. Okay. I don't know why I, bro, I'm just reading it off right now, but I noticed that my mood or like my tone started to be more bright.
9:27:11Um, you can do that if you want to. I think that's that's a better option because it it really depends on your script and what you're saying and what lesson you're trying to tell here, right? So once um from here to here is the transition from story to lesson, right?
9:27:28So but the first step is to always deny yourself. So I can like switch up kind of the mood here just to like express and tell like deliver the message and deliver the lesson correctly because if I said it like but the first step is to always deny yourself that's boring, you know, like there's there's no point. So, it's nice to like switch it up, you know?
9:27:51Obviously, you got to do it purposefully and um you kind of I did it naturally. I didn't even notice until until like here, right? But I noticed that.
9:28:00But the first step is to always deny yourself. Rushing your relationship with Christ only leads to disappointment. So, even though studying the Bible can be boring, you still got to let these verses sink in and digest it properly.
9:28:14Also, when you actually um do more lines from from your hook, the hook is going to be the hardest line, like hands down, obviously, right? But when you get down and more um when you get more shots done, more lines done as well, you're going to get used to it.
9:28:29So, you're going to notice yourself kind of speaking faster sometimes, um having more fun. Uh maybe your mood is being lifted up. So, that's okay.
9:28:38Uh I would say try and stick to the mood of each and every line that you're trying to evoke. Right? Rushing your relationship with Christ.
9:28:46But the first step, this is a solution line. The first step is to deny yourself. Right?
9:28:51So I wouldn't say in a neutral way. I wouldn't say in a nonchalant way. I would say sorry, excuse me.
9:28:57But the first step is to always deny. Well, sorry.
9:28:59No. How do I say it? Cuz I want to know more about Jesus.
9:29:03But the first step is to always deny yourself. rushing your relationship. Okay, I already said this.
9:29:10Anyways, but when I do, I start but when I do, I start crying in tears, bro. Okay, maybe with this one, I would switch up the mood as well. Yeah.
9:29:18So, I would be like, but when I do, I start crying in tears, bro. You see what I did there? I just switched up the mood in in a in a more low tone.
9:29:27Right. Okay. Here.
9:29:28I think I think I did that with the actual video, too. Like, I I I switched it up. So, it's very subtle, but these little details really appeal to your audience's emotion.
9:29:37Sorry, the loom cut out again, but I was just saying like it it appeals to your audience's emotions. Again, the triple AL, right? So, when I do, I start crying in tears, bro.
9:29:47Cuz God has been Okay, let me do it again. And when I do, I start crying in tears, bro. Cuz God has been so good to a dirty, filthy sinner.
9:29:54So, no, no, no, that's not how I said it. Cuz God has been so good to a dirty, filthy sinner who doesn't deserve his grace. So, I was like really I got deep into it, right?
9:30:03Only for these two lines. That's that's that's what I'm saying. So, for every line, not for every script, but for every line, you want to evoke the exact mood that you're trying to evoke.
9:30:14And if you can manufacture it and if you can make it up like I can, um, then it's like it depends if you want to make it up or not. When you purposefully try and hype yourself up or dial down your mood, it's not going to sound natural.
9:30:30But when you read the line and you feel some type of way with your story, right? Cuz God has been so good to like this means a lot to me because he has, you know, like God has been so good to someone like me, you know, with a with with a bad past, right?
9:30:48Who used to indulge in bad habits. So a dirty, filthy sinner. These key words mean a lot to me, right?
9:30:55And this is like a part of my testimony, too. Who doesn't deserve his grace? And when I read it out, it's like, okay, I can't read it out like hyped up, you know?
9:31:06I have to read it out in in a in a way where it's meaningful and deep and and um low and kind of sad a little bit, right? Cuz God has been so good to a dirty, filthy sinner who doesn't deserve his grace. even though that's not your mood right now. You can make it your quote unquote mood for only this line.
9:31:23You know what I mean? So, and then I went on to do a pattern break. That's gratitude 101 for you.
9:31:29I don't think I did this. I think I cut it out though. Yeah.
9:31:32But anyways, but hey, life's good. You know what I'm saying? So, this is exactly what I'm saying.
9:31:37I switched up the mood again. I literally said this here. Like, people can tell, even as a viewer, you can tell that I switched it up and said, "Hey, life's good.
9:31:45Now I'm now I'm doing this this bright mood again, this bright tone." But hey, life's good. You know what I'm saying? Found a new church.
9:31:51I Okay, I said it like this. But hey, life's good. You know what I'm saying?
9:31:55I found a new church. I'm building a new business. Now I'm back to making videos.
9:31:58I think I'm Yeah, I remember saying that in the park. Um, and then I said this uh verse Philippians 4:7. And then I did uh that's the pattern break again.
9:32:09And that was was part one of my new mission committing to the cross. All right. And I I usually with my series call outs, I do not make your series call outs like and that was episode one.
9:32:22Like bro, you want to make it theatrical. You want to make it cinematic. You want to make it like, hey, this is my message.
9:32:30This is my content series. Follow me. Now, don't say follow me, but like say it in a way where it's like you mean it.
9:32:38You know what I mean? Like mean what you say. Believe in your content series.
9:32:42Believe that God is using you for the good, right? to to spread his word. That's what I that's what I did with all my content series, especially the Christ related ones with committing to the cross, art of repentance, raw faith, detaching self. Like, all of these things mean so much to me because God put it in my heart to to share it, right?
9:33:01So, you got to do the same thing. You can't just say, "Hey, this is what episode one of Raw Faith. Let's go." You're doing doing the same thing that I did, bro.
9:33:10Like, come on, dude. So, yeah. Anyways, um that is how you use the mood method speaking framework.
9:33:16This was the demonstration. Hope you enjoyed. Have fun scripting.
9:33:21Have fun speaking. All right, I'm going to make this module, the speed speaking demo, raw as well, like the last one, the mood method. Um, and I'm going to choose a random script.
9:33:35So, I have one here about church. I'm going to demonstrate how I speak fast. Okay.
9:33:41I also have some notes here that I wanted to this is pretty much my script. I'm going to just show you guys just be completely raw with you. But these are the the main this is the main framework for speed speaking, right?
9:33:52You want to talk at 1.5 speed. Why? Because it's more efficient and engaging for viewers, right?
9:33:57So it's it's amazing for short form content. If you've ever watched Mino Lee or if you've ever watched my content, you notice that we speak really quickly. And it's because that's how I and that's how let's say Mino for example, that's how he rambles to his best friend.
9:34:12That's how he talks to his best friend, right? And once again with your dream avatar, all of this connects.
9:34:19Like it's not only the pains that you use, the dreams, the the things that you've learned in scripting, but also with filming and speaking as well. You want that same, you want to establish that same connection where you're speaking at the same speed, at the same tone, at the same mood as you would when you're telling a story to your younger self, when you're teaching them, when you're telling a story to them, right?
9:34:40So 1.5 speed is the general framework that I personally use and that most of you will too, right? In your own authentic language. Um, also attention spans are short.
9:34:51You guys would know that. Uh, so you need to be faster than them. You need to be faster than the viewers.
9:34:57You need to be the ones who um not people would say keep up with the attention spans, but I say be faster than the attention spans because that's what I did when I I used to keep up with the quote unquote keep up with the attention spans because I thought okay let me just cut every 3 seconds just because you know audiences might feel bored so I got to keep up with their attention spans.
9:35:18No, that's not it. I usually what I did was I I went faster.
9:35:21So I did like one second cuts, two second cuts, even less than that. So uh that's that's with filming as well and with speaking. Okay, so it's not only uh visual, but it's verbal as well, right?
9:35:33So fast is key, but it must be understandable. Make sure when you are speaking fast that you're doing it intentionally and that you can actually understand yourself. Most people can't understand themselves.
9:35:45That's why you got to be really honest with your lines. Okay? So if you can't speak fast, that's okay, right?
9:35:51But I definitely recommend learning how to speak fast and learning how to teach efficiently. Um, if you are if you want to be become like this guru, right? Eventually, if you want to coach people, if you want to tell stories, even telling stories requires some sort of consistent pace, right?
9:36:10And you want to stick to an efficient one. If it's slow, it's probably not going to retain viewers, especially in short form platforms, right? So fast is key. efficient rambling, quote unquote.
9:36:22So, you basically, yeah, that's what I said with the uh the dream avatar, talking to your camera like it's your younger self. So, you want to talk fast, but make sense. All right?
9:36:31Make it make it understandable, make it easy to make sense. Uh and then you can switch up the pace in in any line of your script to shift the emotion and mood. So, you saw that in the last demo in the mood method one.
9:36:42Um, and you can always in this as well with speed speaking, you can always switch up your pace. Like you can always talk fast in the hook, but then in the next one you can be like, nah, not really.
9:36:52You know what I mean? So, you can break the pattern. That's how you break the pattern as well.
9:36:57So, you can switch the emotion and mood um by switching up the pace in your story. Okay, click that. That script is done, which is this video that you're watching right now.
9:37:09I'm going to just type a random letter and see which one of my scripts I can pull out. We'll read the church one after this. Um, but for now, okay, let me see.
9:37:21Boxing, fasting, watching, gratitude, maturing. Okay, these these look interesting. All right, so I'm going to demonstrate how I would usually speak with a pace.
9:37:30Um, yeah, with speed speaking. Going to church always felt like a weekly chore that I had to do when I was a kid. Going to church always felt like a weekly chore that I had to do when I was a kid.
9:37:42That was faster than I actually said it in in my video. But I think I'm pretty sure the way I said it in my video was going to church always felt like a weekly chore that I had to do when I was a kid. I should have honestly when I look back now when I reminisce I should have said it faster.
9:37:58Should have said it like going to church always felt like a weekly chore that I had to do when I was a kid. something like that, right? I hated people.
9:38:06I hated preachers. I thought everyone was okay. Okay, sorry.
9:38:10See, sometimes when you're um speaking your script on camera, you're going to mess up because you want to keep up with this pace, right? But that's okay. You can retry.
9:38:19Keep trying. It's such a good challenge as well. Well, if you can Sorry, once again, the uh the loom cut out.
9:38:25Anyways, I was saying, dude, it's such a good feeling when you when you notice when you're speaking quickly in your script, right? And you're saying all these lines like at 1.5 speed and it's challenge.
9:38:35It's such a good challenge. And when you actually get the line correctly with the perfect pace, with the perfect mood, dude, it's such a good feeling. And you're like, "Ah, yes, that's the one." You know, and it's like this constant dopamine hit that you get every single line that you say, you know?
9:38:51So, let me try that again. Going to church always felt like a weekly show I had to do when I was a kid. I hated people.
9:38:58I hated the preachers. I thought everyone was a hypocrite except one person.
9:39:01Again, mood method, right? You want to make it engaging. Tone tone play.
9:39:06Episode three, committing to the cross. Let's go. Okay.
9:39:09I would I would have probably said it in a different way. I would probably be like, "Episode 3, committing to the cross. Let's go." No, I'll probably say like, "Committing to the cross.
9:39:20Episode 3, let's go." Now my first mistake was letting church Now my first mistake was letting the church influence my perspective on who Jesus was. So during praise and worship I never felt the presence of God until So you see how I played around with these words like whenever I do quotation marks I usually try and meme it or not meme it like what do you call it like what do you call mock?
9:39:43No not muk but you know what I mean. I try and make it sound funny, you know, because it's like it's stereotypes. I'm like making fun of stereotypes.
9:39:52So, usually what helps me uh recognize is like making like messing up the capitals. So, making it funky, funky, sorry, funky.
9:40:01So, presence of God. So, whenever I see this and I read this, I know, oh, okay, I have to make this one sound funky. So, let me try that again.
9:40:11So, during praise and worship, I never felt the presence of God. And usually on camera I would do the little quotation marks so that people know that I'm like not mocking I shouldn't say mocking now I sound like a blasphemer. No um that I'm making fun of the stereotype right the stereotype uh until 4 months ago I started looking okay until until 4 months ago I started looking at a different direction.
9:40:39So, you see how I uh it took me a few tries to get that that line done, right? To say that line. The first try was I said like until 4 months ago, but that wasn't it it didn't link to the the the mood that I was evoking in the previous lines.
9:40:56So, during praise and worship, I never felt the presence of God until four months ago. If I did that, that wouldn't sound natural, right? So, I had to re-enter the state of the script.
9:41:08What is my story? Okay. Right.
9:41:09Okay. I was talking about I read the usually what I do is I read the previous line and I'm like, "Oh, okay. Okay, cool.
9:41:15Cool." So, this is the the emotion that I was trying to evoke here. I got to keep it consistent, right? Especially in this next line.
9:41:23I'm not changing the pace or I'm not changing the mood. So, I have to say say like this until 4 months ago, I started looking at a different direction. Which direction?
9:41:34This direction. Definitely not these directions. All right.
9:41:37So, I do I do a little um what do you call it? Scoff here whenever I say lol. Um but that's when I realized I'm kind of a hypocrite, too.
9:41:47But that's when I realized I'm kind of a hypocrite, too. You see what I'm see there? I I I did like a a retry.
9:41:55But that's when I realized I'm kind of a hypocrite, too. Because Jesus says blah blah blah. Okay.
9:42:01Okay. This is this is one of the long lines that I'm going to I'm going to say right now. All right.
9:42:07So because Jesus says, "Why do you look at the speck of saw dust?" Okay. So whenever I quote Bible quotes, it's usually hard for me because they're not my own words, right? So takes me a few tries because Jesus says because Jesus says, "Why do you look at the speck of sawdust in your brother's eye and pay no attention to the plank in your own eye?" Ouch.
9:42:26You hypocrite. Take first take the plank out. You see how I separated these two lines cuz this is like one passage, right, in the Bible, but I separated it with a pattern break to evoke even to emphasize the the emotion even more.
9:42:43So, this is also scripting um some scripting advice if you're trying to teach or tell a big part of your story or explain something um with a lot of words, split it up with a pattern break. So split it into two, even split it into three, right?
9:42:59Because it's worth it. It just drags the story even and it keeps the audience on the on the edge of their seats once again, like pattern breaks and then Yeah, it just keeps them on this roller coaster ride. You hypocrite, first take the plank out of your own eye.
9:43:12You hypocrite, first take the plank out of your own eye and then you will see clearly to remove the speck of your See, you hypocrite, first take the plank out of your own eye, then you will Let me try that again. The loom cut out. Sorry.
9:43:24You hypocrite. First take the plank out of your own eye and then you will see clearly to remove the speck from your brother's eye. That's that's what I would do, right?
9:43:34Look, broke. Okay, this is where I get like um this is so funny cuz it's so obvious. This is where I'm like locked in on me and my dream avatar, you know?
9:43:45So, it's like me and you. It's just it's just me and you in this room. Look, bro.
9:43:49Christianity didn't save the world. Jesus did. And I did a little eyebrow raise.
9:43:53I'm pretty sure I did like a a meme sound effect or something. God doesn't call you to follow a religion. He calls you to be in a loving relationship for eternity.
9:44:03And literally what Okay. Okay. And that's literally what 400 god-fearing creators are building inside Creattopia.
9:44:11But I'm going to be real. Okay. This is such bad marketing.
9:44:14I'm not going to lie, bro. I don't know why I did this, bro. Anyways, but I'm going be real.
9:44:18It is a paid community. So, if you're a driven entrepreneur is actually okay. this these CTA lines that I usually do at the end of my videos, they're usually humongous because I usually say comment and I usually give them the the benefit like this is what you'll get actually willing to take action and build a personal brand like this and then there's the comment CTA and then join us at 50% discount.
9:44:39Like it's re it's a lot. It's heavy, right? So it's a heavy reward you can say.
9:44:43So if you're a driven entrepreneur who's actually willing to take action and build a personal brand like this, comment the word church to join us at at a 50% discount. That's that even then that sounds unnatural because it doesn't connect to my previous lines because I was like even before I was like but I'm g be real it is a paid community.
9:45:02So it's like chill type of mood right again mood method. So even though you are trying to speed up this line and you're trying to say this with consistent pacing without cutting it up like so if you're driven entrepreneur who's actually willing to take action and build a person like a lot of people do that.
9:45:21Do not do that. Okay? Practice your lines.
9:45:23Please get them all in one go because it's going to be perfect. Right? Especially um don't forget to keep it consistent the mood and the speed.
9:45:31Right? So, here's a I just I literally if I notice myself doing saying this line, for example, the way I just said it with like this this bright sort of um salesy type of tone, then I would do it again because I'm like, bro, that sounds so salesy. You got to be real with yourself, right?
9:45:50So, um so when I say I'm be real, it is a paid community. Got to drag it on. It's the same.
9:45:55Just pretend everything is in the same sentence. Okay? So, if you're a driven entrepreneur who's actually willing to take action and build a personal brand like this, comment the word church to join us at a 50% discount.
9:46:06So, see, like it sounds more like a, you know, like a nice nice little offer, like a real offer that I'm trying to help you guys out with, right? So, 50% discount. 50% what? And then I did a little pattern break there just to make jokes.
9:46:20Um, but yeah, that's how I would say uh that's how I would do this little What am I doing again? Speed speaking. Yeah, speed speak.
9:46:29I don't even know what I'm what walk through I'm doing. Okay, let's do this one. Boxing.
9:46:34Oh, this is really short. Wow. Oh, this is one of my old old scripts.
9:46:39I spent a year lifting weights trying to stop being insecure about my body, but it made me more self-conscious instead. I wouldn't say it like that. I spent a year lifting ways trying to stop being insecure about my body, but it made me more self-conscious instead.
9:46:56Now, I would say it even low lower mood. Um, still fast-paced. Actually, a little bit less faster, a little bit slower.
9:47:03I spent a year lifting weights, trying to stop being insecure about my body, but it made me more self-conscious instead. I don't like that. I spent a year I spent a year lifting weights, trying to stop being in I spent a year lifting weights, trying to stop being insecure about my own body, but it made me more self-conscious instead.
9:47:22But it made me more self-conscious instead. Okay, that was good. Yeah.
9:47:25So, I would say like that. until I started to train boxing, which pretty much became my way of therapy. And I believe that everyone under 25 should be trying at least one martial art because of one word.
9:47:37Okay, no, I didn't say that correctly. And I believe that everyone under 25 should be trying at least one martial art because of this one word, humility. Usually I cut this out.
9:47:48Um I can I can cut it and then edit it up. Um but that's okay. If you can get it in one go, that's fine.
9:47:54It's even better. Now, for me, being humble is one of the core values that Jesus Christ teaches, but it never came from my bodybuilding journey. However, as soon as I began taking boxing more ser you see how this is an old script and there's no pattern breaks at all, dude.
9:48:09It's crazy. You see, like the there's no pattern breaks. I could have added a pattern breaks in between here, in between these two lines, in between these two, but ah, it's like giving me OCD.
9:48:19But anyways, like this is how I would say it anyways. Um but now for me being humble is one of the core values that Jesus Christ teaches but it never came from my bodybuilding journey. However, as soon as I be however as soon as I began taking boxing more seriously, learning different styles, watching a lot of fights.
9:48:37Okay, let me say that again. However, as soon as I began taking However, as soon No, I wouldn't say that. However, as soon as I began taking boxing more seriously, learning different style.
9:48:46Okay, see I want to say this. You see how I said however as I or however as soon as I I don't pause here. I didn't put a comma here because I want to make it fast-paced.
9:48:58Right? So usually how I would speak to people or like even if I would speak to my younger self, I wouldn't say however, bro. However, like I wouldn't say it like that.
9:49:09But in this script, clearly I was not I didn't know what I was doing. I don't say I I don't use however anymore. Um, but if I was to say it today, I would say it in a quick way, right?
9:49:19So, it's not formal because however is a formal type of word. And um, like as a viewer, like what are you trying to do, bro? However, however, you know what I mean?
9:49:30Like, how? So, I would say like this. However, as soon as I began taking instead of this, however, as soon as I began taking boxing more seriously.
9:49:40So, it's faster, sounds more natural, way more efficient. Okay.
9:49:46Now, um, sorry, Tutor just messaged me. Tutor, get back to work, bro. However, as soon as I began taking more boxing more seriously.
9:49:57Okay. However, as soon as I began taking boxing more seriously, learning different styles, watching a lot of fights, reality slapped me in the face. Now, I would say like reality slapped me in the face.
9:50:09So, I would say more not chill, I would say more blandly, like more plain. So, reality slapped me in the face. However, as soon as I began taking boxing more seriously, learning different styles, watching a lot of fights, reality slapped me in the face.
9:50:23So, it's a nice little pattern break that I would do there if I were to redo this video because I realized that ego is a sin and no matter how good you are at fighting, see how I see how I changed up the mood a little bit, right? I I kept the consistency, I kept the pace going, right? I'm still talking at the same speed 1.5 times.
9:50:43And um I changed up the mood because this is actually the lesson here. Ego is a sin. No matter how good you are, there's always someone better than you.
9:50:51You're always going to be a student in the game. Three lessons right there. Right.
9:50:54So I just value dropped and the mood changes because I realized that ego because I realized that ego is a sin and no matter how good you are at fighting. Wait, let me do that again. See, I lost it.
9:51:05So, I have to repeat from the last line to get back on track, to get back to the same vibe, the same mood. However, as soon as I began taking boxing more seriously, learning different styles, watching a lot of fights, reality slapped me in the face because I realized that e because I realized that ego is a sin because I realized that ego is a sin.
9:51:22And no matter how good you are at fighting, there's always someone better. And you're okay. Because I realized that ego is a sin.
9:51:29And no matter how good you are at fighting, there's always going to be someone better. And you're always going to be a student at the game. something like that, right? So, it's like more comforting, more loveydvey.
9:51:39I don't even go to a boxing gym. I literally train in my backyard. Okay, this is such a bad outro.
9:51:45But anyways, that's how I that's how I would say it, right? We'll do a few more. Let me choose which one.
9:51:51I didn't even have that. Nope. What?
9:51:53Nope. Wow, this is so old. Okay, I'll do this.
9:51:57This last one. All right. Two weeks ago, I started fasting.
9:52:01Two weeks ago, I started fasting thinking I would get closer to God, but I couldn't been more right. Okay, cool. That is a horrible hook, by the way.
9:52:12Do not do that. Two weeks ago, I started fasting thinking I would get closer to God, and I couldn't have been more Sorry, excuse me. Oh my goodness.
9:52:23Two weeks ago, I started fasting thinking I would get closer to God, and I couldn't have been more right. So, I would say like that. I think I said it like that in the video as well, but I did it just by quitting breakfast every morning and replacing it with amazing habits like prayer, talking to God, getting some sun, drinking tea.
9:52:40So, see how this is like a really long line. Two, anything more than two and a half, sorry, one and a half here. I mean, on notion measurements, sorry.
9:52:51Anything more than one and a half uh amount of words on a sentence is a lot. Okay. Uh cuz it's heavy.
9:52:58And I did it just by quitting breakfast every morning and replacing it with amazing habits like prayer, talking to God, getting some sun, drinking tea. So see how I list things as well and change up the mood or change up the the tone, right? Prayer, talking to God.
9:53:14So like I'm actually listing it and it's my tone sounds like I'm listing things as well, like a to-do list. Prayer.
9:53:21Prayer. Anyway, sorry, cut out again. So I actually list these things as if I'm saying a list of like like groceries.
9:53:30Prayer talking to God. So I kind of drag it as well like prayer talking to God. See what see?
9:53:37So, it's more casual. That this is how I would I would um say, yeah, this is how I would say lists um to my friends, to to anyone really cuz usually when I drag the word like prayer, that's when that's usually because I'm thinking of the next thing, right? So, if you guys list things, make sure try that as well.
9:54:02Um if if that's not you, obviously don't do it. But this is how I this is how I do it, right?
9:54:08Um, but I did it just by quitting breakfast every morning and replacing it with amazing habits like prayer, talking to God, getting some sun, drinking tea, and then in editing, I can cut that tea out, you know, I can cut that tea midway. So, it it kind of it's like a pattern break and I can start this line earlier again.
9:54:26J cut, you will learn that in the editing course, by the way. Anyways, sorry, might be confusing. Uh, let's continue.
9:54:33So to those So to those young people, okay, this is um this is yeah, this is the start of the lesson. So I'm going to have to switch the tone a little bit. Pray getting drinking tea.
9:54:44So to those young people who want to know what getting closer to God actually means, I can't really describe it to you. Yeah. So you want to make these scripts, you want to make your scripts in general or or speak your lines in a conversational way like you're actually talking to someone.
9:55:01I can't like I cannot believe the amount of times I've repeated this throughout the entire course, all these phases. But the more you can make it conversational, the more natural and more fun your content creation journey is going to be and the more success you're going to find as well, right?
9:55:18So to those young people, obviously I should have said you like directed it at my dream avatar. I don't like what I did here, but you guys would know what I mean. So to those young people So to those young people So to those young people who want to know what getting closer to God actually means, I can't really describe it to you.
9:55:36I would say this. So to those young people who want to know what getting closer to God actually means, I can't really describe it to you. So I would say this as a pattern break as well because it's an individual experience.
9:55:48Okay, I have to switch it up now. This is a lesson because it's an individual experience that we have and that's how God gives us his love and grace. Oh, sorry.
9:55:57Wait, no, that's not it. Because it's an individual experience that we have. That's how God gives us his love and grace.
9:56:04Something like that, right? Now, I can guarantee if you simply skip breakfast every day, you're going to take delayed gratification to a whole new level. It's crazy, right?
9:56:14So, scripts like this, I use I like to add these little dashes next to the line or next to the word whenever I want to interrupt myself with another thing because when I'm rambling, I always do that, right? I always say right whenever I This is one thing as well. I'm going to do a little side segment, but whenever I record courses, I notice that I say right question mark to you guys a lot.
9:56:36Right. Right. Right.
9:56:38Because um that's how I talk. And if you you should script like that, too. Like really just tap into, okay, how do I how would I say this line?
9:56:49Oh, I would say this way, right? Okay, cool. Let me tap it down.
9:56:54You know what I mean? So if it's like this and I can guarantee if you simply skip breakfast every day, you're going to take delay gratification to a whole new level. It's crazy.
9:57:04So it's like conversational. It's crazy, bro. Bro, it's insane, bro.
9:57:08You won't believe it. To a whole new level, bro. It's insane.
9:57:11You won't believe it, right? It doesn't have to be formal. Like literally be weird about it as well.
9:57:18Be you. And I can guarantee if you simply skip breakfast every day, you're going to take delay graphic. Okay, I already did that.
9:57:26By the way, I think it's safer to do this. Okay, by the way, I think it's safer to do it this way instead of fasting the entire day, which is pretty dangerous according to research. I don't know what I was doing with this video.
9:57:39This is so irrelevant to my niche as well. But anyways, um, and I would say the age limit, And I would say the age limit for intermittent Okay, what? And I would say the age limit for intermittent fasting would be 16.
9:57:51So, if you're younger than that, I'm sorry. You just got to wait. So, that's the that's how I would speak the script today.
9:57:58All right. That's how you keep a consistent pace throughout your video. And that's how you'd uh speed speak as well.
9:58:05Okay. So, remember 1.5 times speed, fast is key. Okay.
9:58:08Mood method. Don't forget that. Welcome to the official word for word speaking demonstration.
9:58:13I'm going to show you the reality of what it's like using a word for word script while giving you some tips at the same time. So, right now, this entire module is uncut, unedited, and it's just me and my laptop and my script written down.
9:58:41I also have my phone set up. I also have my phone set up to record. I also have my phone set up as my second POV to show you what it looks like.
9:58:54I also have my phone set up to show you my sec I also have my phone set up as my second POV to show you what it's like to show you what it looks like when recording videos. [ __ ] This is going to be so bad. Now, now a word for word script usually requires you to read the lines first to memorize it one. Now, a word for word script is usually required for you to read your lines first one by one and memorize them.
9:59:26That's not the line, but whatever. Because you want to say it while looking at at a camera, which is your first challenge. Because you want to say it while looking at the camera, which is your first challenge.
9:59:45This won't be too hard for anyone. This won't be too hard for anyone as long as you're The lighting is ruining the shot as always, man. Now I got to adjust the exposure.
10:00:02All right, that should be good. What was the line? This won't be too hard for anyone as long as they have the courage to speak out in front of the camera.
10:00:15The sec the second challenge is messing up your lines. Now it's getting darker. All right, should be good.
10:00:26You're going to stutter and fumble a lot of words, especially if you're a beginner who hasn't written their script authentically. You're going to stutter and fumble with a lot of words. Especially you haven't You're going to stutter and fumble with a lot of words.
10:00:36Especially if you haven't scripted a dog. Oh my goodness. You're going to stutter and you're going to stutter and fumble with a lot of words, especially if you don't have your script written authentically.
10:00:51Oh my goodness. This never happens, by the way. It's just today is it's a sunny day, but Australia doesn't know what weather to pick.
10:01:06Even if your script is written the way you speak, Even if your script is written the way you speak, you're still going to I was about to swear. I was about to swear. Sorry.
10:01:18Even if your script is written the way you speak, you're still going to mess up. And the only solution to this is to keep rolling. Especially when the light does this.
10:01:38If you don't like the way you said one line, then just redo it. If you don't like the way you said one line, just keep rolling and redo it. That's why editing and post-production is there to save us.
10:01:56It's going to get really discouraging sometimes, but if you have this is this is a very long sentence, by the way, so I'm going to like it's going to take a while for me to it's going to get really discouraging sometimes, but if you have a strong purpose behind all the content you create, which all of us in creativity must have, then you won't struggle too much.
10:02:13Okay? It's gonna get really discouraging at sometimes, but if you have a strong It's gonna get really discouraging sometimes, but if you have a strong purpose behind all of the content you create, like most of us in Creattopia, then you won't struggle as much. Yeah, I got it.
10:02:31Should be a skill issue. This should be a skill issue, not a doubt issue. You know, the light is really pissing me off.
10:02:40Sorry. As you record yourself more and more, you're obviously going to get really used to it. As you record yourself more and more, you're obviously going to get used to it.
10:02:49Speaking using word for word scripts is actually very useful to practice your speech. Speaking using word for word Speaking using word for word scripts is actually very useful to practice your speech. Whether it's your tone, pacing, facial expressions, body language, or volume.
10:03:04There's a lot of things that you can just dedicate each video to work on. Whether you're whether it's your pace Oh my goodness. Please.
10:03:30All right. Whether it's your tone, pacing, facial expressions, facial expressions, body language, or volume. Whether it's your tone, pacing, facial expressions, body language, or volume, there's going to be a plenty of things that you can focus on in each and every video that you make.
10:03:49For example, today I will be focusing only on my facial expressions and body language if I wanted to. For example, today I could be focusing For example, today I For example, today I'd be For example, today I could be focusing on my facial expressions and body language if I wanted to. Whereas in dotpoint scripts is a lot harder because you're thinking about what you're going to say.
10:04:13Whereas in dotpoint scripts is a lot harder because you're just thinking about what you're going to say. Finally, the third challenge is speaking in an authentic way. Finally, the Finally, the third challenge is speaking in an authentic way.
10:04:29Obviously, it's a little hard to do this with word for words script, but then again, as long as you write in a similar way as you speak, you're good. Obviously, it's a little hard. Obviously, it's a little hard to do this with word for word scripts, but Obviously, it's a little hard.
10:04:45Obviously, it's a little hard to do this when you Obviously, it's a little hard to do this with word for word scripts, but then again, if you write the way you speak, then you're good. Oh, man. Really testing my patience today.
10:05:06Okay. Don't try to be professional. No one watches profession Don't try to be professional.
10:05:15No one watches professional self-improvement videos. They watch personal self-improvement videos. They want to get to know you, so show up for your audience.
10:05:27They want to get to know you, so show up for your audience. Now, you see the raw and uncut footage. of what it's like speaking.
10:05:36Now you see the raw and uncut footage of what it's like speaking using a word for word script. Once again, if you haven't watched my writing course yet, there's something to that's something to do. Once again, if you haven't watched my writing course yet, that's something to do afterwards.
10:05:51Now, let's move on to the next module. Welcome to the official dot point speaking demonstration. In this module, it's going to look the same as the previous demo. raw and uncut footage of this entire module starting now.
10:06:08Okay, bit nervous. Okay, so right now there's like my script looks like just a bunch of dot points, right? So I'm going to start with the first one, read it off and then you know enter that flow state.
10:06:22Currently reading off dot points right now. So yeah, I am currently reading off dot points right now with my laptop script. And this is what it pretty it's pretty much like, right?
10:06:34With dotpoint scripting, it requires you to read each and every point first before you actually speak it on camera. Therefore, each point should have a purpose in your script. There can't be any fluff.
10:06:52You don't have time for that. We like to we like to spam as many dot points and as many words and sentences in our script as possible just to make our videos longer. But that's not the point.
10:07:04We're trying to squeeze as much valuable stuff into our videos as much as possible. So avoid the fluff and only focus on value even though it makes your videos less than 5 minutes or 10 minutes. You know, my videos are barely like 10 minutes even.
10:07:23And then there goes the light again. My nightmare. I think I just have to wait until the the light chills out.
10:07:33Maybe not. Watch. As soon as I adjust the exposure, it's going to dial down again.
10:07:41We're going to get through this. It's okay. I just said so.
10:07:46My goodness. Okay. Uh, using dotpoint scripts is this is painful.
10:07:59This is torture. I might as well just go film outside. Okay.
10:08:10Using dot point scripts is a lot harder for a lot of for a lot of people. Using dot point scripts is going to be a lot harder for a lot of people. is going to for a lot of people is going to be very hard to use dotpoint scripts rather than word for word because this is pretty much where you improvise your filler words because each point is short not complete sentences.
10:08:43Therefore, you need to fill these sentences with improv. Filler words are basically the words that you put in between sentences because when you read your dot points, they're not supposed to be complete sentences. So when you read through them, you're going to have to fill in your own words so that they are they become complete sentences for you to speak on camera.
10:09:05That is pretty much what improvising is with dot points. Now, the first challenge of dot point speaking is improvising. When reading through your dot points, you need to refresh your mind.
10:09:25So, when you read through your dot points, you need to refresh your mind with the script that you've written down. And my camera is almost about to cook. It should just click like this.
10:09:45All right. You should just remember what you written down in your script. You're like, "Oh, yeah.
10:09:52I remember this. I remember that." So, like you enter the flow state of your script, which is why it's actually important to know what you're talking about in your video. You don't want to just say random [ __ ] and just Sorry, I wasn't supposed to say that.
10:10:10You don't want to just say random stuff and, you know, not know what you're talking about. You don't want to say, this is where I repeat the the the line so I can make it better. That's what happens all the time with dot points uh scripting.
10:10:24You don't want to say you don't want to say random stuff that you don't truly believe in. The key to improvising is conviction. You want to mean what you say.
10:10:41It's not really conviction with the way you speak, but more with your focus on the script and with the camera. The second challenge is messing up. Obviously, just like word for word, you're going to mess up your lines a lot.
10:10:57Just like word for word scripting. Just like word Just like speaking on camera with a word for word script. You're going to mess up a lot of lines.
10:11:07Like a lot. But it's pretty much the same solution though. Just keep rolling the camera.
10:11:12Like you guys can see right now that the light is keep like you guys can see right now that the light keeps on changing, right? And I'm not stopping the camera at all. I'm just keep I just keep on rolling.
10:11:27Even though it says the temperature is high on my camera right now, I'm just going to keep rolling until it eventually turns off. You can obviously you can obviously edit your bloopers out later. You can obviously edit your bloopers out later.
10:11:51It's more discouraging if you mess up with dot point scripts. However, it is more discouraging if you mess up with dot point scripts because sometimes there's going to be moments where you just have no idea what to say and your brain is just completely blank. But it's not actually a skill issue here.
10:12:16It's a focus issue. You need to therefore you need to focus on your video topic. Below the video topic is obviously your point.
10:12:29So focus on each point one by one and that's it. Go through your script one by one. Don't have anything else in mind.
10:12:38Just enter the flow state of your script and talk to the camera like you're talking to your younger self. The third challenge is RA. Finally, the third challenge is rambling.
10:12:52As you can tell, this module is probably different to the rest. As you can probably tell, this module is a little bit different to the rest because I'm reading off dot points. Because I am reading off dot points, so it sounds a little bit more natural to the camera.
10:13:12I also tend to ramble my points on too far and just come up with complex sentences. This is a big problem especially for me because it doesn't help with your viewers. It actually discourages them from keep it actually discourages them from staying into your video and keep on watching.
10:13:36It actually discourages them from keeping It actually discourages them to keep on watching your video. It's hard to for them to understand your ramble or they're going to click off. Because if it's hard for them to Because if it's hard for them to understand your ramble, they're going to click off.
10:13:58If you want to ramble, make sure to stay on topic. Want to ramble, make sure to stay on topic. So, if you want to ramble, just make sure to stay on topic.
10:14:13It takes practice for this, but it's worth it. Stay on your dot points and ramble about them only, not anything else. You don't want to bring up something that's completely off topic of from your video that you haven't even written down in your script.
10:14:42Now you know the reality of what speaking on camera using dot points looks like. Now you know the reality of what it looks Now you know the reality of what speaking on camera using dot points looks like. Now let's move on to the next module.
10:14:59All right ladies and gentlemen. Welcome back to the daily filming demo. Today I'm going to film a short form video and take you through pretty much the entire AD to Z process of me filming.
10:15:08Right now I got my laptop with me cuz I'm going to be recording with my phone and usually I use my phone to read the script and all that stuff. But today I'll be using a laptop. Extra effort.
10:15:17Here's my camera right here. Got some props behind my laptop. First and foremost, I'm just going to tell you guys and describe like what the shot I'm taking.
10:15:24I might as well grab my camera. The first shot, the hook of my video is going to be pointing towards this direction.
10:15:30And I'm going to have my bench press there with the uh the boxing stuff behind me. It's pretty much going to be like a little little home gym setup. And um so I'm going to put my camera here and pretty much set it up.
10:15:41I'll show you guys when I stand on this phone. >> All right. So, right now I'm planning to sit right here and talk straight to the camera uh for this initial shot.
10:15:54So, because I'm sitting, this camera shot is going to be at a sort of lower distance. Not too low, but not too high as well, cuz I don't want it to be a high angle or a low angle. Usually, I start off with like a straight angle shot directly pointing to me, the subject.
10:16:16All right, first and foremost, you want to turn on your camera. Obviously, I usually grab this uh the lens cap, put in my pocket if I want to forget it later. And let me adjust this tripod a little bit more.
10:16:32[Music] Okay, this is the height that I'm going to shoot my first shot at. So, let me take you through what's in the camera. As you can see here, the exposure is plus two, right?
10:16:44And you can see on the screen that is very, very bright. Usually, what I do again from the previous modules is that I lower the exposure. So, right now, I'm playing with the shutter speed.
10:16:56Let's say it's let's put that at 1,000 and then adjust the ISO to about 100 or maybe 200. Usually in outside outdoor shots I usually do 100 ISO. But right now it's still early morning so the sun is not too too bright yet so I'll just leave it at 200 ISO and then I'll probably leave the aperture at 2.8.
10:17:15Maybe increase or decrease the shutter speed for about 800. So it's right on the dot 0.0. And usually what I do is zoom in.
10:17:22So, I usually have a lot of distance between the camera itself and the subject. With these hook shots, the initial shots that I do, I never do a wide lens, which is very interesting. I always set it up with a a zoom in cinematic type of vibe.
10:17:37So, I always use my zoom lens for the first shot. I don't zoom in completely to 50 mm, which is the maximum length of my lens, focal length.
10:17:45Usually, I just go in between, let's say, 28 to 50 or 40. So, let's just do like about 35 here. I think this is cool.
10:17:53I also want the frame to be like symmetrical. So, I'm going to align this boxing bag pillar thing, the stand with this with the center of the screen. So, you can see right there.
10:18:03And I'm going to move this this little bench press to align it properly. Also, I'm going to be walking like a like a leprechaorn because I'm injured. I busted up my pinky toe trying to save this camera.
10:18:14Okay. Anyways, this is the shot, the first shot that I'm going to do. I'm going to set my focus to the middle of the screen.
10:18:21So, you can see here if you are using a Sony ZV, uh if you're doing manual focus, definitely recommend it. By the way, I usually press Fn and go to here, focus area, press it, go down to center, and then that'll be right in the center.
10:18:33Oh, I missed I think I misplaced the tripod. Okay, fixed it back. Cool.
10:18:37Now, what we do is I'm already connected to my mic. Don't know if you can see, but like my mic is here. And then this right here is the receiver.
10:18:44It's a Holland mic, by the way. I think this should be good for the first shot. Like, my head will probably be up here somewhere, so I might have to raise it up a bit.
10:18:53So, let's let's adjust this. I'm going to raise it up a little bit. As you can see, that's the shot.
10:18:58All right. What I'm going to do now is shoot the first shot. This is probably the most important shot of your entire video cuz it is the first line and you cannot mess it up.
10:19:07So, I'm going to take you through the the entire thing. Um, whatever I say, I'm gonna I'm not going to cut it at all so you guys can see the reality of what it's like, you know, speaking your first line of the day.
10:19:19And um, yeah, cool. I have my script right here. I'm not sure if you can see it, but it's like it's the same chair.
10:19:26My laptop is there. And my script is loading. Usually I have my phone with me and uh like I I hide my phone in my pocket or something whenever I film and when I forget the line I just take it out and read the line again.
10:19:40But I'm using my phone to record this. So I'm just going to use my laptop. The first line is going to church always felt like a weekly chore that I had to do when I was a kid.
10:19:50Very simple. Usually it's way more like heavier than that. But today I'm trying out this very simple hook.
10:19:57Um pretty relatable to a lot of people. And uh let's see how it goes. Make sure to double check every time like your exposure um your focus as well.
10:20:08If your camera can like flip the screen like that, then definitely I recommend doing that. Um what else is there? Oh yes, I'm using a prop as well.
10:20:18So I'm going to be showing this photo of me. It's a baby photo. So you can see here, right?
10:20:25It's a baby photo of me and I'm going to be showing it in while reading the line itself. So, there's a bit of acting, bit of a, you know, self-awareness that you have to do with um your speaking and your acting and your actions. So, here's how it goes.
10:20:44Usually, I just read the line again out loud. Going to church always felt like a weekly chore that I had to do when I was a kid. Okay, ready?
10:20:53Going to church always felt like a weekly chore that I had to do when I was a kid. That's really easy. Like compared to my usual hooks, they're like two lines.
10:21:03This one's like barely a line. So, this is very This is really good demo. I'm going to do it again obviously cuz I want multiple takes.
10:21:10I'm just trying to peek at the the camera just to see where I am. I'm in the middle of the screen. Everything's symmetrical cuz I have that OCD.
10:21:19You know what I mean? Going to church always felt like a Going to church always felt like a weekly chore that I had to do. Going to church always felt like a weekly chore that I had to do.
10:21:30I'm going to make it a little bit more relatable. So, like I'm just going to pretend again. We al we always want to pretend to talk to our dream avatar, right?
10:21:40And the screen is a little bit bright. You can see the sun is out. Good morning, Sydney.
10:21:45All right. Basically, I'm going to do it again. Going to church always felt like a little chore.
10:21:56Weekly chore. Going to church always felt like a weekly chore that I had to do when I was Going to church always felt like a weekly chore that I had to do when I was a kid. Double check that the mic is actually moving.
10:22:12Yeah, I can see the way you're receiving. Going to church always felt like that I Going to church always felt like a weekly chore that I had to do when I was here. Going to church always felt like a weekly chore that I had to do when I was Okay, so I'm going to I'm trying different dialects and seeing like which one which tone of voice sounds more relatable.
10:22:35And you guys should definitely try this out, especially especially with your books. Going to church always felt like a weekly chore that I had to do when I was a kid. Going to church always felt like a weekly chore.
10:22:49I'm going to I'm going to show this at the very end of the sentence. Going to church always felt like a weekly bro. Going to church always felt like a week bro.
10:23:00Come on. Going to church always felt like a weekly chore that I had to do when I was a kid. Going to church always felt like a weekly chore that I had to do when I was a kid.
10:23:11Okay, I like that. I need a time showing this correctly. Going to church always felt like a weekly chore that I had to do when I was a kid.
10:23:22Going to church always felt like a weekly chore that I had to do when I was a kid. Going to church always felt like a weekly chore that I had to do when I was a kid. I think that was the perfect one.
10:23:34That was Yeah. I don't know what what it was about that, but like when you when you do it repetitively, right, you got to know which one is the best one because you you do it repetitively until one just hits. And usually it's the very last one.
10:23:50And um once you're done, turn it off and on to the next line. >> All right. What I'm going to do now is something called an insert shot.
10:23:58If you guys have been studying the modules, an insert shot is usually the same action, showing the same subject in different distances or in a closer distance. So, with this, in this case, I'm going to be showing this photo again, doing the same action with a close-up shot. So, it's going to look like this.
10:24:18Usually, I just set up my camera like like so. right here cuz I know that I'm going to be showing it like this, right? So, I want my camera to be right in front of it.
10:24:33So, this is what I usually do. It's probably a bit too high. Make sure it's aligned.
10:24:39I love how Sony has these like little green lines, green lines that um we can use to make sure that the camera is aligned horizontally and vertically. Usually for insert shots as well or for extreme close-up shots, close-up shots in general, I usually do full zoom. So like 50 mm with my lens and then yeah, right here.
10:25:02So when I show this should be Yeah. Okay. The balance should be good.
10:25:06Okay, cool. Oh no, what did I do? See, like the problem is you need to remember if you want to do something like this, you need to remember your um the exact action that you were doing.
10:25:19So I was like um going to church always felt like a weekly chore that I had to do when I was a kid. Always felt like a weekly chore that I had to do when I was a kid. Obviously, you don't need to speak it again.
10:25:36I mean, this is just a waste of time. just do the visuals, right? Cuz you already spoke it and this is going to be on top of that footage. Usually I do like maximum 10 repetitions cuz like sometimes my my hands start shaking and I misalign.
10:25:51Okay, so this is how the camera looks and this is what I'm looking at whenever I um film. So right now it's still recording. It's still rolling.
10:25:59I'm going to do the action. See, sometimes I I misalign it like that, right? And that's not good.
10:26:06You don't want that. So, I have to repeat it until I get it right. Until I am satisfied.
10:26:11See how I'm shaking? I don't know why I'm shaking, bro. It's a Wednesday morning.
10:26:16I might do it slower just in case. Again. One more.
10:26:18Oh, no. [Music] No. No.
10:26:28One more. No. All right.
10:26:35That was the one. So, you see how I did like different distances as well. It's pretty important.
10:26:40No, not distances, different speeds, right? It's pretty important to try out different speeds, especially if you're doing actions cuz you never know what your actual pacing is in the final edit. All right.
10:26:51What I'm going to do here is I already took this off. I'm going to take off the insert photo. Uh, okay.
10:26:56I don't need to worry about that. Another one is the talking head. So, I'm going to say this point script talking head shot.
10:27:02Another one. I don't know where though. Okay, I know where.
10:27:05What I'm going to do for this shot is do a low angle and pointing at my face. So, it's a bit it's a bit of a close-up shot and it's going to be wide. So, double trouble.
10:27:18Going to set this up. I might just leave this like raw footage to be honest cuz I think you guys would prefer that cuz it's a daily demo anyways. So, I I might as well show you guys like the completely raw, authentic A to Z process of me filming.
10:27:36Okay, line two is um another talking head shot where I talk about like how I hated people, I hated preachers, and I thought everyone was a hypocrite except one person, right? So, that's a dot point script, by the way. It's not word for word.
10:27:53And I'm currently right now I'm like experimenting with dot point scripts. It's really fun, very easy to to write and um it's also fun to to talk as well cuz it sounds more authentic.
10:28:06All right. Basically, I'm going to make it a wide lens, right? Like that.
10:28:12Right. Uh it's misaligned, but it doesn't matter cuz this is it's a weird angle anyways. But it is getting the shot right here.
10:28:20It's like a low angle and uh it's making me feel like the authority here. Again, low angle theory if you guys listen to the modules. And the script is something like I'm just going to start recording.
10:28:33What is it? Hated people preachers thought everyone was a hypocrite and except one person. All right.
10:28:39Usually what I do with the the lines that aren't the hook, so every every other line besides the hook, usually I read the line before so it sounds more natural. So, for example, I'm going to read like going to church always felt like a weekly chore that I had to do when I was a kid.
10:28:55Going to church always felt like a weekly chore that I had to do when I was a kid. So, I reenact the previous line so that the next line sounds smooth. So, when I edit and cut it up, all of the sentences sound smooth.
10:29:07Does that make sense? Going to church always felt like a weekly chore that I had to do when I was a kid. I hated the people.
10:29:15I I hated the people. I hated all the people, all the preachers. I hated all the people, the preachers, everyone.
10:29:22I hated all the people. The preachers thought everyone was a hypocrite except one person. Except one person.
10:29:29Or should I do this? I'll probably do this. Boom.
10:29:33Not this. Boom. Okay.
10:29:34Ready? I hated all the people. All the preachers.
10:29:37I hated everyone. I hated all the pe I hated all the people. The preachers.
10:29:42I hated all the people. The preachers. I thought everyone was a hypocrite.
10:29:47Except let me I want to try and make it smooth. I hated all the people, the preachers, thought everyone was a hypocrite except one person. Except one person.
10:29:57Oh, I keep doing it with this hand. One person. All right.
10:30:01I hated all the people. The preachers I hated all the people. The preachers thought everyone was a hypocrite except one person.
10:30:09I hated all I hated all the people. The preachers thought everyone was a hypocrite except one person. Okay, maybe that was the one.
10:30:17Except one. Okay, let me try it again. The very last thing I want to get it right cuz this is like the post hook teaser, right?
10:30:24The second line. It's always a teaser. Um cuz I'm introducing the series name after this.
10:30:29I hated all the people. The preachers except No, I hated all the people. I hated all the people.
10:30:35I hated the people. The preachers thought everyone was a hypocrite except one person. I don't really care about which hand I use anymore.
10:30:44It really doesn't matter. One person except one person. I hated all the people.
10:30:50The preachers thought everyone was a hypocrite except one person. All right, that's the best one. I'm probably going to use the last one of that.
10:30:58And uh yeah, let's go to let's move on to the next shot. Take that off. All right, next shot is breathe in and 10.
10:31:04Okay, so this is like one of those goofy little things that I do. Okay, I'm going to do this right now. I'm going to show you guys how.
10:31:12So, this shot that I'm going to do is like a really goofy shot. It's just going to be me breathing in like that. It just adds to the suspense.
10:31:20You know, sometimes you need pattern breaks like that. Sometimes you can't just continue, you know, with all your sentences at once. Sometimes you need that pattern break.
10:31:29And this is one of them. But it's like 2 milliseconds.
10:31:32So, it just it's just a nice cherry on top or cherry on bottom cuz it's still it's still the first 5 seconds. I'm probably going to do a No, I'm going to put it higher. I'm going to put it leveled up to my face cuz I want it to be leveled up to my face.
10:31:49And uh I'll probably Okay, so this this is the light side, right? This is the shadow side cuz the sun is there. So, I'm going to I don't know if you can see this camera.
10:31:59Hopefully, you can. But I'm going to shoot the shadow side and then I'm going to sniff like that. Right.
10:32:09I'm going to align it. I'm going to take a risk here and show you guys the POV instead. Hopefully you guys can see.
10:32:20I can't see it, so let's do it. [Music] Okay, I'll probably just I have to do it faster. I think that's why again practice with diff like do repetitions with different speeds, right?
10:32:45All right. This is like one of those examples where it's just it feels awkward in the moment. Like you're just filming and you're doing the exact same action.
10:32:53Basically, you just want to embrace the chaotic energy, you know? Don't treat it like a job. Yeah.
10:32:58Really, just have fun with it. Just be playful. Have a laugh, too.
10:33:01This next shot that I'm going to do is a empty shot usually because as you can see in the script, I'm talking about episode three, committing to the cross. Let's go. That's what I'm saying.
10:33:12Right. So, what I'm going to say here cuz it's already connected to the mic. You can see right here, right?
10:33:17And what I'm going to do, I already set up this beautiful shot, started recording, and I know that I'm going to put my text, my series text on this top half of the screen. So, I'm just going to leave this this grass near the bottom so it's not completely empty, you know. So, yeah, I'm going to do the voice over now.
10:33:33The script is episode three, committing to the cross. Let's go. That's what I have to say.
10:33:38And uh yeah, you can just hear my voice as I say this. Oh, wait, no, no, no, no.
10:33:42I actually have to um breathe out first cuz like the previous shot was me breathing in like right. So, now I have to breathe out and then say it. So, episode three, committing to the cross.
10:33:53Let's go. Something like that, right? but maybe not too chaotic because it's just yeah, it doesn't fit right with the rest of the script.
10:34:00Episode three, committing to the cross. Let's go. Let's go.
10:34:07Episode three, committing to the cross. Episode three. I don't know if I should breathe in or not.
10:34:16Episode three, committing to the cross. Let's go. Episode three, committing to the cross.
10:34:24Let's go. All right, I'll probably do that last one. Cool.
10:34:27Now, what we're going to do, move on here. Tick these boxes off. Voice over is done.
10:34:32By the way, that's an example of a voice over that I just did. Empty shot. Done.
10:34:36Uh, that's done. Okay, another voice over. Now, first mistake was letting church influence my perspective on who Jesus was.
10:34:44Okay, so usually this is how I do my voiceovers, right? I just turn my camera and face it to me, to my face, and I really don't care what's in the frame. Like I just like to have it towards me so I can focus cuz my mic is already connected here.
10:34:59So if I just press record right and say the line. I'm just going to use the audio in this clip so it doesn't matter. Uh what's the audio again?
10:35:07Now first mistake was letting church influence my perspective on who Jesus was. Okay. So this is how I would say my voice over.
10:35:15Now my first mistake was Okay. Usually I film outside and there's some annoying birds. Welcome to Australia.
10:35:23And uh you just got to be patient. Sometimes you you got to be really patient. Especially when I go to the park.
10:35:30It's it's it's a zoo out there. I'm not even kidding. All right.
10:35:34Now, my first mistake was something Now, my first mistake Now, my first mistake was letting Now, my first mistake was letting the church influence my perspective on who Jesus was. Now my first Now my first mistake was letting Now my first mistake was letting the church influence my perspective on who Jesus was. So see how I'm like you know focusing on my voice only cuz I know this is not going to be like I'm not I'm not using this right not using this um uh the video I'm using the audio.
10:36:04So I need to focus on my dialect and I can fully just put my attention on my voice and my speaking and my communication. Now my first mistake. Now my first mistake was letting Now my first mistake Now my first mistake was letting the church influence my perspective on who Jesus was.
10:36:23Okay, I think that was the best one. Stop recording and then uh take that off. Where is it?
10:36:30Tick tick. Scroll down. Another talking head shot.
10:36:33So during praise and worship, I never felt the presence of God. Okay. So, during praise and worship.
10:36:41Okay. What I'm going to do, let me think where I should do this talking head. I'm thinking of doing a a weightlifting effect where I just put my camera on the floor.
10:36:51I'll probably do that. I have no no other idea of what I'm going to do. I could do a high angle actually.
10:36:58Yeah, we'll do a high angle. We'll do a high angle just to switch it up because we've already done um low angle before. So, might as well do high angle.
10:37:08And I'm just going to rest. Now, this is where I get nervous cuz like this tripod is pretty skinny.
10:37:15And uh whenever I like make it really high, give me a sec. Like this. And then like this again.
10:37:25I don't know if you guys can see, but like whenever I do this, right? Whenever I make it this high, it makes me nervous. Especially when I do this.
10:37:36and and like the entire the entire leg is like very, you know, it it looks weird. It looks wonky. Like this camera is so fat and this, you know, it's just skinny.
10:37:48But basically, the lesson here is be careful because um yes, this this thing has fell over plenty of times. And uh my foot has been sacrificed because I tried saving this. Um that was like 2 days ago.
10:38:03Now my my pinky toe is like busted up and I can barely walk. Anything for the shot, right?
10:38:10Anything for the shot. All right, I'm gonna set it uh to center focus again. I'll show you guys what it looks like in a second, but basically it's going to be me.
10:38:22Oh my goodness. All right, just relax, relax, relax. Okay, I'm probably going to do it here.
10:38:31Yeah, there you go. Okay, I'll show you guys. This is what it looks like.
10:38:36All right, I'm just going to be there uh pressing uh doing like bench press or something. I don't know. So, we'll see.
10:38:50Okay. Now, uh I forgot the line. What's the line?
10:38:57So, during praise and worship, I never felt the presence of God. Okay, grab these dumbbells. I'm supposed to do quotation marks.
10:39:10Like, I never felt the presence of God, but like I'm holding dumbbells, so I don't know how I'm going to do this. We'll see. Okay, hold on.
10:39:21[Music] >> So, during praise and worship, I never felt the presence of God. Okay, I know how to do it now. Basically, I'm going to do the bench press down and then do the quotation marks here cuz I can see that it's in the shot.
10:39:41I made it in the shot. Let me move forward just a bit. Try not to tip over my um trunk.
10:39:47It's a pretty close-up shot, so they can't see my leg up. All right, I'm going to do this. So during praise and worship, I never felt the presence of God again.
10:40:01So during praise and worship, I never felt the presence of God. The presence of God. So during praise and worship, I never felt the presence of God.
10:40:18So during praise and worship So during praise and worship, I never felt the presence of God. >> Did I get it? I don't even know if I got it.
10:40:30So during praise and worship, I never felt the presence of God. Okay, whatever. Yeah, I got it anyways.
10:40:42Oh, safety first. Safety first. All right.
10:40:51We good? We good. Next up, we have a talking head shot.
10:40:57So, I'm going to say, but that's when I realized I'm kind of a hypocrite, too. Okay, I'm going to do So, this is what the shot is going to look like. Press record.
10:41:07Make it aligned. Okay, faces in the middle. What's the line again?
10:41:14But that's when I realized I'm kind of a hypocrite, too. But that's when I realized I'm kind of a hypocrite, too. But that's when I realized I'm kind of a hypocrite, too.
10:41:30But that's when I realized I'm kind of a hypocrite, too. Okay. All right.
10:41:38Let's see what we have here. Take that off. Another talking head of me reading the Bible.
10:41:44Okay. Cool. Because Jesus says blah blah blah.
10:41:46All right. And I have to do some insert shots for that. Cool.
10:41:50Cool. Cool. Cool.
10:41:50Cool. Let's do that. My camera here.
10:42:01So, this is what the shot looks like. All right. Cord face it to me.
10:42:08Let's go. I have to read the Bible. >> Matthew 7:35.
10:42:19Move, >> right? Decrease. >> Hey yo, chill.
10:42:28>> Because Because Jesus says, "Why do you look at the speck of sawdust in your brother's eye and pay no attention to the plank in your own eye?" Because Jesus says why do you Because Jesus says why I'm going to shoot that. Sorry.
10:42:47Because Jesus says, "Why do you look at the speck of sawdust in your own? Because Jesus says, "Why do you look at the speck of sawdust in your brother's eye and pay no attention to the plank in your own eye?" Because Jesus Because Jesus Because Jesus says, "Why do you pay attention?" Because Jesus says, "Why do you look at the speck of sawdust in your brother's eye and pay no attention to the plank in your own eye?" Because Jesus says, "Why do you Because Jesus says, "Why do you Bro, this bird is like hello.
10:43:22Who? Because Jesus says, why do you look at the speck of sawdust in your brother's eye and pay no attention to the plank in your own eye?" I'm going to Okay. I'm not going to do anything, but it's just frustrating.
10:43:41Patience. It's okay. >> Okay, that's one done.
10:43:46I'm going to do handheld vlog. I was supposed to say ouch. Ouch.
10:43:55Ouch. Ouch. All right, that's me saying ouch.
10:44:00Handheld vlog. supposed to do six insert shots. That's amazing.
10:44:09I don't have to. I can use B-roll. Okay, I'm going to do another talking head.
10:44:18Probably do at low angles. All right, here is the shot. Boom.
10:44:26Here is the setup. [Music] Almost there. Okay, hot.
10:44:34All right, brother. Ouch. You hypocrite.
10:44:39First, you hypocrite. First, you hypocrite. First take the plank out of your own eye.
10:44:44You hypocrite. First take the plank out of your own eye. Then you will see clearly to remove the speck from your brother's eye.
10:44:52You hypocrite. First take the plank out of your own eye. Then you will see clearly to remove the speck from your brother's eye.
10:44:59From your brother's eye. Okay, I might do it different dialect again. You hypocrite.
10:45:05You hypocrite. First take the plank out of your own eye. Then you will see clearly to remove the spec from your brother's eye.
10:45:12Okay, cool. That's good. >> Now, what I'm going to do, insert shots.
10:45:19>> Yay. >> Okay, insert shots. First and foremost is obviously the actual Bible that I'm reading.
10:45:32So, I'm going to shoot [Music] the actual verse. My camera is about to die and I'm so nervous. Better hurry up.
10:45:52That's one. Count that as two. Here's two.
10:46:07Here's four. [Music] All right, ladies and gents. I'm going to film this this last walk through, this demo with my camera cuz my phone is out of storage.
10:46:20Plus, I need to use my phone for this shot, so might as well. Very final shot. Uh, I'm going to walk in frame.
10:46:27If you're a driven entrepreneur who's actually willing to take action and build a personal brand like this, comment the word church to join us at a 50% discount. It is a CTA video anyways. So, I think it's a pretty good CTA video.
10:46:39I don't know. So, if you're a driven entrepreneur who's actually willing to take action and build a personal brand like this, So, if you're a driven entrepreneur who's actually willing to take action and build a personal brand like this, comment the word comment the word church to get a 50.
10:46:53Comment the word church to join us at a 50% discount. Comment the word church to join us at a 50% discount. Comment the word church to join us at a 50% discount.
10:47:03What I'm going to do now is an insert shot. Uh-oh. >> Battery is running out again.
10:47:09Hurry up. >> All right, ladies and gents. This is the very last shot.
10:47:12I'm just going to record it as a handheld vlog. Uh, do it right here. And uh, my battery is about to die, so I'm kind of panicking right now.
10:47:18The very last shot is like 50% what? >> Okay. Ready?
10:47:21>> 50% what? 50% what? 50 what? 50 what?
10:47:33Okay, that's enough. I hope you enjoyed the the little daily filming demo. >> Going to church.
10:47:38I always felt like a weekly show that I had to when I was a kid. I hate all the people, the preachers. Everyone was a hypocrite except one person.
10:47:42Episode three, commit the cross. Now, my first mistake was letting the church influence my perspective on who Jesus was. So during praise and worship, I never felt the presence of God.
10:47:47Until 4 months ago, I started looking at a different direction. Which direction? This direction?
10:47:49Definitely not these directions. But that's what I realized. I'm kind of a hypocrite, too.
10:47:51Because Jesus says, "Why do you look at respectfulness in your brother's eye and pay no attention to the plank in your own eye?" Hypocrite. First, take the plate out of your own eye, and then you will seek to remove the spect's eye. Bro, Christianity didn't save the world.
10:47:59Jesus said, "God doesn't call you to follow a religion. He calls you to be in a loving relationship with him for eternity." And that's literally what 400 god-fearing creators inside. But I'm going to be real.
10:48:04It is a big community. So, if you're a driven entrepreneur who's actually willing to take action, and build a personal brand like this, go to the word church to join us at 50% discount. >> 50 what?
10:48:09>> All right. Hello. Uh, today I'm going to show you how to do a spin transition.
10:48:14So, right now I'm filming an insert shot of me showing this little Polaroid photo. I'm going to film an insert shot and then that's going to spin to another shot of the keyboard. So, first shot will be first I got to set up the camera.
10:48:30Obviously, it has to be an extreme close-up. So, full zoom. Full zoom.
10:48:35And then I I did this. Boom. Boom.
10:48:38That's the action. Boom. Boom.
10:48:42Make sure it's focused. All right. Boom.
10:48:45Boom. So, basically, I'm going to unscrew the the rotation on my tripod. Right here, I'm going to unscrew that so that it's more loose when I rotate it.
10:49:02Right. And then what I'm going to do, I'm going to do the insert, do the action. Boom.
10:49:08Boom. But I'm going to hold my camera at the same time. Okay.
10:49:12Okay, I'm just going to do this. Got the shot. Boom.
10:49:20Spin like that. So, usually I just spin really quickly the the rotation on the tripod. Now, do do a few takes of that.
10:49:40That's two. Do it again, but closer. Okay, now that's the first half of the spin.
10:49:53Now we're going to do second half. Okay, this next shot is going to be a high angle or a bird's eye view of the keyboard. Careful, don't drop the camera when you do this.
10:50:09It's pretty risky shot. Don't hurt yourself either. Setting up the exposure just right now.
10:50:16Okay, right now it's um like that. That's what it looks like. And the action is I'm going to spin and then show off my three fingers like that.
10:50:28Boom, boom, boom. I have to get it completely aligned horizontally. Wait, I wasn't even recording, bro.
10:50:36Man. All right, my bad. My bad.
10:50:42Sorry. Let me do that again. I'll zoom out just a little bit so you can see my fing So, I keep I keep doing this just to to have multiple takes so during editing I can see which one's the best.
10:51:10Okay, cool. You got it. When I was in high school, me and the boys used to compete for whoever was the most heartless, racist, generate bozo out of the bunch.
10:51:18And it took 3 years after graduating to realize how much it actually ruined my life. Episode 5, committing to the cross. how I despised all my class peers and pretty much everyone I saw in school for absolutely no reason. World class professional hater right here.
10:51:31I'm telling you. So, as a teenager, I struggled with the concept of love. I couldn't give it or receive it.
10:51:37But when I started diving deeper into the gospel, that's when I realized we can't heal ourselves. The Holy Spirit does.
10:51:42Now, I know it sounds like a bunch of voodoo nonsense, but we both know you have a soul. Or better yet, we know that love is the one thing that brings us together. So, when I read that love is patient, love is kind.
10:51:53It does not envy or boast and let it sink into my heart. I started balling my eyes out because God is so graceful to a dumb 16-year-old Asian kid who's rejected him for so long. To this day, I still barely understand his love.
10:52:05And maybe it's not about understanding, but surrendering to the King of Kings. Welcome to the oneshot time lapse.
10:52:11So, usually what I do with this oneshot time lapse is that I film uh most of them are usually in my room, right? So, I film a like quote unquote time lapse of me doing different activities in different shots with the same position of the camera. So, that means for this little camera, we'll be filming for at least like five to 6 minutes.
10:52:35Okay. Um, and that requires these timelapse usually requires like three, four, five shots, maybe even more.
10:52:42Usually I do on average about four or five shots. And um basically what we want to do, I already set up the shot right here. So you can see, right?
10:52:51And I have this little challenge thing here, which I'm going to explain in a bit, but basically this is the little framing that I have. And I want all of my shots to capture me doing something on my computer or basically my room. So this pretty much captures half of my room.
10:53:08Um and it's a wide lens. And it's always good to uh to do your oneshot time-lapses with a wide lens. Now, what I'm going to do here is in each shot, I'm going to tick these boxes.
10:53:20Uh, this is pretty much a demonstration of how to visualize you going through uh different days or different time periods. So, this captures this. It's like a what is it?
10:53:30It's like a cinematic effect that helps you capture a time-lapse effect, if that makes sense. But basically, when you write a challenge, for example, monk mode here, right? You can tick these off in each shot that you take and then eventually when you put all the clips together in editing, it's going to look very, very cool.
10:53:47Especially when you do different actions on my, let's say, if I do different actions on my chair, standing up, different objects and props as well. And then I tick each box as I go through each shot. It's like a little calendar that you have.
10:54:00And you can put any challenge, any type of mission, any type of topic here. Okay, what we're going to do here, uh, I'm just going to do some random stuff on my computer, play around in my room, and just show you how it usually works when I shoot different shots.
10:54:12And then, uh, cuz you guys at the end of the day come up with the ideas of what you're doing and the actions that you're taking. So, I'm going to press record on this camera. Now, let me tick off this first box.
10:54:25So, yeah, first thing to do is tick this off. And you don't have to like explain which which day it is or which time period it is in each box because the audience isn't dumb, right? They don't have time to like read everything um on the screen anyways.
10:54:42So I usually just have boxes and they can assume it like you know. So it's very very simple concept. You don't want to over complicate it.
10:54:51Okay. So that's the first box ticked. Now it's already recording.
10:54:55So, what I'm going to do is just pretend to work. Pretend to work. Usually, each shot takes like two, three milliseconds anyways, or like half a second.
10:55:13So, I'm just going to pretend to type with keyboard. I'll also show you guys how to edit this um on Premiere Pro. Okay, that should be cool.
10:55:31You don't want to get stuck into the whole um filming for 5 minutes in each shot thing. As long as you got the action recorded on camera, the f the next thing you want to do is do not stop recording. That's the key here.
10:55:46Just keep rolling and your clip is going to be like, you know, five, six minutes. Once again, sometimes eight minutes if if you're not used to this and don't worry about it. As long as you have footage, you don't have to stress out.
10:55:59So, when I tick off another box in this challenge thing, in this whiteboard, and when I change into a blue uh shirt, people are going to recognize that it's a different time period. So, let's Yoink. Boom.
10:56:14Uh, what I'm going to do now, what am I going to do? I might as well just like grab my bottle and just pretend to drink. Okay, so you guys can see just make sure I'm in frame.
10:56:32That one action right there, that's enough. Literally, anything less than a second because again, this is one whole shot, right? like you're going to put multiple clips together. And if we're following the 2C rule, if you guys remember, you know, each shot has to be less than 1 second or less than half a second, right?
10:56:51So, think about it. Okay, next up, what we're going to do is the third one. I don't know what action I'm going to do.
10:56:58I'm literally just freestyling this. Still rolling. Again, that's the key here.
10:57:03Still rolling. And what I'm going to do is change clothes. Okay, now I'm in a different shirt.
10:57:08And I remember that my last action was me standing up and drinking, right? I want this one to be completely different because in each shot, the more different the actions are, the more engaging it's going to be, right? Cuz you want different movements every time.
10:57:23So, I'm just going to Okay, what I'm what I'm thinking right now is I'm going to spin on my chair and I'm going to read my Bible while spinning on that chair. All right.
10:57:34So, I'll record it like this. Hopefully, you guys can see. Going to go here.
10:57:39I can see that I'm in the frame. Always make sure you're in frame. Okay.
10:57:44Okay. Now, I'm going to do this. Make it expressive.
10:57:50You know, you want to make it um you don't want to just halfass it if you want to if you know what I mean. You want to make it as as visually expressive as possible. That I'll also explain that in the acting on camera module.
10:58:06Okay. should be cool. Very simple. Don't get too uh stuck into it if you if you did the action.
10:58:13That's it, right? Cuz you don't have time. You don't have and you have limited storage anyway.
10:58:19So, I'm going to change into that shirt now. First off, I'm going to take this off. Always remember to take it off because uh when I started doing these, I always forgot literally to take it off.
10:58:31And uh I used to film like full-on compilations, full on uh time lapses without even ticking any boxes off. And I just had to restart.
10:58:40So yeah, don't make my mistake. Go change into this. Now, you'll notice that I haven't changed my pants, which I barely do cuz like nobody really recognizes it.
10:58:52Nobody can notice it. Um sometimes it's nice. It's just a little It does take more effort, but if you're in a rush, if you want to be more efficient, just change your shirt.
10:59:03Okay. Um Okay, I take the box off. What am I going to do now?
10:59:07This is me trying to think of an action. Um I'm probably going to write something down on the floor. Yeah, cuz I've already been on the chair twice.
10:59:19I've already stood up. Maybe I'll stand up again, actually. Yeah.
10:59:22Okay, I'll just stand up. I stand up and I'm going to pretend to write something down in the journal. Okay.
10:59:31Another frame. Okay, cool. Okay, that should be good.
10:59:48Right. Looks so weird when you're doing behind the scenes. Okay.
10:59:54Uh, that's about four. I'll probably do one more just for uh just for it to be cool. Was that four?
11:00:02Yeah, it was four. Let's get there. All right.
11:00:06Jesus loves you. Uh, what's next? I've already read my Bible.
11:00:12I already journaled. I've already worked on the computer. I've already drank.
11:00:17I'll pray next. I'll pray. Okay.
11:00:18So, I'm going to change clothes. Um, okay. I'm going to change my shirt.
11:00:23Oh, I'm going to put a hoodie on. All right. All right.
11:00:26This is my hoodie. And um I'm going to go on the floor for this one. As you can see, still rolling.
11:00:33Remember, that's the key. Already ticked it off. Now, I'm going to just sit on the floor and uh pray.
11:00:40Pretty much I'm just trying to position myself where I wasn't in the last shot. So, I'm just going to go in this end.
11:00:58You see how I'm moving? By the way, like whenever I do something like an action of like meditation, I'm also going to explain this in the later module, but whenever I do an action, I always want it to be moving. So, I always need to be moving, right?
11:01:14Because that's what engages audience in in general, movements. So even when I'm praying or like I'm acting out like a meditation a still action like that can still be you know moving for example if I'm meditating I could be like this like make it intense make it expressive you know okay going do that That's Hollywood, right?
11:01:52>> All right. So, after you filmed that whole compilation, all of your clips, all of your shots in that one whole take, we're going to go on and import it into Cap Cut. I'm going to use Cap Cut cuz I've already done a lot of Premiere Pro demonstration.
11:02:08So, I'm going to walk through this on Cap Cut to see you how to show you guys how I usually edit on desktop Cap Cut. All right. First things first, I want to find the initial uh action which is around here.
11:02:20So, basically in each and every quote unquote shot that you took or action, you want to find the the key moment or the key segment. So, I'm going to use this as my key segment.
11:02:31Uh, and then the rest is fine. And I'm just going to cut this part. All of it, like 99% of it, you're going to cut anyway, so don't worry about it.
11:02:41You're the basically in this shot, you just want to find the key key moments, right? This is not a key moment. Okay.
11:02:48Here it is. This the second one was me um drinking, right? Yeah.
11:02:52Okay. No, it's somewhere here. Okay.
11:02:54So, this is the key moment right here. As you can see, like these two are different times. Like these two are different lengths.
11:02:59That's okay cuz it's going to be less than a second anyway. So, you can cut it off later. So, what you're trying to do now is find the key moments.
11:03:05Usually, it takes about 3 seconds. Don't do more than 5second moments. That's like there's no point doing that.
11:03:11If you did long actions, you're going to have to sacrifice a lot. That's why I told you guys don't do long actions. Like, be quick with it.
11:03:18You want to be very, very efficient. What do I do? Oh, spin.
11:03:21Oh, yeah. I did the Bible thing. H, where is it?
11:03:24Okay, here. I think Yeah. Yeah, it's right here.
11:03:27Boom. You can see. There you go.
11:03:29That's the key. Okay. Got to cut that.
11:03:32Remember the um desktop uh Mac key binds to cut your footage in between is commandB. So if I say commandB here, it's going to cut in between here. Okay.
11:03:42Okay. Next one. Remember I'm using the Q and W key binds.
11:03:46What am I doing here? Oh yeah, journaling, right? No, I think this is fine.
11:03:51Yeah, that right there. Small section. Okay, last one.
11:03:55That's four so far. We need the very last one with the hoodie.
11:04:00Cut it up and prayer. Right. Yeah.
11:04:03It's towards the end here. Right here. Yeah.
11:04:05There you go. Okay. Cool.
11:04:07Now, we're going to cut that. Uh, now what we do is make each and every one of them the same length. Okay.
11:04:15So, I'm going to go here. Try and find where I'm moving. This is where I moved.
11:04:19That's a movement right there. Going to cut that. I might turn each clip into That's already 1 second.
11:04:25I want to make them half a second. So, 15. It's 26.
11:04:28You can see right here. 26 milliseconds. Going to make it 15 right here. I just want to capture like my hand moving.
11:04:35You can see my hand moving here. Right. I just want to capture that only.
11:04:40Like that's the one movement, right? So that's the most important part. Going to capture this.
11:04:46It's me drinking. Okay, that's 13. I'm going to make it 15.
11:04:49And then me reading the Bible. That's cool. Going to make that 15.
11:04:53Maybe it's extended a bit. 15. There you go.
11:04:55That's cool. That's cool as well. 15. Done.
11:04:58There you go. 15. Let's check it out. So, all of them are 15 milliseconds.
11:05:03Every each and every one of them is preferred. Definitely recommend them to have the equal length. Boom.
11:05:09Boom. Boom. Boom.
11:05:10Boom. Yeah. So, it's like consistent, right?
11:05:14You don't want one to be bigger than the other or longer than the other. So, there you go. And you can also see that the challenge tick boxes um the whiteboard stays in the same place, right?
11:05:26And the tick boxes change throughout time. So, it's like this time-lapse effect. Okay.
11:05:31And what makes it even more cooler is if you nest it in um Premiere Pro or in Capcot if you group it. So, select them all and press command. No, no, not not not group.
11:05:41Uh compound clip. So, you make it a compound clip. Option G, right?
11:05:45And make it one whole clip. And what you do is put a little key frame at the start for scale.
11:05:51So, scale key frame or transform, that doesn't matter. and then go to the end and scale it up just by like 10 or maybe no, maybe just five, right? And then you watch it back as this little zoom effect, slow zooming in. That's what I do with all my hooks, with most of my scenes, too.
11:06:13Make them a compound clip so it consistently zooms in and makes it more intense. Well, not intense, but like makes the story flow visually.
11:06:24There you go. Right. It's a nice little time lapse.
11:06:29And then obviously with this you have like a million different opportunities to add Easter eggs with your whiteboard, with your props, with your background. Like literally is amazing. So it does take time to film it, but it is definitely worth it.
11:06:43Even if it's just a 2cond clip. Okay, so that is how you do a oneshot time-lapse. All right.
11:06:49Good morning people. Today I'm going to show you how to do a DIY skateboard dolly. So here is my electric skateboard.
11:06:56So like this is a very rare shot that um not a lot of people can do unless you have like a really fancy dolly. But I'm the type of cheap skate who would do something like this, right?
11:07:06So this is my electric skateboard. This is my remote here. Uh that is not nothing.
11:07:10And uh usually what I do is stand my camera on this little whiteboard here. Right. So let's just move this.
11:07:16I stand my camera on this on this whiteboard. Uh my tripod is here. And uh the one thing that I have to like give you guys a heads up if you guys have an electric skateboard, definitely be very very careful cuz this is like the hardest shot ever that I've ever done.
11:07:32All right, so this is my skateboard. Uh and I'm going to set up my tripod here. Right there.
11:07:37Usually what I do is adjust the three tripod legs and really just like try and balance it as much as I can and uh shake it so that I test whether it's balanced or not. Usually it takes like 2 minutes to set up. So just be patient with it.
11:07:54Um especially somehow if if you're doing the same thing as me right now, but um if you are then definitely be patient with it because this is really hard. And again, this is like the hardest shot to do for me at least.
11:08:09What I usually do once I set it up, the tripod, I adjust the skateboard to point to my subject, right? Not the actual camera, cuz my camera I want it to be aligned with the direction that the skateboard is uh going to, which is forward. So, it should be aligned vertically.
11:08:27And then, usually the most important part is to test whether if it's actually balanced or not. So, what I do is move it front and back. Sometimes it shakes more, but right now it looks like it's good.
11:08:40I think like I get really nervous with this cuz like the last time this fell, I tried to leap and save the camera cuz it was like midair and I had time to just jump and save my camera, right? And uh I broke my toe. I broke my um pinky toe which is amazing.
11:09:05All right, should be good. >> Now I'm going to point it this way. >> Okay, cool.
11:09:19You're good. >> All right, I'm just going to go press record. I'm going to go to I'm going to pull up my uh little display.
11:09:33which happens to be one of our group calls. And then turn on my remote. >> Okay, should be good.
11:09:43Now, I'm just going to slightly move this finger cuz it's like it's a really small action, right? So, I have to like be very very careful with it. It's a really fast skateboard, so be very careful.
11:09:58Usually I just test it out first and look at the skateboard and then I reverse to all my days. That is making me nervous. No, no, no, no.
11:10:11I don't like that. Okay, let me try that again. Bit much like keep it rolling even if you mess up.
11:10:25Like literally doesn't matter. I'm still rolling right now. So, oh my god.
11:10:35Why is it so like? All right. This should be all right as long as I like it really is about remote control.
11:10:47And um for me I just have to like really adjust my finger and press the forward button or back button really really carefully like very slowly like that. And if you get it perfectly it looks so nice in in uh in the final shot.
11:11:11Okay let's reverse. Also, make sure if you are reversing, don't um don't rush the reverse too because I did and then I ended up breaking my reset. [Music] >> Oops, that is reverse.
11:11:54Cool. I think that's like the first and best shot. Yeah, you guys saw it just there.
11:12:02All right, so that is how you do a DIY skateboard dolly. >> In the past 30 days, I hit my first $6,000 a month as a 20-year-old content creator. But even saying it like that is just like gh cuz do you really need me to say exactly how much I make, how long it took me, how old I am.
11:12:16It's just tiring, bro. No matter what real you scroll to, you'll never be satisfied. Now, that unsatisfaction to chase after something will get you to somewhere for sure.
11:12:24But what I realized from making money online is what is it really for? Is it for my family, my future self, or for my own pride? Matter of fact, making my first 3K, 4K, 5K a month gave me more temptations than I had with lust.
11:12:37It's literally chasing this number go up on a screen of pixels, bro. Pixels. Which is how I found out.
11:12:43No matter how much I make, it'll never be enough because there's always more. But thank God that he gave us something that is enough. And that is his only begotten son, Jesus Christ.
11:12:53Now, that was episode one of my new series, digital disciplehip. >> Welcome to the cinematic video editing course. My name is Ken and these are my current results on social media.
11:13:03So far, I have gathered over 40 million views on social media. 400k followers across all platforms like Tik Tok and Instagram and YouTube, created multiple 1 million plus view shorts, and I'm currently coaching social media creators and brands, as well as spreading the gospel of Jesus Christ. In the following modules, you're going to learn how to edit viral shorts like me using three main concepts: cinema, storytelling, and authenticity.
11:13:27And this editing style that I'm about to teach is only for those who want to grow an authentic, loyal audience, aka I like to call them true fans. So, we'll be going through the following things. The software that I use, my content styles, how I tell stories with editing, visual effects, sound effects, and some complete editing walkthroughs at the end of this course.
11:13:45And yes, I will be adding new modules as I learn new stuff about video editing in the future. In this module, I'm going to be talking about the editing software I use. First off, we have Premiere Pro, the one and only.
11:13:55This is what I use to edit clips, transitions, colors, effects, and sound. In this software, there's plenty of like professional and advanced tools that you can experiment with, but I usually just use the basic stuff.
11:14:07In my opinion, I think Premiere Pro is the most suitable tool for editors with over a year of experience. I think it's not so good for beginners below one year of experience. So, for example, if you've been editing with Caput for like a few months now, then I don't think Premiere Pro would be, you know, would suit you too much.
11:14:23You can purchase Premiere Pro with Adobe. And here's a list of the shortcuts that I personally use every time I edit videos. So, I press the Q key to cut the left side of my footage of my clip and the W key to cut the right side of my footage.
11:14:35You can also press the up and down arrows to move through the start and end of your clips. You can also zoom in on your timeline using the plus and minus keys on your keyboard. And usually how I edit my footage is to put my main talking head footage in the first timeline layer and all of the B-roll stuff on my second timeline.
11:14:51I'll get into that in the walkthroughs in the following modules. Second, we have Cap Cut. This is what I use to edit captions, text, and some sound effects, extra sound effects.
11:15:00This tool has a a library, a huge library of free effects, animations, and templates, even sound effects. I use them all. And I think this is the most suitable software tool for beginners with below one year of experience in editing.
11:15:13It's available on mobile and desktop. It's free to download. I think it got banned in the US.
11:15:18I'm not too sure. You're going to have to check yourself. But I'm in Australia, so yeah, lucky me.
11:15:23If you're more of an advanced editor, I don't recommend you using Cap Cut to like cut your clips and manage your footage and all that stuff. But unless you're using it for, let's say, to create captions like me, then that's reasonable enough.
11:15:34Here are the shortcuts on Cap Cut. Same thing with Premiere Pro. You press Q on your keyboard to cut the left side of your footage, W to cut the right side.
11:15:41You press the up and down arrows to move through the start and ends of your clips, and you actually hold command or control if you're on Windows to zoom in and out of your timeline. So, you hold command or control and then you zoom in with your mouse or so. And again, if you are a beginner using Cap Cut, put your main talking head footage in the first timeline layer and your B-roll footage on the second timeline layer.
11:16:00It's much much easier to manage all of your clips. Now, as for the other software tools out there, it's completely up to you if you want to use them or not. I don't have the experience with Final Cut Pro or Dainci Resolve and all these other editing softwares out there, so it's not fair for me to actually teach you how to use them cuz I don't know how to use them.
11:16:17If you have an editing software you're comfortable with, stick to it. At the end of the course, with the long walkthroughs that I'm going to do, I'll only be using Premiere Pro and Cap Cut. Right.
11:16:25Next up, we have talking head content. This is the main style that I usually film with when I communicate with my audience. And it counts with long forms, too, not only short form.
11:16:34As long as your head is in the shot or your body of you speaking to the camera, that is called a talking head shot. So, when editing talking clips of you speaking on camera, I always refer to that as talking head clips. And with short form content, we obviously need to cut these talking head clips up.
11:16:49This means we cut the pauses, the unnecessary parts, the parts where we mess up our sentences, etc. This is called cutting out the fluff, quote unquote fluff.
11:16:56So my advice to you would be to get used to cutting out this fluff in all of your short form videos. Why? Because it makes your content so much more engaging.
11:17:04People don't want to watch a video of you rambling on camera with stutters and a lot of sentence mistakes, speaking mistakes on Instagram reels or Tik Tok. Short form platforms require fast-paced, high value, straight to the point delivery with every single video you make. With personal branding as well, you actually have to communicate in a faster way than you usually would with a long form video.
11:17:24So, if you're cutting a talking head clip and you're not sure if this one segment is a fluffy part or not, ask yourself this question. If I remove this sentence or line, will my video change? If not, then it's probably something that you should remove.
11:17:36Why? Because it's not important. the video doesn't change if you remove that sentence, which means it's most likely fluff that nobody needs to know because it doesn't add to your story. And sometimes it could be a really good line that you personally love delivering, right?
11:17:48But when picking out the fluff in your editing process, you have to be very picky and very strict. That's why I always advise the people I coach to cut out the fluff during the scripting process, not the editing process, cuz then it's just, you know, it ruins the video. In short form content, every second counts, and every second is pretty much a video in itself.
11:18:04You cannot afford to sacrifice or waste any second in your video. Even if it's 60 seconds, I don't care if it's five seconds.
11:18:10You can't waste any time. Why? Because every second has to have meaning and a purpose.
11:18:14Talking head content is the style of content that lets that happen, to have more meaning, to have value, to communicate a story. Speaking allows verbal communication with your audience. So, it establishes a connection between you and the viewer.
11:18:24So, it's up to you to edit that talking head clip in order to share the right message to your audience. So, whenever you're on camera or you're recording a voice over, that's pretty much what verbal communication or a talking head clip is. I'll get more into this when I actually go through the walkthroughs of me editing my videos.
11:18:40B-roll is the most useful resource that you can have as a creator. This can be cinematic shots, videos from your phone camera roll, or even pictures and images that you have. I use the following B-roll film shots that I took for specific videos, videos from my camera roll taken from my iPhone, insert shots to add on top of my original talking footage, and cinematic shots from my library of B-roll.
11:18:59So, whatever clip or footage that you choose as B-roll, make sure that it sticks to your style. This is a little subjective, but for me and my style, I like to stay consistent with all my film shots. And whenever I use a video from my camera roll, for example, it's pretty obvious, right?
11:19:14So, I don't just insert one random video from my camera roll in the middle of my film or my short form video. I usually have like a 3se secondond, 4 secondond compilation of multiple camera roll videos from my photos.
11:19:24And it's very obvious. You can tell because, you know, usually my camera roll stuff is like me moving with my iPhone recording and having movements and all that. Whereas with my normal film shots or my normal talking head and stuff like that, it's just my camera on a tripod filming me doing an activity or talking to the camera.
11:19:39So, there's going to be a significant difference between your talking head and your B-roll. And this is probably the biggest advice I can give you. Do not use random B-roll from the internet.
11:19:47Please don't be lazy about it. Right? If you scroll down far enough in my Instagram reels and watch my old my very first like series of videos, it's not authentic.
11:19:55And authenticity is what we're trying to achieve here. So don't just edit random B-roll for no reason. Just stick to your brand.
11:20:01That's why it's super important to film lots and lots of film shots, more than you actually need. And for that, you can check out these solo cinematography course for more. Now, here are the most common types of cinematic cuts.
11:20:12First, we have the hard cut. This is the most basic cut out there. One clip to the next, and it's pretty much the best transition out there, and it is the most common one that I use for all of my shorts.
11:20:21But from here, one clip to the next. Next, we have the B-roll cut. This means you cut between the original clip and a B-roll shot.
11:20:28It's also another common cut that I like to use as well. As you can see, this is the main talking head footage, and up here is the B-roll, right? So, this clip right here would be on the second timeline that I mentioned before.
11:20:39Next, we have the L cut. This is pretty much where your audio stays the same between multiple clips. In short form content, most of your talking clips or your voiceover clips has L cuts.
11:20:48So, when you add B-roll on top of like a talking head clip like this, for example, not only is it going to be a B-roll cut, it's going to be an L cut as well. Next, we have the J cut. This is where the clip stays the same while the audio from the next scene or the next clip starts.
11:21:02Now, here's a short form hack that I'll get into a little bit later on, but I'll mention it now. Start the audio early with each clip. This is what I do with everything.
11:21:11This is like the the best tip that I can give to all the uh creators that I work with out there. You can see that this little audio bar is the one that comes from this second clip right here.
11:21:20Usually, this is what my timeline would look like with all of my clips. So, the audio from the clip afterwards would start like a millisecond before this one ends, the previous one ends. I'll definitely get into this later because it's a huge, huge hack in short form content.
11:21:34Next, we have the match cut. This is where you cut from one object to another similar object. So, you want to think about the shape of your object or the subject that you have that you're shooting.
11:21:43Um, sometimes it can be you, like these three shots. Sometimes it can be paper signs. I like to do them with paper signs.
11:21:49Sometimes actions like scrolling on my phone. And then I just film them in different locations with the exact same um film distance, focal length, height of my tripod so that it's all matching. So, you can see these three shots right here is called a match cut.
11:22:02These are a series of match cuts right here. Next, we have the insert cut. This is probably my favorite cut out there.
11:22:07It's where you cut to a specific object or subject inside your shot. So, for example, if you're holding something in a long shot where you're talking to the camera like I am here, you can film another close-up shot of you showing that object. In these two shots, I'm pretty much doing the exact same action, which is turning my hand and showing my Bible, and it looks smooth when you put it together.
11:22:26That is what an insert cut is. Again, this is one of my favorite shots to do, one of my favorite cuts to do because it shows or let's say emphasizes, you know, small objects. It also emphasizes the idea of that object and the idea that I'm talking about.
11:22:38Next, we have the two-cond rule. This is one of the most fundamental rules I follow with all of my short form content. This is probably the most important rule actually.
11:22:47The 2C rule is basically a rule of thumb to cut every 1 to 5 seconds. I personally keep all of my clips below 5 seconds and no longer than that otherwise people will lose attention. That's just natural like that.
11:22:58We got to adapt to the social media audience these days because especially with brain rock culture, Tik Tok type of content, very short, fast-paced. You know, we have to keep up with the pacing and maximize the amount of value that we can give in the short amount of time.
11:23:12So, I usually cut every 1 to 2 seconds, which is very fast-paced. That's my style. And I definitely recommend you guys adapt to that style, too, because you want to show as many shots or as many footage of yourself or your life as possible because nobody knows who you are.
11:23:26So, you want to really spam them with as much clips, with as much footage, right, with as many shots of yourself as possible. And that is only possible with the 2-C rule. This helps retain, quote unquote, retain your viewers visually, right?
11:23:37So, it's a visual hook that retains and keeps their attention onto your video. That's also a little reference to the hook retain reward framework. Now, here's how it works.
11:23:45Basically, every 1 to 2 seconds, the visuals must change. That means different subjects, different objects. So from one shot to another has to be a different picture shown or a different POV, a different distance from your camera to your subject, different angle, a different focal length.
11:24:00It can be zoomed in on one shot and wide on the other. Different actions, different movements, different activities. Everything has to be different every 1 to 2 seconds or 1 to 5 seconds.
11:24:09So as you can see, this is what my timeline usually would look like in Premiere Pro. One clip would be like 1 second, another would be two. Rarely, it would be like 3 to four.
11:24:18If it is three to four, it would be something like a a zoom compilation or a time lapse with the same shot of me doing different activities throughout time. But other than that, usually it's just one to two second cuts. Now, here are requirements to actually follow this 2C rule.
11:24:33It obviously requires a ton of shots and footage, but I'm telling you right now, it is 100% worth it. I used to be pretty lazy with this because I had a whole B-roll library and I definitely recommend you still build a library of B-roll to reuse like I do with like my camera roll videos and my cinematic shots.
11:24:49I have it right here. This is like my camera roll stuff. But basically, you want to have so many clips available in your library or wherever you save it to the point where you don't know what to do with them, you know?
11:25:00Um, you always want and need you actually need a lot of footage. You can check out the solo cinematography course for more on B-roll and stuff. Now with this rule, every millisecond counts.
11:25:10I'm not saying every second. I'm saying every millisecond.
11:25:12Why? Because every shot you take must tell a specific story. So it has to play a specific role in your entire video.
11:25:19Every scene you put together is an individual video in itself. So if you think like that, if that is your mindset, oh okay, every second, every scene is an individual video. I have to really try hard on this.
11:25:30And that is pretty much how I approach all of my content these days. Do not waste, sacrifice, or neglect any millisecond or any second, right, in your short form video. Don't take any of it for granted.
11:25:41I don't care if it's like five I don't care if it's a 5-second video or a 60-second video. It has to be worth it, right? Everything has to play a role.
11:25:50Why? Because the audience can lose attention at any time. Any time.
11:25:53It can be the the smallest thing that they see or the smallest thing that, you know, will make them feel a little bit bored or uninterested. Maybe the shot is a little bit too long. Maybe your speaking was a little bit too boring.
11:26:05They can lose attention at any time and all they have to do is use their thumb to swipe up and that's it, right? You lost their attention. Now, here's my secret trick.
11:26:14To create a fast-paced, valuable story, you want to overlap your clips over each other. So, for example, you separate the audio from your video footage. Let's say you separate this this last clip right here.
11:26:26You separate the audio and the video. And then you overlap this audio clip on top of the previous one so that this whole thing starts early. So before this little scene right here, these four clips or this last one ends, you want to start this next audio early.
11:26:38And usually my audio would be me speaking, right? My voice over or whatnot. And you can do this by overlapping the audio footage through two timelines.
11:26:46The first one and then the second one. And then you keep doing that like up and down, up and down, first, second, first, second. And the overlap itself would be around a millisecond, 2 milliseconds, a few milliseconds, doesn't matter.
11:26:57It just has to be so smooth that both sentences are like joined together and then when you play it back it actually sounds like one smooth sentence. Hence why when I script I use the what's it called?
11:27:08Story starter technique. You know the the key words like and because now then. You know that's how you tell a story that is actually smooth and fast-paced.
11:27:17All right. Now we're going to look at text and captions. The one and only.
11:27:21This is where Cap Cut comes in. My beloved Cap Cut. After I finish editing everything on Premiere Pro, I move to Cap Cut to edit my text captions.
11:27:29I 1,000 1,000% recommend editing on the desktop version of Cap Cut. Do not edit on the mobile because it's going to be so hard, especially when you, you know, have the 2C rule in mind and all these details that we don't want to miss. Please go on your laptop or even an iPad is a lot better like than your phone, than your mobile phone.
11:27:48It's much much easier and more efficient to work with. If you don't have it, pause this video. pause this module and go download it on your desktop, please.
11:27:56Now, here's the main takeaway that I want to tell everyone. I encourage all of you guys to make captions manually. A key rule I follow is to do one to two word captions.
11:28:05As you can see in these two screenshots, this is a one-word caption right here. And this is this is two-word captions. And I actually do not show more than three words at once.
11:28:14The maximum I would do is three because I like to have the size of my captions larger than the normal sentence captions, right? So, it's like text displays and it's very fast-paced. And if you do more than three words, it's it's not going to feel right.
11:28:27It's going to be too long. And in comparison with the other one to two word captions, it's going to be it's going to feel off. So, I would rather keep it one to two words, one to three words maximum.
11:28:37And then it's all fast-paced. And I only show three with tiny words.
11:28:40For example, I found a or so I did or something like that, right? Um, and here's some some more examples with one word. So reading, you can see in this screenshot, born as that's a two-word one in this screenshot.
11:28:52And then yeah, three words. I found her. Usually I speak pretty loudly.
11:28:56So when I say I found her, it's it's pretty it's pretty quickly. It goes by for like a millisecond, right? So I don't need to split between I or found or because I'm already saying it too fast.
11:29:06And I hate when I see shorts that don't have synced up captions. Please, please, please sync up your captions. All right?
11:29:12Make it smooth with your talking, with your voice over, whatnot. Don't be lazy with it. Especially if you if you are if you do end up making automatic captions.
11:29:21At least sync it up. The only reason for that is because a lot of editors are lazy.
11:29:25At least for me, it takes about 30 to 45 minutes to add text and subtitles. For me, my Cap Cut software does not have automatic captions as an option anymore. I mean, it does, but it's limited.
11:29:36I'm not sure for mobile or in the US. I'm not I'm not too sure about that. But for me in Australia, using Capot desktop don't have it.
11:29:43It's limited. So, my advice would be do not use default or automatic captions without decorating and styling it up and also syncing it up, please. That's probably the the the most important rule of captions is to sync it up with your voice.
11:29:55And it's not even that hard to do it manually. It it just takes time. Just do the work, please.
11:30:00You want to make your fonts authentic to your brand. Your text has to be authentic to your personality, right? So, stick to one style is is another big tip.
11:30:09Stick to one style, one font, and one color palette. My font is called moas, right? And I use the bold style.
11:30:15I like to have yellow and reddish text sometimes, and I'll get into that in a bit. I also like to add effects to my captions. For example, shadows.
11:30:23Shadow is my main template that I use. Sometimes I use glow, or at least I used to. Nowadays, I don't really use them anymore because it's it's too confusing.
11:30:31So, I just stick with shadow because it has a nice outline. It's a nice effect that I like personally. You can also have your own outline as well.
11:30:39What is it called? Stroke. Yeah, you can have that.
11:30:41But me personally, I like shadow. You can even add free animation effects. So like on Capcot, they usually have a timer where you can add uh an animation to your captions and you can time it to like 0.1 seconds, 0.3 seconds.
11:30:53This is the time frame that I recommend. 0.1 to 0.3 seconds. No more than that. Otherwise, your captions are going to be like wonky.
11:31:01Like if you have fadeins for each and every oneword captions, imagine that. It's like it's just weird. That's why I personally don't even recommend adding free animations to your captions.
11:31:12Just keep it simple. One to two word captions. Cut, cut, cut.
11:31:15Now, let's talk about big text, right? I use text with all caps. All caps for important words only.
11:31:20So, the the key words that need emphasis and it can't be more than three to four words at once because I actually upsize the text. I increase the size and I make it all cap. So, it's already big, right?
11:31:31And if I use more than four words, let's say, it's a little bit awkward, right? I have to fit it into the entire screen and it takes up most of the screen if it is more than four text. Even three words itself like I have to be able to manage it because I actually like to keep my text in equal horizontal length.
11:31:46So like you can see this text right here so damn bad. It's like shaped like a rectangle, right? And I don't like putting my text in like random places and all that stuff.
11:31:55I noticed that a lot of creators love to do that. If you like to do that, that's fine. But personally, I lose attention whenever I watch a video like that.
11:32:03It's a bit weird. But I like to keep it inside a rectangle shape. So even like upsizing or downsizing, changing the sizes to fit into that rectangle.
11:32:11That's what I recommend. I usually have two big bold cap words with different colors.
11:32:15And with these big text words, I usually change the color in itself. So my normal captions would be white as you saw before. And emphasized captions, the big text are either yellow or red.
11:32:26I use yellow to show a positive word like a positive keyword and red for a negative keyword. All right, let's talk about music choice. Now, here's my entire process of choosing music or background music for all of my videos.
11:32:38First, we have the audio library. It's important to have a folder library of music files, just like your B-roll footage, right? These can be beats, instrumentals, soundtracks, ambient sounds, etc., whatever you prefer.
11:32:50Okay? Because the music I choose are mostly my personal favorites. So, I listen to a wide range of music on Spotify. for example, Christian worship, uh, cinematic scores.
11:33:00I used to listen to a lot of Kendrick, a lot of rap as well. So, yeah, I have it all here on Spotify. And, uh, you want to do your digging.
11:33:08Choose which music you like the most. Usually, the music that works well with you and your videos are the ones that you like. So, for example, I like the song, let's say, Whacked Out Murals, right, by Kendrick Lamar.
11:33:20And I used that instrumental for one of the intros of my to my videos and I actually got 6.5 or 6.7 million views by now and close to seven. So that's crazy. All right, so step one, we want to search up the audio instrumental tracks.
11:33:32As you can see here, my history is full of uh searching up music tracks. For example, let's say Kendrick Lamar Lmano Lamar Squabble up instrumental. The key here is to search up the word instrumental.
11:33:46That's the key word that you need to search up because if you search up the actual track and download the, you know, with the rapping or the the vocals, it might get copyrighted. Um, plus nobody can hear your voice and it it's just too messy. You want to download the instrumentals only, right?
11:34:01So, this is, you can see I watched this video already cuz I downloaded this one. This is the right one, right? So, it has the correct intro.
11:34:09Uh, you also want to, you know, listen to it first. Don't download the wrong one. Uh, listen to it.
11:34:16It has the drop and everything. Okay, cool. Now, what you want to do is go up to the link, copy it.
11:34:22I press command C to copy. Or you can just press share, right? And then it has the link right here.
11:34:28So, you can just press this button, copy. Boom, it's in your clipboard. And then you go to one of the YouTube to MP3 websites.
11:34:36So, search up YouTube to MP3. Right? So, you go here and you want to choose a random website.
11:34:41Most of them work. You just uh sometimes they don't work. Sometimes some of them are goofy, but um most of them should work.
11:34:47All right, so let's go to the first one that comes up. Let's see here. You can paste it.
11:34:51Paste or command V. Control +V. And you can see it's set to MP3.
11:34:54Make sure it is set to MP3 cuz sometimes websites be they're a little bit tricky and they set they're already default set to MP4. You don't want to download the video. I mean, it's fine, but I I would rather download the uh MP3 version.
11:35:06So, I can just drag the audio file into my um timeline. So you want to press convert first and then it'll load up and then it'll have an option for you to download. So you want to press the download button.
11:35:16You can see it's already downloading here. Let's go to my files.
11:35:19So if you click here there, that's the file, right? And you can rename it. I usually like to rename the use the name only.
11:35:26And then I save it into my audio B-roll or my music library. And then yeah, I can reuse it again and again. What you want to do next is to repeat with all of your favorite songs, right?
11:35:37So that's why I told you guys to browse your Spotify, Apple Music, wherever you listen to music and then choose which instrumentals that you want. Be very picky with it.
11:35:47I like to pick my like very specific songs that sound catchy um that I like personally. have a wide range of let's say themes and genres as well because obviously you want to appeal to the audience's emotions and if you stick to like let's say if I if I only use Kendrick Lamar beats all the time which I do only for the intros but if I use them for like my entire videos all of them it's going to be a little bit boring it's going to it's going to get old and I did do that actually for for a while so you want to go search for wide range of music and save them as instrumentals remember instrumentals.
11:36:20So once you have your music, you want to add it to your timeline. Obviously, I always change the track every 5 to 10 seconds. So every 5 to 10 seconds, I always change from, let's say, a Kendrick Lamar track to a Han Zimmer soundtrack or something like that, right?
11:36:35And this is actually very short. So if you're creating, if you usually create like 30 second videos, 60-second videos, you're going to have to use like multiple multiple tracks. That's why I told you guys to have a library of audio.
11:36:47It is very short, but it helps break the pattern of your story. And you want pattern breaks. Pattern breaks are one of the the keys to editing, to scripting, to filming, to making short form content in general.
11:36:58People love when there's twists in stories. People love when something, you know, shocking happens, when an event turns to something, when the tables turn, right? And changing the music, changing the whole emotion or the vibe of the video with audio, with the background music helps so much because you want to keep surprising the viewer.
11:37:16So you match the visual and verbal, which is your filming shots and your scripting, right? Your communication, your voice over, both stories with the theme of your music. Hence the VVA framework, the visual, verbal, and audio.
11:37:29Those are the three stories you need to tell. That will automatically appeal to your audience's emotions. And obviously, don't use like a a funky pop beat when you're saying something sad, right?
11:37:40Make it appropriate to the topic, to the idea, to the value that you're communicating. It only takes a few minutes to add music, right? It for me it takes like what 5 minutes maximum to like choose the right music from my library.
11:37:53Drag it in, edit it, cut it up, add more in. 5 minutes, done, right? It's a small effort that actually does wonders, bro. It's crazy.
11:38:00Here's a little diagram example, right? So this, let's say this one scene here is one track and then I automatically switch. And I also like to break the pattern by, you know, cutting the music completely for like 1 to 3 seconds.
11:38:11And I think you guys can tell from what if you have watched my videos before. So yeah, you just basically want to get creative with your music. More music, better videos.
11:38:20More shots, better videos. And obviously, you want to decrease the volume. Some tracks are going to be very, very loud.
11:38:26Some tracks are going to be a little bit more quiet, but you want your background music to be consistent throughout your entire video. So you have to decrease or sometimes maybe even in rare cases increase the background music your tracks um to fit according to your story according to the video right obviously you want your speaking volume the the voice over or the talking to the camera audio louder than your actual music.
11:38:52So I usually decrease the audio of my music tracks to either 10 dB minus 10 dB or 20 dB most commonly 20. Obviously, it depends on your music track, the volume of each track that you download.
11:39:04So, you just got to adjust according to your speaking volume. Just make sure the music isn't too loud. Otherwise, not many people can hear your voice and what you're trying to communicate.
11:39:13At the end of the day, what you're trying to tell, the story that you're trying to tell is the most important thing, not the music. All right, I'm going to pull up a video of mine to show you a good example of how it should sound, comparing music and speaking. A year ago, I was reading my Bible from front to back and praying every single night cuz I was so down bad and I couldn't quit my lustful habits.
11:39:32But even after begging God to forgive me, I kept relapsing again and again until I realized that sin is not an action. Raw Faith, episode 6. Let's go.
11:39:40>> So, these were the no no activities that my short Asian ass was addicted to. Voila. Then one day, I found an interesting verse from Psalms that made me really curious.
11:39:48Wait, hold up. Behold, I was shapen in iniquity, and in sin did my mother conceive me. What?
11:39:54>> Yep. We're all born as sinners. Surprise.
11:39:57>> So, I thought, okay, if there's so much lust in our hearts, then how do we defeat that? I mean, there's got to be some way that Oh. So, that's what he actually went through.
11:40:12>> Yep. All of that pain. Mhm.
11:40:19And just like that, we're saved. All right, ladies and gents. This is the first walkthrough of the editing course.
11:40:28I'm assuming that a lot of people have skipped to this part already. My advice is to go back and actually watch the theory videos because it's important. Otherwise, you're not going to have any idea the reason why I do certain tactics and tricks when I edit.
11:40:42Plus, it doesn't take too long. Please just go watch it through. Yeah.
11:40:46All right. So, what I have right here is my footage. All of this, all of these clips, all these files are video clips of me filming myself and talking to the camera.
11:40:55So, this is basically my entire video. In total, there are 46 clips plus a little text uh graphic that I made on Adobe Illustrator. And over here is my script on notion.
11:41:04So, the video is called Bible, right? This is the video idea itself.
11:41:07As you can see, I wrote it line by line. Check out the writing course. And the key thing here that I use whenever I edit is actually the checklists.
11:41:15Now, there is a checklist up here, but this is mostly for the captions and the color correcting, which I will walk through in a bit after I edit this. But right here, it says PP. That means Premiere Pro or post-prouction.
11:41:27I like to say post-production, right? So, these post-production checklists are actually for me to look at and tick off while I edit. So, whenever I script, I always have at least one PP checklist.
11:41:38That sounds wrong. Sorry, pause. I always have one double P checklist whenever I script.
11:41:43For example, like this, it says text. It means when I say welcome to episode 5 of the art of repentance, I add the text that I showed you guys before. And over here is another example.
11:41:53PP B-roll, right? And I'm assuming you guys already know that this means to add the B-roll clips.
11:41:57And I'm assuming you guys already know that this means add B-roll clips to this sentence whenever I say it. All right, let's get started with the very first clip. 700 days ago, open my Bible. Blah blah blah.
11:42:06Now, let's drag all of the footage that I have into my project, Premiere Pro. Now, whenever I filmed, I filmed from one line to the next um chronological order. So, the first clip would obviously be my first line.
11:42:19Drag that in here into my timeline. Make sure it's vertical as well. You don't want it to be horizontal.
11:42:24And usually the line that I get right is towards the end. So, whenever I speak on camera, it usually takes one to two minutes to actually get the get the line right to warm up and stuff like that. Um, and yeah, so I usually skip to the end of the clip and press Q, the Q key to delete the left side of that clip, all of that fluff, and actually capture the line itself.
11:42:47Okay, so this is the line, right? >> 700 days ago, I opened my Bible for the first time cuz I wanted to find out how to quit my bad habits and defeat my lust. >> Now, what I do with this at the end of the sentence, I actually press the W key so that I can delete the right side.
11:43:02So it's only the sentence only, right? And you can see that because the audio file at the bottom here actually shows when I'm speaking >> 700 days ago. >> And you can tell that there is a little bit of a millisecond at the front where it takes a a little slight moment of me saying 700.
11:43:20I want it to be really quick. So I have to cut that that little s at the front. >> 700 days ago.
11:43:26>> See, can you hear that? Can you hear that slight change? Because I want it to be fast-paced again.
11:43:30I cannot lose a millisecond here. >> 700 days ago, I opened my Bible for the first time cuz I wanted to find out how to quit my bad habits and defeat my lust. >> Boom.
11:43:39First clip done. Right. It says here in my checklist that I actually filmed a talking head.
11:43:44That was it. Check. Uh a cinematic shot of me showing off the Bible.
11:43:47So, an insert shot. I'm going to add that. And then some boxing duplicate scene.
11:43:52So, I I filmed that after filming this talking head scene right here. So, I'll show you what I do. I press command L or control L to separate the video clip and the audio clip.
11:44:04So, command L. And then I go to the spot where I want to insert my insert shot, which is right about here. And you'll see that the insert shot is actually a closer shot of me doing the exact same action right here.
11:44:23So, right about this split second when I am about to reveal my Bible, that is when the insert shot should start playing. Make sure you press command L if you are on um Premiere Pro.
11:44:35Delete all of the um audio clips from your B-roll footage and stuff like that because you don't want the audio to be in your video. You only want the speaking and the music. That's it.
11:44:47>> 700 days ago, I opened my Bible. >> So, you can see that that split second here. Boom.
11:44:55Right? >> You want it to be very detailed and precise whenever you film an insert shot. So, that's how you edit an insert shot.
11:45:02Right now, I'm going to cut over here because, as you can see, it's already been 1 second of the insert shot. I'm going to cut that part and I'm going to add what does it say? The boxing duplicates.
11:45:12Okay, check that off. Boxing duplicates is somewhere towards the bottom here somewhere. Oh, there it is.
11:45:20All right. So, we have our first duplicate. This is obviously a part of my visual storytelling, so um don't worry too much if you don't understand what boxing duplicates mean.
11:45:32Um, right now I'm pressing the Q key. I'm going through the video and pressing the Q key. So, you can see Q Q.
11:45:39Oh, whoops. Don't do that. Q Q.
11:45:45And I'm going to I'm just trying to find where I got the shot right. And usually it's towards the end. So right here is where I walk up getting ready to box myself.
11:45:56And yeah, don't worry if you don't know what boxing duplicates or any of the other visuals shots that I wrote down in my script >> because you you'll understand when you actually see the shot. The important thing that you should you need to know is that usually in every shot is going to be a split second of you doing an activity.
11:46:17Like for example, this right? This is the first part of my scene. And most of the time or what I recommend from the two sec 2C second rule that I explained is that it has to be in that 2C range or even less than a second.
11:46:31This right here is less than a second because I know actually that I filmed more than two shots for this. Right? So if you look at the script whenever I film a scene like this, right?
11:46:42Uh boxing duplicates, I'm pretty spontaneous with it. So, in this situation, I actually filmed three shots. One of me, duplicate one or Ken one, that's what I usually call it.
11:46:51And then Ken 2, right? And then the third one is a duplicate shot, which I will show you how to do the masking technique soon. So, basically, what I'm saying is this checklist right here is three shots all together.
11:47:03That's the scene. But here's the thing. It all has to fit in this one sentence.
11:47:07That's why it's super fast-paced. Therefore, the 2C rule is super important, right? So, every millisecond counts.
11:47:13And that's pretty much what I do for each and every shot of my videos. Every cinematic scene that I do, everything follows a two-cond rule and everything is efficient with it. Hello, Kenu.
11:47:23Meet Ken too, everyone. So, this guy is the the guy that I I was versing cuz I wanted to like visualize me versus me or like me versus my flesh, right? Get it?
11:47:32Okay, let's put it right next to here. And you obviously want to show off the the main movements and actions that you filmed yourself. So right here, I wouldn't show this off in the video.
11:47:43This this little segment right here. I wouldn't show that off. I would show this off just a little bit further when I'm actually like, you know, clashing the gloves together and acting like a weirdo.
11:47:53You will see in a bit. Another big tip is to obviously watch your video back. Every time you add shots, every time you add a scene and cut up stuff, you want to watch it back so that you can um review and keep up and make sure the storytelling is good, the visual storytelling is good.
11:48:08And obviously view it as a viewer, too. Try and put yourself in the perspective of a viewer who's scrolling on their reels or on the Tik Tok, right? Put yourself in the mindset of your dream avatar.
11:48:19Now, this right here is a duplicate scene. I made this a little wide shot so that one version of me can be on this side and another version of me can be on this side. I simply just rolled it as one whole clip.
11:48:30I shot as one long clip. It's like 5 minutes in total. And um in between I changed clothes and went to the other side and you know did the same action.
11:48:39Right. So, how I do this and put them together is using the masking tool.
11:48:42Funny thing is this shot only lasts for a millisecond, but it's worth it. I'm telling you. Let's grab the second duplicate.
11:48:50It's somewhere at the end here. Right there. Okay, that can be duplicate one.
11:48:55Ken one. Crazy Ken. And then duplicate two can be the scaredy-cat Ken.
11:49:00Right here. That's not the shot. I want him to get closer a bit.
11:49:03Yeah, there you go. Okay, that should be the shot. Okay.
11:49:07So, what you want to do is select one of those clips, go to effect controls on Premiere Pro, go to effect controls, this tab, and underneath opacity, select this freeraw bezer, be basier, I don't know how to pronounce it. Free draw basier. You want to zoom out a little using your scroll button, just zoom out a little bit.
11:49:25And then what I do is usually just split the screen. So, I draw a rectangle of half of the screen, half of the frame. There you go.
11:49:32Sorry, my Mac is uh acting goofy today. And then there you go. Usually though, the lighting is a little bit off and the shadows are a little bit different from uh your original shot and the duplicate shot, right?
11:49:44So, I usually turn on turn up the mask feather right here. As you can see, I usually do that around 50 to 100. So, let's just say 70.
11:49:50And then you can see when you look at the final shot, there you go. You can barely see it. I mean, you can it's still arguably, you know, visible.
11:49:58So, that's why I usually turn it up to 100 if it is like that. Just make sure whenever you film um the shadows stay the same, the lighting stays the same. That can only happen with manual exposure if you film on that.
11:50:11And there you go. Usually with duplicate shots, I like to right click on both while selecting both of them. And then press nest, right?
11:50:18So nest and then uh nest sequence name. You don't have to worry about the name. Just press okay.
11:50:23Then it turns into one whole clip on Cap Cut. This is called compound clip. And you can just press option G.
11:50:29Option G and it'll do the same thing. and defeat my lust. >> There you go.
11:50:34>> Defeat my lust. Defeat my last. >> You got two duplicate shots.
11:50:40All right, let's go to the next shot. Now, here's the thing about adding this next one. Right, this is my next clip.
11:50:47But again, we're going to use that that little secret technique, the secret source that I told you guys about before. Let's go to the actual things. See, I'm spamming the Q key right now just to >> Okay, here is where I did the correct line.
11:51:01>> Two years of reading it from front to back. Did I learn anything? >> Okay, now I'm going to press W to delete this part of the clip.
11:51:09You go. Let me just do that again just to make it more precise. There you go.
11:51:13Right. When I overlap the audio, the technique that I mentioned before in the previous modules is by grabbing the second clip and putting the audio down. So you click on the audio file or the audio timeline and then you drag it down to the second timeline.
11:51:28Usually on Premiere Pro is called A2, right? So drag it down to A2. And then what you do is you go to your first clip, try and see where your sentence ends it off.
11:51:37So right here, if you can if you can hear it. So when the sentence ends, it's like last T on the T, right? So what I do is I cut right on the T, not the audio.
11:51:47That's the thing. Not the audio because we want it to overlap. I cut the clip, the visual.
11:51:52So I drag these two, let's just say here to where it ended on the t exactly where the sentence ends. Usually I do it a little bit more earlier so the next sentence flows, right? And when you drag the second clip over like that, like so, and you play it back, it sounds like a smooth sentence and the story is fast-paced. 700 days ago, I opened my Bible for the first time because I wanted to find out how to quit my bad habits and defeat my lust.
11:52:15And after two years of reading it from front to back, did I learn anything? Did you hear that?
11:52:19So that's pretty much like and defeat my last. So after two years, so like it's two sentences joined together and it doesn't even sound like two sentences joined together. Does that make sense?
11:52:28It's like one whole sentence. And you want your entire story, you want your entire short form video to be one single, you know, efficient, fast-paced story. Now, the next thing that I want to do is add a Bible photo compilation.
11:52:41Now, I have photos of my Bible. I think it's somewhere down here, right? I took photos when I read my Bible for the first time.
11:52:48Yes, these four photos that I wanted to add. But first, I actually want to add a B-roll clip just to to be on the background, right? I'm going to go to my B-roll folder, which is here.
11:52:57I'm going to look at life. I'm going to go to my life folder. So, these are my folders of B-roll.
11:53:03My body, right? So, me posing in the mirror. Uh film film shots.
11:53:06So, you can see like all these cinematic shots that I that I saved as B-roll. I barely I barely use them anymore. I only use um life in Japan.
11:53:14Sometimes sin when I'm talking about struggles and stuff like that. So like me drinking and getting drunk and stuff like that. And then uh usually I just use life or Japan because all those all that footage has the most uh you know lifestyle shots.
11:53:28It's just pretty much just me documenting and showing off my life. It's just my camera roll. Simple, right?
11:53:33I'm going to go find a shot of me. I actually have one in mind. Oh, here it is.
11:53:38Me in a Spider-Man costume during Halloween. I'm going to drag that in. I'm going to cut to the to the part where I want to cut it in.
11:53:45Just say here that one clip. And here's the thing.
11:53:47I want this clip, this B-roll clip to cover this entire segment. >> And after two years of reading it from front to back, >> And after two years of reading it from front to back, I want that B-roll clip to cover that whole thing. Right?
11:54:01And then >> after the B-roll ends, then you can see me on the flying fox um carrying the little seat. Right? So that will be my B-roll clip, me in a Spider-Man costume.
11:54:10Now I'm going to add the photos, right? The Bible photo compilation. According to the script, I'm actually going to press the W key on each of these.
11:54:19Actually, I have to drag it into the first timeline first. W I I love to spam W and Q just so I can cut the fronts and ends. Um because it's so efficient.
11:54:27Literally the best tool in editing. Um it counts in Cap Cut as well. It works in Cap Cut as well.
11:54:33Um and on Premiere. Not sure about the other ones. It's really useful.
11:54:37Very efficient. I have all of these photos that I want to add on top of each other because I want to show all of all four of them at the same time, but they're going to appear at different times. Right?
11:54:48So, I'm going to add I'm going to make this little this little staircase shape. Four photos in a staircase shape as such. Now, I'm going to drag it till the clip ends and I'm going to go here.
11:54:58I'm not going to press W because it's going to delete my um my original timeline one clip. So, I'm just going to press C. Right.
11:55:07So, this is usually the the default one, V. And when you press C, that's the cut tool. Okay, that's on Premiere.
11:55:14With Cap Cut, it's usually B. And I'll show you later. So, I'm going to press click on these sections.
11:55:20And then I'm going to select this and delete that. Right. So, C is the cut tool.
11:55:24And then to go back to your original um select tool is V. You can actually see it here. Like it says the the the key binds.
11:55:31Selection tools V. Track select forward A. Never use that.
11:55:35Ripple edit tools B. Never use that. razor tool. That's the cut tool.
11:55:38It's C. And that's pretty much what I use. Just C and V.
11:55:40So, as you can see here, now what I want to do here is make these photos a little bit smaller. So, I'm going to make them, let's say, like 55% scale. So, you go to scale inside this uh effect controls underneath motion.
11:55:53You go to scale and then you can uh either drag this little option here using your mouse or you can type in like let's say 55. In this case, I'm going to do that for each and every one of these pictures just so it's more simple. I barely use pictures.
11:56:07Usually, I just use camera B-roll, but in this case, I don't really have old footage of me reading my Bible. I only have pictures because I like to take pictures of good quotes and good verses.
11:56:17And um yeah, so in this case, very rare, I use a picture or pictures. Now that we have these four scaled down, I'm going to edit the position. So, usually I like to drag the X and Y coordinates around and to see where I can place my pictures.
11:56:31I'm going to do that with the X coordinate. And let's just drag it to like 500 and see where it goes. Or 600.
11:56:36See where that goes. Okay. So, this is where 600 is, right?
11:56:39I like that. Actually, I'm going to make this this one picture here. One picture here.
11:56:43Another picture here. Last one here. So, I'm going to have to raise this a little bit higher.
11:56:48Going to go to the Y-coordinate. Drag it up. I think it's up to around 2,600.
11:56:51Oh, no. That's going down. Never mind.
11:56:53Let's just change it to 1,000 then. Yeah. I think it should be higher up.
11:56:57There you go. Okay. Let's go to 1,200 instead.
11:56:59Actually, I'm actually going to do this for the first clip because this one appears first, right? I'm going to go here. This little picture appears first. 2,600.
11:57:09No, no, no. 1,200. Yeah. Okay, that's cool.
11:57:11Now, let's go to the second one. In this case, let's just move I'm going to move it to the right, dragging with my mouse. There you go.
11:57:16All right, cool. I like that. I'm going to do the same thing with the bottom two.
11:57:21And of course, at the end, make sure it's a nest clip because I like to organize my timeline. I don't I don't like messy timeline with like five different timelines stacked on top of each other. So here, nest secret name nest 2.
11:57:33There you go. Press okay. And then it'll turn into one single green little little guy right here.
11:57:38Right. So let's look at the video from the start. 700 days ago, I opened my Bible for the first time cuz I wanted to find out how to quit my bad habits and defeat my lust.
11:57:47And after 2 years of reading it from front to back, did I learn anything? I'm actually going to cut this little um gap right here of me not speaking. You see, when you when you um speak with pauses, right, when you have pauses in between your sentences, you want it to be you want it to fit into your story, right?
11:58:03You don't want it to disturb your entire video. Um you don't want it to be too long or too short, otherwise it's going to sound sound unnatural or boring.
11:58:11Play around with it. Make sure it sounds, you know, efficient. Make sure it sounds natural.
11:58:15The raw footage itself didn't sound really um natural. There was a bit of a big gap that I wanted to cut. Just a just a tiny bit front to back.
11:58:23Did I learn anything? >> There you go. That's better, right?
11:58:25So, it's all in the details with editing. Now, I can takeick off this Bible compilation thing. Let's go to the next one.
11:58:31It says no. Kind of. Now, actually, before I said that, I actually filmed a little compilation of no talking and just shots.
11:58:37So, what I did was What did I do? Oh, yeah. Oh, yeah.
11:58:40I did these two. Yeah. Right.
11:58:42I'm going to grab these two clips. And I actually didn't talk here and I remember that. So, I'm going to press command L and delete the audio files like that.
11:58:50I'm going to press the Q key to go to the end cuz that's where I got the shot correct. So, I'm going to drag these two clips down here, and then I'm going to go to where I stepped on this.
11:58:59Okay, this is the first shot of the compilation. Usually, I love doing these little extreme close-up compilations of me doing a a very small action, but in uh showing it with extreme close-ups. So, this is just me stepping on the platform.
11:59:11It's a bit loud, so I'm going to click on the clip. I'm going to be like uh let's say minus 10. And the second clip is me.
11:59:18This is actually a horizontal thing accidentally. So, I'm going to go to rotation underneath motion. I'm going to turn it to 270.
11:59:25And that's where that's what it should look like, right? Sometimes when you film with a camera and you point it up or point it down, the angle will get it wrong and then it'll record as a horizontal video. But it's okay.
11:59:38You can just turn um the rotation. Okay, that's the clip that I wanted to capture. So there, as you can see, I love doing um pressing the Q and W keys.
11:59:47Again, we want to do that that little the trick that I told you guys before, the millisecond trick. I need to name it. I need to name it something, I swear.
11:59:56I'm going to cut this little bit by one one or two milliseconds, maybe just one. And then I'm going to click on this little gap. This is a little neat trick with um Premiere Pro.
12:00:07You can click on the gap between clips if it's an empty space and press delete. and then it'll um all of the clips afterwards will link together. >> Did I learn anything?
12:00:17I'm >> actually going to raise this volume by just because I want all of the sound to sound consistent. Does that make sense? Just because I want all of the sound and the audio to stay consistent.
12:00:26>> I learn anything. There you go. Okay.
12:00:29What I'm going to do, I'm going to do the exact same millisecond trick with these uh sound effects with this compilation. So, I'm going to drag this and drag that there just like so. So it sounds more smooth, right?
12:00:43It's not like uh cuty. It's not too >> So it sounds smooth, right? I'm actually going to cut this a bit short because I don't want this clip to be too long.
12:00:55I want these two to be actually like very similar. I'm going to put it on top of each other. Line it up same duration.
12:01:02And then what I'm going to do with this audio, because if you play back, it's it just cuts, right? I don't want that. I want to select this little box tool here.
12:01:12This this little drag option. Going to drag this so that the audio ends in a smooth fade out effect. Right.
12:01:18And then the next clip can start without it sounding too, you know, jaggedy. And then I film this.
12:01:25This is the next clip where I say, uh, no, kind of. Let's see where. >> Not really.
12:01:34Kind of no. Okay, let's check this out with this no clip. I don't want it to start immediately when I say no because after the compilation, it's going to sound too fast-paced, right?
12:01:49You want to like master the skill of timing. Okay? So, when you show off these, like a compilation of shots like this, like what I did, even if it's two shots, you don't want it to go immediately like you wanted to give a little bit of a a millisecond break because at the end of the day, uh you're editing film here, not a fast-paced speech.
12:02:10>> Anything? >> No. >> If it if it immediately started at no, let's say if I dragged it immediately and started it here, it's going to sound weird.
12:02:20Watch. >> Did I learn anything? No.
12:02:23>> See, it sounds too quick, right? So, you have to time it very very uh specifically. You have to be very precise with the timing there.
12:02:32I'd rather that. Okay. So, it starts.
12:02:34Give it a millisecond or two and I say no. >> And then this is the the little break >> kind of >> there. And then I'm going to cut uh after the kind of.
12:02:46And then this next shot is where I introduce the series. So, welcome to episode five of the art of repentance. And that's the shot.
12:02:53>> Episode five. Welcome to episode five. >> Okay, it's a bit loud.
12:02:58I'm going to turn it down by five dB. >> of the art of >> maybe 10. >> Welcome to episode five of the art of repentance.
12:03:06Let's go. >> For comedic purposes, I'm going to cut the let's go bit just uh just by half. Let's go.
12:03:14>> Okay. See, it's uh it's a little bit more funnier if I do that, right? So, you can play around with what you edit too and how however you speak >> kind of.
12:03:23Welcome to episode five of the art of repentance. Let's go. >> I'm not going to do the the the little millisecond trick um overlapping the audio here because it's not necessary.
12:03:33Like um I want to emphasize the no and I want to emphasize the kind of I don't want it to immediately start the next sentence. Yeah, you have to be very picky with what you want to um choose and the the pacing is key here. Like don't be afraid of having a gap of silence like I like I have here because it raises the tension.
12:03:53It raises it makes it more intense. It makes you it makes the audience more curious to what you're going to say. Like if you just said no and the perfect thing to do there afterwards is a pause, you know?
12:04:04>> So no. >> No. Kind of.
12:04:06>> So it's like it's switching between this happened and then that happened. No. Kind of.
12:04:10Yeah. A little bit. You know what I mean?
12:04:13So the story keeps going back and forth and it's engaging. I mean that's that's for like scripting in itself, but it's important to also consider that when you edit >> kind of. Welcome to episode 5 of the art of repentance.
12:04:26Let's go. >> Okay, I'm going to place this down to like 12. It's a bit too loud.
12:04:31I got a little excited there. Now, I also said here that I wanted to add my text series text. And I have it at the bottom here somewhere, right?
12:04:38Yeah, right here. Text. And um Okay.
12:04:40Usually with B-roll in general, um, I actually put them on the third timeline. So all of my main clips, my main talking head and my main film shots, even some B-roll, uh, I actually put it into my main timeline. So you can see like I did right there, right?
12:05:00>> 100 days ago, I opened my Bible for the first time cuz I wanted to find out how to quit my bad habits and defeat my lust. And after two years of >> Okay, now that's basically my entire hook from 1 second to 5 seconds. What I'm going to do with B-roll clips, for example, specifically on my camera roll, if I use camera roll videos, I want it to be separate from my film shots and my talking head shots.
12:05:24Why? Because I'm actually going to group edit or group color grade all of my film shots, my main uh talking head timeline.
12:05:31So, it's going to all be in one timeline, right? and the B-roll shots or the extra camera roll stuff, even the photos of me and my Bible, right? Even this this text graphic here, it's going to be on the third the third timeline.
12:05:45Why? Because when I color grade all of my main timeline clips, I actually do that as a group, not one by one. So, I want to be able to select all of these and then go to lummetric color and then color grade them.
12:05:57Okay, what I usually do, I'll go into that in the color grading module, but basically I have this second timeline empty because I I also have a duplicate layer which I which I make by holding option and then dragging it, selecting it, holding option, dragging it. Then you have this duplicate layer and then I add some effects.
12:06:16This this little glow effect that I do and I'll actually show you guys in that one module that I'll create after this from front to back. Did I learn anything? No.
12:06:27kind of welcome to episode. >> Okay, I'm going to put this next to when the clip starts. Okay, this is a little bit too big.
12:06:36Usually I put it as a 45% scale. Hello. Hello.
12:06:39Okay, and then I raise it a little bit higher cuz I I don't want it to bother my subject, which is me on the flying fox. So, usually I just raise the text up here. Yeah, that that would look cool.
12:06:51But as you can see from the Adobe Illustrator uh illustration or the graphic that I made for this text, you can see there's a little black line that I made here um just for the framing. So what I do is crop it. So I crop the bottom by like 10% and it'll already disappear.
12:07:07It'll it'll make the black black line disappear. Make sure to press command save or control S. Make sure to press control S or command S if you're on Mac just in case.
12:07:17I I hate whenever I um whenever my Mac just all of the sudden shuts down and I lose all of my progress in editing and it's so annoying. But yeah, let's watch it through. 700 days ago, I opened my Bible for the first time cuz I wanted to find out how to quit my bad habits and defeat my lust.
12:07:32And after 2 years of reading it from front to back, did I learn anything? 700 days ago, I opened my Bible for the first time cuz I wanted to find out how to quit my quit bad habits and defeat my lust. And after 2 years of reading it from front to back, did I learn anything? No, kind of.
12:07:48Welcome to episode 5 of The Art of Repentance. Let's go. >> Okay, so that's what it sounds like.
12:07:53That's pretty much the first 15 seconds. Immediately the audience is hooked. That video uh got I think right now it's at 250K views.
12:08:01I don't know. But yeah, it's great. Praise God.
12:08:04But mainly this module is to show you how I cut my footage up, right? And the main takeaway here is the art of pacing, right? And using the framework of the two-cond rule.
12:08:15Very, very important if you want to actually capture attention of the w the general audience of Tik Tok and Instagram, even YouTube shorts. And that's basically how I cut the rest of my video.
12:08:27Usually my videos are about like 60 seconds. So that right there took, you know, while explaining it to you guys, it took about 45 minutes. And um usually when I don't explain it, when I'm not recording and walking it through, it takes let's say one hour to cut all throughout my entire video.
12:08:45So like put all the footage in and um all the way from like 45 seconds to 60 seconds if the video is that long. Usually averaging around 55 60 seconds. And I might as well show you how I add music as well.
12:08:59So let's go to my audio library which is here. So, this is all my genres and favorite artists that I listen to. Nothing special.
12:09:07Literally, what I do is go on Spotify, browse through my favorite songs, choose one. Again, I I went through this in the um music module. And uh a lot of people ask me like, "How do you get your music?" Literally, just go on your Spotify and search up the instrumental version of those songs that you love.
12:09:24Once you download them using YouTube MP3 and you do that for like let's say 50 songs, you have a whole library of instrumentals and different emotions and different genres that you can use throughout your video. Usually I have I use like four, three, four, five different tracks every video, which is like it's real brain rot, I know, but I'm trying to evoke different emotions in, you know, every 5 to 10 seconds, right?
12:09:47And um music really helps engage the emotions of the audience. You want your audience to have different emotions every 5 to 10 seconds. Really just um pay attention to, you know, different topics, different ideas, um different sounds, look at different visuals, you know, follow different stories with their eyes and their ears, right?
12:10:09So, that's what you want. Again, the VVA rule.
12:10:14Let's just choose a Michael Jackson beat. Okay, let's wait. I think it's okay.
12:10:22I'm going to do this. Don't stop getting up. All right, let's drag it in here.
12:10:28And basically, I usually cut the audio clip to the very very start, like the very first millisecond starts, the the sound starts, and then I minus 10 dB or minus 15. Let's just say minus 15. I usually play it back a lot of times just to see how it sounds.
12:10:48Um, usually I'm wearing headphones. I definitely recommend you guys wear AirPods or your uh headphones just so you can hear precisely what the audio sounds like because it's different when you actually hold it on your phone and um hear the sound from your phone because like the audiences will be looking at it on their phone, right?
12:11:08Usually I raise the audio by a lot. That's not until we go to cat cut which I'll go to next. 700 days ago opened my Bible for the first time. 700 days ago, I opened my Bible for the first time because I wanted to find out how to quit my bad habits and defeat my lust.
12:11:22And after two years of reading it from front to back, did I learn anything? >> Okay, now here's the thing about cutting music and switching to different beats, I actually time it very carefully. Right.
12:11:35So, in specific segments where I say >> after >> and after two years of reading the Bible and that that you you guys know that there's a pause here, right? That is when I cut the music. Why?
12:11:47Because it creates tension. It creates the cur it opens the curiosity loop for the viewers to stay and you know find what I'm about to say. They need an answer, right?
12:11:57So if I kept the audio the the music, this Michael Jackson instrumental playing, it wouldn't really help them. It wouldn't cut the pattern.
12:12:05And you want to cut patterns all the time with editing, not only storytelling, not only scripting, but with editing. You want to cut the patterns with as much you know visuals, verbal and auditory techniques as you can >> from front to back. Did I learn anything?
12:12:20See it doesn't sound you know it doesn't open that curiosity enough but as where I but when I actually cut the music right before I say did I learn anything hear it out >> my luck and after two years of reading it from front to back did I learn anything see how that opens like such a it doesn't create too much tension but it helps the audience like open that curiosity loop you know all of a sudden the music ends and like oh wa what's going to happen like this is you want to break the pattern every 2 3 4 5 seconds which is like the art of you know the 2cond rule short form content and I love that about it.
12:12:57Some people call it brain rot. I call it cinema. >> Did I learn anything?
12:13:04>> No. >> And usually with with these little um extreme shot compilations, I don't I don't put any music um unless I'm starting a track or like the intro to a track. Uh most of the time I don't though.
12:13:18Okay. So around here when I say >> kind of. >> So after I say kind of, that's when I start the new track.
12:13:24Not the same track. That's the key here. Not the same track because it, you know, it gets boring.
12:13:28Nobody wants to hear the same track, especially in a in a fast-paced video where nobody knows who you are. You want to, you know, retain their attention by switching tracks again and again, which is why it's so important to have a library of audio, a library of audio files and music files. H let's see what I am going to use.
12:13:48Maybe let's let's let's choose a old R&B. I'm going to I'm going to use this. Use your heart.
12:13:56I love this song. I don't listen to secular music anymore, but I still I still love this beat. It's like majestic, bro.
12:14:04I'm not even kidding. All right, that's minus 10 or - 15 - 15 dB. Don't forget to do that first.
12:14:08Otherwise, if you don't decrease the audio and you play it back, it's going to just it's going to shock you. It's pretty loud, you know. So yeah, let's play it back.
12:14:16>> Two years of reading it from front to back. Did I learn anything? No, kind of.
12:14:22Welcome to episode five of the auto. >> Okay, as you can hear, the music is a little bit too loud, so I'll decrease it to like 22us 22 dB dB. But I like the beat drop though.
12:14:34It's majestic. But I like the beat drop though. It's definitely majestic.
12:14:38Love that song. And also if you do end up doing a beat drop like this like you know uh having tension or a pause a pause segment like this like no kind of what did I learn? Nothing much not really something like that.
12:14:51If you have that type of um scene then the scene afterwards or the thing that you talk afterwards has to be supported with something you know catchy you know like a a nice little beat that keeps the viewer retained and rewarded. So, retained and rewarded. All right.
12:15:10Now, let's color grade. Okay. I'm going to stick to these this uh same 15 seconds of the video because if I do the entire video, you're going to die of boredom.
12:15:19Trust me. All right. These 15 seconds, I'm going to color grade only this first timeline.
12:15:25Okay. First and foremost though, I always duplicate the first timeline before I color grade anything. Why?
12:15:31Because the second layer, I mentioned this before, the second layer is actually going to be my glow effect, which I will get into in the next module, but basically what I do is duplicate it by holding option and dragging onto the top. And then I press lock.
12:15:46Actually, no, before lock, I press this toggle track output. I make it invisible basically. And then I toggle the lock so that I can't press it and I can't see it.
12:15:56Okay, for now, for now, what I do when I color grade, first I'd select the first clip, very first clip of the video. And here are my settings. It's actually in my checklist that I showed you before.
12:16:08If you scroll up here, warmth plus 50, saturation plus 200, exposure plus 0.3, contrast plus 10, highlights minus 40, shadows plus 25. You can copy these these exact same settings if you do film happen to film on a S Sony ZV10 with a Sigma lens. And um if you do use Premiere Pro as your u editing software, but this is just my personal color settings, okay?
12:16:31No fancy LUTs, no no nothing like that. Otherwise, it's too stressful for me as as as of as of today. I don't use any S Log.
12:16:39I tried that before. You know, I'm not that big of a nerd. So, here's what I do.
12:16:44Temperature, I go to the warm side plus 50. Saturation 200. Exposure 0.3.
12:16:49This is actually something that I adjust throughout each clip. So, don't worry. Just for now on the first clip just do 0.3 contrast 10 highlights minus 40 shadows 25.
12:16:59And that's pretty much it. Right. What I usually do is go to the effect controls and then select this bar lummetry color.
12:17:07Right? This is what we just edited. This is what we adjusted with the colors.
12:17:11So you want to select it and then command C. Or you can just right click and press copy. So I I usually just say command C, control C if you're on PC.
12:17:20And then what you want to do is select all of your other remaining clips in your video, the first timeline, remember, except the first one because you don't want to copy and paste the exact thing. And then you press command V or controlV.
12:17:33So command V. Then boom. So that's pretty much my color settings.
12:17:37>> Now what I do, right, cuz that's not the end of the story. I go through each and every clip. Again, this takes hard work, right?
12:17:45This is not easy. Each and every clip I go through each one and I adjust the exposure or the shadows. Right?
12:17:51The main thing that I adjust is the exposure and shadows. Nothing else. Right?
12:17:55I try not to adjust the highlights, just only the exposure. So, in this clip, for example, you can see in this display as I uh turn up the exposure. Yeah, you can see there's there's a little bit of a slight uh difference between 0.3 and zero.
12:18:10I would probably do 0.2. Really, it's just subjective, right? I don't I don't follow any typical rules.
12:18:16I just like edit lummetric color, basic color correction according to how I like to, you know, look at cinematography and stuff like that. I like the w the warm um color scheme. That's why I turn up the temperature to 50.
12:18:30And it actually doesn't look like this little display uh when you do export, or at least for me, it doesn't look like this when I export my videos. It's actually a lot less um effective in the export. um which is why I turned all the way the saturation to 200.
12:18:46And you'll see when I export it. >> So that would be my first uh clip done. Second clip I would probably like raise the temp the exposure just a bit by 0.5 maybe no 0.7.
12:18:58Yeah, there you go. And then I basically do the exact same thing with every one of my clips, right? Except except the B-roll clips.
12:19:06Um, usually with B-roll, sometimes I raise the saturation, but like there's no point because B-roll is all different. Um, but I like to keep the one thing that's consistent is my film shots and my talking head shots. So like in my script, you can see for example these, right?
12:19:24Thing head CS cinematic shots or cinematic scene, right? This is all the same color scheme, color settings, everything all the same. But B-roll is different.
12:19:34Just leave it as default. That's what I do. Okay.
12:19:36You can edit if you can edit it if you want. You can edit your camera roll or videos if you want to, but I just I leave it because it's too it's a whole another template that I have to do and I honestly I cannot be bothered with that. I don't see the efficiency in there.
12:19:50I don't see why it's effective. If you want to do it, it's up to you. I just personally don't do it.
12:19:56All right. Exposure and shadows looks good in this shot. I kind of like that.
12:20:00This one I might raise the shadows just a tad bit. For some shots, I actually raise the shadows by a lot because sometimes, well, most of the time, I actually shoot underexposed, which you guys learned in the solo cinematography course.
12:20:12In this shot, it's a little bit underexposed. Um, there's not many whites in there. So, I'm just going to raise the exposure just a tad bit.
12:20:19I like the sky. The sky is like full on blue. And, um, maybe raise the shadows just about like 10.
12:20:24All right, that should be good. You basically want all of your shots to look consistent. all of the color schemes, everything, the warmth, saturation, exposure, shadows. You want it to look consistent.
12:20:35This right here is a bit dark. You can barely tell the difference between my clothes and my body with the forest. So, what I'm going to do is raise the shadows.
12:20:43Usually, in this case, you raise the shadows. And sometimes the exposure helps too if I raise it up a bit. Okay, that's that should be good.
12:20:50And then what I do is basically do the same thing with each and every shot until 60 seconds is over, until the whole video is done. But that's not it.
12:20:57I actually have the glow effect to do afterwards, which is very easy. Next module. If you've binge watched my videos, you probably noticed this little effect is very, very subtle, but I personally love it because it's like this misty glow effect that you just add on top as a very subtle layer.
12:21:12So, what I do with the duplicate shot that we did last in the last module, I unlock the track, turn it into visible again, and then you can see that it's the original colors without the color grading, without the lummetry colors. And then I go to effects, this little tab up here. And then I go to or type in gorian.
12:21:29Usually it's just g au and it will come up. Right? So g au.
12:21:33And you can see that it's gorge blur. That's the first thing that you want to double click. Double click on that.
12:21:39Make sure your clip is actually selected. You don't have to select all of them. It actually doesn't work if you select all of them.
12:21:47What you want to do is select one. Typically your first clip and then double click the effect. gorge and blurs inside this effect controls.
12:21:54Great. You want to turn the blurriness right here. You can see here blurriness to 300.
12:22:00That's what I This is just my settings. Okay. You can play around with the numbers and all that stuff, but I'm just going to tell you my settings.
12:22:10Then you turn the opacity over here to 50. Yeah, 50. Usually I do 50.
12:22:14Sometimes I do 60, 55. A good amount is 50. Blend mode, you want to turn that into lighten.
12:22:21So this right here. So not normal but lighten. Now what you want to do is search up another effect called luma key.
12:22:27So l u m a. If you just search up luma it will appear right here. Luma key.
12:22:32Double click. Make sure it is below the gorgeian blur not above. Okay.
12:22:36I like to keep it like that. That's why I do go gorge blur first and then luma key next. And then after that you don't have to adjust the threshold or anything unless you did unless you want to play around with the luma key and the gorian blur.
12:22:47It's very confusing to me. Sometimes I do like, you know, a 90% threshold and then it turns into something like goofy. I don't know.
12:22:55Um, usually I just keep it at 100%. It's a very subtle effect as you can see here. Hold on.
12:23:01So, this is the first clip, right? If I toggle this off, the effect off. So, this is what it looks like without the glow.
12:23:08And this is what it looks like with the glow. Okay. Very, very subtle, but when you see it on your phone, it's so nice, right?
12:23:15With this shot specifically, it's actually very subtle. you can barely tell. But with some shots where you film near the light, for example, this talking head shot right here, where you film like where the light is right behind you or clearly shown and the exposure is high, this effect will show more like it'll it'll be more, you know, poppy or glowy.
12:23:34I don't know how I'd explain it, but yeah, you get what I mean. And then basically how you want to copy and paste it with every single with all the other clips in the second timeline is you go select opacity hold the command key or control if you are on PC or Windows click gorian click luma okay so click all three of these opacity gorian and uh luma key okay while holding command and what you want to do there is command C or copy right whenever I say command C it means copy right you guys know what copy and pasting Right.
12:24:07So I usually press that more than one time just to guarantee it. And then what I do is select the remaining clips of my video and then I press commandV or paste it. Control V.
12:24:18Usually my timeline and the display itself will take a while when I do copy and paste this effect because it is a lot. the gorian and then the luma key on top which takes a lot to render and display on the screen which is why I do this as the very last thing of my video. So like after I edit all of my music, all my clips, um B-roll and stuff like that, cutting, you know, um after all of that, then I do the colors, then I do this luma key and gorge blur glow effect.
12:24:47So as you can see, this timeline is the colors. This timeline is a glow. If you want to play around with the glow and make it more poppy, you can just increase the opacity to like 60, 65, 70.
12:24:59I wouldn't go over 65 because it just looks too unless you like that style. I I personally like, you know, more raw, realistic, but you know, at the same time aesthetic feel. All right, let's do captions.
12:25:12Here's the thing about captions. I actually do not do them in Premiere Pro. You can do them if you want to, if you are used to Premiere Pro.
12:25:21But for me, I'm way more used to using Cap Cut for captions because it's so much more efficient in my opinion. So, this is my process, my personal process of creating captions. First of all, we got to export it on uh Premiere Pro.
12:25:34So, I usually press commandM while selecting the timeline or you can just go to this export tab right here. So, edit and then export. I name it file name uh Bible.
12:25:44Make sure the location is all good. This is in downloads. Yep, it's supposed to be there.
12:25:49And then I have this little preset that I think might be useful for you. So I'm going to show you. The video is set to two 2160 by 3840 25 frame rate.
12:25:57And then you go to more and then you press render at maximum depth. Right? So that's the first tick box that you select.
12:26:04Second one, use maximum render quality. Tick that off too. Time interpolation frame sampling performance hardware encoding.
12:26:11Hardware encoding. HDR graphics. I think this is the default one.
12:26:15And then with bit rate, I do VBR one pass. VBR one pass. Target bit rate usually 120.
12:26:20So those are my export settings for Premiere. I don't post this export video because I haven't done the captions yet. I export on Cap Cart after doing the captions and then I post it.
12:26:30Okay. So after you've entered all of your presets, all of your export settings, you can go click on this three dots and say save preset. And then you can name this preset.
12:26:39I named it Ken. And you press this little export button at the bottom. And then you just wait until it's done.
12:26:44Now, once you have finished exporting your original video without the captions, here's the key. If you are following through with my entire process, then you should have an edited video without captions such as this. 700 days ago, I opened my Bible for the first time cuz I wanted to find out how to quit my bad habits and defeat my lust.
12:27:01And after 2 years of reading it from front to back, did I learn anything? >> No, kind of. Welcome to episode five of the art of repentance.
12:27:10>> Let's go. >> Right. Cool.
12:27:12What you want to do is open a Cap Cut project, empty of course, and then I'm going to drag this file inside the timeline. And then the first thing I do, always the first thing I do, is go to the audio tab and increase the volume to about five to 10 dB or to seven usually. Sometimes I do six, five, seven.
12:27:31It depends on how long or how loud the video is. All right. So, you can see the audio inflictions here on this timeline on this file.
12:27:39So, I'm going to probably just do it around 5.5 and play it back. Obviously, >> 700 days ago, I opened my Bible for the first time cuz I wanted to find out how to quit my bad habits and defeat my lust.
12:27:48And after 2 years of reading it from front to back, >> why do I do this? Because on the phone when people are scrolling, it's kind you kind of need to have loud volume. Okay, that's already a hard thing to pay attention to.
12:27:59If you are telling a story, it's already an effort for people to follow along, right? It's not like a visual thing like a meme or something that's easy to digest. So the louder your audio is, the louder your speaking is, even the music included, the better.
12:28:11And I like to do this all in one file. That's why I exported and moved on to Cap Cut so that I can do my captions, raise the audio, you know, all in one place. And it's very simple on Cap Cut 2.
12:28:21Now, here is how I make my captions template. So obviously, you want to go to the text tab, grab this little default text option, drag it down to your timeline. I usually just press this lock button on the the main timeline so that I don't disturb it.
12:28:35Now, my font is called Molass. That's my brand font. Okay, Molass.
12:28:39Search it up. And I use the bold setting. What I do is scale the text to about 113%.
12:28:45113. And then change this font size to 20. So, that's my text.
12:28:49That's how big it is. Usually, different fonts usually have different sizes as well. So, you want to make your captions text and the font and the sizes pretty decently big.
12:28:58Because when you paste a whole sentence, for example, if I copy and paste like an entire sentence like here, for example, what do you think is more easier to digest? Something like this or something like this? Which one?
12:29:11Okay, so just pretend you're a viewer. Which one is easier to follow along? That is one of the key secrets to editing captions.
12:29:18Captions is like probably the the biggest determining factor to helping your video go viral. besides the entire content is the captions because that's what the audience actually follows along the entire video or like 90% of the the video. Captions is like the thing that guides your audience through the story. So, you really want to be careful with what size and what font, what effects you use.
12:29:40Okay? And I see a lot of community members even in Creattopia use like fadein effects and, you know, long sentence captions. And personally, I hate that. like sorry to say but I I don't like that because it's hard to like retain attention with that because it's just hard to follow along in general the general audience especially like the younger generations the the people who are actually on these short form platforms even the older generations like they can still follow along fast-paced captions it's not only exclusive to the young demographics right as long as you have one to two word captions like I discussed in the previous modules you're going to be good plus your story is already fast-paced anyway so it's efficient ient.
12:30:20It's engaging as well and it looks nice. It looks so nice. Okay, let's delete this.
12:30:25Usually, I don't add like >> 700, >> you know, these type of animations because they take too long. Even if it's if even if I set it to the lowest duration, >> 700 days ago, >> like it's it still looks a bit weird, right? So, I like to make it just snappy, efficient, normal cuts.
12:30:41Okay, so what I do is after I size it up and then I go down here to shadow. Okay. So, I click and toggle the shadow effect on.
12:30:48Opacity up to 100%. Blurriness down to around 3%. I would say 3%.
12:30:52And then distance, I would do four. And then obviously I would place the captions in the middle. Most of my captions are placed in the middle of the screen, not towards the bottom.
12:31:02It's not not towards the bottom because that's where all of the like buttons and the captions and your profile are. And barely towards the top. only in some specific in some specific shots where I place it in random places, but mostly most of the time it's in the middle. So, I use the shadow effect just cuz it makes it pop off more and it distinguishes between the text and the background, which is the the video itself.
12:31:25Um, you can increase the blurriness if you want to. I like to increase the blurriness sometimes because it helps me read the captions more. Um, the audience can distinguish between like what is text and what is the video.
12:31:36Because if you don't have shadow, for example, it's like the text is almost blending in with the video and it doesn't really, you know, it doesn't pop off. Now, what I do here is basically go to my script. And this is why it's so important to have a script and actually copy and paste every single line into my captions into the timeline.
12:31:54So, for example, this first line. Okay, let's command A, select it, command uh C, go to cap cut, and then what I usually do with this text is drag it all over this entire video, the entire 60 seconds or however long your video is, and then cut it up line by line according to your script.
12:32:11So, for example, if I want to cut this caption, this line from 700 to the word lust, I go to 700 >> 78, >> right? And then all the way to lust, which is here >> and defeat my lust. >> Right here.
12:32:24Okay. And usually how I be very precise with it when I cut is I select the captions. I use my right and left arrow keys.
12:32:32Okay. So right here, this shot hasn't ended yet as you can see. So I usually go to the right, press the right arrow key until it does end to the next shot.
12:32:42Okay. So there is like that one split millisecond where it goes from one shot to the next. And when it goes to the next shot like this, that is when you cut.
12:32:52And that is when I press commandB. Okay, that is where the the captions will split together. CommandB or you can just press B, the B key, and then you can like cut it like that, which is fine.
12:33:03I usually just press command B. Now, what I do with this sentence, cuz this is the first sentence of the video, I paste the line in the captions. And then what I do here is actually >> cut it up individually, one to two words, right?
12:33:16And it takes time, especially if you're not uh used to it yet. But if you are used to it like I am, it it's it becomes efficient. But usually if you don't do auto captions, if you do manual captions like I do, it's going to take time and it's going to suffer a little bit.
12:33:30But it's worth it. Why? Because it's authentic.
12:33:33It's raw. You don't depend on AI to make your captions for you.
12:33:36Like it's literally word for word what you wrote down on a keyboard. Whereas with auto captions, I actually don't have the um unlimited captions option here. As you can see, I have one use left to generate auto captions.
12:33:48I think it's because I'm on desktop. Um whereas on mobile you can do that. You can use automatic captions on mobile but then again editing on mobile again like my previous modules I don't recommend it but at the end of the day it's up to you to choose choose your pains.
12:34:02This is my pain right here making manual captions. So what I do with each and every line or word I actually have my headphones on and listen very carefully to each and every word I say.
12:34:12I speak very fast. If you're speaking fast too, which I do advise you to do, you have to listen very carefully to when you say each and every word. So let's say the first word is 700.
12:34:22>> 700 days ago. Two days ago. >> What you want to do is replay and keep replaying, replaying, replaying the video until you find where to cut where exactly where to cut in each word.
12:34:33>> Two days ago, days ago, days ago. >> So right here, this >> days ago, >> this little this part right here, it's very, very tiny. And it's going to be like that for every word.
12:34:43That is where I cut. So, command B again, select it, command B. This right here becomes 700.
12:34:47A shortcut is with your mouse, you can actually hold and drag down. So, hold drag down like drag to the bottom right. Usually, people would like select it like that.
12:34:58I wouldn't advise you to do that. Some people just go here and then say shift command and then right arrow. You can do that too, but usually for me, it's fast when I just drag it down like that.
12:35:09You know, select, drag down like that. And then it selects the the whole thing. Boom. can press delete there 700 and then with days ago I'll do days ago as two words >> days ago open my open my open my >> So I said I opened days ago I opened and it's a very like you can barely tell the difference between a go and I so what I do is like really have to I have to listen to it very carefully >> open >> and that's just a heads up for you as well I think it's it's around here this I open part >> open my Bible >> yeah so here is the days to go part Okay.
12:35:43So, that's what I what I do here again is hold and drag down. Boom. Delete.
12:35:46And then up here, if I want to delete the 700, I just hold and drag up. Okay. Hold, drag up, delete.
12:35:53Okay. So, there there you go. >> 700 days ago.
12:35:57>> That's how I do every single captions basically. Now, you can just watch me do the rest. >> Open my my Bible.
12:36:04Bible for Bible for the first for the f first time first. Usually what I do is do the cutting first and not do it individually. So I do the cutting each word first or each two words because I want because I wanted to find I wanted to I wanted to wanted to to find to find out how to find out how to find out find some words are going to be very small like this one is two.
12:36:41So I'm going to do that two. So find out. So find find out how to quit how to how to how to quit my bad quit my bad bad bad habits habits >> if you're not used to it yet.
12:36:59Definitely I recommend like sticking to two word captions. Um, for me I like to do one uh sometimes two. >> Sometimes I do three words as well but most cases three words looks too long in the video.
12:37:18So I usually do two or one like that. Right. >> Have it and defeat defeat my lust my lust.
12:37:28Now I finished cutting that sentence up. I'm going to do the deleting now. So 700 days ago I opened.
12:37:39>> This one is my >> Yeah. My This one is my Oh, whoops. Yeah.
12:37:45Just be careful because sometimes you can delete the actual uh text. You don't want to do that. My B Oh, again.
12:37:53fireable for I think it's for the yeah first time cuz I wanted to to find out to find >> to find out >> how to quit >> quit my actually also don't miss out on any words otherwise it's going to look weird okay make sure you actually set uh type in and copy and paste the Right sentence according to what you said in the video.
12:38:53Bad habits. >> A bad habit >> and and defeat my lust. Okay, now this is what it looks like.
12:39:09Just normal captions. >> 700 days ago, I opened my Bible for the first time cuz I wanted to find out how to quit my bad habits and defeat my lust. Okay, that looks good, right?
12:39:20But usually to make it even more engaging, I use the emphasis words. You know, the big text that we discussed in the previous modules. So 700 days ago, I opened my Bible.
12:39:28That's a key word that I want to use for the first time cuz I wanted to go to find out how to quit my bad habits. Okay, I'm going to do bad habits as a keyword and defeat my lust. Okay, I'm going to do that uh lust as a uh keyword.
12:39:41So I usually drag them to the second timeline or the second layer. Select them all. Press this little TT button which is uppercase.
12:39:48Turn this character to minus one. So this press press this down arrow. And then I turn this font size to about 35.
12:39:55Usually it's 35, right? So it looks cool. Why do I do character minus one?
12:39:59Because if it's zero, it looks a bit spaced out. I don't like that. And um the font is already the font size is already big.
12:40:06So, I like it, you know, more spaced in if the if the letters are all capped as well. It looks nice, too. But usually to make it more nicer, I turn down the blurriness of the shadow and I turn down the distance of the shadow, too.
12:40:18Cuz sometimes when you size it up, the blurriness and the distance actually look more heavy. Okay? So, you have to turn it down the more you size it up if you are using shadow.
12:40:27Just FYI, cuz again, you want to make it consistent. You want to make it look consistent with your your other captions. My Bible for the first time cuz I wanted to find out how to quit my bad habits.
12:40:37What I do with, you know, multiple emphasized words, I put the second or third or whatever word that comes after the first one on top. I pretty much layer them together like this. And then I put them and then remember the previous module, I make a rectangle shape.
12:40:51Usually it's a rectangle, sometimes it's a square. In this case, it's kind of a bit of both. Like it's just, you know, rectangle shape, square shape, but you get it, right?
12:41:00It looks clean. That's the point, right? And what I usually do with bad keywords or negative connotation keywords is I select them and I turn them red.
12:41:08Okay, that's the color palette that I use. Okay, so red like that. Just so bad habits is a bad connotation.
12:41:14Last is also a bad connotation. Whereas for a keyword like Bible with a positive connotation, I usually color it yellow. And I have this little codeex or hex code that I have on notion.
12:41:24So in my script, this is my template. These are my checklist, right? and my in my editing template, you can see all my color settings that I have that I mentioned before. And this little hex code that I can copy and paste into Cap Cut.
12:41:38So, I can command C on that. Go to color, select hex, highlight, copy, paste. Boom.
12:41:43That's my color right there. This right here, that's my beloved. And usually I I would size this up a bit more.
12:41:49Here's what it looks like. >> 700 days ago, I opened my Bible for the first time cuz I wanted to find out how to quit my bad habits and defeat my lust. >> Okay.
12:41:57What I usually do just for extra decoration, I go to audio, go to sound effects, and I have this favorited saved sound effect called click. So I go this this it says click right here, right? It's like a mouse click and I drag it down below each and every keyword.
12:42:13So I use the same click effect and I usually raise it to like let's say five three dB and um I copy and paste it, right? Copy. And it sounds like this whenever a keyword pops up.
12:42:24>> I open my Bible for the first time. So, it's very subtle, but it's it helps with the engagement. Anything can help.
12:42:31Now, again, with bad habits, I'm going to do the same. Usually, you can see that this click starts here. One click, two click, it's like, right?
12:42:39So, one, and then bad, and then second click. So, I usually put it in the middle when the um when the caption starts. Sometimes I do it with both keywords, sometimes I do it with one.
12:42:49It's your choice. It's really just decoration at this point. Again, with lust, that's another keyword.
12:42:54Make sure it's in the middle of between the clicks. And then boom. For me, I zoom in by holding command on my Mac keyboard.
12:43:01And I just scroll with my mouse to go in and out. Very, very simple. And I hold option and scroll with my mouse.
12:43:07Hold option. Scroll with my mouse to go up and down or side to side on my timeline. 700 days ago, I opened my Bible for the first time cuz I wanted to find out how to quit my bad habits and defeat my lust.
12:43:18And after >> There you go. Cool. Awesome.
12:43:21I think that's cool. On second thought, I'm actually going to move all of my captions not in the middle because usually that's how I do it, but above towards the top. Why?
12:43:30Because the keyword actually covers my face and I want people to see my face. So, what I'm going to do is move this keyword to the top, same as last, right? Make it a bit bigger to emphasize.
12:43:39And then I'm going to highlight the normal captions, the normal white small captions, and uh move them to about I think it's like 500 600. Yeah, 600, right?
12:43:49Maybe 700. 700. There you go. Okay.
12:43:52>> 700 days ago, >> I forgot the Bible. I forgot. I have to put it here. 700.
12:43:56There you go. >> 700 days ago, I opened my Bible for the first time cuz I wanted to find out how to quit my bad habits and defeat my lust. >> Okay.
12:44:04Lust should be higher. Like, you can see that that minor detail. It's all in the details, man.
12:44:08>> My lust. >> Like, you got to have this OCD energy, right? There you go.
12:44:12>> 700 days ago, I opened my Bible. And that's pretty much what I do with each and every other sentence of my script, right? And this that's only the first five seconds of the video.
12:44:22And I know it takes a while, but like at the end of the day, how bad do you want it? How bad do you want to, you know, grow this authentic cinematic viral brand? The content that I make is not easy, right?
12:44:33And I sacrifice a lot of time just to even make captions like this, right? It's really about sacrifice. So, you don't necessarily have to follow the all the rules like the two second rule or the um one to two word captions, but this is literally how I did it, right?
12:44:46This is how I blew up in less than a month, okay? And it took a year for me to find out each and every one of these frameworks and follow them properly, right? And really go all in on content quality instead of making microwavable content. 700 days ago, I opened my Bible for the first time cuz I wanted to find out how to quit my bad habits and defeat my lust.
12:45:06So that's how I do it with each and every one of my captions. Okay? Copy and paste the line, cut it up word by word, right?
12:45:13Add the keywords, emphasize it, change the color, minus the character, make it all caps, you know, create your own style. You don't have to follow exactly what I do.
12:45:22I'm just saying like this is literally what made me blow up to over 300k followers on Instagram and 100K on Tik Tok. This is the specific style, okay? And I think you guys are smart enough not to copy me full on because otherwise, you know, it's kind of obvious.
12:45:37Nobody likes a copycat. You can also add this glow effect to your captions. I used to do this.
12:45:42Um it's a pretty nice effect. Just make it little just make it subtle if you want to do this.
12:45:47I usually don't do this because um it's just I think shadows is enough for me. It's really up to your personal preference, but the main concept is the one to two word captions and the two second rule. Okay, now let's go on to exporting.
12:45:58Once you've completed all your captions throughout your entire video, we got to export, right? And I'm exporting on Cap Cot every time I export on Cap Cot. First, you want to go to the export button at the top right.
12:46:09Name your file. Mine is called Bible. Export to the right uh location on your device.
12:46:14Mine is usually downloads resolution. Here's the thing. I have two different export settings.
12:46:19One for Instagram and one for Tik Tok. Why? I've been posting for a year and this is literally how I get high quality on Instagram and highquality Tik Toks.
12:46:29Resolution on Instagram. So, let's name this Bible IG, right? This is how I differentiate between the two.
12:46:35So, if I'm exporting on IG, I set the resolution to 4K, bit rate to higher, codec to H.264, format MP4, frame rate 30fps. Okay, now a lot of you might debate on like, oh no, Instagram is going to compress.
12:46:47They don't. Literally, I thought it they always compress um especially with like 1 minute long videos. But let's say your file is 200 megabytes, right? 60-second video, 200 megabytes.
12:46:59You airdrop it to your phone, send it to your phone, however you want it, and then you upload the video, that same file using Instagram, the the the normal posting Instagram real process, it won't compress. If you stay on the app and let it load, it won't compress.
12:47:14Literally, it won't. I don't know why it it works for me. Um, whenever I tried compressing it before I post it, I used to try this handbreak method and that didn't work out.
12:47:24You can check my old videos that didn't work out. Only this did, you know, exporting in 4K high bit rate, you know, format MP4. Like literally, this is this is how I export.
12:47:34So, yeah, that's the IG Instagram export settings. Let's click that.
12:47:39Wait for it to export. 700 days ago, I opened my Bible for the first time cuz I wanted to find out how to quit my bad habits and defeat my lust. Fair enough.
12:47:47There you go. Right, that's what the captions look like throughout my whole video. And then what we want to do if you are posting on Instagram and Tik Tok, that was Instagram.
12:47:57This is my Tik Tok export settings. Name it vible TT for Tik Tok. This is what I usually do.
12:48:02Export to the right location. Video settings. Resolution 1080p.
12:48:07Right. 1080p. Bit rate, keep it at higher. Codec, same thing.
12:48:13H.264. Format MP4. frame rate 30 fps. I was about to say percent.
12:48:16But yeah, the main difference is the resolution. So, I set it to 1080p. I don't know how, but I've tested every single one option and like posted it in a private account and compared and this is the best settings for me.
12:48:30Just just for me, right? So, you can try it out yourself. See if it works.
12:48:34And uh I pray that it works for you, too. Press export. And that is basically how you edit a Kentagendra video.
12:48:41And that's how I export my Instagram and Tik Tok settings for posting. After this, I basically just send both files, the Instagram and Tik Tok files to my phone by AirDrop like so.
12:48:51And go here, AirDrop, and then boom, click on Ken to Janer's iPhone and then just post on Instagram and Tik Tok through there. All right, vlog one. Ladies and gentlemen, we are back with a new demo.
12:49:02Let's go. Okay, this is going to be a new module in the editing course. Um, just cuz like it's always nice to have Whoops. just because it's always nice to have like extra modules and extra bit of value.
12:49:15Right. Today I'm going to uh edit a short 30 second, 40 second, maybe less film. Um it's going to be a horizontal reel and it's it's going to be a very simple like music video basically, right?
12:49:27I have the track right here and uh I have my footage. It's um some clips that I shot at the beach.
12:49:33It's going to be pretty simple and I'm going to take you through like all the little effects that I'm going to pretty much do in this video. It's not too nothing too complicated. So, it's going to be a very simple uh cutting process as well.
12:49:48And yeah, let's do it. Uh this is a pretty awkward position for me, but I'm just going to do this. Okay.
12:49:54Uh first clip I want it to be this because this is like this would be a banger hook, right? I mean, I don't really have any any other cool shots besides this, which is all right. And I'm going to make this actually, first and foremost, I'm not going to make this 16x9.
12:50:13I'm going to make this uh sequence settings. I'm going to make this 4x3, which is 4x3. Wait.
12:50:20Uh the 38040. Okay. To 4x3.
12:50:24Okay. I already searched this up before, but I forgot like what the aspect ratio is. Uh, it is 2880 in the horizontal. 2880.
12:50:36Okay, there. That's 4x3. I always like 4x3 cuz it's like, you know, it gives that that old school vibe.
12:50:45Anyways, um, yeah. What happened here? What the heck?
12:50:49Oh, whoops. I messed that up. Why did I do that?
12:50:57Okay, whatever. All right, never mind. Only God.
12:51:11[Music] Okay, going to delete that audio. So what I did there, right, um I selected everything and all the all the clips and the audio timelines are linked together. So what I did is command L to unlink them.
12:51:30I think it's control L for um what's it called for Windows. Sorry, I am not used to walking through my editing process, but this is a good extra module to add just for you guys. Um, there's one talking head shot here.
12:51:45I'm going to put this at the very end, I think. >> So, I'm just going to like save this at the end here or put this at the the back. Okay.
12:51:57And then this is the first shot. Dang. I'm not really in the center.
12:52:08It's giving me OCD. Look. One, two, three, four, five pillars.
12:52:13One, two, three, four. H. Damn, bro.
12:52:15Give me OCD. But it's all right. I'm going to change this back to 4x3.
12:52:21Cool, cool, cool. All right. Looks like it's in the center.
12:52:26Maybe I'll just zoom in a little bit. I'll zoom in a little bit and then make it the center. Or maybe this won't be my first shot.
12:52:35I don't know. Okay, this looks like it's in the center. Or maybe I'll just use a different shot because I have a I have a shot here.
12:52:45Is that even a good shot? No, I have a shot here of me. That looks dope.
12:52:52That looks dope. I'm not going to lie. I cannot lie to you.
12:52:58That looks amazing. Okay, maybe I will use I'll use that as as the first shot then. Yeah, that looks really good.
12:53:07Okay. So, I'm going to move it around. Basically, I'm just like choosing the uh clip selection, like the order of the clips.
12:53:17Um, by the way, this has no script. I just wanted to use this one really cool song. It's like [Music] probably just started here because that's the peak of the song.
12:53:44It's a YouTube acoustic version, but [Music] >> maybe I'll do a fade in because I don't want it to be like start really abruptly.
12:54:06>> There you go. Sounds better. [Music] >> Maybe a little bit more.
12:54:17Hold me. Love me. [Music] Only God can hold me.
12:54:34[Music] Okay, I can either do this or the part where there's not many instrumentals. [Music] >> Okay, low key, that's a good hook right here.
12:55:07So, I'm going to cut that and I'm going to save it for later. I'm just going to test out. So, this is what I usually do with audio as well.
12:55:14I usually just test out which part of the song or the instrumental is like the best to start off with. You know what I mean? Because the hook is really important and I want it I want the beat to be like, you know, catch your attention not only with your eyes and my shots, but with your ears and the song selection that I do, right?
12:55:36[Music] Okay, I'll probably just do this then. Only God can hold me. [Music] >> Dang.
12:56:05[Music] >> Okay, this is the ending though, right? So, I don't know. I mean, it's already like 20 seconds, which is enough for this reel to be honest. only.
12:56:19[Music] >> Okay, let me just This is what I usually do if I'm really unsure about my audio, by the way. Okay, so I go. So, this is the one sample that I want to try.
12:56:30Second sample is the chor like not the chorus, but like the main instrumentals when it comes in [Music] like right here. Right. This is where like DJ Ken comes in.
12:56:44So I basically just put them side by side in two different timelines. And then I mute one, which is this little button, this M thing. I click that.
12:56:53So I can only hear the second one, right? And if I want to do it the other way, I can click the second. I can mute the second timeline and hear the first one.
12:57:03But I want to hear the second one. [Music] Love me. [Music] God can hold me.
12:57:22Love. [Music] >> Yeah, it takes too long. Unless I stop it here at the can.
12:57:44[Music] >> No, bit more. [Music] >> See, I like to also do these fade. um these uh drag fades.
12:58:07I don't know what they're called, but you usually just drag this little square or it's a circle on Cap Cut. You drag it so that it fades out like that and it fades in if you drag it at the start. So that's what I want to do at in both ends.
12:58:24Only God can hold me. Love me still. [Music] Only God can hold me.
12:58:40[Music] Okay, that's cool. All right, we're going to do the same thing. I'm going to listen to the first one again, and I'm just pretty much going to compare it.
12:59:00>> Okay, that is way better. I'm like, that's way better. Okay.
12:59:06>> Okay, that's way way better. Okay. So, what I'm going to do now, now that I chose my track, the exact sample, um I'm going to lock the toggle track lock right here, that little lock button, so that whenever I press Q or W, um it won't edit the audio.
12:59:23So, it'll stay like that. Right. So, now I'm just going to focus on the shots.
12:59:28All right, we're back. My iPhone storage died. Anyways, we're back.
12:59:32Now, we have more storage. >> Okay, I'm going to cut to the point where I want to start my video. I don't want to show this when I'm walking to the shot cuz I was still aligning where I was at the center.
12:59:46Dude, it is exactly at the center. Oh, dude. >> Okay, I'm just going to cut in the details.
12:59:58Only God can. [Music] >> Okay. Basically, what I'm going to do, I'm just going to cut.
13:00:07Actually, no, no, no. I'm not going to do that. I'm going to just choose which clips to to show.
13:00:15I'm not going to show this clip because it's too short. And I have a few more clips. Oh, whoops.
13:00:21By the way, if this happens in Premiere, all you got to do is just like command L and then put it back together again with the audio. I'm going to put this at the second timeline because I want to lock the first timeline. Command L again so that's linked again and then yeah, get back to cutting.
13:00:39Okay, I'm going to basically What am I doing? [Music] Okay, whatever. Um, yeah, I'm just going to cut every single clip to what what I want to show and then I'm going to sync it up to the music later cuz it's like 20 seconds 26 second thing.
13:01:16So, it shouldn't be too much. Okay, this is messed up, I think. Okay, whatever.
13:01:31I messed this up. That was like a vlog thing. Shouldn't have done that.
13:01:38Oh, this looks so clean, dude. Oh my goodness. Oh man.
13:01:42I'm not going to record. I'm going to I'm not going to show myself recording. It's just weird.
13:01:51That's a nice shot. This is also pretty cool. Going to cut that up.
13:02:01Cut this up. Oh, nice. Did a little transition there.
13:02:05I'm going to cut that up. I just want to show the sunset. I don't want to show me tilting.
13:02:11Oh, nice. There's no need to do that. Then the next shot is exactly like that.
13:02:19Dang, this is clean. Okay, I'm not going to do that. Probably going to do this.
13:02:35Yeah, going to do two versions of this clip. So, I'm going to make going to see which one I should do. Okay, that's it.
13:03:10I'm basically choosing which what I want to show. And I'm using the Q and W keys, by the way. Oh, wow.
13:03:16You can just see my hand like right there. Anyways, yeah, I'm basically just using the Q and W. Q to cut the left side, W to cut the right side.
13:03:27Right. such a good shortcut. I don't have to use the cutting tool.
13:03:32And obviously, you need this little dragging thing in in your in your timeline, which everyone has. Anyways, this looks dope. I want to show that.
13:03:54Dang, that looks sick. That is not a good clip. That's why I restarted.
13:04:02Cool. I want to show that wave crashing. I don't know what happened to that clip, but this is the highlight of my day right here.
13:04:12I always wanted a clip like this cuz I I saw like YouTube a bunch of YouTube videos um like short films and stuff who have these type of ocean clips cuz they're like with the zoom lens. So clean, bro. Literally, it's it looks so amazing.
13:04:25All right, guys. If my iPhone just randomly stops recording, it means my storage is done. But it's okay.
13:04:31I'm going to keep recording on this camera. It's all right. [Music] >> Wait.
13:04:42Okay, I might cut it a little bit short. Yeah, I'mma cut it short. One second short.
13:04:57[Music] >> May [Music] cut. So, I'm pretty much just cutting cutting at the in the lyrics. [Music] Yeah, I don't like this shot to be honest.
13:05:27I might just do this. Actually, no. I don't even like that shot either.
13:05:38[Music] Damn, that's like aura right there, bro. Let me check the other shot. Yeah, I don't like that.
13:06:11So, I'm just going to keep this shot of me turning my head because that's like moral. [Music] >> That's dope. [Music] Okay, the shots are too short.
13:06:46[Music] >> Okay, maybe I will just extend it then. >> So, you got to know what your pacing is. I tried doing it fast.
13:06:55Like this this little compilation here, this group of clips, that would be like fairly medium fastpaced, but now I have to go slow because like it doesn't even fit the sample. So, it's okay. [Music] And my iPhone just died.
13:07:16Storage. Sorry. Storage is full.
13:07:21It's okay. We're still recording. [Music] I'm going to do this.
13:07:45[Music] Okay, I might do something different because these so this what I what I did here like this is like pretty much visual storytelling how I tell it. I don't like the two two of the same similar clips together. This is like ocean rocks, ocean rocks as well.
13:08:17This is sunset sunset and me. So I might mix them together. These at least these four.
13:08:24So I don't know. Let me see. [Music] Okay, I'm just going to do this then.
13:08:30Wait, I put this here. I'm going to put this here. [Music] Mark chapter >> I don't know what to do with this clip though. 12 verse 30.
13:09:16Mark 12. Mark 12:30. Love the Lord your >> Okay.
13:09:23I also wanted to I'm getting distracted by Oh, whoops. That's my the YouTube video I was watching. Anyways, uh I also wanted to download a beach sound effect.
13:09:35That's cool. Let me try another one. That's better.
13:09:47I like that. Okay, let me just use those three then. Yoink them all here.
13:09:57[Music] Wait, no, that's that's the walkthroughs that I just recorded. Whoops. Oopsies.
13:10:07[Music] Yon these two in here and see. Let's compare. Let's do the same thing we did before.
13:10:16I'll probably decrease this sound by like minus 5 dB and see how it sounds. [Music] >> Cool. Cool.
13:10:30Cool. [Music] I don't know what I did there. Excuse me.
13:10:45Sorry. Um, let me see. What did I just do?
13:10:57Oh, no. Okay, I'm going to extend that. Okay.
13:11:02Uh, okay. Let's mute this and see how this sounds. [Music] >> Yeah, I like that better.
13:11:13Way better. Way better. It's more lowkey.
13:11:18I like that. [Music] >> I decreased it to minus four just because it's like I don't want to be too loud. [Music] Mark 12:30, love [Music] Mark 12:30.
13:12:04Love the Lord your God with all your heart and with all your soul and with all your mind and with all your strength. >> Okay, I'm going to cut it here. I don't want the sounds to be.
13:12:21>> Yeah, I'm going to fight it. Fade it out. >> Mark 12:30.
13:12:25Love the Lord your God with all your heart and with all your soul and with all your mind and with all your strength. And with all your strength. Okay, I'm going to add a nice nice little touch.
13:12:42I don't know. Should I add a text or is that too much? [Music] Cool.
13:12:53[Music] >> See, pretty simple video. I mean, it would take me a lot quicker if I wasn't doing a walk through. Um, but yeah, basically what I just did, I selected all the clips and I came to my presets.
13:13:14This is pretty much the preset that I have. As you can see here, it's my preset, right? It's pretty much just lummetric color.
13:13:23It's different from the previous walkthroughs that you guys just saw. So, it's basically 15 temperature to the warm side, 125 saturation, um 0.5 exposure, 10 contrast, minus 30 highlights, shadows are zero, everything else is zero. And then you go to the creative thing, the tab, and I pretty much um turn up the faded film to 10, right?
13:13:47So 10 and then shadow tint I put it okay let me just zoom in on the walk through I might as well shadow tint I put it uh towards the blue side right so the shadows are mostly like pointing to the blue and then the highlights are pointing to the slightly very very slightly to the orange yellow side if you can see right you can see there slight to the blue and slight to the orange okay so that's how I usually that's my current settings I always change up my color settings.
13:14:21So, it's it's mostly just um what do you call it? It's uh experimenting as well. And I might do a more of a vignette for this.
13:14:30Actually, no, don't worry about it. It's fine. Okay.
13:14:34Now, what I'm going to do is I'm going to go through each and every basic correction in the lummetric color in every clip and see how I can turn down or turn up the exposure. Right. Okay.
13:14:46I'm going to turn down the exposure here. I'm going to turn up the shadows just cuz I wanted you to see me more. So, this is a turn up shadows.
13:14:53This is turned down. Maybe like do 25 or something. >> Maybe do 35.
13:15:05>> Damn, that looks good. [Music] >> Okay, that's a bit too bright. I'm going to make the zero exposure.
13:15:17Yeah. So, usually I just edit the exposure. That's all.
13:15:21Okay. 0.1. Maybe increase the shadows a bit. No, that's fine.
13:15:26Maybe like seven shadow. I don't know. Okay.
13:15:29Increase the shadows here a little bit just to make it more defined. Is this too bright? No, that's fine.
13:15:37I like it. Damn, that looks clean, dude. [Music] Maybe this is too dark.
13:15:46Yeah, I would increase this exposure here. Is this too dark, too? No, it's fine.
13:15:56Yeah, it should be good. [Music] It's glitching. Sorry, it's glitching.
13:16:08[Music] Okay, this is way too dark. I think it's because of the shadows. Yeah, it's the shadows.
13:16:16I don't know. If you increase the shadows, it looks really ugly. So, I'm just going to like keep it dark to be honest cuz that's what it looks like in real life anyways.
13:16:30Decrease the exposure here. Me increase the shadows a tad bit. There you go.
13:16:41Need that exposure here. >> So, two exposure. Maybe shadows.
13:16:47No, not shadows. Oh, thank you. [Music] That's sick.
13:16:55Might increase it a little bit. Increase the shadows a tad bit. [Music] >> Mark 12:30.
13:17:06Love the Lord your God with all your heart and with all your soul and with all your mind and with all your strength. Nice. Pretty much it.
13:17:22Okay. I'm going to add some like Easter eggs cuz like I have a creative itch sometimes. So, I have some like little overlays that I can do.
13:17:31No, not overlay. Sorry. Oh, yeah.
13:17:33One thing that I want to add as well is the overlays. So, where is it? Uh, I have an overlay, default overlay.
13:17:39It's called a grain overlay. So, I have this little grainy effect. I don't know if you guys have noticed in my latest latest videos, but I do have this.
13:17:48Um, this is shaped as a horizontal. I mean, sorry, vertical cuz like I usually do shorts, but I just turn it 90°. And then I usually just go to blend mode and go to over.
13:17:58Click on overlay and then boom. You can see there's a slight grain across all the clips.
13:18:04Maybe I'll turn it down to like 60. I want it to be low key. Um, and then I'm going to go to shapes.
13:18:15I'm going to add some shapes. These are called Q marks. Like I I made this little thing.
13:18:24That's what happens during like when scenes are about to change in films. People usually add Q marks. I'm going to add a crown of thorns cross crucifix.
13:18:36Yeah, I'm going to keep it at that. Usually what I do is I do this speed duration and I put it like really quick. So like at least two milliseconds.
13:18:50And then what I do during uh in the gaps, quick quick hack by the way. Uh, so there's gaps in between these two millisecond shapes, right? So I'm going to there's a little thing.
13:19:08Oh, close back. Close the gap. Then boom.
13:19:11Again, if you zoom in there, it's closed now. You don't have to manually do it. You just go to sequence and close gap with anything pretty much with any clip.
13:19:26All right. So, with these ones, I'm going to put them at the end and put this together. I'm going to move them accordingly.
13:19:37I'm going to put them here like on my left side cuz that looks so good. Hold me. [Music] Okay, I'm going to put the crown of thorns somewhere.
13:20:04Whoops. Okay, where should I put it? Zoom out.
13:20:15Okay, I'll put it here. Actually, no. I don't want to ruin the shot to be honest.
13:20:26I might just put it like here. Yeah. And I'll put it in the corner.
13:20:34Top right corner. Make it a bit bigger. There you go.
13:20:39So when you watch it back, it's going to be really subtle. [Music] Sorry, I just got caught up with the captions, but let's just watch it through. Sorry, I got distracted.
13:21:02[Music] Mark 12 verse 30. Love the Lord your God with all your heart, with all your soul, and with all your mind, and with all your strength.
13:21:40Feel me only God can. >> Mark 12:30, isn't it? >> Mark 12:30.
13:22:06with all your soul. Mark 12 verse 30. Love the Lord your God with all your heart, with all your with all your heart and with all I'm just going to copy and paste the actual verse.
13:22:30I can't bother. Okay. So it is Mark 12:30 NIV.
13:22:36I'm going to make it red cuz it's a Jesus quote, right? Yeah. Okay.
13:22:40Now, what I usually do with captions is like there's a transcript. There's an automatic transcript in Premiere. So I go to text, transcript, captions, create captions from transcript. uh subtitle default.
13:22:51Expand this little thing, captioning preferences. Keep everything the same, but I usually just go to maximum length in characters all the way down to seven because I do one to two word captions. And then minimum durations in seconds is like 1.2.
13:23:05And then I keep the single line, not double. Okay?
13:23:08So everything at the start, drag it all the way at the end and then single. Then press create captions. So it basically does one word at a time, right?
13:23:22And then um where did the the rest of it go, bro? Oh my goodness. Okay, whatever.
13:23:29Okay, this is only only God can hold me. I'm just going to drag them all. [Music] Okay, this is fill.
13:23:46[Music] Fil me. [Music] Okay, this is messed up.
13:24:22These captions are so messed up. Okay, I'm just going to fix them real quick. Chapter 12 verse 30.
13:24:39Love >> the Lord. >> Okay, that's love. Love the Lord.
13:24:51The Lord >> the Lord your >> your God. So I pretty much am pressing V. Oh, sorry, C to cut in between the captions, right?
13:25:03Whoops. And then V again to make it a selection. So V for selection tool.
13:25:09You can see it here. V for selection tool and C for razor tool cutting. Okay.
13:25:16So I'm switching in my keyboard. CV CV CV CV CV CV.
13:25:21Okay. >> Of the Lord your God. Your God with all your with all your heart.
13:25:36Your your heart. >> With all your heart. I'm going to separate these captions.
13:25:44One to two words. >> All your heart. I don't know why, but the transcript is so inaccurate when I made the captions.
13:25:56But anyways, >> with all with all your soul. Let me see the actual verse. Oh, there's no comments.
13:26:27Sorry. Okay. All right.
13:26:33Your soul for your soul. For your soul. And with all your and with all your mind.
13:26:47I'm going to make this end with all. And this one is going to be your mind >> with all your mind. all your mind and and with all your strength with with all your I'm going to make this all and with all your strength strength.
13:27:26[Music] I got to make this theoop. [Music] Okay. What I'm going to do is edit the font now.
13:27:39So, I'm going to select all the captions like that. I'm going to go to properties and I'm going to go to my browser. I have like a bunch of these.
13:27:52I I didn't even realize I made these. Well, one day I clicked on that browser button and I'm like, "Oh, wow. I already have these.
13:28:00I used to do it manually and type in like moas the font name and stuff like that, but now I have the default thing. So, I can do that and uh yeah, edit it from there. So, you can see the font just changed.
13:28:11I'm going to zoom out. The font just changed. And um I might for these ones I'm going to for the song lyrics I'm going to put in the middle.
13:28:25>> Okay. I'm not in the middle apparently. So, what I'm going to do is I'm going to zoom in a little bit.
13:28:31Sacrifice. I'm going to do that. Make myself in the middle.
13:28:39Let's go. >> I don't even need to zoom in, bro. I just realized.
13:28:48Yeah. [Music] Okay, I'm going to move that as well. Just a little bit so that I can It's in the middle.
13:29:14Ah, it's actually giving me OCD, dude. Like, look. This is three pillars.
13:29:18This is five. Oh my goodness. Okay, I'm just going to ignore it.
13:29:21Don't worry about it. [Music] Mark 12 verse 30. Love the L.
13:29:31Mark 12 verse 30. Love the Lord your God with all your heart, with all your soul, with all your mind. I'm >> going to make it a little bit more earlier. with all your heart, all your all your soul and with all your mind with all and with all your mind and with all your strength with mind and with all your >> Okay, I'm going to make this red as well.
13:30:07Like a slight red. So I go to properties fill. I'm going to make it here just to emphasize that this is Jesus's quote, not mine.
13:30:16Love the Lord your God with all your heart, with all your soul, with all your mind. >> Okay, I'm going to separate your heart, your soul, blah blah blah.
13:30:23>> All right. Only God can only love. [Music] So, so All your soul with all your with all your with all your soul with all your might my mind and with all your strength.
13:31:06>> There you go. Should I do a Should I do a slow zoom zoom effect? I don't know.
13:31:18>> I'm going to keep it simple. I'm going to keep it simple. Actually, I would have done a slow zoom effect, but I choose not to because this is like I want to keep it as raw as possible.
13:31:27That's the vibe of this video anyway. So, let's go ahead. I pressed command M to go to the export tab up here.
13:31:37And I'm going to name my file sunrise 4x3. to three. Uh, actually, no.
13:31:46I'm going to name it Mark 12. That's pretty cool name. It's like aura farming, dude.
13:31:54Okay. Match source. Should I match the source or should I do this?
13:32:01Holy. Okay. This is pretty much my export settings that I changed up for my um thing.
13:32:09You guys want to see it? Here it is. Uh, match source.
13:32:19Okay. Custom. It's fine.
13:32:22Frame rate 25. Maximum render. Uh, render maximum death.
13:32:26Depth, not death. Maximum render quality. Frame sampling.
13:32:31Software encoding. VVR2 pass 3030. Target and maximum 3030.
13:32:37And then audio is the same. Captions burn captions into video. All right, that's pretty much it.
13:32:49Okay, let us go ahead and um export. Yoink. All right, and that's pretty much the video.
13:32:57Thank you for watching. [Music] Hold me. Love me.
13:33:12Only God can. [Music] >> Mark 12:30. Love the Lord your God with all your heart and with all your soul and with all your mind and with all your strength.
13:33:30Welcome to the reps phase. new course. Let's go. If you look at all the big creators, all these big influencers and gurus on social media, every single one of them has one thing in common, and that thing is volume, volume, volume, volume.
13:33:43In Creattopia, we call them reps, which stands for repetitions. And they don't start off by posting once a week. These influence, these influencers don't pray until it works.
13:33:52They post consistently, strategically, and repeatedly. Repetition is very important, especially if you're starting out um and you have no skills in content creation.
13:34:01You want to prioritize putting in more repetitions no matter how bad the quality of your video is. Hence the name we use reps. But repetition alone is not enough to blow up your personal brand.
13:34:12Which is why we'll introduce the more better new framework. This module is here to help you to evolve through these stages. So I'll explain more in the next um in the next few modules.
13:34:23You will learn how to do reps with strategy. The most important tool that you're going to need is a notes app. You can choose any note-taking app that you prefer as long as it lets you change your notes multiple times over and over.
13:34:34This means your app needs to be efficient. For example, a physical notebook is not efficient. So, I would use a better tool called Notion.
13:34:41Notion is, in my opinion, the best software for creators. I've made so many videos recommending Notion and talking about its perks. So, I can't recommend it enough.
13:34:50In Notion, you're able to create multiple tables, schedules, lists, canband boards, and so much more. I'll be using Notion to teach you guys how to create your video batching system. Just a heads up.
13:35:00Now, if you post videos on YouTube, the main tool that you're going to need is the YouTube Studio page. So, pause this video right now and go bookmark your YouTube Studio page in your browser.
13:35:10The link should be studio.youtube.com. If you post reals on Instagram, the tool that you're going to need is the Meta Business Suite. You can download the app or go to their website, which is business.fas.com.
13:35:22and make sure you've obviously set up all of your accounts in the Metal Business Suite or the YouTube Studio before you go on to the next modules. If you post on Tik Tok, the tool you're going to need is the Tik Tok creator center. You can find this at tik tok.com/creator-center.
13:35:37Now, that is all the video platforms that I'll be using in this course. In the case of this video batching system, we are not posting any videos manually. I'll dive deeper into this in the next module.
13:35:48Welcome to the more better new framework module. This is a simple three-stage model that I got from Alex Hormozy's book. Pretty sure it's called $100 million leads.
13:35:56Yeah, it is. And I authenticated it with content creation. How to grow your personal brand with intentional reps, not just useless consistency.
13:36:03And that's the thing. Most creators burn out too fast from doing the same thing or they do the same thing over and over again and get nowhere. So this framework, more better new, helps you.
13:36:13So this framework helps you know where you are, know what to do, what you need, and how to move forward from it. All right, let's break it down. Starting with more.
13:36:21This stage is about volume. So posting as much as possible. This is where you focus on building momentum.
13:36:27Momentum is the key word here, not perfection because that's for another stage. Quantity helps you develop soft skills. For example, the more repetitions you make, the more videos you make, the more chances you're going to get and the more time you're going to get to practice your speaking skills, to practice your storytelling, even if it's not a fancy videos like the fancy videos that I make.
13:36:46You can also become more confident on camera throughout repetitions, right? You'll just start to naturally become better through more. This is such a great stage for beginners or creators returning from a long break.
13:36:57I'm on a long break right now, and when I get back to creating content, you guys can expect me to put in daily videos again. So, you will improve fast just by doing more. Sorry, I think the word is missing here.
13:37:08But don't worry about numbers yet. In this stage, you don't want to worry about going viral. Um, your goal here is consistency and it might be a short period of time.
13:37:16I doubt it's going to be for you. It might not be day like 100 days, right? I definitely don't suggest you doing 100 days unless you are a beginner and you really want to invest in your skills and you really want to develop on speaking and storytelling all that stuff.
13:37:29And if you are a patient person, that's not me by the way, then yeah, you can go ahead and do 100 videos for 100 days, but eventually that's going to stop working out. It's going to slow down. Like you're going to see your views plateau.
13:37:40Um, and you're going to have to be realistic with where you are, okay? Because when you start becoming too repetitive, it's it becomes unhealthy. So, quantity reps can be a bad thing when you actually should be doing better.
13:37:51Hence why the next stage, better quality reps. This stage is about refinement. So, fewer videos, fewer videos, but higher quality.
13:37:58So, this is where you focus on scripting, shooting, lighting, editing, thumbnail design, etc. all these like tiny little details inside each and every pieces of content that you create and the production as well. The production is pretty much what you want to focus on here. Your ideas also need to be better of course like you have to invest in the ideas that are actually worth creating instead of more with more.
13:38:19Like for example, if you post up for 100 days straight um throughout 100 videos, you can throw away all these ideas out. Like it doesn't matter. You don't have to select much.
13:38:28You don't have to cross out ideas. You don't have to be very picky with your ideas. you can just save it for tomorrow. You know, you can have seven ideas for all the seven days of the week.
13:38:38But with better, you have to be more selective. Okay? So, when you write idea dumps, going to have to cross out the ones that you that you genuinely think will not work.
13:38:46Sometimes it's going to be sad, but you know that you're making a better investment in the one idea that works. The one idea in your idea dump of 50.
13:38:53You see that one, you're going to be like, "Yeah, that's the one. That's the one that's going to work." So, every video should feel at least 10 times better than your more stage content. At least 10 times better.
13:39:03That's the that's the difference in quality that you have to guarantee before moving on to better, which is really important, by the way. So, listen up. When you're in your more stage, before you move on to the better stage, you have to guarantee that you can actually improve your content 10x.
13:39:17You have to guarantee that the skills that you've learned from your more stage, the things that you've invested in, speaking, storytelling, camera confidence, and then you're at the stage where you're like stuck and your videos are really low, but you're still consistency. You've mastered repetitions, but you know that it's slowing down.
13:39:35You have to guarantee that you can you're able to raise the quality by 10x in order to be at the better stage. If it's any less, if it's 9x, if you have doubts, right? It's not going to work out if you have doubts.
13:39:46So, you will naturally move to this stage after your more repetition starts slowing down and obviously after you can guarantee that every video you make in the better stage is 10 times better than your more stage. So, you got to be aware of your views throughout time. Okay?
13:40:01I know for me at least, I I don't really like to look at my views too much. I don't I'm not the type of person to go on my Instagram and just look at my analytics on a random day.
13:40:10Like, I try and avoid those things. But it's it's good to be aware of like the average views that you get in every video, especially in the more stage. Okay?
13:40:18So, your views might dip down or boom up during this better stage because there's going to be a humongous change that it just has there has to be obviously because your quality is just raised up and hopefully the goal is to get your views to boom up compared to the other ones. And this is completely normal.
13:40:34If it dips, then it definitely means you're doing something wrong. This is where you develop your craft. Okay?
13:40:41Better. Now the next stage is the new stage. This is where you put in innovative reps.
13:40:46This is the stage where you experiment and evolve to your next form. Right? Try new formats, try new hooks, try new storytelling structures, try new platforms.
13:40:55In this picture over here, you can see that these are the past videos that I did before I uploaded this Instagram reel. Um, this was the series that I was doing content secrets and said I was I was at le four, lesson five.
13:41:06I finished that, couldn't be bothered continuing. So, I was like, you know what? Might as well try this new stage for like a week or two.
13:41:13Maybe put in some innovative reps. Tomorrow, I'm going to make a a short film about the Holy Spirit speaking to me. Then boom, like a day later got 3 million views.
13:41:21And then now it's at 6 million. So, praise God. Anyways, you're building on the skills from more and better in this new stage.
13:41:28Okay? But this time, you have to be more creative with it, right? So, you have to take more risks.
13:41:32You have to get outside that comfort zone. is going to be a little bit weird, especially if you're used to doing like consistency. You're used to putting in the same type of color grading settings and the same type of cuts, the the same music beats.
13:41:45Oh my goodness. But with the new stage, you can't be afraid of anything. Like you just it's literally try everything new.
13:41:51This is where your content starts standing out from everyone else's, including yours. Like it just starts standing out from from the rest of your catalog. So you'll create videos that feel different, that feel deeper, hopefully, of course, and feel more you.
13:42:03Okay? So growth here comes from reinvention. Now here's how to use this framework.
13:42:08Don't rush first and foremost to the next stage. I I've I've worked with some people some creat um ask me oh should can I should I move to this to the better stage now? I feel like I can I can make videos so much better.
13:42:22Like dude if you can't guarantee 10x quality don't do it. Okay so master the one you are already in. Be patient with it.
13:42:29There's no rush. Listen to your data and your own creative energy as well. Use this as a selfch check tool.
13:42:35Where am I? More, better, or new? What's my next step?
13:42:38Better, new, or is it back to more? Because it repeats. It's a cycle as well.
13:42:42Once you're up to new and you found this new style, this new innovative um repetitions that you can put in. All you got to do then is just put more of it, you know, put more of this type of style. I didn't decide to continue doing more repetitions of this content style, this new repetition that I did because I I couldn't see me putting more repetitions from that.
13:43:02So, you have to be uh realistic as well, no matter the views, right? You can't you can trend hop.
13:43:07I don't know. You can trend hop yourself if you end up getting something like this. But, but in my case, which is really rare, like I just decided not to because it's just not me.
13:43:16And remember, no matter the stage, reps never stops no matter how often you put them in. Now, this framework isn't about getting viral fast. It's about getting viral efficiently, and it's about becoming the kind of creator who wants to grow with every single post.
13:43:30Now that you've got your tools ready, let me show you my current schedule as of May of 2024. This is what my content creation schedule looks like, and this is what we'll be making for you in this module. But first, why do you need one of these in the first place?
13:43:44The answer is simple. Setting a custom schedule will allow you to post videos consistently. This will be the first step in creating your batching system.
13:43:51So, what I want you to do now is to follow my steps in order to create your posting schedule. You'll also find a quest inside this module for you to post your completed schedule after we're finished. Let's get into it.
13:44:02So, first of all, open up Notion and create a blank new page. Let's actually name it posting schedule. Now, what you want to do is click on an empty space and click the plus button.
13:44:11Now, scroll down to where it says table right here. Now, click this plus button on your table so you can add five more rows to your table. Now in the first column starting from this second row write all the days of the week from Monday to Sunday Thursday Friday add two more Saturday and Sunday.
13:44:29Now I'm going to select all of this and make it bold. CommandB now on the second column on the very top add your social media platform that you're posting on. Mine would be YouTube.
13:44:40If you're posting on multiple social media platforms you can click on this plus button right here. Uh, I'm going to click two more because I'm going to add Instagram and Tik Tok. All right.
13:44:50Going to make that bold as well. I actually like to color code these platforms so that I don't get confused. So, I'm going to select YouTube first and click on this little text color option.
13:45:01And then I'm going to put it as red. I'm going to do the same thing for Instagram as orange. The same thing for Tik Tok as pink.
13:45:07Now you can select this little double arrow option so you can expand the table so it looks nice and big. What you want to do now is allocate all of your video content that you want to post every single week. This is where you need to take your time with it because you need to consider how much time you're spending on creating your videos every week.
13:45:25So pause this module and come back when you've already set everything. For this example, let's say I want to post one long form YouTube video every single week and I want to do it on Monday.
13:45:35So I would click on this box and write times 1 LFV which stands for long form video. Then let's say I want to post one short form video on all of these platforms every single day. So I would click on each box and write one short form video.
13:45:50SFV. It's easier to just copy and paste it. So I would press command A, copy and paste that and then select all of these boxes and command V or controlV if you're on Windows.
13:46:00And these two as well. As you can see, there's one missing below the long form video on Monday. So, I would hold shift and enter, and then I would copy and paste that again.
13:46:08Now, you have a basic content schedule, but when you distribute more content throughout the week, it's going to get confusing. So, you have to color code all of your content. I would make this one red for long form videos.
13:46:20And for short form videos, I would make this one orange. And I would select short form. Copy and paste that to everything again.
13:46:26There you go. Now, you can distinguish which one's which. But let's say I want to post two different videos on two different times of each day.
13:46:33So I would press this grid button right here next to Monday. And then I would click insert below. I'm also going to do that for every other day.
13:46:41But to make it faster, I can just duplicate it right here. Then I can drag it underneath. Or you can just select it and hold command D and keep dragging just like that.
13:46:49Cool. Let's say I want to post my short form videos on 6:00 a.m. every single morning. So what I would write next to every day is 6 a.m.
13:46:57I'll do that for every single day. And let's say I want to post my long- form videos on 8:00 p.m. at night. So, what I would do is select the first time, copy that, paste it at the bottom, and then just write 8:00 p.m.
13:47:09And then I'll copy and paste long form video and paste it into there. I can delete that now. I'm going to do that with every other day, too.
13:47:16Cool. Now, I have my own official weekly schedule. Don't forget to screenshot your own and upload it in the quest below.
13:47:23Quick side note, your schedule will always change. Don't expect it to stay the same after one or two months.
13:47:28Mine can't even stay the same after one week. Life changes and so will your weekly schedule. So, be prepared to change things up.
13:47:34That's why I use Notion to have that accessibility. Once you have your schedule and it's ready to go, let's move on to systemization. Using your completed schedule, we're going to create another table to systemize each and every one of your tasks for your content.
13:47:46This module will help you dedicate all of your tasks for each and every day of the week so that you will know what to post and what to do each and every day. By the end, your system will look something like mine right here. Once again, you can follow along with my instructions and complete the quest after the module is finished.
13:48:01First of all, you're going to need a similar table to your posting schedule just like this. Make sure you have all of the days of the week listed in the first column.
13:48:09Now, on the top row, write every single task that you do throughout the process of creating your own content. Most of you guys would be video creators, so our system would look pretty similar. And don't forget to consider your posting timet, too.
13:48:21You're going to use that as a guide. I'm just going to put mine right here just for reference. Now, for example sake, my video batching system starts with generating ideas first.
13:48:30That's my first task. So on the first row, second column, I'll write ideas down cuz that's my first task of the week.
13:48:36My next task would probably be writing my script. So I would write scripting right next to ideas. I might as well add some color to each of them just so I don't get confused.
13:48:46The next thing I do after scripting is actually filming the video footage. So I'll write filming right next to that. After I shoot all the footage for my weekly video batch, I do all the editing.
13:48:57So, I'll write editing right next to filming. I color that yellow. And as you can see from my posting schedule, I upload one long form video as well, which requires a thumbnail for my YouTube channel.
13:49:07So, after editing, I usually create my thumbnail. So, I'll write thumbnail next to editing. The final task in my process is scheduling the videos.
13:49:14So, I would write scheduling as my final task. This is actually a really important part of video batching because I don't manually post all of my videos. I schedule all of them using the websites that I gave you guys in the other module before.
13:49:26So yeah, if you really want to be efficient with your video batching process, you're going to need to schedule all of your videos because batching means you're ahead of schedule. So you're going to have to schedule.
13:49:37This is also where your posting timetable comes really handy because you can literally just post according to these times that you've allocated for your content. What you want to do now is allocate every single task for each day of the week in reference to your posting schedule. For example, I usually start my creation system with ideas and that is usually on Thursday for me.
13:49:58And in total, my weekly batch is usually seven short form videos and one long form video. So on Thursday, I would write times one long form video.
13:50:06Shift enter time seven short form videos. So that's all the ideas that I write down on Thursday for the week. I would color that red and orange again.
13:50:15Next, I usually script and write all of my video scripts during Friday and the weekend. So, I would write times one long form video on Friday. Then I'll probably delicate Saturday and Sunday to write my short form scripts.
13:50:27So, I would say three short form video here and then the times four remaining short form videos on Sunday. The thing about this is the amount of scripts that I write from Saturday to Sunday is not really accurate to this. I don't usually write exactly three scripts on Saturday or exactly four scripts on Sunday.
13:50:44Like it can be spontaneous, right? I could I could write all of my scripts on Saturday.
13:50:48I could I could write all of my scripts on Friday and get it done early or even on Sunday last minute, right? So, it's all spontaneous. So, I like to just remove the numbers and just, you know, keep the short form video task, long form video task here so that I know that, oh, I have to write my scripts for long form video and short form video on the weekends.
13:51:06So now I know by the end of the week I should have all of these scripts ready to film. Speaking of filming, my filming process starts on Monday, Monday morning. I usually film all of these videos on Monday.
13:51:16So I would copy this from the idea section and just copy it right here on the filming on Monday. The next task is editing, which I separate from Tuesday, Wednesday, and Thursday. On Tuesdays, I usually edit my YouTube videos.
13:51:28So I would write times 1 LFV, or I can just copy and paste it. Let's just copy and paste things from now on. Then I spend Wednesday and Thursday spontaneously editing my short form videos.
13:51:38So that means I don't, you know, delegate Wednesday for three short form videos or Thursday for four short form videos. I do it spontaneously.
13:51:45So I'll just copy short form video here, select both of these boxes and then just paste it so that I know by the end of Thursday I should have all my videos done and dusted. For my YouTube thumbnails, it doesn't really take that long for me. So I just do it on Mondays after I finish filming.
13:51:59So I'll just write here one thumb and highlight that in pink. Cool. And then I schedule my YouTube video after I finish editing straight away.
13:52:06So I'll just write times one or I'll copy and paste it in here. There you go. And then after I finish editing all of my short form videos on Wednesday and Thursday, I spend Thursday night usually scheduling all of my shorts on all Instagram and Tik Tok.
13:52:19So I'd paste it right here. Seven short form videos underneath scheduling. And there you go.
13:52:23That's how you systemize your video creation process. Make sure you save this along with your posting timetable that you created before. All right.
13:52:31And don't forget to screenshot it and upload it in the quest down below. Again, next up, let's talk about how each and every one of these tasks relate to content batching. First up, idea generation.
13:52:42The first step to creating your video batch is to come up with original ideas. I call it idea generation. In order to batch your videos every single week, you're going to need tons of ideas to work with and a lot more than what you're thinking right now.
13:52:55I've made an entire course for generating content ideas, but I'm going to run through the most important methods right now so you can get started ASAP. If you're currently struggling to come up with video ideas, you're going to need a place to dump all of your thoughts into. This can be on paper, on your notes app, on notion, or anything similar.
13:53:11It all starts with an idea dump. The way I like to dump my ideas down is with pen and paper, specifically my notebook. Here is one of the most recent idea dumps that I wrote.
13:53:20As you can see, I list everything that comes to my mind in dotpoint format. Dot point listing is a great method to start off the creative train of thoughts because from my experience, writing one dot point can lead to another and another and another and it becomes easier to write things down. There are four things that you want to focus on whenever you're writing ideas down.
13:53:40Topics, prompts, hooks, and quotes. These are the four main idea generation pillars. Topics are most relevant to your niche.
13:53:46Prompts are creative ideas that you come up with on the spot. Hooks are the very start of all of your content that grabs your viewers's attention. And quotes are relatable sentences that you or other people have said.
13:53:58This is what I write whenever I dump my ideas down in my notebook or in notion. Speaking of notion, here is what my current list of ideas look like.
13:54:05That's why dumping ideas is so important because you get to write as many ideas as you can. No matter how good, bad, or horrible, or spectacular they are. You just write whatever comes to your mind.
13:54:15That's why it's called a dump. By the way, there's another quest inside of this module that will help you write your first idea dump. Now, you can do the same thing I do, which is pick and choose the worthy ideas and copy them into notion.
13:54:26But that's not it. You still need to pick the final ideas that you want to turn into videos. Every week, I have about seven to eight final ideas before I start scripting.
13:54:34Don't neglect this part of the process because it's the most important part in content creation. That's why I made this module first. So, to put it in simple steps, your idea generation process should look like this every single week.
13:54:46Number one, write a huge dump of topics, prompts, hooks, and quotes, preferably using lists. Number two, pick the contentworthy ideas and paste them onto an official document list. And number three, choose the final winning ideas for your next video batch.
13:55:01Now, let's move on to the next task, scripting. After you've chosen your finalized ideas, your next job is to script your videos. In this module, I'm going to show you exactly how my scripting process works on Notion.
13:55:14Strap in. So this is what my video scripting page looks like. I'll zoom out a little bit.
13:55:19And these are called boards in notion. And these little individual things are called cards. So inside each of these cards, there are video scripts.
13:55:27This board is for my long form YouTube videos. There's another board for my short form videos. Now I'm going to show you how to use these canben boards for your content.
13:55:36Now this is my ideas list. Let's say I want to create three of these ideas into videos. I'm going to copy these three.
13:55:41I'm going to paste them onto a blank page. Just like that. Before you make these into cards and full scripts, you need to make a canben board.
13:55:49So, press the plus button right here. Scroll down to where it says board view right here. Click on that.
13:55:54Now, you want to press link or create a database and then press new board. Okay, now you have a completely new board. Now, to add all of these into your cards.
13:56:03Now, to make these into cards, all you have to do is just select all of them and use this little grid to drag them into your not started column. And there you go. As you can see, these cards are now individual ideas and prompts for your script.
13:56:15Now you can go inside and write your own script inside. Now you can go inside and write your own script. Now the other two columns in the canned Benboard are for in progress and done.
13:56:24Whenever I put my scripts into in progress, it means I've already finished editing, filming, and just like creating the video, the actual content. I leave it in progress because I still need to schedule it and it still hasn't been posted yet. But when it has been posted and when it has been scheduled, I pretty much just put it into done.
13:56:40Just a quick little tip, click on these three little dots next to done here and select hide group because you're going to have a lot of these done content. And that's it. That's how you batch your scripts.
13:56:50Obviously, your boards are going to look completely different from mine. So, don't worry. Boards will help you manage multiple pieces of content at once, which is super efficient for creators like us.
13:56:59Now, let's move on to the next module, filming. Now that you know how to script your videos as a batch, let me run through how to film all of your content for the week in one single day. Step one, download Trello.
13:57:10Step two, create a Trello account. Step three, create a new board in your Trello workspace. Name it video content.
13:57:18Step four, create a new list and name it to script. Step five, create another list and name it to film. Step six, make another and name it make thumbnail.
13:57:29Step seven, make another and name it to edit. Step eight, add another list and name it to post. Step nine, add one more and name it complete.
13:57:37Step 10, if you post short form videos, repeat everything again from step three. Now that you've got your Trello system set up, here's how to film your weekly batch. According to your creation system, you should already have set your filming day.
13:57:49And yes, you can have multiple filming days if you want, but it's better to dedicate a few hours in one single day a week than spreading it throughout multiple days. Now, here are the points that you need to keep in mind in every single filming day. Before your filming sessions, make sure that all of your scripts are ready to go.
13:58:04You don't want anything missing or incomplete in your scripts when it comes time to film. Before your filming day, make sure all of your equipment is charged. This includes any chargeable devices like microphones, camera, lighting, or even your phone.
13:58:16And when you start your filming sessions, make sure you don't spend too much time preparing. Press the record button as soon as possible. You can fix things as you go.
13:58:25During your filming sessions, always leave room for spontaneous ideas and experimentation. Never over plan anything, including your script. Always have room for some extra creativity.
13:58:34After recording a shot, make sure the footage is captured. It sucks when you start your editing process and then you find out you didn't even film the footage in the first place. Your script is your right-hand man.
13:58:44Always keep it with you for reference. For the B-roll that I use in my videos, I like to write screenplay in my script. So, when it comes time to film, I usually have my phone or my laptop next to me with my script open.
13:58:55And finally, always consider the final result. Your bullseye is the final piece of content that you envision.
13:59:00Keep it clear in your mind. Turn your vision into a reality using your videography and your communication skills. That's all of the things you need to consider as a video creator.
13:59:09Obviously, if you're a beginner, you're not going to remember all of that. It's all about the process. So, enjoy the journey of improving your skills.
13:59:16And every single week, you get the chance to look back, analyze at your mistakes, and do better in your next batch. Now, let's move on to the next module, editing. After you finish shooting all of your required footage, you're going to need to edit every single piece of content one by one.
13:59:29I use Cap Cut to edit all my videos in chronological order. This means the first video I edit will be the first video that I post the following week. If you want to look at the entire process of me editing my short form videos, there's a course inside the classroom called short form video editing.
13:59:43Anyways, here are a few tips that you need to consider whenever you edit your video batch. Don't start a completely new project when you haven't even finished the one you've been working on. Video editing is actually the longest process in content creation, so you might as well don't rush and try to enjoy it.
13:59:58I also recommend dedicating more than one or more than two days of the week just to edit your videos. This will leave room for lots of experimenting, trying new tools, different effects and transitions and just being creative. Edit your videos task by task.
14:00:12I usually start with color correcting my uncut footage. Then I move on to cutting up my footage. Then I add my visual effects and transitions.
14:00:20Then I add some sound effects. Then I add my background music.
14:00:23And finally, I create my text captions. Always use your computers. Always use your computer's folders to manage your video batches.
14:00:29Every week I literally name my video batches, old batch, new batch, so that I don't get confused whenever I put them into folders. I also have all my videos saved in an external hard drive. Once again, video editing is the longest process in your weekly schedule, so you might as well take your time with it. be patient and really put in that extra hard work to raise the quality of your content.
14:00:50If it's worth doing, it's worth doing well. Now, let's move on to the final module of this course, scheduling your content. Now, I'm going to show you how to schedule your content on five different platforms: YouTube, Instagram, Facebook, Tik Tok, and X.
14:01:04Let's start with YouTube. Step one, go to your YouTube Studio page at studio.youtube.com. Step two, click on the create button on the top right corner.
14:01:13Step three, upload the file of the first video of your entire batch. Step four, type in your title, description, and add your thumbnail. Step five, add any video elements that you wish to include in your video.
14:01:25Step six, go to the visibility tab and click on the drop-own menu next to schedule. Step seven, set a date and time according to the posting schedule you created. Step nine, repeat the process from step one for every other video in your batch in chronological order.
14:01:39Now, let's move on to Instagram and Facebook, which are both connected via the Meta platform. Step one, go to your Meta Business Suite page at business.fas.com.
14:01:48Step two, if you're on both platforms, make sure that your Instagram and Facebook pages are linked together. Step three, hover over the menu bar on the top leftand side and click on content. Step four, click create reel on the top right corner.
14:02:00Step five, click add video to upload the file of the first video in your batch. Step six, write your caption and hashtags. Step seven, choose a thumbnail or upload one if you want to.
14:02:10Step eight, click on share on the top and open the schedule tab. Step nine, set a date and time according to the posting schedule you have created. Step 10, press schedule on the bottom right corner.
14:02:21Step 11, repeat the process from step one for every other Instagram reel in your batch in chronological order. Now, let me show you how to schedule your videos on Tik Tok. Step one, go to your Tik Tok creator center at tik tok.com/creator-center.
14:02:34Step two, click on the upload button on the top left corner. Step three, upload the file of the first video of your batch. Step four, type in your caption and hashtags.
14:02:44Step five, select your cover thumbnail if you wish. Step six, click on the schedule option underneath where it says when to post. Step seven, set a date and time according to your posting schedule.
14:02:54Step eight, press schedule on the bottom right corner. Step nine, repeat the process from step one for every other Tik Tok video in your batch in chronological order. And finally, here is how you schedule your videos on X or Twitter.
14:03:06Step one, go to your X homepage at x.com. Step two, click on the post button at the bottom right corner. Step three, click on the first icon on the bottom left corner and upload the file of your video.
14:03:17Step four, click on the second last icon with the calendar and clock. Step five, set a date and time according to your posting schedule. Step six, press schedule on the bottom right corner.
14:03:27Step seven, repeat the process from step one for every other video in your batch in chronological order. Congratulations, my friend.
14:03:34You have officially completed the entire course for video content batching. Now that you've made your posting schedule, your creation system, and your first idea dump, it's time to start creating. All the best.
14:03:45Welcome to the content series module. In this module, I'll be teaching you how to create a viral content series. Now, first and foremost, what is a series?
14:03:54It's basically a group of videos that relate to one single broad topic. This topic can be let's say packaged as a mission quote unquote a challenge or you know a study case study etc anything like that. Basically it has to be an actionable task at the end of the day and your series must work towards a main goal.
14:04:13So link back to your dream avatar. Remember that your content series must be related to your dream avatar. Usually for me I like to do five to seven videos for one single series.
14:04:21That usually takes a week. And I call each and every video episodes quote unquote or you can call it parts. You can call it chapters or anything else that you prefer.
14:04:29I like to keep it no more than seven videos because I like to start a new series every single week. Maybe in the future I'll I might spread it out across two, three weeks or even a month um and do more than seven. But as for now, I like to personally keep it no more than seven cuz I have a lot of ideas to be honest.
14:04:44Now, what about content systems? You can actually create a series using two methods. Number one is the batching system that you just watched in the previous modules and number two is daily creating.
14:04:55You can use weekly batching if you are focusing on consistency only. So if you want so if you want to put in more and more reps for example two videos a day. The weekly batches will do you so much wonders.
14:05:06I do daily creating now. So I moved on from weekly batching to daily creating. How that works is pretty much just making videos every single day not batching every week because I actually want to focus more on the quality aspect more than the quantity.
14:05:18And daily creating allows that to happen. Now in terms of ideiation or coming up with content ideas I always prep my ideas. So, it's always ready to script.
14:05:27As you can see in this screenshot here, these are all my upcoming, by the way, sneak peek spoilers. These are all my upcoming uh content series. And let's say for this first one, scripture strategies, I actually have ideas already inside and written and ready to go.
14:05:40So, before I start every new series, I already have my ideas stashed. And that means with both systems, I batch ideas.
14:05:46So, like with batching, I do weekly idea dumps. With daily, I do also weekly idea dumps. The reason why I do weekly idea dumps is because if I do it daily, me personally, I think I'll get stuck into that perfectionism mindset of like, oh, what if this idea doesn't work out, maybe I'll just spend another hour coming up with an idea.
14:06:03I would rather dump ideas down, batch them, store them together, pick the ones that are good, using the idea dumping method again, and just prepare them before the series actually starts. Now, let's talk about the batching system series, right? I used to do this with day X, like day one of video editing tips or something like that.
14:06:21So, that type of content. It's pretty popular these days. It used to be trending.
14:06:24This is where I was batching seven videos. This is where you batch this is where you batch seven videos per week cuz you're pretty much uploading one video a day or more to be honest. The disadvantage for this is that you get lower quality videos, less engagement.
14:06:37You will notice that and I did. But more repetitions and that is such a good skill to have. Like if I didn't start off with batching system, I don't think I would have gone viral because I wouldn't know how to stay consistent.
14:06:48Eventually, you will get used to this batching system series and you'll probably get bored like I did and move on to the next system which is daily creating. This is a series where it takes the most time, right? So you focus on individual videos.
14:07:01Now the process starts from scripting again, not ideas, but scripting to posting. So every day you go from that to that.
14:07:07And the time and effort you put onto daily creating all your daily content really depends on the content quality that you want to put out. So you got to think to yourself, okay, how much can I maximize with this amount of hours that I have? I'm basically unemployed.
14:07:19So I have all the time throughout the week to create daily videos and like focus on each and every shot that I film, all the dot points that I script, all the words that I use, re-shooting whenever I mess up my words, etc. And that for me takes about 5 to 6 hours from scripting all the way to posting it on social media as of today which is February of 2025.
14:07:42Now how do I get series ideas? H first and foremost I always remember my eeky guy which if you haven't checked it out yet the module is in the cinem this is really important.
14:07:51If you don't know your eeky guy, it's really hard to come up with your content series because you don't have a mission. Like you don't have a meaningful purpose behind all your content and it is one of the biggest foundations as a creator. You need a purpose.
14:08:05You need meaning. The second method I do is review my current life. So like what is going on right now as in the present moment?
14:08:12Like what are my goals and what are the pains and struggles that I'm going through? This is also really important especially if you don't have like if you if you've got no clue what to do.
14:08:21If you don't have any mission, literally this is the best tactic that you can use. Just review your current life. What are your goals?
14:08:27What are your pains? And even if you have like no goals, no pains, you can talk about that. That's how cool content is.
14:08:32Like you can talk about anything and make it interesting. Like just make a series of just trying to find a goal, trying to go through this pain. Third of all, you need to come up with a series name.
14:08:42Usually I have maximum four words. For example, the art of repentance. That's four words.
14:08:46Um right now my content series as of today is committing to the cross. Usually my series names average around two three words and I wouldn't go overboard for Make sure the name is catchy as well. Like it can like it conveys the actual mission that you're trying to achieve here.
14:09:02It conveys the goal. It conveys the niche as well. Like the key words are important with the name.
14:09:07Usually I just merge two key words together like raw faith, detaching self, kingdom wealth. And then finally I just write a very short description using these key words that I use. for example, kingdom wealth. That would include money, key words like entrepreneurship, business, social media, temptations, right? etc.
14:09:23Now, here is your next quest. Create your first content series. Yay.
14:09:26Because you're now in stage four of the Storymatic course, this is pretty much the final stage where you post your first content series. So, you can check below for the instructions, there will be a post uh a little quest below this module where you paste a link to one of your series videos. Can be episode 1, 2, 3, I don't really care.
14:09:44Just paste the link and then you can get content feedback in the forum. Good luck and God bless.
14:09:50What's goody in the hoodie? My brodies and broettes. Uh today I'm going to talk about planning in terms of content series.
14:09:59Now in order to plan a content series, there's a lot behind the scenes that you have to do, right? You can know all the theory that you learned in the previous module, but you're going to have to answer some very specific questions and do plenty of writing before you actually head into making your first episode or making your first rep, right, in this new series that you're planning to do.
14:10:22Um, and this is pretty much the template. You guys are also going to answer this at the end of the reps course in phase eight.
14:10:29Um, it's the final reps quest, so you guys will be able to answer this by yourselves. And um yeah, we're going to go through the questions one by one. This is kind of going to be like a a walkthrough demo module, so it's going to be pretty raw.
14:10:43I'm going to try not to cut as much. Yeah, I'm not going to cut that many um things in this module, but I'm going to show you guys the answers that I wrote for each question in two examples. So, one of them was my recent content series that I kind of cancelled and then another one was a very very successful content series that um grew a lot of members in Creattopia.
14:11:09So, I will take you through the first question first and foremost. What the first question is that you need to answer is what do I want to learn while making this series? Usually, I have at least three things that I want to learn and everyone is the exact same.
14:11:24Um, if you're not approaching your content series as if you want to learn something, then it's not going to be quote unquote fulfilling for you. So, when you approach this content series, you make your first episode, you're like um already bored, right? Cuz you're not learning anything and you're not overcoming a problem.
14:11:41You're not solving anything, right? So, you have to learn something while you're making this series. And don't worry, most people are anyways, right?
14:11:49So, what do I learn while I want to learn while making this series? What I wrote for 1K by Dawn is uh let me uncross these and read it to you.
14:11:57Talk on camera without any script, right? So, spontaneous ideas and yapping. At this point, when I first planned this series, I I didn't I wasn't really good at talking on camera without any script.
14:12:09Um I was okay at making course modules and usually those aren't scripted. I mean, most of the course modules are scripted. Some of the walkthroughs are not scripted.
14:12:19And that's pretty much all my experience with no script content, you know. So, in terms of spontaneous ideas and yapping, I wanted to explore that a bit and it was successful.
14:12:29I loved it. I love love love this series. This is probably my favorite series to be honest, other than like raw faith or something like that.
14:12:37Um, but the second one that I wrote is explore artistic shots and color grading, overlays, effects, etc. Um because I was at this point I was in my like artistic era. So I wanted to explore like new cinematic techniques, things that I haven't tried before, things that make me uncomfortable, right?
14:12:58In a good way. Uh third one is shoot faster consecutive cinematic shots under one to two hours. Um back then I was struggling with filming.
14:13:07My time block for filming um usually took like two to three hours. So, I wanted to cut that down to one to two, right? If it's less, that's that's even better.
14:13:16But usually, if I spend less than an hour filming shots, filming talking head clips and stuff like that, they don't do really well. They don't perform that well. So, yeah, that's another thing that I wanted to learn.
14:13:30These are pretty much goals, I guess, um, what you want to achieve while making this series, right? Um, document school member uh count.
14:13:38Yeah, school member count growth to a thousand. Didn't document it to a thousand. I just quit um halfway about halfway.
14:13:45Um but yeah, this series was amazing because of these because I knew exactly what I was doing. And a lot of people when they approach a new content series, they don't know what they're doing. Um and that might be you.
14:13:59Uh if you have created a content series before, they just name, they just write a name, a description, and that's it, right? They don't know the ins and outs of what like the intention behind it, what their heart posture is, what they want to learn, you know, what they want to make people feel, which we'll get into.
14:14:15What is one way you can challenge yourself? So, there's plenty of questions that you actually need to answer before you approach a content series. Let's keep going.
14:14:23Create more content that converts viewers to customers. Yes, that's one of my goals. That's one of that's one thing that I wanted to learn.
14:14:31Um, tell stories from painful content experiences. give strategic and authentic viral content advice and yeah, document the member count growth. Um, so that's the first question, right? And you're going to have to fill out your own three to five or even more if you want to um learning point.
14:14:52All right, new loom. I would not write more than 10. 10 would be way too many things you you would want to learn.
14:14:59You know what I mean? I don't know if I Okay, no, this is five. The last one was six, I think. six or seven.
14:15:05Seven, right? That's already like pushing the boundaries. If I were to delete one thing or two things, if I were to go back, I would probably delete one or two things.
14:15:15But yeah, you don't want to stress yourself out because the content series performs better if it's focused on like one goal, one learning point, one mission, you know? And you guys learned this this entire concept of okay I need to go on this mission and document it and tell stories about it whether it's from the past or the present moment or just talking about my future goals right yeah the more simple and concise the mission is which means less learning points right the the better the content series is going to going to u perform online with raw faith which was my most viewed series I got like dude I I have so I got so many views from that one series called Raw Faith.
14:15:58And I made it during like January of this year, I think. Was it January? Yeah.
14:16:03Yeah. January of this year. One of the videos, episode 6, got 11 million views.
14:16:08Now it's accumulated 11 million views. Um, and that's because I don't know if I put it here somewhere. Did I put it here?
14:16:16It would be really cool if I could show you guys if I if it is. Let me try and search it up. Uh, raw faith.
14:16:24I think it is. Nope, it's not. Never mind.
14:16:26So anticlimactic. Anyways, it's not there. But basically, the concept of raw faith was to show an authentic and document an authentic walk with Christ. uh an a real and realistic journey of being a Christian and what it looks like not dayto-day but like sharing my testimonies and sharing the intricacies of my mind, my internal conflict, my spiritual conflict, my flesh versus spirit, all this stuff, right?
14:16:53And obviously the learnings that I got from the Bible and stuff like that. Um if I got if I had these questions to answer back then, I would have gotten way more views.
14:17:05I know that for sure. And if I actually be if I if I got these questions back then and I patiently answered them, which I definitely recommend you guys do, please patiently answer them. These this takes a while, by the way.
14:17:21Um it might take I don't know if it's it will take the same amount of time as you made your icky guy, but around you know that time frame. 1 hour. No, not even 1 hour. 2 hours, 3 hours.
14:17:31If it's more, that's great because then you will find more clarity and stuff like that. But yeah, I would I would have gotten way more views if I answered these questions. Um because it's clarifying and clarity is what you need as a content creator.
14:17:45Literally is like your superpower. It's your weapon, right? And I think you guys know that already at this point in the reps phase.
14:17:53Um okay, we we need to move on. Sorry. So write down what you want to learn.
14:17:57And then the rest is pretty much very similar but different, you know, different questions. Second question is, what do I want people to feel when they watch this series? And uh I wrote down here three as a template.
14:18:10But let's see what I wrote down in 1K by Dawn. I wrote four. To feel seen, relatable with their struggles, pains, fears, insecurities, identity, and goals.
14:18:21Right? To feel seen and understood and like, "Oh yeah, this guy knows me." you know, to feel relieved, a breath of fresh air, like they're having a one-on-one conversation with me. So, I know indirectly, I'm sorry, consciously that every video has to be sort of like it has to establish an authentic oneto-one conversation conversation or type of relationship between me and my dream avatar, my viewer.
14:18:48Again, that one person that you're serving. Okay? same mindset going full circle from phase two, the brand course, right? How we talked about the eeky guy and then the vision board and all of these foundations up to the dream avatar, how we serve one person and the mindset is to serve that very hypersp specific avatar, that demographic and then social media will do the rest of the job.
14:19:12Right? This is pretty much very very related to your dream avatar and who you're serving. um the one person you're serving, right? To feel like they're on this content creation and entrepreneurship journey with me to feel like they can trust me and our mission after listening to my content advice.
14:19:31Okay, so that's what I wrote down for 1K by Dawn. I'm going to show you guys what I wrote down for the first and second question in my recent series that I only made two videos on, but the first video got 700k views, which is okay. Now it is um which is okay, which is cool. um build my business and identified and surrendered to Jesus.
14:19:52Um that's a personal thing that I wanted to learn, right? So things can be personal things uh learning points that you can like keep to yourself and you don't have to announce it in your content series.
14:20:04Create 1 million view videos that converts to paid members. Yeah, most of these are going to be private for you anyways because like you're not going to like full on announce it and talk about it in your actual content series. Hey guys, I'm making a content series cuz I want to learn this and this and that.
14:20:18You can if it's a documenting thing if you're, you know, doing present storytelling, but most of you guys will probably start off like telling past stories anyways, past testimonies. Uh, shoot cinematic and talking head outdoor scenery. Yeah, again, grow my students followers faster.
14:20:34Overcome my fear of p of filming in public areas. That's pretty much um what I wanted to learn for this series. Now, what do I want people to feel when they watch the series? to feel peace and no anxiety, to feel important and valued, to relate with their struggles, to feel clarity in Christ Jesus, to feel strong and being vulnerable, right?
14:20:54So, these are the things um hopefully if I did my job right, you guys felt the same way, at least one of these, right, when you watch my videos. Um, okay, cool. Let's move on to the third one, which is, what is one way I can challenge myself?
14:21:10One, you you only need to write one thing. Unfortunately, I don't know why I wrote four here, but like yeah, I clearly read the question wrong. Just give yourself one thing to challenge yourself.
14:21:24Um, that you can be conscious like you can keep in at the back of your head every time you record a video. For for 21 by grace, I wanted it to be film outside more. Very simple, right?
14:21:36Um, with 1K by Dawn, it was kind of complicated. Um it was like a bit personal as well because I wanted to you know live as if not as if live as a disciple you know give acknowledge and give credit to and glorify the Lord consistently and not just do it for views or do it you know on camera just do it in private in my secret place and um yeah that's the one thing I wanted to challenge myself but then I came up with three more things like authentic communication speak very simply to a U6 version of me.
14:22:10Um, build new vertical B-roll library. Yeah, that's like that's not even a challenge. I wouldn't even do I wouldn't even write anything like that.
14:22:19Um, focus on storybased value and unscripted strategic advice. Yeah, that would be the one thing that I would put on top. Um, everything else is like irrelevant.
14:22:28This one's personal. Um, this one's strategic, which is more relevant to the actual mission of the series. All right.
14:22:37So, you can ignore this if it's too complicated. Um, this is something that would be a valid one challenge that you can give yourself, right? Film outside, film in public.
14:22:48That's what I'm trying to do these days. Um, okay. The next question is, what are three things I'm most curious about right now?
14:22:57So, you want to list three things. And what I wrote here is authentic mentoring advice documenting conversion content. Success success success success.
14:23:07Um, with this series it was it was a success. And artistic musical cinematography. I cross this out because like I tried it for like a couple videos and I'm like, "Okay, I'm already bored of it." So, um, sometimes the things that you're most curious about right now, you can write it down, but like after seven episodes, after 10 reps in your content series, you're going to be like, "Okay, you know what?
14:23:30I'm not curious about this anymore. I don't want to learn about this anymore." And, um, yeah, you can cross them out.
14:23:37Um, what else is there? Documents and conversion content. Yeah, I don't have to yap about that.
14:23:43You guys know you you guys can go back to my 1K by Dawn series on Instagram or Tik Tok or YouTube and see that I was literally just documenting um my journey, my business journey, my business growth, my community growth and like that was an indirect way to promote my community which is conversions, customers, right? you guys.
14:24:04Um, with this 21 by grace series, it was gospel truth viral conversion. And so viral conversion means like getting millions of views while converting customers as efficiently as a series like this. And um, yeah, and then outdoor filming, which is the same as the challenge kind of, right?
14:24:23Next question. So, make sure to write down three things that you're most curious about right now. By the way, if you are wondering where I got this from.
14:24:33Literally stole it from Mileen May, which is the first source that I ever watched. Um, she's she's a creator, I think. I don't know how I forgot how many followers she has, but she has a lot of followers.
14:24:46And before I blew up, I looked up to her in terms of content series. I actually got the idea to make a content series from Mileen May. Right.
14:24:55So, if you search up Mileen's mind or something on Instagram, Mileen's Mind, you can see that she's been doing content series forever. Like 20 lessons by 20 or what I don't I don't I forgot what her series was, but um as soon as I watched it, like a few I binged watched a few videos of hers.
14:25:13Um I'm like, "Yeah, this is like still rare. Not many people are doing this, so I'm gonna I'm gonna make this a thing with Christianity." And then here we go. Um, but yeah, what what was I saying?
14:25:26Oh, yeah. This is that's how I got these questions. So, I decided to copy and paste it for you guys.
14:25:32Um, I decided to actually use it myself first. Obviously, I wouldn't copy and paste somebody else's thing, but when I first used it for my 1K by Dawn series and that turned out to be a success, I decided to spill it to you guys. All right, next question.
14:25:49What what life changes or experiences am I currently navigating? All right, so I wrote here um I only wrote two, which is okay. Scaling my creative business with authentic conversion content.
14:26:00Building a legit online business with Christ at the center, right? So that's 1K by Dawn. 21 grace is finding my identity in Christ alone. Oo, that's a tough one.
14:26:09Surrender surrendering my daily life to Jesus. That's another tough one. Serving in relationships and ministry, another tough one.
14:26:16So, current life changes and experiences is kind of what I'm going through right now too, right? So, if I were to make a content series right now, it would be these, right? Um, what type of impact do I want to have with my content?
14:26:31That's the final question that you guys have to answer. Um, I wrote here three blanks with the template, but you can you guys can write more or less if you want to, right?
14:26:42It depends on your mission really. So, it's just like copying and pasting what your mission is and what type of impact you want. For 1K by Dawn, I wanted to introduce a relationship with Jesus and show my daily life as a business owner.
14:26:57Um, but also not identifying as that um as that as my as that as my main priority sort of label, quote unquote, right? I'm a child of God who happens to also love making videos and yada yada. I'm not an entrepreneur who also happens to be Christian, you know, like Yeah.
14:27:14And uh number two was to lead creators to be more authentic. Three was to break the algorithm and just like go viral. Obviously, that failed.
14:27:24I would cross that out. Um break the algorithm with storytelling. That was the impact that I wanted to have.
14:27:30Um I personally didn't in this series. I didn't go viral in this series in terms of 1 million plus views, but I did blow up Jesse and we are still blowing up people to this day. Amen.
14:27:42Uh, ordinary people uh to entrepreneurs. That's pretty much Creattopia's mission. Um, yeah.
14:27:48So, those are the questions and the answers for 1K by Dawn. The 21 by Grace series is share real stories.
14:27:53That's the impact that I wanted to have. Um, spread biblical truth, normalize surrender. So, normalize letting go of things that you don't really need to stress about.
14:28:04You guys know I don't want to yap about it. Flee from idolization. I'm like explaining my answers.
14:28:10Flee from idolization and clean unhealthy feeds. So, what are your impacts or impact that you want to have with your content, right? You got to write it down.
14:28:19Doesn't matter if it's one, two, or three. I just wrote more than three usually because there's a lot of things that I want to have an impact on. And it definitely depends on the mission of your series.
14:28:32Okay, you can create a mission. Yes, you can create a mission by answering these questions. You could have zero idea what your mission is going to be or what your content series is going to be about, but after um answering these questions, you might have the exact mission that you're going to pursue and make a series about in rep, right?
14:28:57And the final nail, um, the final stamp is writing the name of your series and the description of your series. This is pretty much where you clarify with yourself. It's going to it's going to take a pretty long time.
14:29:11I'm not going to lie. Um, the name is going to take a long time. The description, I definitely recommend doing it, writing it after you come up with the name.
14:29:20Um, because this is pretty much where you're going to clarify with yourself. Okay, this is what my mission is going to be about. You're going to look at your answers and you're going to be like, "Okay, so I wrote these down.
14:29:30I want to learn this. This is what I'm curious about. This is what one way I can challenge myself.
14:29:34This is the impact I want to have. These are the life changes I'm currently experiencing. And this is how I want people to feel.
14:29:40Okay. So, I have all of these answers. So, what name would all of these answers relate to?" Right?
14:29:47What can I like package all these answers into one single name or label? Right? And uh with this series I think was it yeah it was mainly the the metric that was the goal that was the main mission and then everything else fell under that category of what is it document school member counter growth to 1000 right so I wrote okay 1,00 by dawn because I wake up at dawn literally 5:00 a.m. 6 a.m. right the when I started this series I was recording at that dawn time so 6:00 a.m.
14:30:22I just went outside and in the freezing winter Sydney cold and just uh yeah, recorded my talking head for the video. And then the rest of the day I was recording B-roll and doing my tasks and like multitasking editing as well, right? And uh yeah, this is just some Hebrew um that I wanted to put on the graphic on the series template thumbnail thingy.
14:30:46And uh this is how many drafts I made. Oh, it's not that much. But there's there was a lot.
14:30:51I mean, I remember writing a lot. Actually, no, there was a lot. These were the ones that I just like liked and wanted to keep under this little drop down thing.
14:31:02And um I was going to do Dawn Club. Oh, no. It was Dawn Club.
14:31:05It was Dawn Club at first, but then I changed it to 1K by Dawn because I wanted the series to be about the member count. Uh what what else? 1000 at Dawn. That was going to be Dawn 1000. that was going to be uh that was it was close to being that.
14:31:21Um but yeah, those are my uh drafts and then I decided to cross them out and select one K by Dawn. Okay. Uh and then the description was obviously like when you select your name, when you find a name, obviously I don't I don't mind if you guys use CHPT.
14:31:36It's not legal or anything as a content creator. I use CHP a lot in terms of naming. Um everything else, not really.
14:31:43But in terms of naming, oh dude, I'm always chasing after chat GBT. Like, hey chat, help me out with this. You can you guys can use CM as well cuz really good at that.
14:31:53But yeah, after you find your name, the description is really easy to write because you already know exactly what your mission is going to be about. Um, and you have all your answers here.
14:32:03So, you can pretty much like I don't know if you're really really lazy, which I really don't recommend writing your description with AI and asking him like copying and pasting all your answers and saying like, "Oh, can you write a description about my content series based on these answers?" Don't. Okay? Just write it very simply.
14:32:19Um, I didn't show this in my thumbnails or anything like that, but if you want if you want to show a description under your text title thumbnail of your content series, then write a shorter one. So, like that, right? That this is the description that I would write for 1K by Dawn, but I didn't do that because yeah, I didn't choose to.
14:32:40Description is not not your priority. The it's the main priority is your name, but a description gives you so much more clarity.
14:32:48Okay. And then um yeah, that's pretty much it. Oh, this is just my idea dump that I trashed.
14:32:54Okay, so that is pretty much the process of answering the and planning your content series, having getting more clarity in terms of what you want to do in this series um with all of these questions and then naming and describing it. Okay, if you guys want to see the name of Oh my goodness. You guys should have seen how many names I came up with this series.
14:33:19I had no idea because you know why this one content series was so like broad. It was so broad. It was not niched down.
14:33:27I didn't have like a single mission besides documenting my life. That's that's it. So, I'm like, "Okay, one," I asked a friend and she was like, "You could use your age as your as the name of this series." And I'm like, "Okay, I could that's that's a good idea." Um, so I decided to use 21.
14:33:48It before that it was going to be like in terms of faith and authenticity. So, it was it was about to be like raw faith season 2. Be real with like the double E.
14:34:01Light of the world. Heaven is real with double e. Oh my goodness.
14:34:05This is so corny, dude. The faith film. Real ones only.
14:34:08Real faith. Holy takes spirit stories. Yes, I searched up ChachiBT if you are curious.
14:34:14This is most of these are Chach anyway. And then I get more ideas from looking at Chad GBT's list. Um, that's first draft.
14:34:23Second draft is like some Aramaic, Hebrew, uh, Greek words which I didn't end up using. And then the last few drafts were my age and then relating it back to the keyword of faith in Jesus and Christ. So I basically decided 21 by grace was the the best name out of all of these.
14:34:44It was is it was about to be grace at 21. It was about to be my 20s with Jesus or 21 with Jesus.
14:34:51I don't even know, bro. Why? Yeah.
14:34:53Anyways, um description's super super simple because it was a very broad series. So if you guys are doing a broad documenting series, let's say, you don't have to describe, you don't have to write a humongous description. Okay?
14:35:08And uh this journal thing, it was the episode count. I used to do episode XY Z episode 1 2 3 blah blah blah. This series I wanted to do journal, journal one, journal two, and uh I gave up on it.
14:35:23Maybe I'll come back to it. I don't even know, next year or something. But that's basically how you plan a content series.
14:35:29Okay, sorry for yapping a lot, but hopefully you guys got an immense amount of value. Yes, this these questions are a part of your final reps quest. Welcome guys to uh the scripting module.
14:35:44I was I had a mind blank just there, but welcome to the scripting module. We're going to talk about there was a scripting module that you guys watched before in the same phase, but in this one we're going to talk about daily repetitions, right? So, there's a section in this uh phase where it's about batching.
14:36:03This one's about scripting or sorry, daily creating. So, if you're not um planning to batch, which is going to be most of you guys, then it's okay.
14:36:11I'm going to explain how I script and plan my content every single day and the process to do that without batching. Here's what we're covering. How I script every day.
14:36:21Uh different scripting styles, pros and cons of each one. Uh in which formula fits you best. You guys, you guys are going to like the formulas.
14:36:30All right. Okay. How I do it is this.
14:36:31I write my scripts every morning especially for content series. Okay. Script as early as I can.
14:36:38So when I wake up, Bible study done for an hour and then after that I get straight to scripting because I know that filming is next and I know that after filming I have to edit and post by the end of the day, right? That's the grind. That's the content life.
14:36:54That's the creator life. Uh I always block 30 minutes to an hour to script. If it goes beyond an hour, I'm like, nope, this is taking way too long.
14:37:03Um, if it is taking too long, if it is over an hour, this video better be good and I'm banking on it. So, I'm going to spend like the entire day just making this one video, right? Um, but yeah, average block would be 30 minutes to an hour if you can do it less than 30 minutes.
14:37:19Awesome source, right? I film, edit, and post all of everything by night. Okay.
14:37:24Um, and my new go-to is to script with dot points or just have no script at all. just come come up with something in my head these days that I'm trying to do that and uh I used to script word for word every single day back when I was absolutely cranking it out. Um okay so these are the three main what do you call them methods of scripting right or two main and one sub sub method um you guys learned this in phase five anyways I'm going to go through them and the pros and cons of each dot points feel more natural they're more authentic you guys know that they are faster way faster to script um they take so they're so easy to script because you don't have to be clear with your wording you just have to write random key words um and just speak on camera as if it's an entre uh sorry I was about to say entrepreneur um impromptu speech impromptu speech right but it has less structure that's the con it doesn't have like a structured plan according to you know the hook and then what's going to go next and then where's the pattern breaks and all that stuff right word for word there however does have that structure right but it does take a lot of time that's the only con that's the con Um, not a lot of time.
14:38:43It takes a ton of time. It takes so long word for word. If you want to do a word for word script properly and tell a good testimony and and a story and make it go viral, it takes a it takes time.
14:38:55It takes practice. It takes reps. Um, but another pro for word for word scripting is that you get more practice and planning.
14:39:03In terms of practice, you literally just rewrite your script in your head a million times over and rewrite the the same line again and again. Um, say the hook um under your breath while you're typing. You know what I mean?
14:39:17Like it you just practice the same lines again and again and again and then you read the script from front to back again and again and again and you get to plan a lot of things too. Um but the only con I mean two cons takes the time less delivery less sorry less natural delivery meaning it's less authentic uh when you script exactly word for word what you're what you're going to say right you guys know this um so we're just comparing right now right and then the sub method is screenplay which you can use in both dot points and word for word scripts which is basically shot planning okay shot based planning that's the pro um it takes the most time if If you're doing word for word and screenplay at the same time, the most time, right?
14:40:00My most viral video, I think it's 11 million views right now. I did both of these in a single day, right? I think did I do did I do screenplay?
14:40:09Did I I think I did half screenplay, half no screenplay. All right, I'll I'll talk about this in the formula section, but basically screenplay takes the most amount of time.
14:40:19It's shot planning, and it can combined it can be combined with both dot points and word for word. Next, formula one. Let's go.
14:40:26Formula one is the try hard method. So, it's basically word for word hook, a full story, word for word script, right? Everything is word for word, and then it includes screenplay.
14:40:37And this formula, you're going to do it every single day. Not every single day, actually. Um, I mean, it depends what series you're making and what content you're making, but I used to do this every day.
14:40:48Every series includes screenplay as well. So you're typing the description and like what shot you're using and what you know every single shot that you're going to take. You're planning it right on top of the lines that you're going to say and the pattern breaks and what whatnot, right?
14:41:05So you have 100% full control of your content with this tryh hard formula. Formula 2 is the efficient formula. So you use a word for word hook, right?
14:41:13But you mix the script with word for word and do points at the same time. All right? So it's more efficient for you.
14:41:20It's more faster. Okay? But you still have space to do some word forward lines if you want to if you want to deliver something um with precision precision sorry.
14:41:29And then screenplay is optional. You can or cannot don't have to write screenplay. Um if you are used to your own shots, right?
14:41:37If you're used to I'll talk about this in in my recommendations. Um and this is the best balance uh of preparation and speed as well because it's efficient, right?
14:41:48Formula 3 is casual. This is where you use again a word for word hook. Very important if you do a word for word hook, right?
14:41:55I would not do a dot point hook unless you are really really used to making content and talking on camera like extremely um comfortable. Um which is why this one is uh casual because the entire script other than word for word the hook is going to be in dot points. So everything else besides the hook is going to be in dot points.
14:42:15Um there's no there's going to be no screenplay because you're already used to um the camera and your shots and all that stuff. And it's great for camera comfortable creators. So if you're, you know, a natural at talking with the camera and just yapping in general, um even with a dot point script or no script and you don't even have need a script, this is great for you.
14:42:35Right now, formula 4 is the very final one. I just decided to include this because you just go crazy.
14:42:40You go crazy. You have to okay I'll talk about this soon but it's basically no script no screenplay and you just full freestyle energy okay but with the hook right we we all know that the hook is very very important what you need with this formula is you need a clear hook usually these brazy ideas I have I've had one brazy idea that got me 7 million views which is the wake up video where the Holy Spirit was talking to me in my head you know you guys know that video.
14:43:10I don't I don't I don't know if you guys know that video. Anyways, um yeah, this the hook for that video was in my head. Like that whole entire interaction was just like I had the idea in my head.
14:43:21I think it was a shower thought or a bed thought. I don't know. But I got I got the idea like a day before and the next day I decided, okay, I might as well make this.
14:43:33Um barely scripted. I didn't do no script. I barely barely scripted.
14:43:37I just wrote the lines and that's it. No screenplay. And um yeah, so it's really important to have a clear hook.
14:43:43Usually these brazy for this brazy formula is the best for if you just have an idea that's crazy but you know it's going to go viral and you just want to try it out just for your creative itch, you know. Um so yeah, make sure you have a clear hook in mind or you can write it down, right? Because I usually write it down when I forget things.
14:44:05My recommendations is formula one, use the tryh hard method if you are only only if you got no job. If you have no job, no food or no life. This is obviously sarcastic, but if you you just need time for for the tryh hard method, right?
14:44:22If you are in this case like me or Jesse cuz he got let go of his job um and then he started creating content and joined Creatia, right? If you are in a similar position, right? If you have a ton of time in your hands, go crazy with try hard method.
14:44:38Just go just lock in with try hard method, right? So, Formula 1, go all in. Formula 2 and then obviously Formula 1 got went made me go viral.
14:44:46Formula 2 is the most recommended for average creators, right? So, that is the what's it called? Efficient method.
14:44:52Word for word hook, mix script, screenplay optional. Yeah, healthy balance. Right.
14:44:59Formula 3 is best for creators who are comfortable on camera and with their shots. If you, my friend, are comfortable with talking on camera, speaking authentically, scripting, and you're comfortable with not scripting sometimes, and you are very very comfortable with your shot variety and like just your shots in general. you know how to shoot, you know how to use your camera, you know how to, you know, the long shots and your range, your own personal range as a creator, then this formula 3 is best for you, the casual method, right?
14:45:37And think about, think about what I'm saying here. I recommend this only for those who are already gone through formula 1 and two in a way, right? So these are kind of phases as well.
14:45:49So everyone must go through their own tryh hard method. um everyone must go through their own efficient method and eventually they're going to be com you guys are going to be comfortable on camera to not even write a script or just write just dot points right and then um obviously the final stage is like you're you're a natural creator you become iconic and authenticity is just like second nature to you right so yeah best for comfy creators with short experience and then formula 4 is best when you are lazy but you need to post um I wouldn't use formula 4 consistently for a content series that's just like what what are you doing?
14:46:29Um cuz you need crazy ideas for this, right? So these two, Formula 2 and three are going to be your default. Um for those who are absolutely crazy, Formula 1 is for you, right?
14:46:41Um but yeah, you guys also need to consider which ones are like, you know, fit for you in your condition and season right now. Excuse me. But yeah, um these are my recommendations.
14:46:54These are the formulas that I created and also these are the formulas of course that I went through. I wouldn't have written them down if I if I if I didn't go through them myself. I've gone through every single stage.
14:47:09Okay. Um bonus bonus formula. You can make your own hybrid formula.
14:47:13Um, you can just go back into these slides and just be like, "Okay, I'm just going to not follow what Ken says and just create my own formula." But this is how I do it. This is how I went viral.
14:47:26Okay, I went viral with, yes, all of these videos, over 100K views, millions, yada yada. That's pretty much it. Enjoy.
14:47:37All right, people. This is how I post on Instagram. Let me unlock the app.
14:47:43Uh, okay. So, we're going to post on my main account. Um, and I usually post I mean accord from 2025 onwards, I've been posting manually on Instagram.
14:47:53So, I made this new module um for this uh reps phase and I'm going to walk you through how I usually um post. So, I select the video. This is the reel right here that we're posting.
14:48:06Press next. And then the first thing that I always do is watch all the way from start to the end. Okay, apparently this helps load the full quality of the video.
14:48:16I can't really confirm that. I haven't really like tested it out too much, but um ever since I heard that from like a real that I watched or a tutorial. Uh it's been stuck in my head and it just became a really um consistent habit.
14:48:30So, I just kept watching my video through from start to end um before I press this next button. All right.
14:48:37So, oh, whoops. I just realized this is filming in vertical. I'm too used to too used to doing short form.
14:48:47Anyways, let me just edit this. Okay, it should be in horizontal now. But yeah, this is basically me watching through um the video.
14:48:59And obviously, you want to spend your time giving yourself some self-criticism because when you watch it, a lot of people don't watch through their own videos from start to finish because they're afraid of finding flaws. But that's exactly what you want. That's exact.
14:49:13You want to find rooms of improvement. So, I just watched the video from start to finish. Um, now it's replaying.
14:49:18So, I'm going to press next. And what you want to do is add a caption, whatever you want. Um, I'm just going to say day three.
14:49:27Uh, Dor Dawn Club day three. the one day three. Sorry.
14:49:31I might change the series name. And then usually I edit the cover or I upload my own thumbnail with the uh the camera roll from my camera roll. Um in this case I don't have a thumbnail.
14:49:45So I'm just going to select the the the frame where it has the uh there you go, the little series title. Um, and yeah, usually I don't uh do hashtags. Um, because hashtags aren't too important from my experience.
14:50:00Like I've done all the reps and I used to be a hashtag freak. So I learned the hard way that hashtags really don't matter. If good content, if content is good, the content will go viral, you know?
14:50:10So it's like the hashtags don't go viral, the content does. And um, so these days I never do them. But it's completely up to you if you want to waste your time.
14:50:19I'm I'm just kidding. I'm just kidding. I'm just kidding.
14:50:22I'm just joking. The next thing you want to do is click uh more options at the very bottom and then you want to uh turn on this little option upload at highest quality.
14:50:31So you want to turn that on. Make sure that's always on. Once it's on, I think it's always going to be on so it's okay.
14:50:39Do not schedule your reel cuz I think that'll um degrade the quality. So just post it ASAP, okay? Don't don't over dramatize it. just post it and then that's pretty much it.
14:50:49Um, yeah, press share. And it'll take a while because this is like a 900 megabyte video.
14:50:54I'm supposed to post a story here today. So, I'm going to show you guys how I post stories. Might as well.
14:51:01I made this little uh picture, whatever graphic ad for a clothing brand that I want to support. So, I'm going to tag them Uh, what should I do? Okay.
14:51:26Okay. Am I going to link the the shirt? Yeah, maybe I will.
14:51:35I really love that brand. Okay, maybe copy that and then go straight to my phone. How convenient when you use Apple.
14:51:50Am I right, guys? Am I right? Am I right?
14:51:55Am I right? Uh sticker. What will the sticker be here?
14:52:02There you go. Okay. Wait, I'm going to say buy it here.
14:52:21Buy it here. Okay. And then I just post.
14:52:27I don't do music these days anymore because um from my professional Instagram experience. No, I'm kidding. From my personal Instagram experience, like using an account, a private account, um, whenever you use music, the quality of the actual Instagram story will degrade or decrease.
14:52:44So, it'll ruin the quality. So, I don't use music or at least I try not to as much as I can. Hey, there you go.
14:52:51My um my video is posted. Is it is okay. Yeah.
14:52:54See, so it's full quality as you can see. Like, damn, look at that. And like if you switch to a new account and then check the actual video to Gendra, >> uh you can see that it's like it's still full quality, right? 900 megabyte video by the way.
14:53:11And I uploaded it on my phone um on the Instagram app. No like crazy settings or anything. Just upload at highest quality.
14:53:19Watch the video from front to back and um use Wi-Fi. I don't know.
14:53:23Even if I use mobile data, it's it's still fine. But I I try and use I try and upload with Wi-Fi. That's definitely recommended cuz like mobile data is just, you know, that's just dragging in at that point.
14:53:36I don't know what happened with my bio, but I'm going to fix this. Okay, this this module turned out to be a very raw walk through, but that's okay. Now you know how I post stories, and now you know how um Okay, no, I need to stop.
14:53:52Uh now you know how I post reals as well. Okay, so we're gonna go on Tik Tok and I'm going to show you how I post that exact same video on Tik Tok. Now, I'm going to delete um this video because as you can see, it's 900 megabytes, right?
14:54:08I'm going to delete it cuz I usually export two videos. One for that you can see here. I don't I don't think you can see, but it says Tik Tok TT um in the name, which means it's the uh the smaller file video.
14:54:21And you can see in the Oh, look at that. Nice nice little photo, right?
14:54:26Sorry, this like the most sketch sketchiest course ever. Sketchiest course module. Anyways, um yeah, I'm going to airdrop this.
14:54:36And now you can see it's 100 megabytes cuz I'm going to post this smaller one on Tik Tok. I'm very afraid of posting large files on Tik Tok cuz from my experience, hey, you can see me. Yo, what's up?
14:54:48From my from my experience, it is it just turns out horrible. So again, this is how I post on Tik Tok. Watch all the way through.
14:54:55Okay, there's no um there's no what's it called? Play thing timeline. So, just watch from start to finish.
14:55:01Turn up the volume so you can hear what I'm saying. >> Days I've been obsessed with writing and typing scripts on notion. So, I figured, you know what?
14:55:09I might as well use this content series to practice my authentic speaking on camera. And that's the great thing about creating content as well. It's just like the more spontaneous you are, I guess, the more creative you can get.
14:55:20But other than that, today I'm planning to analyze two content creators that I've interviewed in the past. Mino Lee and Elise fam. I also have to do a uni assignment that's due in like 4 days time.
14:55:30I haven't even started that one yet. And then I might create a schedule or plan to start doing YouTube videos. Yep, that's right.
14:55:36I might >> watch it all the way through. Be your own self critic. >> Haven't done that in a fat minute.
14:55:41Other than that, there is literally >> pick out your mistakes and then improve tomorrow when you do your next rep. Everyday reps. Remember, >> this is the phase where you're doing reps anyway.
14:55:53So, okay, the caption. So, after I watch that video, um, from front to back, I wrote my caption. What's the caption Dawn day three?
14:56:03I can edit cover here. Press edit cover. Uh, I'll go to the same frame I did with Instagram.
14:56:10Sometimes this doesn't work actually on Tik Tok cuz it's really sketchy. So, if I press save, right? Okay, this this time it works because it's on camera.
14:56:18It knows it knows I'm what we're watching. But um usually sometimes it this the edit cover doesn't work. And uh whenever you actually upload your own um I tried doing this plenty of times, but it never worked for me.
14:56:30So it's okay. Um I mean thumbnails aren't like the determining factor for your video to go viral. What you also want to do is um go to more options once again.
14:56:39Scroll down to allow high quality uploads. Make sure this is on at all times. I always double check always because our videos um especially cinematic storytelling this this style is like um the megabytes will be a lot the the quality will like the standard of quality is high higher than usual content.
14:56:58So want to keep that on. Is there anything else? Uh no not really.
14:57:03Okay. So that's pretty much it with hashtags actually. Um I think hashtags are different with Tik Tok.
14:57:10With hashtags on Tik Tok it might be a little bit more important. So, um, sometimes I don't have any hashtags, sometimes I do. Whenever I do use hashtags, I try and make it as generic as possible.
14:57:23So, for example, for you page FYP, that's like the most generic Tik Tok hashtag. U, maybe I'll do Asian or something. Uh, creator creator.
14:57:34Uh, cinema. Okay, whatever. Um, and that's pretty much it, right?
14:57:41I'll probably won't do cinema. or just do Asian creator for your page. Okay. So, anything that's um like any generic hashtag will do the job.
14:57:51Okay. Again, once again, good content is good content. If it's good, it will go viral.
14:57:57Then you press post. That's basically it. Oh, whoops.
14:58:01I already posted it yesterday, too. My bad. But I just wanted to post this again just to um show you guys the process.
14:58:09Okay. And as you can see, I posted this yesterday. It's like, it's still full quality.
14:58:14I can check on a different account if it actually is legit full quality. Oops. If it's legit full quality.
14:58:21Yes, it is. See? Amazing.
14:58:24Splendid. Okay. So, that's how I post on Tik Tok.
14:58:27All right, party people. This is how I post on YouTube Studio. I usually just drag the actual file into YouTube shorts.
14:58:36So, press create, upload, and then um like a normal video you would on up on on uploading on YouTube. And uh title would be the caption. So, I would say Dawn Day three.
14:58:49Sometimes I use I mean I used to use a lot of um like you know cinematography. What else?
14:58:57Creator. Uh what else? Entrepreneur.
14:59:00Like self-improvement. Oh, dude. I used to use that hashtag so much.
14:59:04It's crazy. but none of them ever worked, so you delete it. All right?
14:59:08Um, don't waste your time with captions. If you believe in your own content that it will do well, it will do well. Okay?
14:59:16Like to to really simplify this entire course. Good content will do well. Bad content, you know, you're just too focused on the wrong things.
14:59:25Okay? So, um, you don't there's no need to watch through any any your video at all. Um because YouTube will upload like they they have a full-on processing uploading uh process.
14:59:36Dude, I am so like cooked right now. Um so yeah, usually this is how I do it. Go to add suitability.
14:59:44Um I also tick off no it's not made for kids cuz if it is, you're going to have to do some other stuff afterwards. Um plus you're not none of this is really serving children anyways. So just take no.
14:59:58No for kids. Um, ad suitability. This is only for monetiz monetized creators, monetized channels.
15:00:03So, you scroll down. I usually do none of the above. Submit rating.
15:00:06Even if it is like one of these, like for example, I mean, I don't use inappropriate language anymore. Praise God. Sensitive events, controversial issues.
15:00:17Nah, like I don't I don't do any of this. So, I usually get in trouble only for um copyright only for copyright uh music. I usually use like copyrighted songs by Kendrick and all that stuff, but luckily in this video there is no copyright.
15:00:34Okay. So, I'll go all the way to visibility, press public, press publish. Okay.
15:00:41And then to make it even simpler, copy the video link, go to Creattopia, go to the forum, rep, paste it, boom, post. Done. Right?
15:00:53Everyone should do that every time you post. Post on the social media platform, then in the reps category, so you can get feedback and stay accountable and stay motivated because everyone else is doing it.
15:01:10All right, let's get
The Hook

The bait, then the rug-pull.

Fifteen hours of a paid course, given away free in one unbroken upload, opens with a dare: only the one percent who actually watch it all will win. What follows is the entire pipeline for building a viral personal brand from a blank identity.

Frameworks

Named ideas worth stealing.

00:00model

The Seven Phases of Creatopia

  1. Brand
  2. Consume
  3. Ideas
  4. Script
  5. Film
  6. Edit
  7. Reps

A sequential personal-brand pipeline. Identity and audience clarity (brand, consume, ideas) are built before any production (script, film, edit), and the whole system is validated by consistent publishing (reps). Each phase is gated by quests, actionable homework completed before moving on.

Steal forany creator-education product or onboarding flow that needs a clear ordered path from zero to shipped
11:00model

Ikigai (Passion, Vocation, Mission, Profession)

  1. Passion: what you love
  2. Vocation: what you are good at
  3. Mission: what you can give the world
  4. Profession: what you can get paid for

A four-pillar identity map. List everything under each pillar, then merge the overlaps into a single guiding purpose that informs niche, colors, fonts, and content series.

Steal fordefining a brand voice or niche before naming or designing anything
2:16:00acronym

The AAA Filter

  1. Appealing: does it grab attention
  2. Effective: does it deliver value
  3. Authentic: does it feel real and trustworthy

A three-question test applied to any video idea or cut. Pain-driven content tends to satisfy effective and authentic simultaneously, which is why pains often outperform dreams.

Steal fora fast go or no-go check on any hook, script, or thumbnail
3:40:40concept

Dream Avatar

A written profile of the single person you create for, detailing their dreams, pains, fears, and language. Every hook and script is aimed at that one person rather than a broad audience.

Steal forwriting hooks and offers that feel personally addressed instead of generic
14:25:00list

Four Content Formulas

  1. Formula 1: word-for-word script, full screenplay (tryhard)
  2. Formula 2: mixed script, partial screenplay (default)
  3. Formula 3: hook scripted, rest spontaneous (comfortable)
  4. Formula 4: idea only, fully spontaneous (lazy)

A spectrum of scripting effort matched to the creator's stage and energy. Beginners start fully scripted and graduate toward spontaneity as on-camera comfort grows; formulas two and three are the recommended defaults.

Steal formatching production effort to your current skill and bandwidth instead of forcing one process
CTA Breakdown

How they asked for the click.

VERBAL ASK
00:00product
go viral with me, join Creatopia at skool.com/creatopia

The pitch is the format itself: the entire course that used to be sold is given away free, which both builds enormous goodwill and filters for the most committed viewers, who are then routed to the paid Skool community in the description. No hard in-video ask is needed.

MENTIONED ON CAMERA
FROM THE DESCRIPTION
PRIMARY CTAWhere the creator wants you to go next.
OTHER LINKSAlso linked in the description.
Storyboard

Visual structure at a glance.

cold open, 15 hours free
hookcold open, 15 hours free00:00
Ikigai word map in Illustrator
valueIkigai word map in Illustrator39:25
consume and synthesize card
valueconsume and synthesize card3:07:24
dream avatar document
valuedream avatar document4:17:30
hook equals grab attention
valuehook equals grab attention4:31:41
GAWX vs KEN framing study
valueGAWX vs KEN framing study9:12:38
Premiere Pro edit walkthrough
valuePremiere Pro edit walkthrough12:44:18
posting reps and schedule
ctaposting reps and schedule13:53:38
Frame Gallery

Visual moments.

Watch next

More from this channel + related breakdowns.

17:54
orenmeetsworld · Tutorial

The Art of Yapping

A 17-minute playbook for talking on the internet — formats, frameworks, ideation, scripting, and the one habit that makes you a better thinker.

April 26th
Chat about this